Home

Voice Sense QWERTY User Manual

1. lt gt To change the file format navigate to Type Move to your desired file format by pressing up arrow or down arrow To save a file with a file name that is in the file list move to the file list by pressing shift tab 5 1 5 Saving password Protected Files The Voice Sense QWERTY allows you to encrypt and password protect files which you do not wish for anyone else to be able to open accidentally or otherwise Before you save a document as a protected file you must set a password in the Settings option under the File menu Press Alt to open the menu navigate to settings and press Enter Press tab twice to move to the Set Password button and press Enter 133 The Set Password dialog consists of 5 items Delete the original file checkbox a Password edit box a Retype Password edit box a confirm button and a cancel button Move among the items in the dialog by pressing Tab and Shift Tab The Delete the original file checkbox allows you to choose whether when you save the file as a protected file the original is deleted If you wish to delete the original file press Space to check this box By default it is unchecked Once you have chosen whether to delete the original file tab to each of the edit boxes for typing the password and type it using computer Braille When the
2. Parallel dots 1 2 4 6 then 1 2 3 170 Angle dots 1 2 4 6 then 2 4 6 Triangle Dots 1 2 4 6 then 2 3 4 5 Circle dots 1 2 4 6 then 1 4 Square dots 1 2 4 6 then 2 5 6 Pentagon Dots 1 2 4 6 then 2 6 Hexagon dots 1 2 4 6 then 2 3 5 Octagon dots 1 2 4 6 then 2 3 6 Horizontal Bar Dots 1 5 6 Currency symbols Cents Dot 4 then c Dollar Dot 4 then s Pounds Dot 4 then Greek symbols Greek indicator dots 4 6 Alpha a Beta b Sampi c Delta d Epsilon e Phi f Gamma g lota Kappa k Lambda l Mu m Nu n Omicron O 171 Pj p Koph q Rho r Sigma S Tau t Upsilon u Vau v xi x Psi y Zeta Zz Chi Dots 1 2 3 4 6 Stigma Dots 2 3 4 6 Theta Dots 1 4 5 6 Eta Dots 1 5 6 Omega Ww 5 7 Reading PowerPoint Files The Word Processor in the Voice Sense supports reading and navigating of Microsoft PowerPoint PPT and PPTX files These files are opened as protected read Only files and you may navigate them using normal text reading commands You may also move forward and back by slide using Space and Backspace respectively You can bring up the list of slides in a presentation by pressing Alt Shift S Use the Up and Down arrows to navigate the slides and press Enter on the one you wish to navigate to 17
3. lt gt To change the location move to the file list by pressing shift tab Navigate to the location in which you want to save the playlist and press Enter 7 1 3 1 7 Delete Item To delete a file from the playlist first locate the file you want to delete in the playlist tab by pressing up arrow or down arrow repeatedly Then open the Media Player menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on File Navigate to Delete Item by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press Enter Or you can press Del on the file you want to delete from the playlist You can select more than one file in the playlist tab by pressing Space on each file to be deleted is displayed before each selected item If you press Space on a selected item the selection is canceled and the disappears You can also delete multiple files in a block from the playlist Press Ctrl b on the first file to be deleted Ctrl b indicates the start of the block Next if you press down arrow or up arrow the displayed files are selected After selecting the files you want to delete press Del to delete them 232 7 1 3 1 8 Tag Information The Tag Information option in the File menu allows you to view information about the currently playing file such as Artist Genre etc To open the Tag Information dialog press Enter on Tag Information in the File menu or press Control T while
4. FM Radio and DAISY Player You can open the Media menu by pressing Windows to bring up the main Program menu then navigating to Media using the DOWN Arrow and pressing Enter Or you can quickly jump to and open the Media menu by pressing M from the main menu The following sections will discuss the programs in the Media menu in detail 7 1 Media Player The Media Player on the Voice Sense QWERTY is a program you can use to play audio files as well as listen to the audio for some video file formats The Media Player plays the following formats ac3 asf asx m3u mp2 mp3 MP 4 mpa mpg ogg pls wav wax wma flac midi and wmv Note you cannot see the video for avi and wmv files however you may listen to the audio contained in these formats You can control the playing of audio files using either keyboard commands or the media buttons on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY The Media Player can play back audio recordings and books as well as music files You can launch the Media Player by navigating to it in the Media menu and pressing Enter Or you can launch the Media Player from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows M 7 1 1 Using the media buttons Near the center of the front panel on the Voice Sense QWERTY is a group of 5 buttons with varying shapes These buttons can be used to control the Media Player Moving from
5. Set as Start position Set as destination Set as Waypoint and Add to User POI controls do not appear To search for an address please follow these steps 1 Open the Search for Address dialog as described above 2 If the Area Selection is as you desire Tab to the Address field if you need to change the area selection press Enter to open the Area selection dialog 3 In the Area Selection dialog Use Up arrow and Down arrow to move among the items in the State and City combo boxes 4 Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter to return to the Search for Address dialog 5 Tab to the address edit box and type the street address of the location you want to search 6 Tab to the Search button and press Enter to initiate the search Once the results are displayed move among them using Up arrow and Down arrow Use the buttons described above to set your desired 13 13 location as Start position Waypoint Destination or User POI 445 11 3 3 2 2 Search by category You can use the Advanced POI Search option in the Search menu to search for a location according to a specific type of business or establishment by specifying a category by which to search To open the Advanced POI Search dialog press Alt to open the Google Maps menu Navigate to
6. Use the following commands to launch their associated applications from anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY Use the Windows key in combination with each letter to launch the following applications Address Manager A Web Browser B sense Chat C DAISY Player D Email E File Manager F Google Talk G Help H Twitter BookShare Download K Media Player M RSS reader N DropBox O google Maps P Quick Browser Q FM Radio R Schedule Manager S 55 Database Manager T Google search U Sense Navigation V Word Processor W Use Caps Lock in combination with each letter to launch the applications below Wake up alarm A Bluetooth Manager B Calculator C Sense Dice game D Format F Sense Brain Game G setup Internet I Backup Restore Personalized Settings K Calendar L Menu manager M Pronunciation Dictionary P terminal for Screen Reader S Set Time amp Date T Upgrade BrailleSense U Stopwatch W Other Quick Commands Display Time and Date Fn T Display Network Status Fn N Display Power Status FN B Change device Name Control Win E Open sleep Timer Fn J Open Global options F10 Open Sense Dictionary Control Windows D 56 3 CUSTOMIZING YOUR NOTETAKER When you receive your notetaker one of the first things you will want to do is to configure it to act the way you want it to The Settings menu on the Voice Sense QWER
7. 3 Navigate to the destination folder using normal file folder navigation 4 Open the Edit menu as described in step 2 and choose Paste Press Enter on Paste and your selected files and folders are copied or moved You can press Control v to execute the paste command directly from the file list If your destination folder has the same name as the file you are copying the Voice Sense QWERTY prompts File xxx already exists Overwrite Yes Press Enter if you want to replace the file If you do not want to overwrite the file select No and press Enter When No is selected the Paste function is canceled 11 4 2 5 Delete Files or Folders To delete files or folders from Dropbox navigate to the folders or files you want to delete and select them using Space If you wish to delete only 1 file or folder you need not select it rather you can simlly place your cursor on it Open the menu by pressing Alt navigate to Edit using the Down arrow and press Enter Use Up or Down arrow to navigate to Delete and press Enter You can also delete selected files or folders by using Delete 462 11 4 2 6 File Link Dropbox allows you to create links to the files stored in your Dropbox account This is a useful way of sharing files with others while protecting the rest of the files on your account You can use the File Link option to create a link to a file which another person can use to download that file fro
8. 4 5 6 Dots 3 4 5 6 Fraction line dots 3 4 Long Horizontal fraction line dots 3 4 then dots 3 4 Roots Superscripts Bad Gubecints Script indicator dot 4 Subscript Indicator dots 5 6 Superscript with subscript dots 4 5 Baseline indicator dot 5 Square Root dots 3 4 5 Root dots 3 4 5 169 End Root dots 1 2 4 5 6 Limits symbols Infinity Dot 6 then Dots 1 2 3 4 5 6 Lower Limit of dots 1 4 6 then 1 2 8 then 2 4 then 1 3 4 Upper Limit of dots 1 2 6 then 1 2 3 then 2 4 then 1 3 4 Integrals symbols Integral sign dots 2 3 4 6 Double integral dots 2 3 4 6 then 2 3 4 6 Triple integral sign dots 2 3 4 6 then 2 3 4 6 then 2 3 4 6 Integral with infinity dots 2 3 4 6 then 4 then 6 then 1 2 3 4 5 6 then 1 2 4 5 6 Data Set Symbols Element of dots 4 then 1 5 Not an Element Of dots 3 4 then 4 then 1 5 Null set dots 3 5 6 Subset of dots 4 5 6 then 5 then 1 3 Is a subset of or is equal to dots 4 5 6 then 5 then 1 8 then 1 5 6 Is a superset of or is equal to dots 4 5 6 then 4 6 then 5 then 1 5 6 Contains dots 4 5 6 then 4 6 then 2 geometric Symbols Shape indicator dots 1 2 4 6 Right arrow dots 1 2 4 6 then 2 5 then 2 5 then 1 3 5 Left arrow dots 1 2 4 6 then 2 4 6 then 2 5 then 2 5 Perpendicular dots 1 2 4 6 then 1 2 3 4
9. 8 2 5 2 Searching by subject When the Search Schedule dialog is opened in this mode the Voice Sense QWERTY says Search subject Type in the keywords to search and press Enter All schedules with the keywords are displayed If you press Enter without typing text in the Search subject edit box the Voice Sense QWERTY displays all appointments in your Voice Sense QWERTY To move to the next or previous schedule press down arrow or up arrow respectively Pressing Fn Left arrow moves to the first item in the appointment list and pressing Fn Right arrow moves to the last item in the appointment list For recurring appointments and multiple day appointments the Voice Sense QWERTY only shows the schedules of the first day if you search the schedule by subject For example if you have an appointment on January 1 2007 and it recurs the first day of every month the Voice Sense QWERTY shows this schedule on January 1 2007 only when you search by subject Press Enter on an appointment to read the details Press Esc to return to the appointment list TO SEARCH other keywords press Tab to move to the Search subject edit box 8 2 6 Modify Schedule You can modify an appointment that you have previously scheduled Move to the appointment you want to modify Open the menu by pressing Alt and 306 press Enter on Modify Schedule or press the shortcut key m from the menu Or you can press its
10. Ctrl b directly 9 1 3 2 Copy Use this command to copy your selection to the clipboard for use in other applications To copy the selected section of the web page press Alt move to the Edit menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Copy by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or you can copy the selected section by pressing Ctrl c while in a web page 9 1 3 3 Add to clipboard Sometimes you may wish to copy various sections from a web page all at once in which case you will not want your last selection erased each time you copy a new one You can use the Add to clipboard option to append each of your selections to the clipboard To add a selection to the clipboard press Alt move to Edit menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter Press down arrow to move to 332 Add To Clipboard and press Enter Or you can add to the clipboard directly by pressing Ctrl Insert 9 1 3 4 Copy URL The Copy URL function copies the address of the web page on which you are currently located to the clipboard To copy the address of the web page press Alt move to the Edit menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter Press down arrow to move to Copy URL and press Enter Or you can copy the URL directly by pressing Alt d The web address of the page is placed on the clipboard You can paste it to a document or anywhere you can paste text on the Vo
11. Moving by cell is only valid in the table If this command is executed outside of the table a warning sound is played 1 Move to the previous table Ctrl F7 Moves to the beginning of the previous table If there are no previous tables the warning sound is played 2 Move to the next table Ctrl F8 Moves to the beginning of the next table If there are no more tables the warning sound is played 3 Move to the previous cell Ctrl Shift Left arrow Moves to the previous cell If the current cell is the first cell it moves to the beginning line of the table If this command is pressed on the beginning line of the table the warning sound is played 4 Move to next cell Ctrl Shift Right arrow Moves to the next cell If the current cell is the last cell it moves to the end line of the table If it is pressed on the end line of the table the warning sound is played 5 Move to upper cell Ctrl Shift Up arrow Moves to the cell in the previous row within the same column If the current cell is on the first row the warning sound is played 6 Move to lower cell Ctrl Shift Down arrow Moves to the cell in the next line within the same column If the current cell is on the last row the warning sound is played 347 7 Current cell Ctrl Shift C Announces and displays the content of the current cell again 8 Move to the previous cell in the upper level table Ctrl Left arrow Moves to the previous cell from the current cell that
12. Subject and date item in the inbox Save the received e mail as text file Alt s Print the received e mail Alt p Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 17 5 2 Hot keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Mail Outbox Search address list Ctrl l Attach file Ctrl f Send e mail Ctrl s Save in mail storage box Fn s Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 17 5 3 Hot Keys for Reading E Mails or Writing an E Mail Message Start selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a Copy to the clipboard Ctrl c Cut to the clipboard Ctrl x It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Paste from the clipboard Ctrl v It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Delete Del It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Cancel block ESC 560 17 6 Media 17 6 1 Media Player 17 6 1 1 Hot keys for commands Open file Ctrl o Open folder Ctrl f Add file Alt o Add folder Alt f Save play list Ctrl s Save as play list Alt s Delete item Del Open URL Ctrl l Get Tag information Control T Play Enter Play button Previous track Alt Left arrow Previous button Next track Alt Right arrow Next button Previous section while playing Audible Ctrl Page up Ctrl Fn Up arrow Next section while playing Audible Ctrl Page down Ctrl Fn Down arrow Back 5 track Alt Up arrow Forward 5 track
13. The Backup mode has three radio buttons Manual backup Always backup changes when exiting and prompt to backup changes when exiting 1 If you select the Manual backup it does not create a new backup file even if there are changes in the database In this case you can only create a new backup file by using the Backup Database menu 2 If you select the Always backup changes when exiting a new backup file is automatically created on exit if you modify or add to the database 3 If you select the Prompt to backup changes when exiting if you have modified or added to the database you are prompted Backup changes Yes when you exit the Database Manager If you press Enter on Yes it automatically creates a new backup file and exits the Database Manager If 323 you press down arrow once and press Enter on No it exits without creating a new backup file To change the backup mode press Enter after focusing on one of the three radio buttons Or press Enter on Confirm after moving to it by pressing Tab The default backup mode is set to Prompt to backup changes when exiting 8 3 6 Backup Database If a hard reset is performed or if your battery dies all of the data in the Database Manager is lost Thus it is very important that you create a backup file every time you make a change to the Database file To go to Backup Database open the menu by pressing Alt Use up arr
14. To move to the next item 6 List box combo box To change a selection in the combo box press Alt Down arrow or Alt Up arrow You can move to the next item by pressing down arrow Also it renews a page automatically when you change a selection in a combo box 7 Radio button check box To select or cancel the selection press Enter 345 8 Button If you press Enter on a button you move to the referenced page 9 1 7 2 Moving to a Form Field A form is a page that has all of the controls except the link control The edit boxes buttons and combo boxes are included in a form When you navigate some web pages if there are many links it is very cumbersome to navigate to a form because you have to push too many Tab or shift tab keys to get to the form fields In this case you can use the move to form field function 1 Move to the previous form field Ctrl F 1 You can move to the previous form field by pressing this key If there are no previous form fields the Voice Sense QWERTY plays the warning sound 2 Move to the next form field Ctrl F2 You can move to the next form field by pressing this key If there are no more form fields The Voice Sense QWERTY plays the warning sound If there are no form fields on a web page the Voice Sense QWERTY says no control 9 1 7 3 Table At the beginning position of the table the Voice Sense QWERTY shows the table number and the number of rows
15. and date item in the inbox Save the received e mail as text file Alt s Print the received e mail Alt p Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 16 5 2 Hot keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Mail Outbox Search address list Ctrl l Attach file Ctrl f Send e mail Ctrl s Save in mail storage box Fn s Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 16 5 3 Hot Keys for Reading E Mails or Writing an E Mail Message Start selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a Copy to the clipboard Ctrl c Cut to the clipboard Ctrl x It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Paste from the clipboard Ctrl v It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Delete Del It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Cancel block ESC 526 16 6 Media 16 6 1 Media Player 16 6 1 1 Hot keys for commands Open file Ctrl o Open folder Ctrl f Add file Alt o Add folder Alt f Save play list Ctrl s Save as play list Alt s Delete item Del Open URL Ctrl l Get Tag information Control T Play Enter Play button Previous track Alt Left arrow Previous button Next track Alt Right arrow Next button Previous section while playing Audible Ctrl Page up Ctrl Fn Up arrow Next section while playing Audible Ctrl Page down Ctrl Fn Down arrow Back 5 track Alt Up arrow Forward 5 track Alt Down arrow Fi
16. and move to Go To by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Find by pressing up arrow or down arrow or you can press f from the Go To menu While editing a document pressing Ctrl f activates the Find command When Find is executed the Find dialog is displayed This dialog consists of Text to find Search direction Match case a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the fields by pressing Tab or shift tab 1 Text to find The first field in the Find dialog is Text to find In this edit box you can type the text that you want to find To find the text immediately press Enter To set other fields in the dialog press Tab to move to the next field 2 Search direction The next field is Search direction The default direction is Forward If you would like to change the search direction press Space to toggle between Forward and Backward After you type in the text to be found and set the search direction press Enter To find the text immediately 3 Match case The next field is Match case This field displays only when you execute the Find command in a text file This field does not display in Braille files The default value is No To change the value press Space 4 Confirm To execute Find press Enter on Confirm You can also execute Find by pressing Enter on Text to find or Search direction 5 Cancel To cance
17. no 3 Interval Reconnecting to GPS Receiver Press Space to choose among the available values No reconnection 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 3 minutes and 5 minutes 2 Save Options button Press Enter on this button to save your changes 3 Reset to Factory Defaults button Press Enter on this button to restore these settings to the factory defaults 4 Close button press Enter on this button to exit the Select GPS receiver dialog without saving your changes You can also exit the dialog using Escape or Alt F4 11 4 Dropbox Dropbox is an Internet file sharing service that allows you to store files on the Dropbox server and access them with a computer or smartphone containing a Dropbox program as well as the Voice Sense QWERTY For more information about Dropbox or to sign up for a Dropbox account please visit www dropbox com 457 To open the Dropbox program from the Main menu press X to open the Extras menu then press R to launch Dropbox You can launch Dropbox from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows O When Dropbox is launched for the first time you are placed in the Sign In dialog The Sign In dialog contains the following items e mail computer edit box Password computer edit box Remember Me check box Save Password check box Auto Sign In check box Sign In button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls using Ta
18. playback information tab Tab Shift tab Exit media player Alt F4 17 6 2 FM radio Open the sets dialog box Ctrl e Open the menu Alt Internal speakers on off X or Fn x Move to next frequency Ctrl Up arrow Move to previous frequency Ctrl Down arrow Auto previous frequency Ctrl Left arrow or short press previous button Auto next frequency Ctrl Right arrow or short press next button Go to frequency Ctrl f Move to previous preset Alt Left arrow or long press previous button Move to next preset Alt Right arrow or long press next button Registry preset Ctrl s or long press record button Delete the preset Delete or long press stop button Open the record dialog box Ctrl r Record start pause short press record button Record stop short press stop button Mute on short press stop button or Space Muto off short press play button or Space Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow 17 6 3 Daisy Player Move to the title list Shift Backspace Open DAISY file Ctrl o 564 Voice setting Ctrl s Check the book info Alt Enter Exit Alt F4 Play Pause Space Move to the beginning of document Home Move to the last phrase End Increase the speed Shift Right arrow Decrease the speed Shift Left arrow Increase the volume Shift Up arrow Decrease the volume Shift Down arrow Move to the next phrase Ctrl Right arrow or short press next button Move to the previous phrase Ctrl Left
19. Down arrow to move among the settings in the list Press Space to change the value of each setting There are 3 options for the default download type DAISY BRF and Prompt If this option is set to DAISY whenever you initiate the downloading of a book or periodical the DAISY version is automatically downloaded In the same way if you choose BRF the BRF version is automatically downloaded If you set this option to Prompt each time you initiate a download you are prompted for the download type The Auto unzip on off option lets you choose whether you want the Voice Sense QWERTY to automatically unpack books or periodicals when they are downloaded If this is set to on when the download completes the Voice Sense QWERTY announces unzipping bookname And automatically unpacks the contents and places it ina folder with the same name as the zip file If you set this to Off you are returned to the main dialog immediately after downloading and you must extract the zip file manually from the File Manager The Default Download folder button opens a File Manager dialog in which you can choose the default download location for your BookShare material For example you may wish to create a DAISY folder and have all your BookShare material automatically download to that location Use normal file folder navigation commands to select the folder in which you 4
20. File menu 9 1 1 1 Open URL Press Alt to open the Web Browser menu Move to File and press Enter The first item that is displayed is Open URL Press Enter to access the Open URL edit box or press Ctrl I from anywhere in the Browser The edit box for entering an address is displayed with the address of the current page filled in Type the web address you would like to access such as www google com and press Enter When in the edit box you can view recently accessed web addresses by pressing the down arrow Move to the address that you want to open using the up arrow or the down arrow and press Enter on the desired address to open it If the Voice Sense QWERTY cannot connect to the desired web page indicated by displaying progress on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille for an extended period of time press Esc to stop connecting and execute Open URL again You can type in the address and try to connect again or type a different address to access You can stop the Web Browser from connecting by pressing Alt F4 Sometimes pages can freeze due to network or Internet problems 9 1 1 2 Open Open allows you to open locally stored content in the Web Browser To access Open press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on File Go to Open by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Ctrl o from anywhere in the Browser The Open
21. Move to next line Down arrow Move to previous paragraph Ctrl Up arrow Move to next paragraph Ctrl Down arrow Move to the beginning of the document Ctrl Home 524 Move to the end of the document Ctrl End Read current paragraph Fn v Read current line Fn c Read current word Fn x Read current character Fn z Delete current paragraph Alt Del Delete current line Ctrl Backspace Delete current word Alt Backspace Delete current character Del Confirm current cursor position Fn s Set view format character Ctrl 5 Set reading unit Ctrl 3 Set read only Ctrl 2 Set reading mode Ctrl 4 16 5 E mail 16 5 1 Hot keys that are used in the inbox Open Accounts manager Ctrl m Switch from offline to online mode IMAP alt l Check for new mail Alt m Check for previous mail IMAP Alt e Move ot previous account category Alt FN Up arrow Move to next account category Alt FN Down arrow Move ot previous mailbox Control FN Up arrow Move to next mailbox Control FN Down arrow Write new message Ctrl n Reply Ctrl r Reply all Alt r Forward Ctrl f Open set path Ctrl p Open set option Ctrl o Open set spam Ctrl e Find Ctrl f 525 Find again F3 Move to unread message Ctrl u Move to mailbox Alt x Copy to mailbox Alt c Add a sender to the address list Ctrl i This is valid only at the from item of the inbox Delete received e mail Del It is valid only at the Subject
22. Sen Message edit box the Received Message multi line edit box and the Close button Use Tab and Shift Tab to navigate among the items in the dialog Once the Sense notetakers are connected and both notetakers display the Chat dialog both users can send and receive messages To send a message type it in to the Send MSG edit box and press Enter to send the message By default when a message is sent a sound plays to indicate the message was sent successfully By default when a message is received it automatically appears and remains displayed until you begin typing a new message The message is also spoken and a sound alerts you as well You can configure how you wish to have the Voice Sense alert and act when sending and receiving messages in the Options menu described later in this section To view the message history tab to the received Msg multi line edit box The messages appear in a list in the order in which they were written Messages you have sent are labeled Sent msg and messages you have received are labeled receive msg Use the Up and Down arrows to move among the items in the list To exit Sense Chat tab to the Close button and press Enter or press Alt F4 10 4 3 The Sense Chat File Menu The Sense Chat program contains 2 menus File and Options The File menu contains 3 items Save Save As and Clo
23. When the dialog is opened the item name edit box is focused Type a name for the variable and press Enter or move to confirm and press 477 Enter The current expression or result is then saved under the variable name you just specified If you type names under variables which have already been created you are prompted Replace variable xx with current value Yes To change the value press Enter on Yes If you do not want to change the value press Enter on No Press Space to toggle between Yes and No If you type function names like sin coos or pi as a variable name you are warned Invalid item name as you cannot use these functions in variable names When you are on the calculation line you can also define variables directly by typing variable expression and press Enter to save the variable For example a 2 sin 30 or a 591 13 1 3 4 Statistics Functions If you select this menu item a dialog opens which consists of a list box containing all the stored variables a list box displaying the results of several functions and a Close button You can move among these elements by pressing Tab or shift tab You can open this dialog by pressing Alt t from the calculation line or by pressing t in the Memory Functions menu In the variable list the variable names and their current values are displayed You can move among these variables by pressing down arrow or up arr
24. 1 POI list box the list of currently saved user POI s Navigate among the POPs using Up arrow and Down arrow 2 POI Information list box Contains POI name Latitude Longitude Phone Address POI Explanation and Media File Move among the various information elements using Up arrow and Down arrow 3 Set as Start Position button Press Enter on this button to set the currently focused POI as the start position of your route You can also activate this button by pressing Alt s 4 Set as destination button Press Enter on this button to set the currently focused POI as the endpoint destination of your route You can also activate this button by pressing Alt d 5 Set as Waypoint button press Enter on this button to set the currently focused POI as a Waypoint or stop in the middle of your route You can also activate this button using Alt w 6 Add button Press Enter on this button to open the Add New User POI dialog as described above You can also activate this button by pressing Alt l 7 Modify button Opens the Modify User POI dialog This dialog consists of the same controls as does the Add User POI dialog with the information of the currently focused POI already filled in You can also activate this button by pressing Alt m 450 8 Delete button Press Enter on this button to delete the currently focused POI You can also a
25. 10 2 Twitter siscccssisccccutussetusnactesnsyesedunsdoluvsdeokdecesh euacstalpos ialaysdeacysesvoudyhietiwssssauusnsiouencaweovaae 384 10 2 1 Twitter Terminology aaaea eia EENE EER EEEa 384 10 2 2 Accessing Twitter arenie neisa renia naaa Esa aaa Maasai 385 10 2 3 Main Twitter CialOG itz sjavenctingteetidncens Ata satyeagecdanactias hist wenaaateteasarnnalane een 387 10 24 TiMeliNE eane a a A TA 388 10 2 5 Managing TWeets sr iiscossstsnscadonrcialomadhenag ivan daadsaauiciaunoaianis 390 10 2 6 Managing Followers and following cece eee seecereeneeeeeeeeeneeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeees 394 10 2 7 Using Direct Messages 00 eee eeeeesecneeeseeeeceeeaeeseeeeeeaeesaeeeecaesaetaeseeseaeeees 396 10 2 8 Using Search functions 5 5isisiieiinninnds eee ui ndeaieiomn ian 398 10 2 9 Additional Functions 00 00 eee ceecneeeeeteeceeeaeeseeeeeeaeeaeeaecneeaeeaeseeeeaeeaee 402 10 2 10 Managing LISS rennin eiai a eieaa ranei etei 404 10 3 Google talker ita eerie e A N a i ends 408 10 3 1 Before you launch Google Talk oneseeeseeesssesssrssssrssssrssssrsrsrnsssrssssrssrsres 408 10 3 2 Managing Contacts os ccc cacsiaaadtaatiesesnise cnmdaatalonied tices amon 410 10 323 Start O a niles ates cetacean ia ahd A eee A 414 10 3 4 Start Voice Chae isainwcsignsihnwnin asada dain paused 415 10 3 5 Sending Receiveing a File oo eee cseeseeeecneeeseeeeeeeeaetsaeeeecaeeaetaeseeseaenees 416 10 3 6 Other TUNCTIONS sicedcscectnnielanedatigr
26. 2 Tweets allow you to post 140 characters regardless of language A tweet can also contain a URL 3 Mention When you repost someone s tweet reply to someone s tweet or mention them in a tweet of your own 4 Reply to answer a tweet by a specific user 5 Follow to follow other users You can subscribe to other user s tweets thus you are following them 6 Followers other users who follow you or rather who subscribe to your tweets 7 Unfollow to stop following another user 384 8 Retweet to deliver another user s tweet to your followers by reposting it Abbreviated using RT 9 Friend users who follow each other 10 DM Direct Message to or from a specific user You can only send a Direct Message to someone who follows you Note direct messages are private thus can only be seen by those who exchange them 11 Timeline a list of tweets in the order they were posted 10 2 2 Accessing Twitter To use the Twitter program you must create a Twitter account Visit the Twitter web site at www twitter com to create an account If you already have a Twitter account you can use the Twitter program after logging in To use Twitter the Voice Sense QWERTY needs to be connected to the Internet Please be sure you have an active Internet connection before starting Twitter 10 2 2 1 Sign In When you launch Twitter the Sign In dialog appears Move to the next control by pressing Tab or to the previo
27. 7 You should register your Voice Sense QWERTY in order to ensure further maintenance service and upgrade information Please visit www hims inc com to register your information If you have any trouble when registering your information please contact the dealer from whom you purchased your Voice Sense QWERTY for help 8 Do not take apart the Voice Sense QWERTY yourself Do not have anyone else who is not authorized by HIMS take apart the Voice Sense QWERTY If an unqualified person disassembles the unit serious damage may occur to the Voice Sense QWERTY If an unauthorized person disassembles the Voice Sense QWERTY the unit is excluded from any free maintenance and the warranty becomes void If any liquid or external force damages the unit it may also be excluded from free maintenance even if the damage occurs during the warranty period 9 Do not leave your Voice Sense QWERTY in closed or high temperature environments such as inside a car on a hot summer day as the battery attached to the Voice Sense QWERTY may be damaged or catch fire Please do not let your Voice Sense QWERTY remain in such environments for long periods of time 10 Thank you for using the Voice Sense QWERTY We value any comments or suggestions you have for our product If you have any complaints or suggestions please provide us with your comments on our website We will improve our product based on your comments and suggestions 11 To prevent possible damage
28. Alt Ctrl Right arrow Move to previous paragraph Ctrl Up arrow Move to next paragraph Ctrl Down arrow Move to the beginning of the document Ctrl Home Move to the end of the document Ctrl End Read current paragraph Fn v Read current line Fn c Read current sentence Fn n Read current word Fn x Read current character Fn z Delete current paragraph Alt Del Delete current line Ctrl Backspace Delete current word Alt Backspace Delete current character Del Confirm current cursor position Fn s Set view format character Ctrl 5 Set reading unit Ctrl 3 Set read only Ctrl 2 Set reading mode Ctrl 4 176 6 E mail The e mail program is used to communicate with others by sending messages via the Internet To use the e mail program you must have an e mail account provided to you by your Internet account provider or sign up for a free account such as Gmail or hotmail Your e mail account needs to support POP3 Post Office Protocol 3 or IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol and SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol to be accessed with the Voice Sense QWERTY You should check with your Internet account provider to make sure that your provider supports POP3 IMAP and SMTP POP3 and IMAP are two different standard protocols for receiving e mail POP3 and IMAP function very differently from each other and each has its own advantages When you access your received messages via POP3 they are downloaded from the server and
29. Angle unit and Calculator Braille code which you can navigate by pressing up arrow or down arrow When setting the Angle Unit if you select Radian you can get the PI value while using the trigonometric function If you select Degree and activate PI you will get a wrong answer as this is not a valid calculation You can set the Braille code as Computer Braille or Nemeth Braille as described previously Use Fn g to change the Braille code from anywhere in the Calculator 483 13 1 13 Exit This is used to exit the calculator You can close the calculator by pressing Enter on Exit Calculator or press z in the menu Or in your calculation line you can exit by pressing Alt F4 13 1 14 Sample Math Calculations The following are examples of expressions for some of the math functions you can perform when using the calculator on the Voice Sense QWERTY 1 Addition Plus For Plus press For example to add the numbers 10 and 20 you would enter 10 20 The result is displayed as 30 2 Subtraction Minus For Minus press For example to add the numbers 10 and 20 and then subtract 5 you would enter 10 20 5 The result is displayed as 25 3 Multiplication For multiplication press For example to multiply 10 by 20 you would enter 10 20 The result is displayed as 200 kI 4 Division For Division press For example to divide 20 by 10 you would enter 20 10 The result
30. Ctrl Shift Right arrow Move to the upper cell Ctrl Shift Up arrow Move to the lower cell Ctrl Shift Down arrow Read current cell Ctrl Shift c Move to the previous cell of the upper level table Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next cell of the upper level table Ctrl Right arrow Move to the upper cell of the upper level table Ctrl Up arrow Move to the lower cell of the upper level table Ctrl Down arrow Check the current position Fn s Move to frame Move to the previous frame Ctrl F9 Move to the next frame Ctrl F10 Read the current line Fn r 16 8 2 Quick browser File Menu Commands Open URL Control u 1 3 6 Exit Alt F 4 Read Menu Commands Read from beginning to cursor Alt G Read from cursor to end FN Enter Edit Menu Commands Open Select Text Window Control S Start selection Control B Copy Contol C Add to clipboard Control P Go To Menu Commands 537 Go to home page Alt H Go to the previous page Alt Left arrow Go to the next page Alt Right arrow Go to previous heading Control F3 Go to next heading Control F 4 Go to previous text Control F5 Go to next text Control F6 Refresh Control R Open the history list Control H Find Control F Find again F3 Favorites Menu Commands Set current as your home page Alt S Add to favorites Alt A Favorites list Control T Page Navigation Commands Move between controls Move to the previous control Control Left arrow Move to the next control C
31. Ctrl j The Voice Sense QWERTY says Move to mark Type the character of the mark name that you want to locate and the Voice Sense QWERTY moves the cursor to the marked position 5 3 9 Go to Previous Document If you have multiple documents open you can easily move among them To go to the previous document press Alt and move to Go To by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Go To Previous Document by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or you can press shift tab while editing a document 5 3 10 Go to Next Document To go to the next document press Alt and move to Go To by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Go to Next Document by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Tab while editing a document 5 4 Read Menu The Read menu is used to read specific parts of the document with speech and or Braille To open the read menu press Alt and press r The items in the Read menu are Read Selected Text Read Beginning Of Selected 156 Text Read From Beginning To Cursor Read From Cursor To End Auto Scroll Read Current Sentence Read Current Line Read Current Word Read Current Character and Read Status 5 4 1 Read Selected Text The Read Selected Text command reads the text you currently have selected To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down
32. English there are a few exceptions most notably the use of accented vowels When entering foreign language text you can create the accented vowels by pressing grave accent in conjunction with the vowel you want to accent For example to create an type e When you choose Braille as your document type when creating a document the Voice Sense QWERTY automatically changes to a keyboard 47 layout that allows you to use QWERTY letters to input Braille dots F corresponds to dot 1 and D corresponds to dot 2 S corresponds to dot 3 J corresponds to dot 4 K corresponds to dot 5 L corresponds to dot 6 in the Voice Sense QWERTY Keyboard To type a capital letter type dot 6 L in front of the character For example when you input sea in the Braille Document press D S J to iP create s dot 2 3 4 Then press F K to create e dot 1 5 and press F 13 to create a dot 1 2 8 1 Inputting searching for Control characters Control characters are codes in a character set which do not in themselves represent written symbols in computing For example all entries in the ASCII table below code 32 such as Form Feed FF TAB and Carriage Return CR You can input and search for control characters in Braille documents 2 8 1 1 Inputting Control characters Control characters can only be entered in Braille documents To enter control
33. Escape or Alt F4 16 10 Extras 16 10 1 BookShare Download Move to next control Tab Move to previous control Shift Tab Move to Search box Control e Move to search results Control l Open download dialog Control d Open Options dialog Control o Exit Alt F4 543 16 10 2 Google Maps Search commands Search for address Control f Advanced POI Search Alt f Set as Start Position Alt s Set as Destination Alt d Set as Waypoint Alt w Add to user POI Alt u Area selection Alt z Set Position Commands Add current position to user POI Enter Set GPS position as Start position s Current position information Control i User POI Commands Manage user POPs Control u Save user POPs Alt s Load user POs Control Route Commands Create route Control r View traveled route Control h Initialize route Alt i Route information Control c Direction and distance to destination Control d Options Commands Notice and distance to destination Control o GPS settings Control g 16 10 3 Drop box Open User Information dialog box Control Search for File Control F 544 File Download Control T File Upload Control U File Link Control L Copy Control C Cut to Clipboard Control X Paste Control V Delete Delete New Folder Control N Set Login Information Alt l 16 11 Games 16 11 1 Sense Dice Game Execute Dice Game Move to next item Down arrow Move to previous item Up arrow Move to the f
34. Import Contact List dialog press Alt I from the Contact list or press Enter on the Import Contact list item in the File menu The Import Contact List dialog consists of 4 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 File name A combo edit box into which you can type the name of the file you want to import 2 Confirm Use this button to execute the Import Contact list function 3 Cancel Use this button to exit the Import Contact list dialog and return to the Contact list 4 File list A file browser control from which you can select the desired contact list file CSV Use normal file and folder navigation commands to navigate the file list When you locate the file you want to import press Enter 10 3 7 Setup Options The Google Talk Program on the Voice Sense QWERTY contains several option settings including My status options on line ID auto reply 420 notification and sound Below is a detailed explanation of each of these option settings 10 3 7 1 My status Options This menu allows you to set how your status and on line ID is displayed to your contacts To open the My status options dialog press Alt u from the contact list or press Enter on My Status Options from the Options menu The My Status Options dialog consists of 3 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 My Status A list from which you can select one of 5
35. Next List command the next 32 tweets are added to the current list The list continues to accumulate until you perform a refresh To load the Next List use the hot key Ctrl n or tab to the Next List button and press Enter 10 2 5 Managing Tweets 10 2 5 1 Tweet This command allows you to post a message to the Twitter server so that your followers can access it next time they log in To open the Tweet dialog press the hot key Control T from the main Twitter dialog or move to the Tweet button using Tab and press Enter Or you can open the menu and select Tweet from the Tweets menu The Tweet dialog consists of 5 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab F3 or Space 4 5 or Shift tab Space F3 or Space 1 2 1 Tweet An edit box in which to write a tweet 2 Characters A status bar displaying the current number of characters used and maximum characters For example Characters 0 140T 3 Add ID A dialog with a list of those you follow from which you can choose an ID to mention in your tweet 4 Tweet A button used to post the tweet 5 Cancel button used to cancel the posting of a tweet To post a tweet when the Tweet dialog is opened type the message you want to post and press Enter or tab to the Tweet button and press Enter Your time line is then refreshed and you are returned to the list of tweets in your home timeline 10 2 5 2 Remove Tweet 390 If
36. Printer is the default setting Press up arrow or down arrow to move between Embosser and Printer If you have selected the appropriate printer type press Enter to start printing Please make sure the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to the printer and that the printer is ready to receive information When printing is complete the Voice Sense QWERTY returns to the search results list 8 2 9 Saving Appointments as a File You can save appointments stored in Schedule Manager as a document Open the menu by pressing Alt then select Save Schedule As File and press Enter Or press t from the menu Or from the search results list press Alt s The Voice Sense QWERTY asks you to specify the beginning and end dates of the appointments to be saved just as with Print Schedule After setting the beginning and end dates press Enter or Tab and you are prompted to enter the name and the format of the file to be saved This dialog is the same as the Save As dialog in the Word processor 8 2 10 Backing Up and Restoring Your Appointments 308 8 2 10 1 Backup Schedule If you perform a hard reset or your battery dies all of the data in the Schedule Manager is lost Thus it is very important to create a backup file each time you change your schedule To backup your schedule open the menu by pressing Alt Then use the Up arrow or Down arrow to locate Backup Schedule Then press Ente
37. Search and press Enter or press s to open the Search menu Press Enter on Advanced POI Search or press f to open the Search for Address dialog You can also open the Advanced Poi Search dialog by pressing Alt f from the Google Maps main window The Advanced POI Search dialog contains the following controls 1 Area Selection a dialog for choosing the city and state in which you want to search 2 Category Selection combo box A combo box from which to choose the type category of POI for which you want to search Navigate the items in the combo box using Up arrow and Down arrow 3 POI range edit box enter the range radius in number of feet to define the size of the area you want to search 4 POI Name edit box If you know all or part of the name of the establishment for which you want to search type it in this edit box 5 Search button Press Enter on this button to initiate the search 6 POls list box appears after the search is completed list of points of interest matching the search Navigate the list using Up arrow and Down arrow 7 POI Information list box Lists the POI name type phone number and address Use Up arrow and Down arrow to navigate among the information elements 8 Set as Start Position button Press Enter on this button to set the currently focused POI as the start position of your route You ca
38. Search Term edit box the Title list the Contents text box a Search button and a close button When the Voice Sense has finished searching the term you entered you are placed in the Title list The Title is the name of the web result that matches your search term Use the Up and Down arrows to navigate the items in the Title list The Title list can contain up to 64 items To go to the current search result on the web simply press Enter and the webpage for the current title is opened in the Web Browser When you have finished viewing the webpage press Alt F4 371 to close the Web Browser and you are returned to your results list in the Google Search program The Contents text box contains information about the current title just as you would receive if you were performing a search on the Google website This information usually includes a quick preview of the content on the web page and the URL of the web result Use the Category combo box Search term edit box and Search button to launch a new search as described in the previous section To exit the Google Search program Tab to the Close button and press Enter or press Alt F4 9 4 RSS Reader Really Simple Syndication RSS is a method for providing updates to web based content through what are called feeds The Voice Sense RSS Reader allows you to subscribe to RSS
39. Search Address dialog The Voice Sense QWERTY prompts you to select a printer The default selection is Printer Press Space once and the selection is changed to Embosser Press Space again and Cancel is selected Press Enter when the option you want is displayed 8 1 7 6 Saving Addresses to a File You can also save selected records to a file To save selected records in a document press Alt to open the menu select Save addresses As File then press Enter Or you can press Alt S from the Search Address dialog after selecting the desired records The file save dialog is displayed and you are asked to enter the file name and select a file format After you type the file name and select one of the available file formats press Enter on Confirm and the selected record s are saved This dialog is the same as the Save As dialog in the Word processor except that here when you are saving addresses to a file the 294 default file name is not displayed Refer to section 5 1 4 to learn about the Save As dialog in the Word processor 8 1 8 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook The Address Manager can be synchronized with Microsoft Outlook on your personal computer to help you keep track of your information For a more detailed explanation of how to connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your computer and use ActiveSync or Windows Mobile Device Center to synchronize your contacts with Microsoft Outlook p
40. Space You can press Fn g to cycle through the Braille grades from any location on the Voice Sense QWERTY 3 8 2 4 Braille Code The Braille code setting defines the rules by which Braille is translated to text and vice versa The Voice Sense QWERTY offers 3 English Braille codes as well as entry of Spanish French Italian and German Braille Thus the Braille code can be set to use US UK UEBC Unified English Braille 13 13 Code or Spanish French German or Italian The original intent of the UEBC was to explore the possibility of bringing together three of the official Braille codes that are used for Braille in English speaking countries for various purposes viz literary material English Braille American Edition mathematics and scientific notation Nemeth Code and computer notation Computer Braille Code Choosing one of the other 4 languages allows you to input Braille according to that language s Braille rules and read documents created in that language using the associated Braille translation The Braille language also affects lists combo boxes and edit boxes Buttons and static boxes are not affected by the change in Braille language The short cut key used to jump to the Braille code option is c The default setting is US Use Space to change to UK UEBC or Spanish 13 French Italian or German 93 You can cycle throug
41. USB port Press up arrow or down arrow to reach your desired connection type Press Enter and the unit announces Terminal mode If you choose the Bluetooth Serial connection and Bluetooth is not activated the Voice Sense automatically activates Bluetooth before entering Terminal Mode When in Terminal Mode the Voice Sense QWERTY no longer speaks as it is now simply acting as a Braille display for your computer or smart phone If the connection fails you are returned to the list of connection methods To exit the Terminal for Screen reader press Alt x 13 7 1 Connecting to a Screen reader 13 7 1 1 Connecting to PC via USB To connect the Voice Sense to a Windows screen reader such as Jaws NVDA System Access or Window Eyes via USB you must install the proper USB driver on your PC Below are steps for installing the USB driver Note for JAWS for Windows version 14 or lower you must download and install 2 drivers the generic HIMS USB driver and the JAWS specific driver For all other screen readers and when using JAWS 15 or higher you need only the generic Voice Sense USB driver 1 Download the USB driver for Voice Sense from the HIMS website Generic USB driver http www himsintl com upload HIMS USB Driver _v25 zip JAWS specific driver for V14 or lower http www himsintl com upload JAWS HIMS Braille Driver For Jaws V2_1 zip 2 Unzip the compressed file and execute Braille SENSE _USB_Driver exe 3
42. allowing you to browse websites as well as send and receive e mail Near the right of the rear panel is a small round recess with a dot like button inside it This is the RESET button If your unit is not responding properly you can press this button to force a soft reboot of the unit NOTE do NOT press the RESET button for more than 5 seconds It takes about fifteen seconds for your unit to complete the reboot process 33 If you hold down F5 with the RESET button while the power is on the Voice Sense QWERTY reboots without speech 1 2 5 The Front Panel On the far left of the front panel is a 3 position slide switch This is the key Lock switch This switch is explained in more detail in the next chapter To the right of the key lock switch is the stereo microphone jack used for connecting an external microphone or line level recording source To the right of the microphone jack is the stereo headphone jack To the right of the headphone jack is another 3 position slide switch This is the Media Mode switch and determines which type of media the media buttons control This switch is explained in more detail in the next section To the right of the Media Mode switch are five buttons of varying shapes These buttons control media playback As explained above the type of content controlled by these buttons depends on the position of the Media Mode switch These buttons can control media playback DAISY playback
43. and also to the left of Tab and to the right of Backspace Near the top center of the unit s top panel is a liquid crystal display LCD The LCD displays the output of the unit visually so that a sighted person can see what is shown on the Voice Sense QWERTY STEREO speakers are located one on each side of the LCD for audio output 1 2 2 The Right Panel 32 On the right panel there are 3 ports The port nearest the front of the unit is the USB OTG port You can connect your Voice Sense QWERTY to a personal computer via this USB port and transfer files to and from the computer or synchronize your calendar and contacts with Outlook Behind the USB OTG port is a full sized USB host port Use this port to connect a USB thumb drive for auxiliary storage The port closest to the rear of the right panel is the AC adapter jack To charge the unit s battery or use the Voice Sense QWERTY on AC power plug the small round end of the AC adapter in to this jack and plug the larger box like end in to a standard AC electrical outlet 1 2 3 The Left Panel The left panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY contains a single slot near the front of the unit This is the SD slot used for housing an SD secure digital card in the unit for additional storage 1 2 4 The Rear Panel Near the left of the rear panel is the local area network LAN port If you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to an Ethernet interface you can connect to the Internet
44. and press Enter After rejecting you are returned to your contact list 415 10 3 5 Sending Receiveing a file The Google Talk program on the Voice Sense QWERTY supports the ability to send and receive files With this function you can send your files to your Google Talk contacts and save files from your contacts on your Voice Sense QWERTY 10 3 5 1 Sending a file Use the Send File function to send files to your contacts It allows you to send multiple files at one time as well as to exchange messages in the Chat dialog while sending files To send a file s to one of your contacts do the following 1 Navigate to the contact in your list to whom you want to send a file and press Enter The Chat window is opened 2 Press the hot key Ctrl f Or select the Send File option in the Actions menu 3 You are placed in a file browser area Use normal File Management commands to navigate to and select files you wish to send 4 Sending File Information appears It is displayed in the Received message area of the chat window The information is displayed as Send Pending acceptance XX File file name XX represents the number of files which you have requested to send 5 If your contact accepts receipt of the file or files transfer begins Once sending starts progress rate and file name are displayed on the Sending receiving file information list 6 When file transfer is completed you are return to t
45. and press Enter to start the download The Voice Sense announces Ready for download and displays download progress while the file is downloaded When the download is complete Voice Sense announces File successfully downloaded 460 11 4 2 3 File Upload Use this command to upload a file from your Voice Sense QWERTY to Dropbox so that you may access it on other devices you have connected to Dropbox To execute the File Upload command press Alt navigate to Edit using the Down arrow and press Enter Navigate to File Upload using the Down arrow and press Enter You can activate this command directly from the File list by pressing Control U When you execute File Upload Voice Sense promts Select file to upload and places you in the file folder list of your flashdisk Use normal file folder navigation to locate the file you want to upload and press Enter to begin the upload process You may select multiple files by pressing Space on each of the files you wish to upload When you press Enter the Voice Sense announces Start uploading XX YY where X is the number of the current file being uploaded and Y is the total number of files to upload AS the files are uploaded the number of the file being uploaded is displayed along with the progress of the total upload in the form of a percentage When the upload is finished Voice Sense announces Y files uploaded where Y is the number of files uploaded to Dro
46. button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or shift tab And you can move among the items in the settings list by pressing up arrow or down arrow The following are the settings that can be changed 1 View format character Yes No If this option is set to Yes all of the format characters are displayed Use Space to toggle this option A carriage return is shown as p and a mark is indicated by pl Advanced formatting is indicated by the following characters Font properties sf Sef a Start End font n a Font Name ex nAr a Arial SnTNR a Times New Roman nWi a Wingdings s a Font Size c a Font Color sb eb a Start End bold si ei a Start End italic su eu a Start End underline 137 Table formatting stb etb a Start End table str etr Start End table row std etd a Start End table cell w a Table width h a Table height cp a Table cell padding cd a Table cell spacing vt a Table align top vm a Table align middle vb a Table align bottom Style properties ml a Margin left mr a Margin right ti a Text indent mt a Margin top mb a Margin bottom lh a Line Height c a Align Center j a Align Justify r a Align Right I Align Left Miscellaneous sl el Start End Hyper link pg a Page Break le a Language English ls Language Spanish If Language French lg a Language German li Language
47. chosen to emboss and there are problems with the Braille printer the Voice Sense QWERTY shows an error message and returns to the open document 2 Print Text This option is used when you want to print a document on an ink printer To do so open the document to be printed and press Alt and press Enter on the File menu Move to Print by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press Enter Or just press p from the File menu The dialog for the Printer is almost the same as for the Embosser After you input the values as in the embosser dialog press Tab and press Enter on Confirm Print Yes is displayed If Enter is pressed printing commences If you 136 press Space to move to No and press Enter printing is canceled and the Voice Sense QWERTY returns you to the open document Note that the Voice Sense QWERTY is compatible with all HP printers level PCL 3 or higher and with HP compatible printers and Epson printers using the ESC P R library to the compatible printers 5 1 8 Settings To change your Word Processor preferences press Alt and press Enter on File Move to Settings e by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press Enter or just press e from the File menu While editing a document pressing Ctrl e opens the Settings dialog The Settings dialog contains the following the settings list Default folder button Set Password button Confirm
48. content and press Enter To save the modifications press Enter after typing new content for all the fields you want to change Or move to the Confirm button by pressing Tab repeatedly and press Enter To cancel modification of the record press Tab once more to move to the Cancel button and press Enter 322 8 3 4 List of Records Found The List of Records Found appears when the queery you typed in the Search Records function produces results While using the Insert a New Record or Search Records dialog to go to the List of Records Found press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on List of Records Found Or press Ctrl r 8 3 5 Setting Backup Options You can backup your database file manually using the Backup Database function You may also backup your database file automatically by using the Set Backup Options To activate the Set Backup Options function press Alt to open the menu Press down arrow or up arrow repeatedly to move to Set Backup Options Press Enter Or press e from the menu to go to Set Backup Options You can also activate the function directly by pressing Ctrl e The Backup Options dialog has three controls Backup mode radio button a Confirm button and a Cancel button Move among the controls by pressing Tab or shift tab To switch among the radio buttons press up arrow Backspace down arrow or Space
49. directly 9 2 3 2 Copy Use this command to copy your selection to the clipboard for use in other applications To copy the selected section of the web page press Alt move to the Edit menu by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter Move to Copy by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter Or you can copy the selected section by pressing Control C while in a web page 9 2 3 3 Add to clipboard Sometimes you may wish to copy various sections from a web page all at once in which case you will not want your last selection erased each time you copy a new one You can use the Add to clipboard option to append each of your selections to the clipboard To add a selection to the clipboard press Alt move to Edit menu by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter Press the Down arrow to move to Add To Clipboard and press Enter Or you can add to the clipboard directly by pressing Control P 356 9 2 4 Go To To open the Go To menu press Alt and navigate to Go To by pressing the Down arrow Press Enter The menu items are explained in the following sections 9 2 4 1 Go to Home Page The first page that your Quick Browser loads when the Quick Browser opens is called the home page You can set your favorite site as your home page When your home page is set your Quick Browser opens the same home page every time you execute it The default home page is www Hims inc com To move to the default home
50. or Shift Tab When the Favorites List is open an edit box is displayed The edit box displays the message Name You can enter the title of one of your favorites and you can open the web page by pressing Enter If there are no titles that match what you entered the Voice Sense QWERTY says invalid name and returns to the edit box If there is a title in the Favorites list the Voice Sense QWERTY connects to the web page If you do not remember the exact title you can find it from the Favorites list using the method outlined below When the edit box appears press Shift Tab to move to the Favorites list The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the file list You can move among folders and files by pressing Up or Down arrow Press Enter on the title of the website you want to visit On this list folders are enclosed by quotation marks Press Enter on a folder to open it In the favorites list you can view only the files with the selected file format Press Tab to move to the Type combo box In the type combo box there are two file formats and url Press Up or Down arrow to select one If you select then all types of files are shown 364 9 2 6 Page Navigation On the web page there are links controls and other various elements as well as text To read web pages properly the Web Browser should classify each element and notify the user with its information When reading a web page by moving wi
51. or if your battery dies all of the data in the Address Manager is lost So it is very important that you make a backup file every time you make a change to the address list To go to Backup Address List open the menu by pressing Alt Then use the up and down arrows to navigate to Backup Address List Then press Enter You can also press u from the menu to get to Backup Address List Or you can press Ctrl u to activate this function directly If you already have a backup file you are prompted Backup file already exists Continue to backup Yes If you have made changes to your address list press Enter to create a new backup file To keep the previous backup file press down arrow to move to No and press Enter When you create a backup file in your address list you will have a new backup file 285 with the extension DAT and you will have another file with the extension BAK created from the previous address dat file 8 1 5 2 Restore Address List To restore the address list after a hard reset press Alt to open the menu and use the up and down scroll buttons to find Restore Address List Then press Enter on Restore Address List Or you can press r from the menu to find Restore Address List You can also press Ctrl r to activate this function directly If you activate the Restore Address List function and you already have an address list you are prompted Address file alread
52. or press Tab to move to the Confirm button 8 The message is saved as subject of writing e mailgg txt 9 To name the e mail message type a file name Use the same procedure as in Save As in the Word Processor You can also change the path where the message is stored 10 After the Voice Sense QWERTY saves the e mail message it returns to the previous location By following the explanation above the e mail message is saved as subject of writing e mailgg txt in the flashdisk email storage box If you do not input a subject when writing the e mail the file is named noname If you choose to save the e mail in a location other than flashdisk email storagebox you cannot access the e mail message in the Outbox Thus you cannot send the e mail unless it is returned to the Outbox storage folder While creating a message press Esc or Alt F4 To cancel writing the e mail 1 The Voice Sense QWERTY displays Currently writing mail Save Yes 2 To return to the Inbox without saving the e mail press Space to change Yes to No and press Enter 6 2 3 5 Saving E Mail as New Name in the Outbox If you save an e mail message in the Outbox you can save it under a different file name To do this use the steps described above but choose Save Draft from the File Menu 198 6 2 3 6 Sending the E Mail in the Outbox Use the following steps to send e mail from the Outbox 1 When t
53. or you can press w from the read menu While editing a document press Fn x to activate this function 5 4 9 Read Current Character This function reads the current character To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down arrow Then press Enter Move to Read Current Character by pressing down arrow and press Enter or you can press c from the read menu While editing a document press Fn z to activate this function 5 4 10 Read Status 159 This function gives you information about your current file When you activate this function the Voice Sense QWERTY tells you the file name edit mode insert or overwrite and file protection write or read only To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down arrow Then press Enter Move to Read Status by pressing down arrow and press Enter or you can press s from the read menu While editing a document press Fn slash to activate this function 5 4 11 Read Selected Text in Current Language This function allows you to read the currently selected text in another language To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down arrow Then press Enter Move to Read Selected Text in Current Language by pressing down arrow and press Enter While editing a document press Alt Windows r to activate this functi
54. play button to play the selected file in the Open DAISY dialog To use these functions you must set the Media Mode switch to DAISY Mode 7 3 4 2 Voice Settings In the Voice Settings you can set the DAISY Player voice parameters To execute voice settings follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Move to Voice Settings below the File menu and press Enter Or press s 3 Or you can directly activate the Voice Settings by pressing Ctrl s Executing this option opens the Voice Settings dialog The dialog contains the following items 1 DAISY play Type Available when a DAISY book contains both text and audio this option allows you to choose your playback method 2 Voice control Set speed Set volume Set to control information of contents 3 Confirm 4 Cancel 266 You can move among the four controls with Tab or Shift Tab In the voice control tab you can move among Set speed Set volume and Set to control information of contents with up arrow or down arrow To cancel this function press Esc or Alt F4 7 3 4 2 1 DAISY play type This option appears when playing text audio DAISY books You can access this option directly by pressing Ctrl t The default setting is Audio This means the DAISY Player plays audio in text audio DAISY If you set the Text it plays the text in text audio DAISY and thus the content is read using the
55. use the Follow User button to add this user to your Following list 10 2 10 4 List View in Current Tweet The List View in Current Tweet function allows you to view the public lists created by the user of the current tweet as well as the lists he or she follows To execute List View of Current Tweet press Alt to open the menu Navigate to List using the Down arrow and press Enter Then Navigate to List View of Current Tweet and press Enter You can also 407 execute this function by pressing F3 from anywhere in the Twitter program The List View of Current Tweet dialog contains the following controls List list List Timeline button List User View button List Follow button and a Close button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab The List Timeline option gives you the Timeline for the current list as described in the Timeline section of this chapter The List User View opens the List User View dialog for the current list as described in the previous section The List Follow button adds the current list to the lists you currently follow You can close the List View of Current Tweet dialog by tabbing to the Close button and pressing Enter or by pressing Escape 10 3 Google talk Google Talk is a messaging service that allows you to text or voice chat in real time with other Google Talk users as well as easily and quickly send files to your Google Talk cont
56. windows press Alt F4 or Esc 10 3 4 Start Voice Chat Use the Start voice chat function to start a real time voice conversation with a contact in your contact list Unlike text chat it is only possible to converse with one contact at a time using voice chat However you can send and receive text messages while having a voice conversation Use the following steps to request a voice chat with one of your contacts 1 Navigate to the contact in your list with whom you wish to have a voice chat and press Ctrl h Or press Enter on the Start Voice Chat item in the Actions menu 2 The Chat window is opened and Calling is displayed and a ringing sound is heard as the contact is alerted to the incoming chat request The voice chat starts immediately after the contact accepts your chat request You can request a voice chat from the text Chat window as well as from the contact list If you press Enter on Cancel Esc while the calling message is displayed you are returned to your previous position and the voice chat request is canceled When you receive a voice chat request you can accept or reject as follows 1 When you receive a request to start a voice chat you are prompted calling from XXX Accept question button XX refers to the user requesting the voice chat 2 Press Enter to accept the request and start the voice conversation To reject the request press Space to change the button to Reject
57. 0 Oe NOC Ei ac PND BOND Ey 2 4 The AC Power Supply and the Battery Pack It is often useful to Know the remaining battery power on the Voice Sense QWERTY so you can determine how much time you have before you must change the battery or connect to AC power If the remaining battery power falls below 15 percent the Voice Sense QWERTY indicates the battery power is low To check the battery power status press Fn b The unit displays the following 2 items 44 1 Battery power level 2 Power source battery AC power or USB cable The battery power level represents the percentage of the remaining battery power The power source indicates whether the unit is being operated using the battery or the AC power supply or is being charged via the USB cable If the battery power level drops below 15 percent the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the battery status on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille and it announces that the battery has less than 15 percent of its power remaining If the battery power level falls below five percent the Voice Sense QWERTY gives you a warning indicating that your battery power level is under five percent and the Voice Sense QWERTY will be automatically turned off in one minute unless you connect it to an AC power supply Let s explore the detachable battery pack When the Voice Sense QWERTY is shipped the battery pack is not installed This is done to prevent damage during ship
58. 1 Press Alt to open the menu from Subject Date or Message body of a message in the Inbox 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File Press down arrow to move to Message Press Enter 5 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Reply Press Enter on Reply Voice Sense QWERTY displays Message body 8 The message body already contains the original message body of the received e mail below Original Message You can also execute the Reply command directly by pressing Ctrl r 9 Press Shift Tab to move to Subject BCC CC and To 10 At Subject Voice Sense QWERTY displays Subject Re Welcome to HIMS And at To Voice Sense QWERTY displays To hims hims inc com 11 Press Tab to move to Message body 12 Type the text you want to add or edit 13 Press Ctrl s to send the e mail You can save replies just as you can save new messages in the Outbox for sending later You can reply to an e mail by using either Reply or Reply To All as Choosing Reply sends en e mail to only the original sender Choosing Reply To All sends an e mail back to the original sender as well as all other recipients of the original e mail 202 To activate the Reply To All function 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 3 Press down arrow to move to Message 4 Press Enter 5 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Reply 6 Press down ar
59. 13 1 5 Cosine Functions va icssaicd neyettiaicideanedesiaa verte Salordunsanetaeagon vasuadianseacleasaavbaygyevehedenaiste 479 13 1 6 Tangent FUNCIONS aii Gis cn einecnaiaaiaim enn anita TACE E 479 13 1 7 Logarithm Functions jdic etcetera tirendusiaciaaiunan Bricen iene eva aecrcraienee 480 13 1 8 C nvert Unit a idan Ae an aaia e aAa TOR aes 480 13 1 9 Nemeth Braille cOod n iniinis dtoapsaacadornearartanpebarnicoudanes 481 13 1 10 Copy 10 Clipboard iss icasioissveresatvestowariteiuardicussesuan Wenstinusbun enna abanieadelaes 482 13 14 11 R t rn FORMA As e inhi an tigen Sem A tag eed Some ti a E E giant ke 483 13 1 12 Opti n Setting S creeren rna iaeia aragtmraneamaaminenees 483 MS a E MIE E A A EEE EAA EA AE E E 484 13 1 14 Sample Math Calculations 00 000 cccccccesceeseeeseecneeeeeecseeeeeecsaeeeeessaeeeeeeaes 484 13 2 Display Compass HOACING ccs cssinisevinsssscevsadcossveses dns conseeceatiaverseaveontesaeneanaesaossaceinss 487 13 2 1 Options Of GYFOCOMPASS 6 isisssisssccseisicexsssedbcvseadds sacecaiatenies aus ecaterainnssianiedianeeaes 488 13 3 Display Time and Date ya sesccscnsdssuvsissasevssacevsnecscudencdonsrdeedcsbecseudcaddvonntuedvelacssonnedbesends 488 13 4 Wake p alarm oniccnicceroin aae ae aiieieo taea iaiia iiaiai ie 489 BAN Set TIME an n e a a a a a E 489 13 4 2 Alarm Sound cose isos aiereicancegsieetin estas saan gteadusea canta taaceed ea aeiota dea en vasa On geasbangnrn aaah 489 134 3 TiM en oi cadet weccea tase easte
60. 161 This is an edit box in which you can type the text to be embossed as the header To move to the next setting press down arrow 7 Footer This is an edit box into which you can type the text to be embossed as the footer After you set your preferences move to Confirm or Cancel by pressing Tab 8 Confirm Cancel To apply settings when Confirm is displayed press Enter If you do not want to change the setting when Cancel is displayed press Enter 5 5 2 Print Document Layout This option allows you to set the document layout for printing on an ink printer Press Alt to open the menu and select Layout or press I Select Print Document Layout Or press Alt F6 while editing a document The settings in this menu are applied throughout the document You can navigate the menu items with up arrow or down arrow and you can move to Confirm or Cancel by pressing Tab You can skip an item by pressing down arrow if you do not want to change the default setting The following is a detailed explanation of each setting 1 Set top margin This sets the top margin for ink printing The top margin is the distance from the top of the paper to the first line of the printed paragraph The default value is set to 20mm about 0 78 inches To change the default setting type a new value 2 Set bottom margin This sets the bottom margin for ink printing The bottom margin is the dista
61. 5 Press Enter Or you can activate the Go To Previous Visited Link function by pressing Alt Shift V while reading a web page 9 1 5 Favorites To open Favorites press Alt and move to Favorites by pressing down arrow and press Enter If there are websites that you frequently visit it is inconvenient to enter the long address each time you want to visit the page In such a case you can add these website addresses to the Favorites list Then you can visit the websites by simply selecting the address from the Favorites list 9 1 5 1 Set Current As Home Page The home page is the website that you connect to automatically when the Web Browser is opened The user can set any website as the home page 339 To set the home page Navigate to the web page you want to set as the home page While the web page is loaded press Alt and move to Favorites by pressing down arrow Press Enter Set Current As Your Home Page is displayed as it is the first item in the Favorites menu Press Enter The current website is saved as your home page automatically and the Voice Sense QWERTY says Saved as home page and displays the current web page You can also press Ctrl s to activate this function while your desired homepage is loaded 9 1 5 2 Add to Favorites You can add the web page you are currently reading to the Favorites list To add the web page to the Favorites list press
62. 577 17 10 2 GOOGIEG Maps vias irinari A e eaa aa EEE iN aa EE E 578 17 10 3 Drop DOK eases aracetrcoa cscs staan david a E N O a A 578 171I Games innnan ea a a a a e 579 17 11 1 Sense Dice Game scingeiiaay anadisinimianmihiamieeog amined teins 579 17 11 2 Sense Brain Game eeeeseseenssessssesssrsrsrrsrsrrsrsrisrsrtsrssrsresrnsssrnesstnssstnsestnsrstne 579 17 12 Utilities nnana ENEE A T EENEN EVEA EA NEER AREKEA RoE TS 579 17 12 1 Calculator a iine ie ae aae aaa Weed aaia a aariat 579 17 12 2 Checking Date and Time 0 00 0 eee ceceseeeseeeecneeeaceeeeeeeeseesaeeeecaeeaeeaeseesaeeaee 581 1 123 Calendar ii n aaret aaa a ara ea aada a aai raa araa aa aeaa TANA a 581 17 124 Stopwatch eia a a aaa EEE EELA aon E EE A EET 581 17 12 5 Display network status 00 cecceeceeeeceecneeeaeeeeeeeeaeesaeeeecneeaeeeeseeeeaeeaee 582 17 12 6 Terminal for Screen reader o oo eee eeeeeseeeecneeeceeeeeeeeseeeaeeeecaeeeaeeaeeeeeeaeaes 582 17 12 7 Display power status neeeseeeeeeeseeseeeetertsrtsrestettrsrtnrtsttstestnstnstnttntenresrennns 582 17 12 8 Format noiria aaa E A Na a E TA TEE EA 582 17 129 Sleep TimMer nne a E T E E E Ti 582 17 12 10 Upgrading the Voice Sense Firmware 0 0 cee eceseeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeneeeee 582 17 13 SOU GS is csssscccvesvesncsvotviensts sev cenucvtencewecensivdcadeuscsssabeaedenuasisavbenehsbasavesanaenorsnnsssnniadestend 582 17 13 1 Setting time and date 3 siiiccincunusinunniin Meceunmaienmins
63. 583 17 13 2 Bluetooth Managers icsiiiiicsisievcesorsivintiesaneaidd Sotecbiavamrdasalevedarbenaiaiienianiaes 583 17 13 3 Pronunciation dictionary eee ceeeteceecneeeaeeeeceeeeaeeeaeeeecneesaeeaeeeeseaeeaes 584 17 13 4 Backup Restore personalized SettingS cccccecccsseeeeeceteeeeeceeeeeeeaes 584 18 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE sacscisccccicectscsiccsscatedetayavodeyscansssutsvonsstoutaconteoced voupsnosenstneasncusnaee 585 18 1 The Voice Sense QWERTY Will Not Turn O19 cesesseeesseeeessseeeeseseeeeeeees 585 18 2 The Voice Cannot Be Heard svisccccisccssnsscarsvscsesesesecensesseesonsvsonnnsadsosnsdseeeonasdensesnes ess 585 18 3 The Voice is Too Fast to Understand sesssccesssseecesssecessssecesseeeesssseeeeesees 585 18 4 The Voice Pitch Is Too Low or Too High to Understand cesssssssseeeeeeee 585 18 5 You Don t Know Where You Alre ssccsssccecssssecssssccesessceesssscceeesseeeesssceeesesees 585 18 6 No Internet Connection sissciiscscescuvecsices dascercencstonsacecenessise coevectenuvesdeecuideddwedacdoususens ents 586 18 7 ENV Al iieo sun tuscectiasoy ovens sn vencut oun suse ul paasya a aiaeeiiee aiiai vets 586 sisincileeddsseseesvecdGeceuvetaedeecssteoasadecdsecse Gace ese sedesssesdssveedececsGa sem eeestcseesteedeesesesscedarcsscecescesdcadsessdsescess 586 18 9 The Voice Sense QWERTY Does Not ReSPpoOnd qu eeeececeesssscceeceesssseeeeeeeeees 587 TS ACCESSORIES varea aan innad e eaaa sarean a aeara a d
64. Address Manager To use the Add Address function press Alt to bring up the Address Manager menu then press up arrow down arrow or the up and down scroll buttons to move to Add Address Then press Enter Or press Ctrl n directly from in the Address Manager 8 1 3 1 Adding an Address Add address is a dialog that contains a list of 22 input fields the Memo field a Confirm button and a Cancel button In the input fields you can enter the information corresponding to the 22 fields of a record Confirm is used to save the information entered and Cancel is used to discard the entry You can move among the input fields Memo Confirm and 281 Cancel by pressing Tab or shift tab Among the 22 input fields you can move from one field to the next by pressing the up arrow down arrow or the up and down scroll buttons Type in the appropriate information for each field and press the down arrow to move to the next field You do not have to fill in all of the fields To skip a field press the Down arrow and the field is left blank You are then prompted for the information for the next field When you have entered information in the desired fields you can save the information by pressing Tab or shift tab repeatedly to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Or you can press Enter in any field If you don t want to save the information press Tab
65. Alt and move to Favorites by pressing down arrow Press Enter Move to Add To Favorites by pressing down arrow and press Enter You can activate Add To Favorites by pressing Alt a directly from the page you want to add Add To Favorites is a dialog that contains the following the current favorites list including the folders and files of your favorites an edit box for the web address confirm and cancel You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or shift tab When you open Add To Favorites the edit box is displayed In this edit box you can type the title of the current web page The extension name URL is attached automatically to the title name To edit the current title name press the left most cursor routing key The current title name is displayed on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille You can press the cursor routing key where you want to edit the text and modify it Make sure that you do not use in the title name The favorites list is saved in the flashdisk favorites folder This folder is the default folder Though you can create sub folders in the Favorites folder you cannot change the default folder to another folder at a higher level To save your favorite to a different folder navigate folders and files from the Favorites list using normal navigation keys 340 9 1 5 3 Favorites List The user can copy delete or rename the title of the sites i
66. Chat Window Menus File Menu Commands Save Conversation Alt s Close Chat Alt F4 Edit Menu Commands Cut Ctrl x Copy Ctrl c Delete Delete Paste Ctrl v Start Selection Ctrl b Select All Ctrl a Find Ctrl f Find Again F3 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Stop Voice Chat Esc key Send File Alt f View Contact List Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Move to Previous Chat Ctrl Shift Tab Move to Next Chat Ctrl Tab The move keys in Google Talk Move to the previous Contents Up arrow Move to the next Contents Down arrow Move to the previous 32 items of the Contents Fn Up arrow Move to the next 32 item of the Contents Fn Down arrow Move to the first item of the Contents Ctrl Home Move to the last item of the Contents Ctrl End 542 16 9 3 Sense Chat Chat Window Commands Move among the controls Tab and Shift Tab Send message type message and press Enter Move among messages in history Up and Down arrows Move to top of list Control Home Move to bottom of message list Control end Save conversation Control s Save conversation under different name Alt s Start selection Control b Select all Control a Copy Control c Paste Control v Exit Sense Chat Alt F4 Sense Chat Options commands Move among the Controls Tab and shift Tab Move among items in the settings list Up and down arrows Change the value of a setting Space Save settings Enter Cancel saving settings
67. Ctrl g Personal Information Ctrl Save Current Timeline Alt s Home Timeline Ctrl h User Timeline Ctrl u Current User Timeline Alt u Mention Timeline Ctrl m Retweet Of Me Alt o List Timeline Alt P Favorite Timeline Control L 428 Tweet Ctrl t Remove Tweet Delete Retweet Ctrl e Reply Ctrl y Add To Favorite Ctrl v Favorite List Ctrl l Send Direct Message Ctrl s Sent Direct Message Alt m Received Direct Message Alt r Follow User Alt a Following Alt l Followers Alt e Global Search Ctrl f User Search Alt f Search Word List Alt w Find Tweets from the Current Timeline Control Alt F Find Again Tweets from Current Timeline Alt Shift F List Manager Control P Add User to List Control K List User View Control J List View in Current Tweet F3 Next List Ctrl n Refresh Ctrl r Exit Alt Fbled Escape Esc key Move to the next tweet Down arrow Move to the previous tweet Up arrow Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Home Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl End Move to the previous 32 list Fn Un arrow Move to the next 32 list Fn Down arrow 10 5 2 Google talk 429 File Menu Commands Sign out Ctrl l Export Contact Lists Alt x Import Contact Lists Alt i Exit Alt F4 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Send File Alt f Move to Recent Chat Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Contact Menu Commands Add Contact Alt q
68. Delete Contact Delete Block Contact Alt b Manage Block List Alt m Contact Information Ctrl i Manage Contact List Ctrl p Option Menu Commands My Status Options Alt u Action Options Alt a Alert Options Alt o Path Options Alt p Chat Window Menus File Menu Commands Save Conversation Alt s Close Chat Alt F4 Edit Menu Commands Cut Ctrl x 430 Copy Ctrl c Delete Delete Paste Ctrl v Start Selection Ctrl b Select All Ctrl a Find Ctrl f Find Again F3 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Stop Voice Chat Esc key Send File Alt f View Contact List Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Move to Previous Chat Ctrl Shift Tab Move to Next Chat Ctrl Tab Navigation keys in Google Talk Move to the previous item Up arrow Move to the next item Down arrow Move to the previous 32 items Fn Up arrow Move to the next 32 items Fn Down arrow Move to the first item Ctrl Home Move to the last item Ctrl End 10 5 3 Sense Chat Chat Window Commands Move among the controls Tab and Shift Tab Send message type message and press Enter Move among messages in history Up and Down arrows Move to top of list Control Home Move to bottom of message list Control end Save conversation Control s Save conversation under different name Alt s 431 Start selection Control b Select all Control a Copy Control c Paste Control v Exit Sense Chat Alt F4 Sense Chat Options co
69. Down arrow Move to the first record Ctrl Home Move to the last record Ctrl End Move to previous same field different record Left arrow Move to next same field different record Right arrow 17 7 1 3 Hot keys for the Commands Add address Ctrl n Find address Ctrl f Modify address Ctrl m Delete address Del Select all Ctrl a Save as a file Alt s 566 Print address Ctrl p Backup address list Ctrl u Restore address list Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e Setting add searching address fields Ctrl o 17 7 1 4 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Cancel ESC Exit Alt F4 17 7 2 Schedule Manager 17 7 2 1 Hot keys for the commands Move to the next field Tab Move to the previous field Shift tab Add schedule Ctrl n Modify schedule Ctrl m Delete schedule Del Delete all Schedule Control Alt q Alarm option Ctrl o Backup schedule Ctrl u Restore schedule Ctrl r Set backup option Ctrl e Save schedule as file Alt s Print schedule Ctrl p 17 7 2 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List 3 Move from an appointment to another in the schedule list Move to the previous a in the same day Up arrow Move to the next appointment in the same day Down arrow Move to the first appointment in the same day Home 567 Move to the last appointment in the same day End 4 Move from one appointment to another in all the appointments registered Move to the previous schedule Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next schedule
70. Enter on the selected item You can also use Ctrl o to open a file or folder The Voice Sense QWERTY automatically loads the appropriate application or program to open the chosen file You can also open a file by using the menu Press Alt to open the menu Then press the letter o or press Enter on Open The Voice Sense QWERTY supports the following file formats 1 Document files hbl brl txt HPF brf rtf doc docx PPT PPTX PDF and unprotected EPUB files are supported in the Word Processor 2 Web formats url and html files are supported by the Web browser 3 Media formats ac3 asf asx m3u mp2 mp3 ogg pls wav wax wma wmv and flac files are supported by the Media Player 4 DAISY books including those from BookShare NLS and Open Library are supported by the DAISY player 5 zip and EML files are supported directly from the File Manager 111 If you press Enter on a file type other than those mentioned above the Open With dialog box appears because the file type is not associated with a program You can also bring up the Open With dialog box using the menu By using the Open With menu option you can open the currently selected file with a program other than the one originally associated with that file type First press Alt to bring up the menu Navigate to Open With and press Enter You can jump quickly to this option in the menu by pressing e You can also open the dial
71. History List The history list contains paths folders and files that you have opened previously You can access the history list from within the address window by pressing the down arrow Use the Up arrow or Down arrow to review the history list You can also use the scroll buttons to navigate this list To open a file in the history list press Enter The file opens with the appropriate application See section 4 2 3 While navigating the history list you may type in new path names or file names to instantly access a file or folder 124 4 4 Network and sharing The network file sharing function enables you to share files between your Voice Sense QWERTY and computers connected to the same network and access files on other computers just as you would files located directly on your Voice Sense QWERTY In other words you can copy files on the Voice Sense from other computers on the network edit files on other computers with the Word Processor or even open media files on other devices and play them in the Media Player on the Voice Sense QWERTY In addition you can share folders on your Voice Sense QWERTY and access them from other computers connected to the network You can share files over a network using LAN or WIRELESS LAN When using LAN once the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected you can easily find and access the shared files of other computers connected to the network However when using wireless LAN it is only
72. IMAP server using Space 14 Press Down arrow to move to Incoming Server If you have selected IMAP as your incoming server type Incoming IMAP server is displayed If you have chosen POP3 as your incoming server type Incoming POP3 server is displayed Type the Incoming server in the computer edit box 181 Ex imap himsintl com or pop himsintl com Check with your Internet account provider or network administrator for your specific incoming server name 15 Press down arrow to move to Outgoing SMTP server Type the Outgoing SMTP server in the computer edit box Check with your Internet account provider or network administrator to find out what you should use as the Outgoing SMTP server 16 Press Tab to move to the Confirm button 17 Press Enter on the Confirm button 18 The Voice Sense QWERTY exits to Account name list and shows the added account name Ex Account name Voice Sense QWERTY 1 1 19 When you finish adding accounts press Alt F4 to exit to the Inbox To move from a setting item Ex ID password to the previous setting item press up arrow And to move to the Confirm button or the Cancel button press Tab or Shift Tab If you made a typing error in an item such as account name ID or password you can correct the error as follows 1 To delete the letter where the cursor is located press Del 2 To delete the letter in f
73. IMAP port number in the computer edit box if your provider requires a different port number Note if you check SSL above the pop port number is automatically changed to 995 as most pop servers with SSL require If you check SSL for an IMAP server the default IMAP port number is automatically set to 993 as is most common for IMAP servers using SSL 13 Press down arrow to move to SMTP encryption type The setting values are None SSL and TLS If your Outgoing SMTP server uses SSL or TLS change the value by pressing Space 14 Press down arrow to move to SMTP port number set to 25 by default Type a different value in the computer edit box if your provider uses a different SMTP port number Common port numbers are 465 for SMTP servers using SSL and 587 for SMTP servers using TLS 15 Press down arrow to move to SMTP username If your Internet account provider requires you to use a different SMTP username enter it in this computer edit box 16 Press down arrow to move to SMTP password Type the password that corresponds to the above ID It should be typed using ASCII 17 Press down arrow to move to Use as default send from account To use the username and password that were set in steps 7 and 8 select the check box by pressing Space 183 18 Press Down Arrow to move to default IMAP account only appears if you are using IMAP as your incoming server type 19 Press
74. If you wish to return a book navigate to it in the Issued list and press Control R This will return the book to the CNIB s virtual library so that others can be issued to you 465 466 12 Games 12 1 Sense Dice game Ever been at a party and wanted to play Quarters but had no dice You don t need to worry about such things anymore With Voice Sense QWERTY you always have virtual dice with you anywhere any time 12 1 1 Executing the Dice Game 1 The Dice Game is located in the Games menu under the main menu Press enter on Games or press G from the main menu 2 Press D or move to Sense Dice Game by pressing Down arrow and press Enter to start the game You can launch the Sense Dice Game from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock D 12 1 2 How it works When the game starts a cute little tune is played followed by the announcement Select the number of dice You can select 1 2 or 3 dice using Up arrow and Down arrow and press Enter The number of dice selected is announced and a popping sound is heard for each die you selected Press Enter to roll the dice or gently shake your Voice Sense QWERTY and the accelerometer recognizes your motions and activates the dice roll A sound is heard to indicate the rolling of the dice and after a couple of seconds the result is displayed 467 After the result is displayed the Voice Sense QWERTY announc
75. Minimize and press Enter to minimize the Window Eyes Control Panel Note You may need to restart Window Eyes for Braille to begin displaying 13 7 1 4 Using the Voice Sense with JAWS for Windows Use the following instructions to set up the Voice Sense as a Braille display with the JAWS screen reader from Freedom Scientific 1 Make sure Voice Sense is powered on and in Terminal Mode If you are using USB please connect the unit to the computer via the included USB cable 2 Navigate to the JAWS Window and press Alt to open the menu 3 Press Enter on the Options menu 4 Use the Up or Down arrow to navigate to Braille and press Enter 5 Choose HIMS Voice Sense as your Braille device 6 Tab to Advanced and press Enter 7 Choose USB as the port if connecting via USB or the correct Com Port if using Bluetooth 8 Tab to OK and press Enter 498 9 You are prompted that you must restart JAWS for the settings to take effect Restart JAWS for Windows and Braille should begin displaying 13 7 1 5 Using Voice Sense as a Braille display with NVDA Use the following instructions to set up the Voice Sense for use as a Braille display with the free NVDA screen reader from NV Access 1 Make sure Voice Sense is powered on and in Terminal Mode If you are using USB please connect the device to your computer via the included USB cable 2 Press NVDA key N to open the
76. NVDA menu 3 Arrow down to Preferences and press Enter 4 Arrow down to Braille Settings and press Enter 5 Choose HIMS Voice Sense from the Braille Display combo box 6 Tab to the Port combo box and ensure that it is set correctly NVDA employs automatic port detection so you should not need to change this setting 7 Tab among the various combo boxes to choose options such as output and Input tables cursor options etc Use the Up and Down arrows to navigate among the choices in each combo box 8 When you have finished selecting your settings Tab to OK and press Enter Note Make sure the Save configuration on Exit box is checked in the NVDA menu in order to ensure your settings for the Voice Sense are saved thus the HIMS Braille device will automatically connect each time you use NVDA in the future 13 7 1 6 Using the Voice Sense with System Access Currently The Voice Sense works with System Access using only a Bluetooth connection To use your Voice Sense as a Braille display with System Access ensure it is powered on Bluetooth is activated it is in Terminal Mode and that it has been paired with your PC When System 499 Access is started the device is automatically detected and Braille begins displaying 13 7 1 7 Using Voice Sense with VoiceOver on the Mac To use a Voice Sense as a USB braille display with a Mac running VoiceOver you can simply power on t
77. New User POI dialog press Alt to open the menu and use Down arrow to navigate to Position Setting and press Enter then press Enter on New User Poi The Add New User POI dialog contains 9 controls you can move among them with tab and Shift tab 447 1 POI name edit box An edit box in to which you can type a name for the point of interest if it is not already filled in 2 Latitude static box shows the latitude of the POI 3 Longitude static box lists the longitude of the POI 4 Phone edit box an edit box for entering the phone number of the location 5 Address edit box An edit box for entering the street address for the POI 6 POI explanation edit box An edit box in to which you can type information you wish to remember or associate with this point of interest 7 Select Media file button Press Enter on this button to open the Select Media File dialog You are placed in a File Manager control in which you can use normal file folder navigation commands to access any media file you wish to associate with the POI Press Space on the desired file to select it and press Enter 8 Add button Press Enter on this button to add the point of interest to your saved POPs 9 Close button Press Enter on this button to exit the New User POI dialog 11 3 3 3 2 Synchronize GPS and Start Position This menu item option does just what it
78. O 2 After selecting the file s or folder s you want to delete press Alt use up arrow or down arrow to move to Delete File Folder and press Enter You can also activate the Delete function directly by pressing Del 3 If the file s or folder s are deleted successfully Delete completed is spoken 3 3 2 3 6 Information This function allows you to obtain information about files or folders located in the remote or local folder list You can obtain file or folder information by following these steps 76 1 With the FTP service connected navigate to the local or remote folder list and select the file or folder about which you want information 2 Press Alt to open the menu use up arrow or down arrow to move to Information and press Enter Or you can activate the Information function directly from the folder list by pressing Ctrl i 3 The Information dialog box appears The dialog box contains Type Size Date Attribute except for folders and Close You can move among these controls by pressing Tab or shift tab If you select multiple files the Information dialog displays the number of selected files and total size 3 3 2 4 ActiveSync Service This service offers the same functionality as connecting the Voice Sense QWERTY to a computer via USB and using ActiveSync If the connection to the ActiveSync service is successful you will hear the chime
79. Play the fifth file before the current file Alt Up arrow Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Right arrow Speed up Shift Left arrow Slow down Shift Right arrow Change time index Ctrl Up arrow or Ctrl Down arrow Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow Open menu Alt Open help F1 Move to play list tab Tab Shift tab Exit media player Alt F4 16 6 1 3 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab Move to the next file Down arrow Move to the previous file Up arrow Move to the last file End Move to the first file Home Select resume current file while playing it is used as play pause Space Start selecting files Ctrl b Start playing the selected files Enter Stop playing Backspace Delete the selected files in the play list Del Play the next file Alt Right arrow Play the previous file Alt Left arrow Play the last file Ctrl End Play the first file Ctrl Home Play the fifth file after the current file Ctrl Down arrow Play the fifth file before the current file Ctrl Up arrow Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow Speed up Shift Left arrow 529 Slow down Shift Right arrow Change time index Ctrl Up arrow Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow Open menu Alt Open help F1 Move to playback inform
80. Press Enter Go to Find by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter or you can press Control F while the Quick Browser is loaded When Find is executed the dialog containing the edit box for entering text and the search direction appears As in any other dialog you can press Tab or Shift Tab to move from one control to another Enter the text to search for and select the search direction Then press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY finds the text and moves the cursor position to the location of the text The default search direction is set to Forward This means that the Voice Sense QWERTY searches for the specified text from the current cursor position to the end of the page To change the search direction select Backward and press Enter The selected search direction remains until the Quick Browser is closed unless you change it 9 2 4 10 Find Again The Find Again function searches the text again in the direction that you have selected To open Find Again press Alt and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing the Down arrow Press Enter Move to Find Again by pressing the Down arrow Press Enter Or you can press F3 while in a web page Find Again finds the text that you have entered in Find There is no edit box in Find Again It simply repeats the search you specified in Find 9 2 4 11 RSS Feed List You can use the RSS Feed List command to access the RSS feeds available on your
81. Press Enter Or press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter If you attempt to rename the Inbox Sent or Outbox the Voice Sense QWERTY plays the warning bleep to notify you of the error eee Noe Stange N 6 5 Using the Tools Menu IN addition to the Accounts Manager the Tools menu contains options for setting path and e mail options The Tools menu contains the following four items 1 Accounts Manager 2 Set path 3 Set options 4 Set spam The Accounts Manager was explained at the beginning of this chapter The other items are explained in detail below 6 5 1 Set Path Set Path sets the default download path where file attachments and e mail are stored You can set the download path using the following steps 1 Press Alt to open the E mail menu from the Inbox 2 Press down arrow to move to Tools 3 Press Enter 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Accounts manager 5 Press down arrow to move to Set Path 6 Press Enter on Set Path 211 7 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Save attachments path flashdisk download You can open this dialog directly by pressing Ctrl p Set Path contains the following three items 1 Save attachments path 2 Send attachments path 3 Disk to save mail in You can move among these items by pressing down arrow and up arrow Each item consists of Path Modify and Close At Path the default path is
82. QWERTY and the basic function s of each button and port We will discuss the panels in the following order top panel right panel left panel rear panel and front panel 1 2 1 The Top Panel 31 The majority of the top face of the unit is taken up with the QWERTY keyboard This keyboard is somewhat similar to a laptop keyboard with the top row containing Escape and F1 F11 as well as the left and right brackets insert and Delete The bottom row contains Function control Windows Alt Brauve Space Alt Apostrophe and Equals as well as the arrows The remainder of the keyboard contains letters numbers and punctuation similar to standard keyboard conventions Use FN Up arrow for Page Up and Fn Down arrow for Page Down Fn Left arrow and Fn right arrow function as Home and End If you are unsure of the function of any of the QWERTY keyboard keys when the unit is powered on you can enter a Key Help mode by pressing Control Escape Press any key or key combination to learn its function Press Control Escape once more to exit Key Help Mode There are tactile dot markings on the keys in each row where your index fingers should be placed for ease of orientation There are also tactile markings on the casing of the Voice Sense QWERTY surrounding the keyboard to help you more easily locate important keys These markings are placed above F1 F5 and F9
83. QWERTY prompts New folder name Enter your preferred new folder name in ASCII and press Enter Your new folder is created When creating a new folder name you cannot use the following characters Mle Nicene 4 2 10 File Conversion 115 The File conversion function on the Voice Sense QWERTY is similar to the Save As function in the Word Processor This feature converts files to different file formats The Voice Sense QWERTY file conversion feature supports the following file formats Sense Word hbl Text txt and Braille brl The Voice Sense QWERTY can convert a single file or multiple files at once to your preferred file format Select files using the file selection method described previously After selecting the files you want to convert open the menu by pressing Alt Navigate to the File Conversion option and press Enter You can also use the letter t to jump to the file conversion option from within the menu Use Ctrl t to execute the File Conversion command directly from the file list The Voice Sense QWERTY prompts you to choose the preferred file format Use the up arrow or down arrow to select the desired file format When you press Enter on the file format you want the Voice Sense QWERTY begins converting files to the file format you have chosen The Voice Sense QWERTY keeps the original file names for the files you have converted except for the file name extension which refl
84. Read whole Description Control L Options Alt O From Category List Insert Category Control Delete Category Delete Modify Category Control M From Feed List Search for Feeds Control N Insert Feed Control i Delete Feed Delete Modify Feed Control M Move Feed Alt V 382 10 Social Networking A social networking service is an online service platform or site that focuses on building and reflecting of social networks or social relationships among people who share interests and or activities To access the Social networking services on the Voice Sense QWERTY follow these steps 1 Make sure The Voice Sense QWERTY has an active Internet connection as all of the services in this menu require online access If you do not currently have an active Internet connection you can set 1 up using the Setup internet dialog in the Utilities menu Note To set up an Internet connection you must have Internet access available via a Wi Fi network or LAN connection 2 Press the short cut key c from the program menu Or use the navigation keys to move to social networking and press Enter 10 1 Available Social Networking services The Social networking menu on the Voice Sense QWERTY provides access to the following services 1 Twitter t 2 Google talk g 3 Msn messenger n 4 Sense Chat Accounts for each of the first 3 services should be created via the websites for each service before attempting
85. Reply all Alt r Forward Ctrl f Open set path Ctrl p Open set option Ctrl o Open set spam Ctrl e Find Ctrl shift f Only while in a message Find again F3 Only while in a message Move to next unread message Ctrl u Move to mailbox Alt x Copy to Mailbox Alt c Add a sender to the address list Ctrl i valid only on the from field of the Inbox Delete received e mail Del valid only on the Subject and date fields in the Inbox Save the received e mail as text file Alt s Print the received e mail Alt p Cancel Esc 219 Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 6 6 2 Hot Keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forward and Saving to Outbox Search address list Ctrl l Attach file Ctrl f Send e mail Ctrl s Save in mail outbox Alt s Cancel Esc Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 6 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading writing E Mail Messages Start selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a Copy to the clipboard Ctrl c Cut to the clipboard Ctrl x It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the Inbox Paste from the clipboard Ctrl v not valid when reading e mail in the Inbox Delete Del not valid when reading e mail in the Inbox Cancel block Esc 220 221 7 Media The Media menu on the Voice Sense QWERTY consists of programs related to media playback specifically music fideos and DAISY content The Media menu contains 3 items Media Player
86. Sense Dice game D Format F Sense Brain Game G Setup Internet I Backup Restore Personalized Settings K Calendar L Menu manager M Pronunciation Dictionary P Terminal for Screen Reader S Set Time amp Date T Upgrade BrailleSense U Stopwatch W Other Quick Commands Display Time and Date Fn T Display Network Status Fn N Display Power Status FN B Display Compass heading Fn Space Change device Name Control Win E Open sleep Timer Fn J Open Global options F10 Open Sense Dictionary Control Windows D 17 3 File Manager 17 3 1 Navigation keys for the file list and menu list Move to previous item Up arrow or up scroll button Move to next item Down arrow or down scroll button Move to the beginning of the list Ctrl Home Move to the end of the list Ctrl End 17 3 2 Navigation Keys for the File List 554 Jump to folder list or file list Ctrl Down arrow Move between file list and address window Tab shift tab Enter selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace Jump to the top level of the disk Shift Backspace 17 3 3 Keys for Selecting Files and Folders Select individual item Space Continuous selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a 17 3 4 Hot Keys for Menu Commands Open Ctrl o Open with Ctrl h Zip Ctrl z Unzip Ctrl u Send Ctrl s Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete DEL Rename F2 New document Ctr
87. Sense QWERTY You can save files into any folder at your discretion If you create meaningful folder names and properly organize your files into them it will make for easier retrieval of files when you need to access them later When the Voice Sense QWERTY is shipped from the factory the name given to the flash memory in the Voice Sense QWERTY is flashdisk You can create folders on this flashdisk in any way that you prefer You can also expand your available storage by adding additional storage devices such as a Secure Digital card or USB flash drive The Secure Digital card is named sd A USB flash drive appears as USB If you decide to add either of these storage devices you can create folders and save files on them just as you can the flashdisk 2 6 Controlling the Volume Speed and Pitch of the TTS You can change the volume speed and pitch of the voice used on the Voice Sense QWERTY Press F6 to increase the volume Press Shift F6 to decrease the volume Press F7 to increase the speech rate Press Shift F7 to decrease the speech rate Press F8 to raise the pitch and Shift F8 to lower it When you press any of the above key combinations the Voice Sense QWERTY announces the status of its volume rate or pitch The changes in the characteristics of the voice remain in effect until you change them again or a hard reset is performed either manually or due to lack of power to the unit for an extended perio
88. Settings dialog from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock K The backup restore dialog contains the program option check box list a Select all button a Backup button a Restore button and a Cancel button You can move among the check boxes in the program option check 87 box list by pressing up arrow or down arrow You can move among the controls in the dialog by pressing Tab or shift tab The program option check box list contains Options settings File manager options Word processor options Address manager options Schedule manager options Media player options Web browser options E mail options DAISY Player options Radio options Bluetooth manager options Social Networking options Database manager options and BookShare Download options In this list move to the program options you want to backup or restore and check the item by pressing Space You can uncheck a checked item by pressing Space again To select all of the program options in the list press Enter on the Select all button or press Control a After selecting all the options you want to backup or restore press Enter on the Backup or Restore button If you select the Backup button you are prompted to select a path for storing the backup file Navigate to the folder in which to store the backup files using normal file folder navigation commands Select th
89. Table dialog To modify a table press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on Table Manager Or press the hotkey for Table Manager Ctrl t When the Table Manager dialog is opened the table name list is focused Press up arrow or down arrow to move to the table that you want to modify and press m the shortcut key for the Modify table button Or press Tab repeatedly to move to the Modify table button and press Enter The Modify Table dialog appears This table is the same as the Add Table dialog The only difference is that the Table name edit box and created fields list contain the information already stored in the table You cannot change the name of a table To add additional fields press Tab to move to Add field and press Enter Type the new field name and press Enter To delete an already created field press up arrow or down arrow repeatedly in the created fields list 318 to move to the name of the field you want to delete Press Tab repeatedly to move to the Delete field button and press enter or press d to activate the shortcut key for the Delete field button You can also press Tab repeatedly to move to the Delete field button and press Enter To change the order of a field in your table move to the field that you want to change in the created fields list Press p or n Or press Tab and enter on the Previous field but
90. The Field type combo box is focused Press down arrow or up arrow to move to edit box and press Tab 9 The Set primary key check box is focused To set the current field as the primary key press Space to check it 10 Press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Now the name field has been added to the address book table To cancel adding the field press Tab once more to move to the Cancel button and press Enter If you have added a new field you get a message saying that a new field has been added The created fields list is shown again Now name field appears in the list with the form name edit box pri 1 1 Since only one primary key exists in a table if you have set a field as the primary key the Set primary key check box is not shown in the Add field dialog when you add another field Add the telephone address and memo fields by repeating steps 5 through 10 above Note that you may want to set the Field type of the telephone field to number address to edit box and memo to multi line edit box Once you have added all of the fields you wish to add press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter To change the name of a created field move to the field name you want to change in the created fields list Press m or Tab and enter on the Modify field button Field name selected field name is displayed T
91. Web Browser on the Voice Sense QWERTY to read pages on the web as well as to read html documents you have saved to disk In addition you can download and read books from places such as Web Braille and BookShare Note to access these services you must create an account with the service provider To launch the Web Browser open the Web Tools menu as described above and press Enter on the Web Browser from the Web Tools menu Or press b from the Web tools menu You can launch the Web Browser from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows B The Voice Sense QWERTY opens the Web Browser and connects to the web page set as the home page Note the Web Browser supports SSL 1 0 to 3 0 You can also launch the Web Browser by using the global hot key for opening a web page Press Fn w from anywhere on the unit The Voice Sense QWERTY opens up a computer edit box into which you can type in the URL you want to go to When you have entered the web address press Enter The Web Browser opens and takes you to the web page you requested 9 1 1 File 327 The File menu can be accessed by selecting File after pressing Alt File appears on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille Press Enter on File to open the File menu To move among the menu items press the up arrow up arrow or the down arrow down arrow The following is a detailed explanation of the Web Browser
92. When the Voice Sense USB Driver Setup wizard appears select the Install button 4 When the installation wizard appears select the Next button 494 5 When the drivers are successfully installed press the Finish button 6 Connect the Voice Sense to the PC via the USB cable and make sure it is in Terminal Mode 7 A if using windows 7 8 Windows will locate and automatically install the drivers If running XP please use step B and the subsequent numbered steps B When the Found New Hardware Wizard appears select Install from a specific location using the Down arrow and then press the Next button 8 When the Please choose your search and install option message appears select Don t search will choose the driver to install and press the Next button 9 You are prompted to Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware select HIMS USB DRIVER and press the Next button 10 Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard should appear Select the Finish button When you have finished installation of the USB driver on the PC please follow the instructions for connecting the display with your screen reader via USB 13 7 1 2 Connecting to PC via Bluetooth serial port The following steps will walk you through setting up the Voice Sense to be used as a Bluetooth Terminal for Screen Reader These instructions assume
93. a folder to open it In the favorites list you can view only the files with the selected file format Press Tab to move to the Type combo box In the type combo box there are two file formats and url Press up arrow or down arrow to select one If you select then all types of files are shown 9 1 6 Options Using the Options menu you can set user agent and change default download folder You can also clear cookies in the Options menu To execute the Options menu 341 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Move to Options by pressing down arrow 3 Press Enter Or you can press Alt o while in a web page 9 1 6 1 Menu Structure and Movement When you execute the Options menu the following options are available 1 User agent list 2 Show visited links 3 Default download folder 4 Clear cookies 5 Confirm button 6 Cancel button By pressing up arrow or down arrow you can move among the options User agent Show visited links Default download folder and Clear cookies And by pressing Tab or Shift Tab you can move among controls 9 1 6 2 Set User Agent 5 Using Space you can select Windows XP Windows CE or Pocket PC 6 After selecting your desired value press Enter When web pages are loaded the Voice Sense QWERTY uses the version of the website created for the operating system defined by your user agent 9 1
94. a search While the search is being performed searching is displayed to alert you to the fact that the search is active If you want to search the root of a drive excluding sub folders press Tab to move to the Search sub folders check box Press Space to uncheck this 117 option and press Enter By default Voice Sense QWERTY includes sub folders when you search for files 4 2 13 Sort Files This option is used to specify the order in which files and folders are displayed in the file list Press Alt to bring up the menu Navigate to Sort Files By and press Enter Or press g from within the menu to jump to and execute this option You can access this feature directly from the file list by pressing Ctrl g Files and folders can be sorted according to the following Name Size Extension and Date and Time You can move among these items by pressing down arrow or up arrow Press Enter after selecting the sorting criterion and files and folders are displayed in the specified order If you select Name or Extension the list is sorted in ascending order and if you select Size or Date and Time the list is sorted in descending order By default files and folders in the file list are sorted by Name with folders appearing at the top of the list and files appearing at the bottom Once you have chosen how you want your file and folder lists sorted the option is stored so that files are s
95. arrow and press Enter or press r to open the Read menu Press Enter on Read Selected Text While editing a document press Alt b to activate the Read Selected Text function Although you activate this function the cursor location does not move to the selected text It is simply read aloud and your cursor remains in its current position 5 4 2 Read Beginning of Selected Text The Read Beginning of Selected Text command allows you to hear the first line of the selected text without moving the cursor position To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Read Beginning Of Selected Text by pressing down arrow and press Enter or press u from the read menu While editing a document press Ctrl u to activate this function 5 4 3 Read from beginning to cursor Using this function the Voice Sense QWERTY speaks the text in the document from the beginning to the current cursor position To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Read From Beginning To Cursor by pressing down arrow and press Enter or you can press t from the read menu While editing a document press Alt g to activate this function If you want to stop speech before you reach the cursor location you can press Ctrl Your cursor remains in the position on which it was
96. as follows 1 Select the records to be deleted and use the Delete command To select the record that you want to delete press Space when the record is displayed Selected records can be deleted by pressing the delete key The records you have selected symbol to the left of the last name field The Voice Sense QWERTY says selected If you cancel a selection by pressing Space on a selected record the disappears and the Voice Sense QWERTY says Canceled selection 293 2 Select all and delete To delete all the records in the Address Manager press Alt to open the menu and choose Select All Then press Enter Next press Alt to open the menu again and then select Delete Address Then press Enter Or you can press Ctrl a to select all and press Del to delete the addresses 8 1 7 5 Printing addresses This option allows you to print the selected records to a Braille printer or an ink printer First search the records to be printed with the Search Address command then select the records that you want to print To select a record press Space on the record to be printed To select all records in the Address Manager press Ctrl a or choose Select All from the menu and press Enter After selecting the records to be printed press Alt to open the menu and then select Print Address Then press Enter or press Ctrl p to activate this function directly from the
97. box 7 1 3 2 7 Last Track Use this command to play the last file in the playlist You can also do this by pressing Ctrl Fn Right arrow in the Media playback dialog box 7 1 3 2 8 Volume Up and Volume Down These options are used to adjust the audio playback volume Here the volume level ranges from 0 to 10 You can also adjust the volume level by pressing Shift Up arrow up or Shift Down arrow down in the Media playback dialog box The actual volume level depends on the value of voice volume that is set in the global options For example if voice volume is set to 5 and the volume level in the Media player is set to its maximum 10 the actual volume is 5 If the volume level in the Media player is set to 5 the actual volume level is 2 5 7 1 3 2 9 Speed Up and Slow Down You can use these controls to adjust the audio playback speed The speed level ranges from 2 to 8 You can also adjust the speed level by pressing Shift Left arrow or Shift Right arrow in the Media playback dialog box Shift Right arrow increases the audio playback speed and Shift Left arrow decreases the audio playback speed 235 7 1 3 2 10 Pause This item pauses playback of a file If you activate this command again the Voice Sense QWERTY resumes playback from the position where the file was paused You can also do this by pressing Space in the Media Playback dial
98. button Stop Backspace Stop button 4 Hot Keys for the Commands in the Position Menu Set bookmark Ctrl m Delete bookmark Ctrl d Jump to bookmark Ctrl j Go to position Ctrl g 5 Hot Keys for the Commands in the Mark Menu Set mark Alt m Move to mark Alt j Move to previous mark V Move to next mark N Delete mark Alt d Mark manager Alt k 6 Hot Keys for the Commands in the Settings Menu Configuration dialog box Alt c Playback settings dialog box Ctrl p Record settings dialog box Alt r Effect settings dialog box Ctrl e 7 Hot keys for toggling options Toggle display time between elapsed time and remaining time t Toggle repeat between Yes and No r Toggle shuffle between On and Off s 7 2 FM Radio To use the FM Radio program on the Voice Sense QWERTY you must connect headphones to the headphone jack on the unit as the headphone 251 cord serves as the antenna and without it radio reception will be poor to nonexistent From the program menu use the scroll buttons to navigate to the Media menu and press Enter Navigate to FM Radio and press Enter You can also press r to quickly jump to and launch the FM Radio from the Media menu You can launch the FM Radio from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows R When the FM Radio program is launched your Voice Sense QWERTY announces the radio frequency If you have used
99. buttons 165 To apply the settings press Enter on Confirm To cancel without saving settings press Enter on Cancel 5 6 Nemeth Code Entry Whether you are a student or in a work position which requires a large amount of mathematic writing you may find it advantageous and or more natural to enter mathematic expressions using the Nemeth Code for Mathematic and Scientific notation As many of the symbols in the Nemeth code overlap with those in the literary Braille code it is necessary to enter a special Nemeth mode to ensure Nemeth entry is translated correctly Press Alt N to toggle Nemeth Mode on off When nemeth mode is on the unit announces Start Nemeth mode When Nemeth Mode is turned off the unit announces End Nemeth Mode While in Nemeth Mode the QWERTY keyboard functions as a Braille keyboard just as it does when entering text in a Braille file When you end nemeth Mode the keyboard is returned to normal QWERTY entry When Nemeth Mode is on you may enter mathematic and algebraic expressions as you would normally enter them on a Perkins Brailler and they will be translated and spoken correctly by the notetaker You may also import and export math using DOC and RTF files If you save a file with Nemeth entry as a DOC a teacher or colleague may view or print the file and the math symbols will appear correctly Note the support Formatting option must be set to No in the Settings dialo
100. can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab The Feed URL edit box displays the URL of the chosen RSS feed The Category list allows you to choose which category into which to insert the 378 feed Use the Up or Down arrow to move among the feeds in the list The Insert Category button lets you create a new category in which to place the feed Selecting this button opens the same dialog as described in section 9 4 3 1 When you have completed setting your preferences for the feed Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you wish to cancel the insertion of the feed Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 9 4 4 2 Insert Feed You can use the Insert Feed option if you know the exact URL of the feed you want to insert To execute the Insert Feed function press Alt to open the menu and navigate to Feed using the Down arrow and press Enter Then navigate to Insert Feed using the Down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Control l to execute this function directly from within the Feed list When you execute the Insert Feed function you are placed in the same Insert Feed dialog as described in the above section Type the exact URL of the RSS feed into the computer edit box choose your category preferences and press Enter on the Confirm button to insert the feed 9 4 4 3 Delete Feed If you wish to remove a feed from your RSS Reader you can do this using th
101. cancel the download press Tab to move to the Cancel button and press enter or you can press Esc 2 IMAP When receiving messages via an IMAP server you can both check the newest mail according to the number of messages you have it set to automatically receive in the Set options dialog or you can ask the Voice Sense QWERTY to load older e mail messages To receive the newest e mail messages press Alt m from the message list of the mailbox on which you are located To receive previous mail press Alt e You can also access Get new mail and Get Previous mail from the Message menu by pressing Alt and navigating to Message Press Enter on Message and choose Get New Mail or Get list of previous mail and press Enter In 188 addition when using IMAP as you navigate the various mailboxes in an account new mail is automatically received for each mailbox as you open it When you execute the command to receive mail the Voice Sense QWERTY announces Getting new mail or Getting previous mail As the messages are downloaded progress beeps are heard and full cells are displayed to let you know the action is being taken When the Voice Sense QWERTY finishes receiving messages you are placed in the mailbox from which you executed the get mail command 6 2 2 Move to account or mail box There are two ways to move to an account or mail box Y
102. control from the current position If there are no more previous controls the warning sound is heard 2 Move to the next control Tab This command moves to the next control from the current position If there are no more controls the warning sound is heard When you find controls in web pages the Voice Sense QWERTY displays control symbols ahead of the contents of the control The following is a list of control symbols Control name Symbol 344 Link LN Visited link LNV Anchor ANC Edit box EB Multi edit box MEB List Box LB Combo box CB Radio button select SRB Radio button URB unselect Check box check SCHB Check box uncheck UCHB Button BT 1 Link If you press Enter on link you move to the page that the link is referencing 2 Visited link Alink that you visited previously 3 Anchor If you press Enter on anchor you move to the referenced part of the web page 4 Edit box You can start entering the text at the cursor position After you finish entering the text press down arrow to move to the next item If there is any text in the edit box it is spoken and displayed on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille 5 Multi edit box This is similar to the edit box It is an edit box that allows you to enter multiple lines in one edit box You can start a new line by pressing Enter After you finish entering the text press Tab
103. dialog find the following controls links list Focus link button Activate link button and Cancel button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab You can navigate the list of links in the links list by pressing up arrow or down arrow To move to the selected page in the links list press Enter Or move to Activate link button by pressing Tab or Shift tab and press Enter To go to the position of the link on the web page from the links list move to Focus link button by pressing Tab and press Enter To close the dialog move to the Cancel button and press Enter Or press Alt F4 or press Esc 9 1 4 12 Go to Next Previous Visited Link This item can be used to go to the next or previous formerly visited link while reading a web page To execute the Go To Next Visited Link function do the following 338 1 Open the menu by pressing Alt 2 Move to Go To by pressing down arrow 3 Press Enter 4 Press down arrow until Go To Next Visited Link is displayed 5 Press Enter Or you can activate the Go To Next Visited Link function by pressing Alt v while reading a web page To execute Go To Previous Visited Link do the following 1 Open the menu by pressing Alt 2 Move to Go To by pressing down arrow 3 Press Enter 4 Press down arrow until Go To Previous Visited Link is displayed
104. displayed You can move among this information by pressing Tab or shift tab Set Path is closed if you press Esc or Alt F4 Or you can close it by pressing enter on the Close button 6 5 1 1 Set the Save Attachments Path The default path for downloaded attached files is flashdisk download You can set the download path using the following method 1 Use the steps described above to access the Save Path dialog 2 Press Enter on Save attachments path flashdisk download or press m Or press Tab to move to the Modify button and press Enter 3 Voice Sense QWERTY displays download folder xx yy Use normal file and folder navigation keys to locate the folder in which you want to save attachments 4 Press Space to select the folder and press Enter If a folder is selected is displayed in front of the selected folder If you press Enter to set the path the Voice Sense QWERTY shows the changed path For example if you changed the path to the My Documents folder Save attachments path flashdisk My Documents is displayed 6 5 1 2 Set the Send Attachments Path 212 Send attachments path is the path where the e mail program looks by default when you attach a file to an e mail The default path is flashdisk upload You can change this path to a different path using the following steps 1 Open the Set Path dialog using the steps described above 2 Press down arrow t
105. down arrow to move to Keep mail copies in server When you download e mail from your e mail server you can set the Voice Sense QWERTY to keep e mail messages on the server or delete them as they download Press Space to toggle Yes and No and press enter if you do not want a copy of the e mail to remain on the e mail server 20 Press down arrow to move to Save mail copies in sent mailbox When you send e mail you can set whether or not the Voice Sense QWERTY stores e mail messages you send in the sent mailbox Press Space to toggle Yes and No and press Enter 21 Press Tab move to Use signature The default value is No To attach a signature to your mail press Space to change No to Yes 22 Press Tab to move to Signature 23 Press Enter on the Signature button 24 You are placed in the Signature multi edit box Type the information for the signature you want to attach to your e mails 25 Press Tab to move to Confirm 26 Press Enter on the Confirm button 27 This saves the signature and you are returned to the Signature button You can cancel by pressing enter on the Cancel button 28 Press Tab and press enter on the Confirm button 6 1 2 2 Checking added account list Use the following steps to view the information about an added e mail account 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Press down arrow to move to Tools 3 Press Enter
106. from anywhere in the Word Processor The n is the shortcut key and Control n is the hotkey It is important to note that some hotkey commands are global thus will work from anywhere on the unit and some are program specific For example if you want to activate the new document option in the Word Processor You cannot press Control n from the Program menu to activate this option You must be in the Word Processor for Control n to activate the new document command When you are placed on an item you want to execute press Enter If the item you chose has a submenu or dialog pressing Enter opens the submenu or dialog If the item you chose is a command pressing Enter activates the command This is referred to as selection When a menu item activates a submenu the right direction arrow sign gt is displayed after the name of the corresponding menu on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille and the Voice Sense QWERTY announces pull down after the menu item name If the menu item is a dialog box the ellipsis sign is displayed after the menu item name on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille The Voice Sense QWERTY also speaks the message common dialog Let s begin going through the various menus First turn the unit on by pushing the power switch to the right Now bring up the Program menu by pressing the Windows key The Program menu is the main menu of the Voice Sense QWE
107. from the suggestions list and press Enter All instances of the currently focused word are replaced by the suggested word 9 Cancel if you press Enter on the Cancel button the Spell Check is exited You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or shift tab When the spell check is complete the Voice Sense QWERTY announces 00 words checked 00 misspellings found 00 words corrected Also remember you can check the spelling of the current word by pressing Alt k while editing a document A list of suggestions is displayed Move through the list using up arrow or down arrow and press Enter to replace the misspelled word with the selected suggestion 148 5 2 15 Edit Language attribute When you change the language attribute for a block of text the text to speech voice used to read the selected text automatically changes to the language attributed to that text This ensures that pronunciation of the text is proper for the language in which it was created You can edit the language associated with a selected block of text using the Edit Language Attribute function To use this function press Alt and press enter on edit Move to Select edit Language Attribute by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press enter or press i from the edit menu To activate this function directly press Windows Alt I The unit prompts Change language and a combo box is displayed
108. function 3 If you select Prompt backup changes when exiting you are prompted Backup changes Yes if you have modified or added to your schedule If you press Enter on Yes a new backup file is created before exiting the Schedule Manager If you press down arrow once and press Enter on No you exit the Schedule Manager without creating a backup file You can change the backup mode by pressing Enter after focusing on one of the three radio buttons Or press Tab and press Enter on Confirm The default backup mode is set to Prompt backup changes when exiting 8 2 11 Setting Alarm Options 310 You can open the Set Alarm Options dialog by pressing Ctrl o or by pressing Enter on Set Alarm Options in the menu by pressing Alt in the Schedule Manager This dialog has a list of alarm option fields a Confirm button and a Cancel button Alarm option fields include Type of echo Alarm duration Alarm repeat interval and Repeat You can move between these fields by pressing up arrow or down arrow You can access the Confirm and Cancel buttons by pressing Tab or shift tab 8 2 11 1 Alarm Duration With this option you can change the duration of the alarm sound You can set this option to a value that is between 5 and 600 seconds The default value is set to 30 seconds Press Enter to save the changes and exit from the dialog To set the Alarm repeat
109. game D Format F Sense Brain Game G Setup Internet I Backup Restore Personalized Settings K Calendar L Menu manager M Pronunciation Dictionary P Terminal for Screen Reader S Set Time amp Date T Upgrade BrailleSense U Stopwatch W Other Quick Commands Display Time and Date Fn T Display Network Status Fn N Display Power Status FN B Display Compass heading Fn Space Change device Name Control Win E Open sleep Timer Fn J Open Global options F10 Open Sense Dictionary Control Windows D 16 3 File Manager 16 3 1 Navigation keys for the file list and menu list Move to previous item Up arrow or up scroll button Move to next item Down arrow or down scroll button Move to the beginning of the list Ctrl Home Move to the end of the list Ctrl End 16 3 2 Navigation Keys for the File List 520 Jump to folder list or file list Ctrl Down arrow Move between file list and address window Tab shift tab Enter selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace Jump to the top level of the disk Shift Backspace 16 3 3 Keys for Selecting Files and Folders Select individual item Space Continuous selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a 16 3 4 Hot Keys for Menu Commands Open Ctrl o Open with Ctrl h Zip Ctrl z Unzip Ctrl u Send Ctrl s Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete DEL Rename F2 New document Ctrl n New f
110. group of one or more fields and a table is made up of one or more records When the Database Manager is started it checks whether or not a table has been created If no table has been created a Table Manager dialog appears to take you through the process of creating a new table If there is at 314 least one table created the Search Records dialog appears and the Search edit box is focused so that you can search for data To close the program while adding or searching a table press Alt F4 Or you can use the menu Press Alt to open the menu Move to Exit by pressing up arrow or down arrow or up or down scroll button repeatedly and press Enter Or you can type z from the menu The general navigation keys for the Database Manager 1 Moving among controls Move to the previous control Shift Tab Move to the next control Tab 2 Moving in a list box Move to the previous list item Up arrow or up scroll button Move to the next list item down arrow or down scroll button 3 Changing the selection in a prompt box Select the next value down arrow Space or down scroll button Select the previous value Up arrow Backspace or up scroll button are as follows The menu in the Database Manager consists of the following items You can open this menu by pressing Alt 1 Table Manager Create delete and modify tables records and their fields When you start the Database Manager for the fi
111. hot key Ctrl m from the search results list If the appointment is a recurring schedule a prompt displaying Recurrence appointment Open type appears Choose whether you want to modify the recurring schedule or the schedule for a specific day If you select This occurrence your changes affect the appointment of the day but the recurring appointments on other days are not changed If you select The series your changes affect all the recurrences If you select Cancel Modify Schedule dialog is not opened and you are returned to your last position Make your selection by pressing Space or Backspace Press Enter to open the Modify Schedule dialog This dialog contains the same controls as in the Add Schedule dialog The only difference is that each field has the value entered previously If you have made changes you wish to save tab to Confirm and press Enter 8 2 7 Deleting a Schedule To delete a schedule move to the schedule in the search results list Press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on Delete Schedule Or you can press its hot key Del from the search results list If the selected schedule is a recurring schedule you are prompted Recurring appointment Delete type is displayed You can choose whether you want to delete the recurring schedule or just the appointment for that day If you select This occurrence only the current appointment is deleted If you select The series all recu
112. in the Flashdisk To cancel this function press Tab to move to Cancel and press Enter Or press Alt F4 291 8 1 6 2 4 How to change the Save Location To change the location where the CSV file is saved follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to Export to CSV 3 Press Enter Or press x 4 File name is displayed 5 Press Tab to move to the file list Use normal file and folder navigation commands to choose a different location for saving the CSV file 6 Press Tab to move to Confirm 7 Press Enter on the Confirm button The file is saved in the new location To cancel this function press Tab to move to Cancel and press Enter Or press Alt F4 8 1 7 Commands in the Records Found List 8 1 7 1 Find again To search for another name press Tab or Shift Tab The prompt Last name is displayed You can type the new text for which you want to search Just as in a new search you can start the search by pressing Enter 8 1 7 2 Opening a home page If a record has a homepage address or an email address you can open the homepage or send an email Move to the Home page Home e mail or Company e mail field by pressing up arrow or down arrow Then press Enter on Home page Home e mail or Company e mail If you press Enter on a Home page the Voice Sense QWERTY automatically opens the Web b
113. internet The shortcut key is t The default setting is ON Use Space to toggle time server synchronization on off 3 8 2 39 Progress indicator The progress indicator setting defines how the progress of opening a document copying files or opening a webpage is indicated The shortcut key is p You can choose among Silent no progress indication Beep continuous beeps while the task is performed and Message progress is 105 shown as a percentage By default progress indication is set to Message Press Space to cycle through the three settings 3 8 2 40 Bluetooth Use this option to turn Bluetooth on or off The shortcut key for this option is b Toggle Bluetooth on off by pressing Space By default it is set to Off You can toggle Bluetooth on and off from anywhere on Voice Sense QWERTY by pressing F9 Note you must turn Bluetooth on to connect to Bluetooth enabled devices It is recommended that you turn Bluetooth off when it is not in use to save battery power 3 8 2 41 Wireless LAN Use this setting to turn Wireless LAN on or off The shortcut key for this option is w You can toggle wireless on off by pressing Space By default it is set to Off You can toggle it on and off from anywhere on Voice Sense QWERTY by pressing F11 Note you must turn Wireless LAN on before connecting to a wireless network or to the internet via a wireless router It is recommended that you turn wireless
114. interval in the next field press down arrow 8 2 11 2 Alarm Repeat Interval Time When the alarm goes off if you do not stop it by pressing Ctrl the Voice Sense QWERTY keeps reminding you of the appointment after a specified time interval The Alarm repeat interval option allows you to change this interval You can set the value anywhere from 1 to 60 minutes the default value is set to 5 minutes To change the value type a number between 1 and 60 Press Enter to save the changes and exit the dialog Or if you press Tab the Voice Sense QWERTY moves to the Repeat edit box 8 2 11 3 Repetition Times The alarm sounds for the amount of time for which you set the alarm duration then stops If you have not acknowledged the alarm after a specified time interval the alarm sounds again The Repeat field allows you to decide how many times the alarm will sound You can set the value from 1 time to 10 times the default value is set to 3 311 To change the value type a number between 1 and 10 Press Tab and press Enter on the Confirm button to save your settings An alarm repeats according to the number of times that you set for this option and then stops automatically The Braille display When connected to SyncBraille on the Voice Sense QWERTY also displays the date and subject for the alarm 8 2 11 4 Confirm By pressing Enter on the Confirm button the settings are saved and the Set Al
115. is capable of receiving plain text e mail and html e mail messages 4 POP3 You can receive e mail messages from POP3 accounts by doing the following 1 Press Alt to open the menu 187 2 Press down arrow to move to Message 3 Press Enter on Message Or press M 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Reply 5 Press down arrow move to Check for New Mail 6 Press Enter on Check for New Mail Or press N 7 You are presented with the Account name list You can also move to this dialog directly from the Inbox by pressing Alt m This dialog consists of account list a Confirm button and a Cancel button 8 When Account name Added account name x x is displayed press up arrow or down arrow to move to the desired account 9 Press enter when the desired account is displayed or press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press enter 10 The Voice Sense QWERTY displays There are xx messages to receive Now receiving x you mail received Successfully received x out of y message is displayed When the e mail messages are downloaded from the server the e mail message list is displayed in the Inbox Ex Subject subject of the e mail received xx xx If the e mail size is greater than the Voice Sense QWERTY can handle it announces This message is too large to download Skipping And the Voice Sense QWERTY begins downloading the next e mail message To
116. is displayed 8 1 4 Searching For an Address 8 1 4 1 Using search address The Search Address dialog enables you to search for information stored in the Address Manager If you execute the Address Manager from the program menu the Search Address dialog is opened automatically To 283 open Search Address from Add Address you can either select it from the menu and press Enter or press Ctrl s from the Add Address dialog If you press Enter in the Search Address dialog without typing any text when Last name is displayed you can browse through all of the records that are stored in the Address Manager A record is a collection of information about one person If more than one record is found you can move to the next record by pressing down arrow To move to the previous record press up arrow To navigate fields and records in the search result list you can use the following hot keys Move to a previous field in a record Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next field in a record Ctrl Right arrow Move to the first field in a record Home Move to the last field in a record End Move to the previous record Up arrow Move to the next record Down arrow Move to the first record Ctrl Home Move to the last record Ctrl End Move to previous same field different record Left arrow Move to next same field different record Right arrow You can also search records using the other fields To find re
117. is displayed Or you can press a To move directly to Go To Next Text 335 5 Press Enter Or you can activate the Go To Next Text function by pressing Ctrl F6 while reading a web page To execute Go To Previous Text do the following 1 Open the menu by pressing Alt 2 Move to Go To by pressing down arrow 3 Press Enter 4 Press down arrow until Go To Previous Text is displayed Or you can press b To move directly to Go To Previous Text 5 Press Enter Or you can activate the Go To Previous Text function by pressing Ctrl F5 while reading a web page 9 1 4 7 Refresh If a web page opens incorrectly due to a network problem or you know the content is updated often To refresh the current page press Alt and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing down arrow Press Enter Go to Refresh by pressing down arrow and press Enter or you can press Ctrl r while in a web page 9 1 4 8 History The History is the list of the web page addresses and their titles that have been visited either by clicking on a link or by typing in the address directly When History is executed the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the titles of the web pages in the history list If you have visited a web page such as www google com previously the history list on the Voice Sense QWERTY shows you the title of the page as Google 336 To visit the Google website using
118. letters is announced For example at level 1 groups of 3 letter number combinations are spoken Make sure to memorize these letters and numbers in the order they are spoken You are then prompted Type the answer at which time you must write the numbers in the order they were given to you and press enter If the answer is correct The Voice Sense QWERTY applauds you and you are allowed to proceed to the next set of letters and numbers If the answer is incorrect or you take too long to enter the answer the buzz of failure sounds and the game is over You must type the answer within 10 seconds to avoid the despicable buzz and a constructive warning that you may be losing your mind When the game is over your score is announced If your score ranks between 1 and 5 you are asked to Type your ID Write your name and press enter to record your score You can view your recorded scores under View Ranking in the Sense Brain Game menu Or press Escape or Alt F4 to ignore this dialog Finally you are asked Do you want to play again Press enter on Yes to play the game again Or press enter on No to return to the game menu 12 2 5 Reverse game 469 This game is similar to the memory game but as its name denotes in reverse When you are prompted to Type the answer write the numbers and letters in reverse order and press Enter If the answer is correct you are applauded and honored with a new challenge If the an
119. marks a position in the document that you want to return to later To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Set mark by pressing down arrow and press Enter or press m from the Go To menu While editing a document press Ctrl m to activate this command Move the cursor to the location that you want to mark and press Ctrl m The Voice Sense QWERTY says Mark name To name the mark use the letters a through z While editing a document the Voice Sense QWERTY does not show the mark sign unless you have selected View format character in Settings explained in section 5 1 7 If you have this option turned on the bookmark sign is shown in the document You can go to marked text by using Left arrow or Right arrow and the bookmark sign appears which is pl mark name If you move the cursor to the mark location in a document you can see dots 7 8 all through the mark sign This 155 means that the Voice Sense QWERTY deals with the marked text as a chunk but not with each character 5 3 8 Go to Mark The Go to Mark command finds a mark that has previously been set To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Go to Mark by pressing down arrow and press Enter or press j from the Go To menu While editing a document go to marked text by pressing
120. menu this menu will not be displayed When your 86 cursor is placed on a menu you have the option of renaming the item To rename a menu item follow these steps i Navigate to the menu you wish to rename Il Tab to Modify Menu Name and press Enter Ili Voice Sense prompts Menu Name and you are placed in an edit box in to which you can type the new menu name IV When you have typed the new name in to the edit box press Enter or tab to Confirm and press Enter To hide unused programs on the Voice Sense QWERTY press Space on each of the programs you wish to hide in the list Press Enter to save your settings or tab to Confirm and press Enter You must reset the Voice Sense QWERTY using the Reset button on the back of the unit for these settings to take effect When the Voice Sense QWERTY reboots the programs you chose to hide are no longer displayed To unhide the programs return to the Menu Manager dialog and press Space on the programs you wish to unhide and press Enter to save the settings Press Reset once again and the programs reappear in the menus after the unit reboots 3 6 Backup Restore Personalized settings Backup Restore Personalized settings is a utility used to backup restore the option settings for each program in the Voice Sense QWERTY all at once You can run this utility by pressing k from the Settings menu You can also launch the Backup Restore Personalized
121. move to Manual by pressing up arrow and press Enter The following settings are displayed IP Subnet mask Gateway and Primary DNS These settings require specific numeric addresses Please contact your Internet service provider for the correct addresses Use up arrow and down arrow to move among the settings When you have entered the information for each item press Enter to save the settings The unit announces Setting completed And you are returned to Setup internet Your Internet connection should be active thus allowing you to use E mail the Social Networking programs or the Web browser 3 2 2 Setup Wireless LAN Before setting up a Wireless LAN connection be sure wireless is turned on in the Global Options dialog You can toggle wireless on and off from anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY using F11 To connect to a wireless network navigate to the Wireless LAN option in the connection types list under Setup Internet and press Enter The Wireless LAN dialog consists of the access points list Advanced button and Close button You can move among these controls by pressing Tab or shift tab If wireless is not turned on the access points list displays no items When wireless is on this list shows the wireless access points networks in range of your notetaker The Access points list displays the access point name encryption and sensitivity of each item E
122. move to the file on the Receiving File Information list and press Esc File transmission is canceled and the Receiving File Information list displays Receive Me canceled XX file name If your contact cancels sending files while receiving the Receiving File Information list displays Receive To canceled XX File name 10 3 6 Other functions The Google Talk Program on the Voice Sense QWERTY supports additional features such as Save conversation and Export Import Contact list etc The following is a detailed explanation of these additional features 10 3 6 1 Save Conversation 417 Save Conversation is a function to save messages exchanged with a contact as a text file To execute this function press Alt s from the Chat window or select the Save Conversation item located in the File menu The Save Conversation dialog consists of 4 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 File Name A combo edit box in which to type in the name you want to give the conversation file 2 Confirm A button to confirm and save the conversation 3 Cancel Use this button to cancel saving the conversation and return to the Chat window 4 File list A file browser area in which to set the path to save the conversation By Default the conversation is saved to the My Documents folder on the flashdisk Use normal file and folder navigation to choose a different location 10 3 6 2 Manage Ch
123. neea Aetna E AR aa a a eA 357 9 2 5 FaVOFItE S aeaa A E A AE E E E E dina teh aha 362 9 2 6 Page Navigatio Mincis a a E E aaa aaa E EEE E ET ia ea 365 9 2 7 Hot keys in the Quick Browser ccccessssssseccecceeeececeeeesceecseseesaeaaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeesseseeeeeees 368 9 2 8 What the Quick Browser Does Not SUppoOrt sesssssssssssssseesseerrrereresrssssssssreseeerreereese 370 9 3 G00 le Search rri aaaea ana tensa a ELA EE aaia 370 9 3 1 The Search Dialog i sacscarcayeescnsta nccisaneeaeataceg cuts ereucheaneuadsarobagqeuesnanaran diaious 371 9 3 2 The Results Dialog vssiccngscacciansdcottenadinnganntedeeated read mahanem arcanum 371 gA RSS Reade aisir hacen Ba ea codecs oda sa ee caa cba cak dba cas CaS Cak CaS Gas Gea Gan baa Wann dan da cea Gad Gea dad E saa 372 9 4 1 RSS Main Window jixicsicicisctinca oe ka dnins enon niamumimomamNaanes 372 9 4 2 The Fil MON scenen ra n E cuneate ie TA E 373 9 4 3 The Category Menu m ccaeasetec titer tceezagncga nig niie i E EiS 376 94 4 The Feed Men sisscvesnacccssheccisistenincdnnartaistsnusineinsionsmen ae pbactaimeiaaderneanee 378 OAS OPIN S eur aa a A a a T a ans 381 9 4 6 Hot Keys in RSS ss cjand sean iadeeacidaandanimaineinaen mioumudeeaueionn 382 10 SOCIAL NETWORKING disiccczsccdsccesossasancassesietecntoscntscensossistncawnsssusecansnshezeeayennsteceaunensicncabnonsdnes 383 10 1 Available Social Networking ServiCes sccccsssecesssseecesseecsecsseecesseeeesssseeeessees 383
124. off when not in use to save battery power 3 8 2 42 Ethernet port Use this setting to turn the Ethernet port on or off The shortcut key for this option is I You can toggle Ethernet on off by pressing Space By default it is set to On You can toggle it on and off from anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY by pressing Fn F11 Note to save battery power turn this option off when you are not using Ethernet connectivity 106 3 8 2 43 Mass storage device mode Mass Storage Device Mode enables the drives on your Voice Sense QWERTY to be viewed as removable storage devices on a PC when connected via USB The shortcut key for this option is d with the default set to On Use Space to toggle this option on off If Mass Storage Device Mode is turned off the Voice Sense QWERTY can be connected to the PC as a Windows Mobile device and accessed using Microsoft ActiveSync or Windows Mobile Device Center for synchronization of calendar and contacts with Outlook When you have finished modifying settings in the Global Options dialog press Enter to save the settings You can also Tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the settings Tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and press Enter You can also cancel saving the settings by pressing Alt F4 or Esc 107 4 File Manager 4 1 Overview The functionality and structure of the File Manager on the Voi
125. offers a Save Search function to save words used frequently 10 2 8 1 Global Search The Global Search launches a search for entered text among all Twitter timelines You can also follow the user of a tweet in the results of your Global Search To open the Global Search dialog press Ctrl f or select the Global Search item from the Search menu The Global search dialog contains 6 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Search word An edit box into which you can enter the word for which you want to search 2 Next list Loads the next 20 results in the list You can load the Next list by pressing Ctrl n or press Enter on the button 3 Search results A list containing the results of your search such as User Id Self introduction The Search result button appears only when there are results to display 4 Follow User Select this button to follow the focused user The Follow User button appears only when there are search results displayed 5 Confirm Use this button to execute a search 6 Cancel This button closes the Global Search dialog and returns you to your previous position You can also cancel by pressing Esc 398 Use the following steps to search for and follow a user 1 Open the Global search dialog and you are placed in the Search word edit box Type your desired search term 2 Press Enter and Searching is displayed 3 If the search is s
126. on the mark name or by pressing Enter on the Move button To close the mark manager dialog press Enter on the Close button or press Esc 7 1 3 6 Settings Using this menu you can change settings for recording playing and general Media player options To access the Settings menu press Alt to open the Media Player menu Press down arrow three times to reach Settings and press Enter Or you can press s from within the Media Player menu The Settings submenu appears containing four items Configuration Playback Settings Record Settings and Effect settings 244 7 1 3 6 1 Configuration dialog If you press Enter on the first item Configuration or press Alt c from the Media Playback dialog the Configuration dialog is displayed containing the following the Display title option the Store position of file if longer than a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab and shift tab Move among options for a setting by pressing up arrow or down arrow The Display title option allows you to set whether or not the track title is announced when you move to previous next track The default value is set to Off You can toggle this option by pressing Space The Store position of file if longer than option allows you to set memory of your last position on files longer than the length you specify The default is se
127. or Shift Tab Use the Up or Down arrow to move among the items in the combo boxes 480 The available unit categories are Distance Area Mass Volume and Temperature When you have chosen your measurement category the Current Unit and Change Unit combo boxes will contain measurement units according to your chosen category The available distance units are Millimeters Centimeters Meters Kilometers Inches Feet Yards and Miles The available units of area are Square Meters Are Square feet Square Yards Acres and Hectares The available units of mass are Grams Kilograms Tones Grains Ounces and Pounds The available units of volume are Deciliter Milliliter Liter Cubic Centimeter Cubic Meter Cubic Inch Cubic Foot Cubic Yard Gallon Fluid oz Cups and Quarts The available units of temperature are Celsius Fahrenheit and Kelvin Choose your unit to convert from in the first combo box Choose your unit to convert to in the Change combo box Type the number of the measurement you want to convert in the Input Number edit box Finally to convert the measurement Tab to the Convert button and press Enter If you wish to cancel the conversion Tab to the Cancel button and press Enter When you activate the Convert button the conversion result is displayed in the Result static box 13 1 9 Nemeth Braille code In addition to viewing expressions in the Calculator in computer Braille The Voice Sense QWER
128. or shift tab repeatedly to move to the Cancel button then press Enter After you cancel or save the entry you are prompted to enter information into another record beginning with the Last name field You can use the cursor routing keys to move from one field to the next In any input field if you press the first cursor routing key to the left the first input field Last name is displayed and you can type a name To enter a mobile phone number without entering other information press the 5th cursor routing key then enter the phone number To jump to the Home e mail field the 20th field press the 20th cursor routing key If you have pressed the 23rd cursor routing key or any key to the right of the 23rd key is pressed you will hear a warning sound because there are only 23 fields in a record You can enter telephone numbers separating the various parts of the number with a To type in a dash while typing in a telephone number e g 000 000 0000 you should press If you want to put an extension after a phone number enter the phone number as described above and then type a comma followed by the extension number as in O00 000 0000 100 Press tab to get to the Memo field You can type in multiple lines of text in the Memo field When you want to start a new line of text press Enter When you have finished entering information for a record press tab until you r
129. or MSN Messenger except that the connection occurs between 2 Sense notetakers via Bluetooth This means rather than sending messages over the internet messages are transmitted directly from one notetaker to the other via the Bluetooth connection While any 2 people with any 2 Sense notetakers can use the program this program is especially useful for the Deaf Blind as 2 Deaf Blind users can communicate face to face using 2 Voice Sense notetakers to type messages and can read received messages on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille s To launch Sense Chat use the Up or Down arrow to navigate to Sense Chat in the Social Networking menu and press Enter Or press c to execute Sense Chat directly from the Social Networking menu You can 424 also launch Sense Chat from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows C Please ensure that Bluetooth is turned on before attempting to connect with another notetaker via Sense Chat If Bluetooth has not been activated and you try to connect with another notetaker you are prompted Please turn on Bluetooth 10 4 1 Connecting the Notetakers When Sense Chat is launched you are placed in the conection options menu The menu contains 2 options Bluetooth Serial Port Send and Bluetooth Serial Port receive For connection to be successful one Sense notetaker must choose Send and the other must choose Receive Once
130. or press T from the menu 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Accounts manager 5 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 184 6 Press down arrow or up arrow to move to the desired account in the account list 7 If the desired account is displayed press Enter Or Tab to move to the Information button and press enter 8 The Information dialog is opened and Account name Added account name is displayed Ex account name Voice Sense QWERTY 9 Press down arrow or Tab to read the information for each item Pressing enter on the Close button returns you to the account list IN this dialog you can read all information associated with an e mail account USE the navigation keys listed below to move among the items in the dialog Move to the previous item Up arrow Move to the next item down arrow Move to the first item Home Move to the last item End Move to the previous control Shift Tab Move to the next control Tab 6 1 2 3 Modifying an e mail account Use the following steps to modify the information for an e mail account 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Press down arrow to move to Tools 3 Press Enter on Tools or press T 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Accounts manager 5 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 6 Press down arrow or up arrow to move to the desired account in the account list 7 When the desired account is displayed pre
131. or the FM radio These five buttons are explained further in the FM Radio Daisy and Media chapters of this manual To the right of the media buttons is the on off switch To turn on the unit push the switch to the right To turn off the unit repeat this action Congratulations You are now familiar with the basic functions of the buttons and ports of the Voice Sense QWERTY The rest of this manual discusses each function in greater detail to help you maximize the potential of your Voice Sense QWERTY 34 1 3 Hardware Specifications 1 Operating system Windows CE 5 0 2 Flash memory 4GB 3 RAM 128MB 4 Auxiliary storage SD memory or USB flash drive 5 CPU Intel PXA270 6 Battery Lithium lon detachable backup battery and clock battery installed 7 Keyboard QWERTY keyboard 8 Additional buttons and switches key lock switch audio mode switch reset button 5 audio buttons 9 Video output Built in LCD a Network 10 100 based Ethernet 11 Wireless WLAN IEEE802 11 b g Bluetooth 12 Interface USB OTG USB master SD slot 13 Sound Internal stereo speakers stereo headphone jack 14 Voice recording Internal microphone external stereo microphone jack 15 Sensors Internal GPS and digital compass 1 4 Memory on the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY has 128MB of RAM random access memory and 4GB of flash memory The flash memory is where permanently saved data is stored The RAM is memor
132. possible to access shared files when your Voice Sense QWERTY and the connected computer are at the same layer This means that you can t search for a computer connected to router A if you are connected to router B a wireless LAN sub connection of router A For more detailed information on LAN WIRELESS LAN configurations refer to the Setup Internet section of the Utilities chapter in this user manual 4 4 1 Search for shared computers and add to the network list When you open the File Manager network is displayed in the drive list The network list consists of the shared folders on computers connected to your network that you have added to the network list From the network list you can open the shared folder or delete the network location from the list If you have not added shared folders to the network list this list is empty To add items to the network list you must search the network for devices then select the shared folders on these devices and add them to the network list 125 To search shared computers connected to the network Use the Network Connection Setting dialog to search for computers with shared content You can open the Setup Network connection dialog box by pressing Alt e regardless of your position in the File Manager Or Press Alt to open the menu and navigate to Network Connection Setting and press Enter The Network Connection Setting dialog box contains the following controls Remo
133. press Enter 10 2 10 1 5 Unfollowing a List If you have chosen to follow someone else s list you can unfollow the list using the List Unfollow function To unfollow a list navigate to it using Up or Down arrow in the List Manager dialog Tab to List Unfollow and press Enter When you execute the List Unfollow function you are prompted Unfollow XXXX List where XXXX is the current list The default is Yes If you wish to unfollow the list press Enter If you do not wish to stop following the list use the Down arrow to navigate No and press Enter When you are finished managing lists Tab to the Close button and press Enter or press Escape 10 2 10 2 Add User to List Once you have created lists you will want to add users to your lists You can do this using the Add User to List function To execute Add User to List press Alt to open the menu Navigate to List using the Down arrow and press Enter Then Navigate to Add User to List and press Enter You can also execute this function by pressing Control K from anywhere in the Twitter program The Add User to List dialog contains 4 items List list User ID edit box Confirm and Cancel You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab Use Up or Down arrow to choose the list to which you want to add the user By default the ID edit box contains the ID of the current user If you wish to add the current user to y
134. press Enter You can also activate this function directly from the remote folder list by pressing Ctrl o 2 After you have activated the Send To function the disk list appears as it does in the File Manager You are placed on flashdisk by default However if you have an SD card or USB memory stick inserted you can navigate to those disks by pressing up arrow or down arrow Please refer to chapter 4 in this manual for information on file and folder navigation 3 Select a file by navigating to it and pressing Space Note you can select only files folders cannot be selected 4 After you have selected a file press Alt and press up arrow or down arrow to move to Send To and press Enter Or you can press Ctrl s to activate the Send To function directly 5 As with copying and pasting progress beeps are heard during the send process If the file is larger than 300 KB progress messages are spoken each time an additional 10 is completed If the file is less than 300 KB only the progress beeps are heard When the transfer is complete the unit announces xxx file sent where xxx is the name of the file If the file does not transfer the unit says xxx file not sent When all selected files are transferred the Voice Sense QWERTY announces Successfully sent and you are returned to the remote folder list 74 3 3 2 3 3 Retrieve File The Retrieve File function allows you t
135. processing where x represents the number of the feed being processed and y represents the total number of feeds to process Voice Sense continues to update you as each new feed is processed When the update is complete Voice Sense announces Successfully updated y feeds 9 4 2 2 Import OPML If you have an RSS reader on another device such as a smartphone or computer you may wish to access the same feeds on your Voice Sense QWERTY Most RSS readers allow you to export your feed information as a file with an OPML extension This file is a directory of the feeds to which you are subscribed You can import this directory into the Voice Sense QWERTY s RSS reader using the Import OPML function The Voice Sense QWERTY can import OPML 1 0 1 1 and 2 0 files To execute the Import OPML function press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on File Use the Down arrow to navigate to Import OPML and press enTer Or you can activate this function directly by pressing Control O When you activate the Import OPML function you are placed in the Downloads folder of the Voice Sense QWERTY in an Open File dialog similar to the one in the Word Processor Navigate the files and folders of your Voice Sense until you locate the file you wish to import and press Enter When you have chosen the OPML file you wish to import you are placed in the Import dialog the Import dialog contains 4 items Category list Feeds list C
136. receiving and displaying feed content To open the Options dialog press Alt to open the menu Navigate to Options using Up or Down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Backspace O to open the Options dialog from anywhere in the RSS Reader The Options dialog contains 4 items View Mode combo box Output Term combo box Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab The View Mode lets you set how you want items in a feed to be displayed The options are Title and Title Date Use Up or Down arrow to navigate among the options The Output Term setting determines the length of time for which the RSS Reader will update feeds The options are none 2 days 3 days 4 days 5 days 6 days and 7 days If you set the output term to 5 days this means when you update your RSS feeds the RSS Reader will load all of the items posted in the last 5 days If you choose None the RSS reader will load all available items when updating feeds regardless of how long ago they were posted Use Up or Down arrow to choose the output term When you have finished setting your preferences Tab to Confirm and press Enter If you do not wish to save your settings Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 381 9 4 6 Hot Keys in RSS Receive new Headlines Control R Import OPML Control O Export OPML Control S Download Podcast Control D
137. registered Move to the previous schedule Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next schedule Ctrl Right arrow Move to the first schedule Ctrl Home Move to the last schedule Ctrl End 3 Hot keys for the commands Add schedule Ctrl n Modify schedule Ctrl m Delete schedule Del Alarm option Ctrl o 313 Backup schedule Ctrl b Restore schedule Ctrl r Set backup option Ctrl e Save schedule as file Alt s Print schedule Ctrl p 5 Cancel Exit 1 Cancel ESC cancels the current menu or setting like the esc key on a personal computer 2 Exit Alt F4 Exits the schedule manager cancels any function 8 3 Database Manager The Database Manager is a program which can be used to create a database in the form that you specify You can use the Database Manager to add records and search for data in your records To open the database Manager press Windows to bring up the Program menu Navigate to the Organizer menu using the UP or DOWN arrow and press Enter or type O From the Organizer menu navigate to the Database Manager using the UP or DOWN arrow and press Enter or press D You can launch the database Manager from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows T Database Terminology A table contains at least one record and a record consists of at least one field You can specify attributes for each of the fields In other words a record is made up of a
138. scores for any of the brain games described above Press Up arrow or Down arrow to navigate among the games and press enter on the name of the game on which you want information The ranking list is displayed It shows rank name and score Press space to view the next record To return to the View ranking menu press enter 471 472 13 Utilities The Utilities menu provides several special functions and settings for the Voice Sense QWERTY The Utilities menu contains the following items 1 Calculator for doing simple math equations as well as scientific calculations 2 Display Compass heading for displaying your current cardinal direction 3 Display Time and Date for viewing the date and time 4 Wake up alarm for setting an alarm 5 Calendar for checking dates according to the lunar and solar calendar 6 Stopwatch for timing events 7 Terminal for screen reader for connecting your Voice Sense QWERTY to your PC for use as a Braille display external speaker etc 8 Display Network Status for displaying the status of your Internet connectivity 9 Display power status for discovering the amount of battery charge on the unit 10 Format for formatting the flashdisk as well as external storage devices 11 Set Sleep Timer for defining the time before the unit automatically goes to sleep 12 Upgrade Voice Sense Firmware for upgrading the Firmware To access the menu items 1 Press up
139. settings When you are connected to a service you can press Ctrl d to disconnect the service The Voice Sense QWERTY says Service disconnected and you are returned to the Bluetooth Service List If you connect to the FTP service a list of files and folders on the remote Bluetooth device is displayed The rest of this chapter discusses each service in detail 3 3 2 2 LAN Service You can use the LAN service to access the Internet via your computer s Internet connection If you connect this service you can use the Web browser and email program as if you were connected to the Internet via Ethernet or wireless LAN Before you can connect to the LAN service on a remote Bluetooth device the device must be configured for Internet Connection Sharing ICS If ICS is not properly setup you cannot connect 70 to the Internet using the LAN service For information on how to setup ICS for your remote Bluetooth device please refer to the documentation that came with your Bluetooth adapter Setting up ICS requires knowledge of network architecture so it may be a good idea to contact a local network technician or your network administrator for help with setting up ICS 3 3 2 3 FTP Service This service works similarly to using FTP on the Internet It allows you to transfer folders and files to and from the remote Bluetooth device When referring to the FTP service we will refer to the file folder list on the remote Bluetooth device as the
140. shortcut key varies for each program Open the Task Name list Fn F10 Switch to previous program Alt Shift tab Switch to next program Alt Tab Open program specific menu Alt Exit Alt F4 Escape Esc Move to the next control in a dialog box Tab Move to the previous control in a dialog box Shift tab Move to the previous character Left arrow Move to the next character Right arrow Move to the previous line item Up arrow Move to the next line item Down arrow Move to the beginning of line item Home Move to the end of line item End Move to the top of a document or to the first item Ctrl Home Move to the bottom of a document or to the last item Ctrl End Move to the previous page or to the first item of the previous 32 item group Page up Fn Up arrow Move to the next page or to the first item of the next 32 item group Page down Fn Down arrow Scroll left Up scroll button Scroll right Down scroll button Move the cursor to specific cell or move to an item The corresponding cursor routing key Capital sign Caps lock Read the current item again Fn r 551 Say current time Fn t Display power status Fn b Open the global options F10 Online help F1 Check software version Fn v only in the Voice Sense program menu Display network status fn n in the Voice Sense program menu Braille display on off F4 Voice on off F5 Increase the voice volume F6 Decrease the voice volume Shif
141. ssi veosieiganeseisdyed sags dalversernadelaanesertasind Oadsasarece 436 11 2 5 Searching for periodicals 0 0 0 eee eceeeseceecneeeaeeeeceeeeaeeeaeeeeeneesaeeaeeneeeaeeaes 438 11 2 6 Searching MIStOLY sas cciarscr cide aaah Gatinaeaiineanieentdiaiee Wied auaanoaareine 439 11 2 7 Option Settings sciiiesrcigan adnan hiiatinteth che anidoutacenae ams aeiaaudaine 439 113 Google Map iss a aaea rar tas arda aein e oane Ea ea wes aiana seba Naka arah Eraihia anarias 441 11 3 1 Whatis Google Maps nienie gonoiaie nanai a a ia 441 11 3 2 Pairing a GPS RECGIver iiatccitigecicestigna cn deigcavvenenaaraseraglac eargaccaesin Maa ehalv ds 442 11 3 3 Executing Google Maps o oo ee eeseeseeeecneeeaeeeeceeeeseesaeeeecaeeeaetseseeeeaeaes 442 11 4 DIG PDON wissscctimesslssncinieoc nce ns a A E R 457 11 4 1 Tine Pile We iiss ccaicsssicctens vecsatiapcaecalcisladsesssdcedn anne a a a adenine 458 11 42 Th Edit MGI orien cel aiciatecasatietnsitiatcatetesdalebcd i E a E E R N 459 114 3 Options eneen e the a N 464 11 4 4 Hot Keys in Dropbox essesesesssssssesssrisssrrsrsrrsrsresesresrssrsresrssssrsessensssessestesestse 464 11 5 Online DAISY ancis ssscsssesiadiies pete suesaiveswsdiens savuedsihsodvvausesubsuncvicucdvicdsdsudsdaavddu shedansontandindssisciende 465 12 GAMES wie coesssiecei ies oclauwassnctansuaie caus iucesianudutemaltaceanceantdancdvuanhivavesssnatqusdviubuadeanuantbqndsasuvnasavadwanlundaviasd 467 12T Sense DIGG SAM C ised sc
142. steps to connect to a Bluetooth enabled printer 1 Press F9 to turn on Bluetooth 2 Execute Bluetooth Manager from the Program menu 3 The Voice Sense QWERTY scans for Bluetooth devices 4 Press up arrow or down arrow to navigate to the Bluetooth enabled printer in the Bluetooth Devices List 5 Press Enter 6 The Voice Sense QWERTY scans for available services 7 PRESS up arrow or down arrow to navigate to the Printer service 8 Press Enter 9 The printer should connect to Voice Sense QWERTY 3 3 2 8 Using Multiple Services You can use the LAN FIP and ActiveSync Bluetooth services simultaneously However if you plan to use any of these services at the same time you should connect the FTP service before connecting the LAN and ActiveSync services If you do not connect the FTP service first you may experience problems If you are using the Serial 83 Port service you should not connect to any other Bluetooth services 3 3 3 Hot keys in Bluetooth Manager Scann for Bluetooth device Ctrl r Connect to device Enter on the device name Connect to service Enter on the service name Disconnect service in Bluetooth service list Ctrl d Move to Bluetooth device list in service list Backspace Remove device settings in Bluetooth device list Del 1 FTP service Open local folder move to remote folder Ctrl o Copy Ctrl c Paste Ctrl v Send to Ctrl s Retrieve file Ctrl r New fold
143. stored locally on whatever device you are using to download them in this case the Voice Sense QWERTY You have the option of setting whether or not to delete the messages from the server on download If you do once they are downloaded they are deleted from the server If you choose to leave the messages on the server and you delete an e mail from the Voice Sense QWERTY it is downloaded again the next time you access new mail as the Voice Sense QWERTY simply retrieves anything from the server it does not find stored locally If you wish only to access your e mail on the Voice Sense QWERTY you may find it more advantageous to use POP3 and set the PLUS not to leave messages on the server In this case your e mail is completely controlled by the Voice Sense QWERTY Your received messages are downloaded from the server and when you delete an e mail it goes away Whatever you choose to save is saved and whatever you choose not to save is not If you access your received messages via IMAP rather than just retrieving the information from the mail server Each time you load a mailbox on the 177 Voice Sense QWERTY it synchronizes itself with the information found on your e mail server In other words rather than pulling the information from the server you are viewing the contents of your various e mail boxes as they exist on the server If you delete a message that message no longer appears on any device you use to access your e mail If y
144. that you already have Bluetooth installed on your computer The following instructions also assume that you are running at least Windows XP Service Pack 2 Before you begin make sure that your Voice Sense is turned on and be aware of the unit s designated Bluetooth name 1 Instructions for windows XP 495 1 Navigate to the Bluetooth icon in the System Tray You may open the system tray by pressing windows key b then press the Right or Left Arrow Key until you reach the Bluetooth icon Then press the Applications key Note If the Bluetooth icon does not appear in the System Tray you may have to change the settings for the Bluetooth icon to appear Go to the Windows Control Panel Bluetooth Devices Options and check the check box that says Show the Bluetooth Icon in the Notification Area 2 Press the up or down arrow key until you get to Open Bluetooth settings and press Enter 3 Fromt the tabs list use Control Tab to select the Device tab 4 Tab to the Add button and press Enter 5 Press Space to check the checkbox for My device is setup and ready to be found and then press enter 6 The XP machine should find the Voice Sense under the name Sense where represents a numeric value 7 Press the down arrow key to focus the name of your HIMS Braille device 8 Tab to the Next button and press Enter 9 The PC should ask for the PIN code Type a 4 digit code of your choosing an
145. the Web Tools menu move to Google Search and press Enter or press G to launch the Google 370 Search program You can launch Google Search from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows U 9 3 1 The Search Dialog The Search dialog contains 4 items a Category combo box a Search Term edit box a Search button and a Close button To move through the items in the dialog press Tab or Shift Tab When the Google Search application is launched you are placed in the Search Term edit box Type the term you wish to search for and press Enter to launch the search or Tab to the Search button and press Enter If you wish to change the category of items being searched for you can press Shift Tab to access the category combo box 13 The Category combo box contains 3 items All News and Blogger Use the Up and Down arrows to move among the items in the combo box When you have chosen your desired category Tab to the Search Term edit box and follow the steps above to perform your search If you wish to exit the program without performing s earch Tab to the Close button and press Enter or press Alt F4 9 3 2 The Results Dialog After a search is performed you are placed in the Results dialog The Results dialog contains 6 items the Category combo box the
146. the FM Radio To record the audio of the radio station to which you are currently listening press Alt To open the menu navigate to Record r and press Enter Or use the hot key Ctrl r The record dialog is opened and the Voice Sense QWERTY begins recording The record dialog consists of the following controls 1 Record status status bar 2 Pause Continue button 3 Stop button 4 Cancel button You can move among these controls by pressing Tab or shift tab While recording the radio press Tab and press Enter on the Pause button or press a to pause recording The name of this button is changed to 255 Continue If you activate the Continue button or press g recording resumes To stop the recording press s Or press Tab and press Enter on the Stop button To check the duration of the current recording while recording press down arrow The unit announces the current recording run time and total possible recording time Recorded files are saved in the flashdisk media radio folder The files are named according to the preset label and frequency If you are recording a radio station that is not in your preset list the recording is named radio followed by the frequency The first recording of a station is numbered 01 and each subsequent recording of that station is numbered 02 03 etc If you stop recording the record dialog is exited automatically If you press E
147. the FM Radio program previously the Voice Sense QWERTY tunes to the frequency that you last listened to Note the frequency range of the FM Radio is 87 5MHz to 108MHz 7 2 1 Listening to FM Radio via the internal speakers When you execute the FM Radio after connecting headphones sound from the radio is directed through the headphones As previously explained it is necessary to connect the headphones to provide an antenna for radio reception However there may be times when you wish for the sound from the radio to output through the speakers on the Voice Sense QWERTY To listen to the radio through the internal speakers press Fn x or just X to toggle internal speaker output on off You can also change this option using the menu 1 Press Alt to open the FM Radio menu press Enter on File menu and press Enter on Settings 2 Or press Ctrl e to quickly access the settings dialog 3 Internal speaker No is announced as the speaker setting is the first setting in the dialog 4 Press Space to change the setting to Yes and press Enter to apply the setting The radio sound should now output through both the headphones and the internal speakers 252 Note This setting is available only in the FM Radio program If you exit the FM Radio program and you wish to hear the audio output of the Voice Sense QWERTY through the internal speakers you must disconnect the headphones You can adjust the radio volu
148. the Word Processor 5 2 Edit Menu On the Voice Sense QWERTY you can edit all files regardless of what the view input grade is set to The Edit menu contains the following items Start Selection Copy Cut Paste Delete Delete Blank Lines Add To clipboard Clear Clipboard Select All Insert From File Insert Date Toggle Insert Overwrite Mode and Check Spelling To open the menu press Alt and press Enter on Edit Or you can press e from the menu 5 2 1 Start Selection The Start Selection command allows you to select a certain portion of text that you would like to edit When you use the Start Selection command the cursor appears as blinking dots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 to indicate what text is being selected When text is selected you can make changes to only the selected text without affecting the text in the rest of the document This command is especially useful for copying cutting and pasting To select text in a document place your cursor on the location at which you want to start selecting text Press Alt to open the Edit menu and press Enter on Start Selection or you can press b in the Edit menu to get to this option While editing a document pressing Ctrl b activates this command The end point of the selected text is determined by the location at which you place the cursor after setting the start point For example if you have typed the word mother in
149. the currently playing list If you press Enter on Add File in the File menu or press Alt o in 230 the Media Playback dialog the same dialog that is used for Open File is displayed Select all of the files that you want and press Enter as in the Open File dialog The Voice Sense QWERTY adds the selected files to the playlist However the Voice Sense QWERTY does not start playing these files To start playing the files in the playlist press the Play Pause button on the front panel Or you can press Enter on play in the play menu A detailed explanation of the play menu can be found in section 9 3 2 7 1 3 1 4 Add Folder The Add Folder menu item is used to add all of the audio files in a selected folder to the currently playing list If you press Enter on Add Folder in the File menu or press F3 in the Media Playback dialog the same dialog that is used for Open Folder is displayed If you select all of the folders you want to add and press Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY adds all of the supported audio files in the selected folders to the playlist However it does not start playing the files You can start playing the files in the playlist by pressing the Play Pause button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY or press Enter on play in the play menu 7 1 3 1 5 Save playlist The Save Playlist menu item is used to save the playlist to a disk drive To access this function you c
150. the edit box and press Enter If the Voice Sense QWERTY is able to locate the user and follow them the unit displays Follow complete and returns you to your previous position 10 2 6 2 Following Following displays a list of those users you follow on Twitter To open the Following dialog press Alt L or choose Following from the Follow menu Following consists of 7 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 394 1 Following A list of those you follow on Twitter 2 Next list Loads the next 32 users you follow You can also load the Next List by pressing Control N 3 Remove Follow A button to remove the user from the list of those you follow or rather a button to stop following a user You can also press Delete to delete the focused user from your Following list 4 User Timeline displays the posts by the current user 5 User Information displays information about the current user including Name ID About Me Homepage and Following follower and Tweet counts 6 Add User to List opens a dialog allowing you to add the current user to one of your created lists 7 Close A button to close the Following dialog You can also use Escape or Alt F 4 to close the dialog and return to your previous position 10 2 6 3 Followers Followers is a list of Users who follow your tweets To open the Followers dialog press the hot key Alt E or select Followers from the Fo
151. the history list press Alt to open the menu and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing down arrow Press Enter Go to History by pressing down arrow and press Enter You can open the history list directly by pressing Ctrl h while in a web page The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the history list Move to the title of the website you want to select by pressing down arrow or up arrow If you want the History list to show the web address instead of the title you can press Fn i If you press down arrow the display shows the title again rather than the address After you move to the desired website press Enter to connect to it To delete an item from the history list select the item and press the Del To delete all the items in the history list press Ctrl a to select all and press Del The maximum number of items in the history list is 300 If the list exceeds 300 items the oldest item is deleted automatically and the new item is added to the top of the list 9 1 4 9 Find This feature is similar to the Find function in the word processor The Find dialog allows you to find text on the current web page To execute the Find command press Alt to open the menu and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing down arrow Press Enter Go to Find by pressing down arrow and press Enter or you can press Ctrl f while the Web Browser is loaded When Find i
152. the list of connection types under the Setup internet option in the Utilities menu move to Bluetooth DUN by pressing up arrow or down arrow and press Enter The Bluetooth DUN setup dialog contains the following connect list Default Add Modify Delete and Close You can move among these controls by pressing Tab or shift tab You can move among the items in each control by pressing down arrow or up arrow The connect list contains previously added connection configurations You can move among these by pressing down arrow or up arrow The Default is to set the default connection to use when connecting viaBluetooth DUN To set a connection as the default move to the connect list and navigate to Default by pressing Tab and press Enter Add is a dialog for creating a Bluetooth DUN connection configuration It contains connection settings list a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among these by pressing Tab or shift tab The connection settings list contains Connect name Bluetooth device Connect number ID Password and Modem speed In the Connect name edit box type the host name or something that clearly identifies this connection to you In the Connect number edit box type the number of the host Choose the appropriate Bluetooth device from the Bluetooth Device combo box If the connection requires an ID a
153. the menu and press Enter on File Use the Down arrow to navigate to Export OPML and press enTer Or you can activate this function directly by pressing Control S The Export OPML dialog contains 4 items File list File name edit box Confirm button and Cancel button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab You are placed in the File name edit box You can enter your desired file name and press Enter to export the OPML or Tab to Confirm and press 375 Enter If you wish to change the location where the file is saved Shift Tab to the File list and use normal file management navigation commands to choose a new location If you wish to cancel exporting the OPML Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 9 4 2 4 Exit This command terminates the RSS Reader program and returns the Voice Sense QWERTY to the program menu You can exit RSS Reader by pressing Alt F 4 or by selecting Exit from the RSS Reader File menu 9 4 3 The Category Menu The Category menu only appears when your cursor is placed in the Category list The Category menu contains 3 items Insert Category Delete Category and Modify Category These items are discussed in detail in the following sections 9 4 3 1 Insert Category The Insert Category function allows you to create and name a new category in the list by Default the RSS Reader contains 2 categories Google RSS
154. the program is launched If you activate the Open With menu after focusing on folders that have DAISY or media files the associated program DAISY or Media Player is displayed If you activate the Open With menu and encounter a folder that does not have the DAISY info file discinfo html or ncc html the DAISY Player is not displayed as an associated program You can play all of the files after selecting either the DAISY or Media Player 112 4 2 4 Send To You can use this option to copy files and folders to different drives such as a flash drive USB flash drive also known as USB stick memory or an SD card After selecting files and folders open the menu with Alt and choose the Send To option When you press Enter on Send To the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the list of drives that you can send your files or folders to You can choose a destination drive by using the Up arrow or Down arrow or up and down scroll buttons Pressing Enter on the desired drive starts the copying of the selected files and folders to the selected drive You can activate the Send To option by pressing Ctrl s from the file list 4 2 5 Copy Move Copy leaves the selected files and folders in their original locations and creates copies of them in your chosen destinations Move removes the selected files and folders from their original locations and moves them to the new locations you have chosen Use the copy move fu
155. the specified heading 7 3 7 3 Find Heading You can activate the Find Heading function by pressing Ctrl f When you press this hot key you are prompted Heading to find and You are placed in an edit box into which to type the heading name The Find Heading dialog also contains Search direction a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the four items with Tab or shift tab 275 Tab to the Search Direction combo box and press Space to toggle between forward and backward Tab to Confirm and press Enter to execute the search 7 3 7 4 Scan Heading and Read Heading While playing a DAISY book you can read your current heading or scan the headings from your current location to the end of the book You can scan them by activating the Read Heading or Scan Heading in the Heading menu or by using the hot keys for these functions You can query the current heading in the open book by pressing Ctrl w When you activate this function the current heading name and level are displayed By pressing Ctrl n you can scan the heading list from the current position to the end of the book The headings from the current position to the end are displayed in a list Press Enter or Space on a heading in this list to start playback at that position If you want to cancel the Scan Heading function press Esc or Alt F4 and you are returned to your previous location 7 3 7 5 Find Phrase Y
156. the upgrade files from the HIMS Inc website Extract the zip file and copy the 2 files contained in it to the root of an external storage device such as an SD card or USB thumb drive 2 Connect the SD card or USB drive to the Voice Sense QWERTY and be sure the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to AC power Then press Enter on Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware from the Utilities menu 3 Upgrade Online is displayed Press down arrow to go to the Upgrade Offline option Press Enter 4 If you are already running the latest version of the software you are asked to continue with the upgrade If you press Enter on No the upgrade is cancelled Press Space to toggle between Yes and No 508 5 If you press Enter on Yes the Voice Sense QWERTY warns you that all settings will be set to factory defaults and again asks if you would like to continue Press Enter on Yes 6 The Voice Sense QWERTY starts the upgrade process Please remember you must not touch the Voice Sense QWERTY until the upgrade is complete When the upgrade is complete you are returned to the program menu and File manager is displayed 7 When the upgrade is complete check the software version by pressing Fn v while in the program menu 13 13 Hot keys for Utilities Calculator c Calculator Clear Alt c Delete numbers or operators Backspace General functions Ctrl g Plus Minus Division Multiplicati
157. timer Clear Backspace Exit stopwatch or count down timer Alt F4 Display power status Fn b Display network status Fn n Format Hold Fn f and press and release Reset Set Sleep Timer Fn j Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware u Check download information Space Cancel download and exit Alt F4 511 14 Using the help menu The help section consists of various text files that allow you to read about the many functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY The Help menu contains the following sections Help Overview Basic Functions Help SettingsHelp File Manager Help Word Processor Help Email Help Media Help Organizer Help 9 web Tools Help 10 Social Networking Help 11 Extras Help 12 Games Help 13 Utilities Help 14 Using the Help menu 15 Using ActiveSync 16 Command Summary 17 Command Summary for USB Keyboard 18 Troubleshooting Guide 19 Accessories 20 Information about the Voice Sense QWERTY COND OABWHND gt The section Help overview gives a physical orientation to the Voice Sense QWERTY and an overview of its functionality To access the help file press Windows key to go to the program menu and use down arrow repeatedly until you locate Help Press Enter The first item is Help Overview Press Enter on Help Overview to open it Keys for navigating are the same as those in the Word Processor For a list of navigation keys please see section 16 3 2 512 As yo
158. to a PC To use ActiveSync Windows Mobile Device Center with the Voice Sense QWERTY you must disable Mass Storage Device Mode before connecting to the PC To do this press F10 to open Global Options Press Ctrl right arrow to jump to the end of the Global Options dialog as Mass Storage Device Mode is the last item If Mass Storage Device Mode is turned on press Space to turn it off Press Enter to save the option settings Before connecting the Voice Sense QWERTY to your personal computer for the first time make sure that the Voice Sense QWERTY is powered off Once you have ActiveSync installed connect a USB cable to the USB OTG port on the left panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY Then connect the other end of the USB cable to a USB port on your personal computer Now turn on the Voice Sense QWERTY You will hear several sounds First on the Voice Sense QWERTY you will hear chimes Then on your computer you will hear a ding dong sound indicating the Voice Sense QWERTY is 514 connected to the PC You will again hear chimes on the Voice Sense QWERTY and then on your computer indicating that each recognizes the other as a device for synchronization 15 3 Setting up the Voice Sense QWERTY in the ActiveSync Program When the PC detects the Voice Sense QWERTY as a Windows Mobile device a screen pops up on your computer prompting you to Set up a Partnership You can choose Yes or No If you select Yes on t
159. to return improper fraction to mixed number If your fraction is a mixed number the mixed number to improper fraction appears Finally if your result is a decimal and you press Control the decimal is converted to a fraction 13 1 3 Memory Functions The Memory Functions store your resulting answers and calculations in memory for later use The Memory Functions menu has four items Recall Item Delete All Saved Items Save Item and Statistics Functions You can move among these items by pressing down arrow or up arrow repeatedly and press Enter on the desired feature To access these menu items press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on Memory Functions Or you can press v from the menu 13 1 3 1 Recall Items Recall Items is a dialog containing the following Variable list Delete Display detail Confirm and Cancel You can navigate among these items by pressing tab or shift tab You can access Recall Items by pressing r from the Memory Functions menu Or you can access the dialog by pressing Alt r in the calculation line 476 The Variable list displays item name the result value You can move through the Variable list by pressing up arrow or down arrow You can insert the result value into your calculation by pressing Enter on the item name You can also copy items in the Variable list Press Space to select an item in the V
160. to set the font size in various increments from 8 to 72 point font The Color list box contains a None option 140 color options and an option called User definition which allows you to enter the exact RGB value of a color in cases where the color you want is not in the list or you need to be very specific about the color you re using When you choose User Definition as your color option 3 edit boxes appear in the tab order Red Green and Blue Enter the appropriate red blue and green values in these edit boxes to define your font color Use Space to toggle Underscore Bold and Italics on off when your cursor is placed on the appropriate combo box When you have finished setting your font Tab to Confirm and press Enter If you do not wish to save your settings Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press escape or Alt F 4 5 3 Go to Menu To open the Go To menu in the Word Processor press Alt and move to Go To by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or you can press g from the menu The Go To menu contains the following items Find Find Again Replace Go To Location Go to Previous Page Go To Next Page Set Mark Go to Mark Go To Previous Document and Go To Next Document 5 3 1 Find 150 The find function allows you to search for text in a document Once the text is found you are taken to that position in your document To execute this command press Alt
161. to the focused message You can also open the Reply dialog by pressing control Y 5 Remove direct message Use this button to delete the message from the list 6 Close A button to close the Received Direct Messages dialog and return to your previous position You can also use Escape to close the dialog 10 2 7 3 Sent Direct Messages Sent Direct Messages is a dialog displaying the Direct Messages you have sent to users who follow you To open the Sent Direct Messages dialog press Alt S or select the Sent Direct Messages item located in the Tweets menu The Sent Direct Messages dialog contains 5 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Sent Direct Messages A list of messages you have sent to users who follow you displayed from newest to oldest Direct Messages are displayed as Sender Id Message 2 Date the message was filed 3 Next list Loads the next 20 messages in the list Press Control N or Enter on this button to load the next list 4 Remove Direct Message Use this button to remove the message from the list 397 5 Close Use this button to close the Sent Direct Messages dialog and return to your previous position You can also use Escape to close the dialog 10 2 8 Using Search functions The Search function in the Twitter program allows you to search registered users as well as words contained in tweets posted to the public timeline It also
162. to use the service on the Voice Sense QWERTY For Twitter please visit www twitter com For Google Talk go to www google com For MSN Messenger visit www msn com The Sense Chat program allows 2 sense notetaker users to connect their notetakers via Bluetooth and chat with each other see section 10 5 383 In the Social Networking menu you can navigate among the programs by pressing up arrow or down arrow To open a program press Enter on the program or type the shortcut key associated with the program 10 2 Twitter Twitter is a micro blogging service that allows you to post messages in real time to those who follow you and read the posts of friends and family as well as news sites and other organizations that wish to post information for public reading You can also send and receive replies to your posts repost tweets from others send direct messages to those who follow your tweets and easily search and retrieve tweets by adding them to your favorites To launch Twitter follow these steps 1 From the main menu press c or navigate to Social Networking using down arrow and press Enter 2 Press t or move to Twitter and press Enter You can also launch Twitter from anywhere on the unit using Windows 10 2 1 Twitter Terminology 1 Tweet A message posted in Twitter It is similar to posting on a message board The difference is there is no space to write a title
163. type the direct path of the file name you want to open This window also contains the history list for easily accessing recently opened files or directories 123 4 3 1 Editing When you are in a file or folder list you can press Tab to navigate to the address window The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the current path including the current drive name such as flashdisk download When you edit the path use the cursor routing keys to move the cursor to the place where you wish to modify the text of the path When you first enter the address window the cursor is located at the end of the path name The address window is only visible when you are in a file or folder list When you are in the drive list the address window is not available 4 3 2 Typing a Path File Name When you relocate the cursor with a cursor routing key the Voice Sense QWERTY inserts the text at the cursor location If you know the exact path and file name you can type in the path and file name to open the file with the appropriate application For example if you type in flashdisk download in the address window and press Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the list of the files in the download folder If you type flashdisk My Documents sample txt in the address window and press Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY loads the Word Processor and opens the file sample txt When the file is open you can read or edit the file sample txt 4 3 3 Opening the
164. use Down arrow to move to Move up or Move down and press Enter Or you can move up and down without opening the menu by pressing Alt Left arrow or Alt Right arrow You can set the level by pressing Alt Down arrow or Alt Up arrow Namely if the level is set to 3 you can move through the level 1 2 and 3 and if the level is set to 1 you can move through the level 1 only 7 3 5 5 Move by Time Index You can use this function in the following situations 1 While playing an audio DAISY book or in pause status 2 While playing audio in an audio text DAISY book or in pause status The setting values are 5 seconds 10 seconds 30 seconds 1minute 3 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 20 minutes 30 minutes and 1 hour To set previous time index follow these steps 1 Press Ctrl Alt Up arrow Every time you press Ctrl Alt Up arrow Voice Sense QWERTY toggles between 30 10 or 5 seconds 1 hour and 30 minutes 2 Choose the setting value you want To set next time index follow these steps 1 Press Ctrl Alt Down arrow Every time you press Ctrl Alt Down arrow Voice Sense QWERTY toggles between 5 10 or 30 seconds 1 minute 3 minutes and 5 minutes 2 Choose the setting value you want The time index to move by a specified amount of time is as follows 1 Move to previous time Press Ctrl Alt Left arrow If you set S mi
165. using a modem make sure that the phone line is connected to the modem 3 If you are using a DSL connection make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected and that the Ethernet port is turned on in Global Options 4 If you are using a Wi Fi connection ensure wireless is turned on Use F11 to toggle wireless on off 18 7 Email 1 If you are having trouble downloading email please contact your Internet service provider to make sure that you have the correct POP3 IMAP and SMTP settings 2 If you cannot send or receive mail make sure you have an active connection to the Internet 18 8 The Braille display When connected to SyncBraille Does Not Display Braille 1 If the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille does not display Braille make sure that the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille is turned on Use F4 to toggle the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille on off 586 18 9 The Voice Sense QWERTY Does Not Respond 1 If the Voice Sense QWERTY does not respond to keystrokes or commands it may be necessary to reset the unit To reset the Voice Sense QWERTY press the reset button on the rear panel Do NOT hold the reset button for more than 5 seconds 2 If pressing the Reset button does not revive the Voice Sense QWERTY you may need to perform a hard reset Press and hold the Forward button on the front media panel This button is the right most button in the media group a
166. when typing it in your tweet The below examples show tweets containing mentions Example 1 Robin Hello teacher good to see you on Twitter Example 2 Bill and Robin will be featured on the technology show this evening 391 Example addresses a specific user Example 2 mentions 2 specific users and identifies their inclusion on an upcoming technology show 10 2 5 5 Reply A Reply is simply a reply to a posted tweet To reply to a tweet navigate to the tweet to which you want to reply and press Control y or tab to the Reply button and press Enter Or from the menu select Reply in the Tweets menu The Reply dialog contains the same 4 controls as does the Tweet dialog Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab When the Reply dialog opens you are placed in an edit box in which to enter the reply post The user ID of the person you are replying to is already filled in with an at sign preceding it When you finish typing your reply press Enter or tab to the Tweet button and press Enter If the reply is successful Tweet completed is announced and displayed 10 2 5 6 Tweet Information The Tweet Information dialog provides information about the current tweet If the tweet contains a link you can open the link in the Web Browser You can also follow the user of the tweet and view ID s and hashtags included in the tweet You can also use the Tweet Information dialog to copy th
167. with the unit turned on If you want to use the Voice Sense QWERTY immediately you may use it while it is charging 4 If you want or need to remove the battery from the unit power the unit off and then remove the battery If the unit is connected to AC power before re inserting the battery in to the unit make certain that the power is off There is a risk of explosion if the battery is replaced by an incorrect type Please make certain to use only battery packs produced specifically for the Voice Sense QWERTY by HIMS Please dispose of used batteries according to the instructions 2 5 When you are using the Voice Sense QWERTY on battery power the status of the remaining battery power is announced when the battery charge is low When the battery s charge falls below 15 percent connect the AC adapter to the unit for recharging If the remaining battery charge drops to five percent and the unit is not connected to the AC adapter the Voice Sense QWERTY shuts down one minute after the announcement of the battery s status The amount of battery life per charge varies depending on the options you have set and the number and type of tasks you are running 6 Your Voice Sense QWERTY needs to be handled with care The Voice Sense QWERTY is a very delicate machine Please handle the unit in a proper careful manner The Voice Sense QWERTY is very sensitive to dust Make sure to keep the Voice Sense QWERTY away from dusty environments
168. you must set the recording source to Line in When you record sound using the internal microphone set the recording source to Internal Mic The Set folder option allows you to set the default folder where the recorded files are saved The default value is set to flashdisk media record To specify a different folder press Enter on Set folder and a File Manager type dialog is displayed Select a folder as you would in the Open Folder dialog Press Enter to save your settings or Esc to exit the dialog without saving your settings Note the following tables show approximate available recording times when recording at various sample rates using both WAV and MP3 The available recording time is measured based on a newly formatted empty flashdisk Recording type mp3 48000Hz 320K 217 h 55 m 44100Hz 192K 363 h 45 m 32000HZz 128K 544 h 48 m 24000Hz 96K 726 h 25 m 22050Hz 80K 872 h 27 m 16000Hz 64K 1089 h 37 m Recording type wav 44100Hz 49 h 25 m 22050Hz 98 h 50 m 11025Hz 197 h 40 m 8000HZz 272 h 25 m 7 1 3 6 4 Effect Settings dialog Press Alt to open the menu in the Media player program move to Settings menu and press Enter By pressing the Down arrow Move to 248 Effect settings and press Enter or press Control E in the Play list tab or Playback information tab The Effect settings dialog box is displayed containing
169. 134 So 7 PH E canara ei araanan en tian uma ole dene ola conned bianaee 135 5 18 Settings i oaa aa naan aa namiaa AE E A A meee 137 5 1 9 EXit i o EE E E E E T ENS 140 5 2 Edit Men e a a a e ad a Eas 141 5 2 1 St rt Selection fossiesesuse nenet iniiao iaia e a ai T Naas 141 5 2 2 CODY renea a aa a a a ai aa a aea 141 523 CUT nu a a r a a aa 142 a PASE E A E A A 142 5 2 9 CLOT as thers aeinn a a a a a a naedaraalaeeneeatetnouetnes 142 5 2 6 Delete Blank LIMGS 3 cussarcetncveticatgriniaeedt Garcuerahestemsncteasiea ieandrseanapraruuneluiownsas 143 ay Add to OY 01 F g 0 Rape eeeeernener tri arma ene ATP a a a a a a CNT AU ESET Ty See 143 Ds2 0 Cl ar Clipboard ees secarer adc er dss cheap ahadaianee sty duet vsintatistnee cova tauiwenvday aettinn canta EE A 143 5 2 9 Select PU rece oi E E A ea Sea a aves maa deca a aA aeons 143 5 2 10 Insert from Pile ica aior eaea EEE aE EAE Eha 144 5 2 11 Insert Date xieicccuncanaraceaatoncunaieanas taniascunncweccaw auamenw enmamaen ee 144 S212 Ins rt TIME rniii caren Te E Ea E EEE nineteen 144 5 2 13 Toggling Insert and Overwrite Modes cei cececeeseeeeceeeeneeeeeeeeeaeenaeeaeens 145 5 214 Check Spellings ccc cciswwagcdcmapeinracinalisnianunaecasinns a aydnoiaeate aae 145 5 2 15 Edit Language attribute 20 0 eeeeeeeeeeneesseseeneeeaesseeeeesaeesaeeeesaeesaeeaeees 149 5 2 16 Font Setting sisne dina e e aSa 149 DOO LO MOI E E E EE A A EE 150 SOU ENING n a a A R E N EE 150 5 3 2 Find AGAIN na aa
170. 2 5 8 Keys for Text Scrolling and Deleting While reading a document you can use the following commands to read with Braille and or speech You can move character by character word by word or paragraph by paragraph Previous character Left arrow Next character Right arrow Previous word Ctrl Left arrow Next word Ctrl Right arrow Beginning of line Home End of line End Previous sentence Ctrl Alt Right arrow Next sentence Ctrl Alt Left arrow Previous line Up arrow Next line Down arrow Next paragraph Ctrl Down arrow Previous paragraph Ctrl Up arrow Top of document Ctrl Home Bottom of document Ctrl End Read the current paragraph Fn v Read the current line Fn c Read the current sentence Fn n Read the current word Fn x Read the current character Fn z Use the following commands to delete various elements of a document according to your current cursor position Delete the current paragraph Alt Del Delete the current line Ctrl Backspace Delete the current word Alt Backspace Delete the current character Del 173 5 9 Cursor Location While reading a document you can query the cursor location To do this press Fn s Your current position is announced in several ways Page xx Line xx column xx xx Word x y Paragraph xx yy Line xx yy 5 10 Hot keys in the Word Processor 1 File menu New document Ctrl n Open Ctrl o Save Ctrl s Save as Alt s Close current document Ctrl F
171. 2 For the percent operation type the numbers first followed by the percent sign Immediately after you type the percent sign the number you have typed in is converted into a percent value For example 90 20 equals 90 18 The number 18 is displayed immediately on entering the sign The result of this expression is 108 13 1 2 Fractional arithmetic The Voice Sense QWERTY can perform fractional operations such as simplifying and multiplying fractions as well as converting fractions to decimals When entering fractions use Alt for over To enter one over two type 1 Alt 2 When entering a mixed number such as one and one half press space between the whole number and fraction To enter one and one half type 1 Space 1 Alt 2 475 To multiply two thirds by three eighths type 2 Alt 3 3 Alt 8 Press Enter to perform the calculation The result 6 24 is automatically simplified to 1 You can also convert fractions to decimals decimals to fractions improper fractions to mixed numbers or mixed numbers to improper fractions When your result is fractional you can bring up the fraction options by pressing Control Press Up arrow or Down arrow to move among the available options If the fraction is a simple fraction your options are fraction to decimal and return original fraction If the fraction is an improper fraction you also have an option
172. 2 Print Spool The Voice Sense QWERTY has a print spool function This function enables the Voice Sense QWERTY to do other tasks while printing to an ink printer or Braille embosser For example if you send data to your printer or embosser you are immediately returned to where you were before the print command was executed If you want to check the Print Spool dialog box after you have given the print command press Fn Ctrl p or Alt shift p A dialog box appears with three controls a list containing 51 information about files that are being printed a Cancel button and a Close button You can cycle through the three controls by pressing Tab or shift tab In the information list you can move among the items by pressing down arrow or up arrow If you open the dialog box when nothing is printing no items appears in the list and only the Close button is available While printing the information list contains the following running program name printing file name printer type the number of copies and either printing or ready For example let s assume that we are printing one copy of sample txt from the Word Processor The info list displays program Word Processor file sample txt printer copy 1 printing If you are using a Braille embosser embosser appears instead of printer If nothing is printing but the printer is waiting ready is displayed instead of prin
173. 22 WOVEIWICW ana ae EEE EEEE AAEE AE EA ad ed SEAE EA ema 296 8 2 2 Starting Schedule Manager Toineiina eaa a a A a a aaie aia 297 8 2 3 Setting time and date ss nidura nene nni EE ER EEE A REE IAEE E E 297 8 24 AddINg a SCHEAUIS ceintan aa donna T i aaar a Aa ETE 299 8 2 5 Search SOMEOU Oh ai stanen ee a E N 305 8 2 6 Modify S hedulSrurenernnnan ennan ra a a R a a a aT Ria 306 8 2 7 Deleting a Schedules enserre 307 8 2 8 Printing a Schedles aaa a a a e a E A a a eE 308 8 2 9 Saving Appointments as a File cccccessssssssecceceeeeececeecesesecsesseseaaeeaeeeeeeceseeeessessseeees 308 8 2 10 Backing Up and Restoring Your AppoiNtMentsS ss ssssssseesseeerrereresrssssssssresrenrrrereese 308 8 2 11 Setting Alarm Options eieae oetara rataa araara EAEOI EA A Ena TEA Taa NEE 310 8 2 12 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook ssssssssssesesssssssssssssssrsrsserrrrrsseererenssssrrenssssrene 312 8 2 13 Hot Keys for the Schedule Manager cccccccccsccccccccecsecescseesessesnesaeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeesessseeeees 312 8 3 Dat se MaN aE Oa aasa oaee ora eoar Eee esra EEE AEO SNE Sor orie ESES 314 8 3 1 Table Manager vcerssestvertiesiiscisveievevtiaintede S a We 316 8 3 2 Add I RECOCI nanira e E E A a A E E E E E a 320 8 3 3 Search REGLAS iian e a a a aaea Daas E a aa A a aaea 321 8 3 4 List of Records Found linnien ei e eia ne e ai a aa wate 323 8 3 5 Setting Backup Options ccccccessssesssssneeeeececeeeeeceeeeeescsesseese
174. 3 Show me as Away when I m inactive for When there is no input for the specified amount of time your status is automatically displayed as Idle Enter time in minutes 4 Confirm A button to save the settings 422 5 Cancel A button to exit the Action Options dialog and return to the Contact list 10 3 7 3 Alert Options The Alert Options dialog lets you set whether you use Message Sound Notifications While in Current Window and whether to play the keyboard sound when someone is typing To open the Alert Options dialog press Alt o from the contact list or press Enter on the Alert Options item from the Options menu The Alert Options dialog consists of 3 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Setting list A list of various option settings Move among the options using up arrow or down arrow A Play keyboard sound You can select whether the keyboard sound is heard when you are typing a message You can choose between Yes and No by pressing Space or Backspace B Message Sound Notification While Google Talk is In the Background You can set whether notification sounds are heard to alert you of events such as incoming chats requests for file transfers or changes in contact status while Google Talk is running in the background You can choose between Yes or No by pressing Space C Message sound Notification You choose whether you hear notification s
175. 4 Print Ctrl p Settings Ctrl e Exit Alt F4 2 Edit menu Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete Del Delete blank lines Alt e Add to clipboard Ctrl Insert Clear clipboard Ctrl Del Select All Ctrl a Insert from file Ctrl i Insert date Ctrl w Insert time Backspace w Toggle insert overwrite mode Insert Check spelling Ctrl k 174 Check spelling of the current word Alt k 3 Go to menu Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Replace Ctrl r Go to location Ctrl g Go to previous page Page up Fn Up arrow Go to next page Page down Fn Down arrow Set mark Ctrl m Go to mark Ctrl j Go to previous document Shift tab Go to next document Tab 4 Read menu Read selected text Alt b Read beginning of selected text Ctrl u Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Fn Enter Auto scroll up down scroll buttons Read status Fn 5 Layout menu Braille document layout Alt F5 Print document layout Alt F6 Braille paragraph layout Alt F7 Print paragraph layout Alt F8 6 Miscellaneous hot keys Move to previous character Left arrow Move to next character Right arrow Move to previous word Ctrl Left arrow Move to next word Ctrl Right arrow Move to the beginning of the line Home Move to the end of the line End 175 Move to previous line Up arrow Move to next line Down arrow Move to previous sentence Alt Ctrl Left arrow Move to next sentence
176. 4 Save As The Save As option is used to save a document under a different file name in a different location or as a different file type To execute this command 132 press Alt and press Enter when the File menu is displayed Move to Save As by pressing down arrow Then press Enter Or use the hot key Ctrl s while editing a document If you execute Save As the Save as dialog is displayed This dialog is almost the same as the Open dialog It consists of file list File name Type representing the file format a Confirm button and a Cancel button When the dialog opens File name is displayed You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or shift tab If you execute Save As when you are editing an existing document the displayed file name file format and the folder are the same as those of the existing file When executing Save as on PDF and EPUB documents the formatting is lost as these files are converted to txt format on opening If you execute Save or Save As while in a new document the displayed default file name is noname bri and the file path is flashdisk My Documents To edit the displayed file name press the cursor routing key at the position you want to edit and modify it Or to create a new file name simply type in the new file name to overwrite what is currently in the edit box You cannot use the following characters in a file or folder name
177. 40 want BookShare material to be stored and press Space to select your desired folder Press Enter to save the location and return to the Options dialog By default the Default Download Folder is set to flashdisk downloads When you have chosen your desired settings press Enter to save them or Tab to the Save button and press Enter If you want to exit the Options dialog without saving your settings press Enter on the Cancel button or press Alt F4 11 3 Google Maps 11 3 1 What is Google Maps Google Maps is web based route planning software used to provide you text directions for navigating from one place to another using a combination of Internet based maps and GPS location information You can use Google Maps to plan a walk to a store 2 blocks away or a drive to a relative s house in another state 11 3 1 1 Terms used in Google Maps The following terms are used in the Google Maps application and also in the subsequent documentation POI Point of Interest a business or location falling under 1 of many categories such as restaurant or medical clinic Category Type of business or location being searched for example florist movie rental contractor beauty etc Start position The position at which the route begins Destination The position at which you intend to arrive at the end of the route Waypoint a point between t
178. 6 3 Show visited links The Visited link option allows you to choose whether links you have visited previously are labeled as such The default setting is On Toggle this setting On and Off by pressing Space 342 9 1 6 4 Changing the Default Download Folder To change the default folder where downloads are saved follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Move to Options by pressing down arrow 3 Press Enter Or you can press Alt o while in a web page 4 Pressing down arrow move to Default download folder 5 The list of files and folders in the Flashdisk is displayed Navigate among the drives files and folders using normal navigation keys Press Space on the folder in which you wish to save your downloads 7 Press Enter 8 Press Tab to move to the Confirm button 9 Press Enter To cancel the change press Enter on the Cancel button Or press Alt F4 9 1 6 5 Clear cookies A cookie contains information which can be read in web applications whenever the user visits the website You can clear cookies in the Options menu in Voice Sense QWERTY by following these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Move to Options by pressing down arrow 3 Press Enter Or you can press Alt o while in a web page 4 Pressing down arrow move to Clear cookies 5 Press Enter on Clear cookies 6 The unit announces Successfully clea
179. AO You can navigate among the five groups by pressing page down or page up When you navigate to a particular group you are placed at the location in Global Options where that group of options begins Though the Global Options dialog is divided into groups for ease of navigation it is actually one long continuous list of settings As explained above you can move between items in the list by pressing up arrow or down arrow You can change the setting for each option by pressing Space or Backspace Note in addition to navigating by group you may also use shortcut keys to jump to specific settings in the Global Options dialog However it should also be noted that often the same shortcut key is used for multiple options Thus as is the case when using first letter navigation pressing a shortcut key moves the focus to the first setting that matches the shortcut key pressing the key again moves to the next setting that matches that shortcut key If there are no more settings matching the shortcut key the Voice Sense QWERTY wraps around to the first match 91 As stated above many items in Global Options also have global hot keys This means you can use this hot key from anywhere on the unit to instantly modify that particular setting without bringing up the Global Options dialog 3 8 2 Global Options in Detail Let s take a look at each setting in the Global Options dialog in more detail 3 8 2 1 Braille Cur
180. Alt and press Enter on Edit Move to Paste by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press Enter or press v from the Edit menu While editing a document press Ctrl v to paste the text from the clipboard to your current cursor location 5 2 5 Delete To delete selected text press Alt and press Enter on Edit Move to Delete by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press Enter or press d from the Edit menu While editing a document you can press Del to delete selected text 142 5 2 6 Delete Blank Lines To delete blank lines you must select the area of the document from which you want the blank lines to be deleted Once done press Alt and press Enter on Edit Move to Delete blank lines using up arrow or down arrow and press Enter or press I from the Edit menu To delete empty lines while editing a document press Alt e 5 2 7 Add to Clipboard To add selected text to the clipboard press Alt and press Enter on Edit Move to Add To Clipboard by pressing down arrow and press Enter or press p While editing a document pressing Ctrl Insert activates this command Add To Clipboard is almost the same as the Copy command However while the Copy command replaces the text copied previously with the newly selected text the Add To Clipboard command does not erase the previously copied data but appends the newly selected text to t
181. Alt Down arrow First track Ctrl Home Last track Ctrl End Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow Speed up Shift Right arrow Slow down Shift Left arrow Pause continue Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button Change time index Ctrl Up arrow or Ctrl Down arrow Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow 561 Delete play list during stop Del Open the record dialog box Ctrl r Record button Record Record button Pause continue recording Space Record button Play Play button Pause continue play Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button Set bookmark Ctrl m Delete bookmark Ctrl d Jump to bookmark Ctrl j Go to position Ctrl g Set mark Alt m Move to mark Alt j Move to previous mark V Move to next mark N Delete mark Alt d Mark manager Alt k Configuration dialog box Alt c Playback setting dialog box Ctrl p Record setting dialog box Alt r 17 6 1 2 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab Move to the next information Down arrow Move to the previous information Up arrow Pause when it is play state and play when it is pause state Space Start playing Enter Stop playing Backspace Play the next file Alt right arrow Play the previous file Alt Left arrow Play the last file Ctrl Home Play the first file Ctrl End 562 Play the fifth file after the current fil
182. Alt F4 Use the Modify button to change the information in a given connection configuration To modify a connection select the connect name you want to modify from the list and press Enter on the Modify button Or press Ctrl m on the connection you wish to modify The Modify dialog contains the same items as Add and you navigate and enter information the same way To delete a connection configuration from the list select the connect name you want to delete from the list and press Enter on the delete button Or press Delete on the connection name you want to delete To exit the ADSL setup press Alt F4 or press Enter on the Close button 3 3 Bluetooth Manager The Voice Sense QWERTY is Bluetooth capable or rather you can connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to various devices such as keyboards printers audio devices and other computers without the need for cables Bluetooth is the latest in wireless technology and enables wireless connectivity via a Personal Area Network PAN Unlike a traditional Wireless Local Area Network WLAN these networks are limited to approximately 30 feet or less Bluetooth enables users to exchange various types of information over this wireless connection To use Bluetooth with the Voice Sense QWERTY you must first turn the Bluetooth option On in the Global Options dialog You can also toggle Bluetooth on off from anywhere on the unit using F9 You can use Bluetooth t
183. Cancel And press Enter Or you can press Alt F4 or Esc anywhere in this dialog to cancel Find 6 4 2 Find Again The Find Again command finds the next occurrence of the text according to the search text and direction specified in the Find dialog As with Find the Find Again function only works in the Subject Date or From fields To activate the Find Again function use the following steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 3 Press down arrow to move to the Edit 4 Press Enter on Edit 5 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Select All 6 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to Find Again 7 Press Enter on Find Again Or press g To activate this function directly press F3 6 4 3 Move to Next Unread Message The Move To Next Unread Message option allows you to move to the next unread message If you use this function on the last unread message in a list you are sent to the first unread message in the list To activate this function from the Subject Date or From field 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 3 Press down arrow to move to Edit 4 Press Enter on Edit 5 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Select all 207 6 Press down arrow to move to Move to Next Unread Message 7 Press Enter on Move to Next Unread Message Or press u To use this functi
184. Chat as you ll be pairing 2 Sense notetakers and it is important to know which is which You can access the Change device Name dialog by navigating to the Settings menu then to Change Device Name You can also launch the Change device Name dialog from anywhere on the unit by pressing Control Win E The Change device Name dialog consists of 3 controls a Device Name edit box a Confirm button and a Cancel button Use Tab and Shift tab to move among the controls To change your device name type a new name in the edit box and press Enter Or after typing the new name tab to confirm and press Enter If you decide you do not wish to change your device name tab to the Cancel button and press Enter or press Escape Once you have changed your device name it is necessary to reset the unit for the change to take effect Reset the unit by pressing the small round button on the back The next time you use another device to search for Bluetooth devices your Voice Sense should appear under your new name 3 8 Global Options The Global Options on the Voice Sense QWERTY is a large dialog box for controlling many preferences settings You can access Global Options by pressing Windows key to get to the main menu and navigating to Settings and pressing Enter Navigate to Global Options by pressing down arrow or up ar
185. Ctrl Right arrow Move to the first schedule Ctrl Home Move to the last schedule Ctrl End 17 7 3 Database Manager Add record Ctrl n Search records Ctrl f Table manager Ctrl t List of records found Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e Backup database Ctrl u Restore database Ctrl o 5 Move by controls Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab 6 Move in a list box Move to the next list item Down arrow or down scroll button Move to the previous list item Up arrow or up scroll button 7 Select your answer in the prompt box Move to the next answer Space or Down arrow Move to the previous answer Backspace or Up arrow 8 Move in the list of records found Move to the next record Down arrow or down scroll button Move to the previous record Up arrow or up scroll button Move to the last record Ctrl End Move to the first record Ctrl Home Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow Move to the last field End 568 Move to the first field Home Move to previous same field different record Left arrow Move to next same field different record Right arrow 17 8 Web tools 17 8 1 Web Browser 17 8 1 1 Hot keys for Menu command Open URL Ctrl l Open Ctrl o Save as Alt s Information Alt Enter Exit Alt F4 Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Fn Enter Auto scroll Up scroll button down scroll butto
186. Device tab control You may need to press Ctrl Tab in order to select this tab control 5 Tab to the Add button 6 Press Enter 7 Press Space to check the checkbox for My device is setup and ready to be found 8 Press enter 9 The XP machine will find the Voice Sense and it will be called Windows CE Remember that the Voice Sense QWERTY must be turned on in order to be found as mentioned above If you forgot to turn the Voice Sense on leave it turned on exit the Bluetooth settings and start at step number 1 above 10 Press the down arrow key to focus Windows CE 11 Tab to the Next button 12 Press Enter 13 Press down arrow to focus the radio button Let me choose my own passkey Focus will automatically be put in the edit box and you may hear a tool tip that says We recommend using a passkey that is 8 to 16 digits long You should type your passkey here For example you might type 1111 14 Press Enter Windows will then begin exchanging the passkeys and a new dialog will appear on the computer 15 The Voice Sense QWERTY will then ask for the passkey by saying Computer Edit Box PIN code Using the same passkey that was typed in to the computer type in the same passkey on the Voice Sense QWERTY and press Enter 16 The computer should display the message Found new hardware and the final dialog should appear on the computer Remember that you can press ctrl shift w to have the entire d
187. ERTY YOU can set the Voice Sense QWERTY to check today s schedule for appointments each time you turn it on The short cut key for this option is s To toggle this option on off press Space 103 3 8 2 34 One Handed Mode This option allows users with only the use of one hand to use the Voice Sense QWERTY in a specific mode adapted for that purpose The shortcut key is h The default setting is Off Use Space to toggle one handed mode on off For detailed information about one handed mode refer to 2 14 One Handed Mode Note If this option is set to On when you connect a USB keyboard it is automatically turned off when the keyboard is connected The option returns to its previous state when the USB keyboard is disconnected from the unit 3 8 2 35 Automatic spell check Use this option to set whether the Voice Sense QWERTY automatically checks spelling as you type in multi line edit boxes in programs such as the schedule manager address manager e mail messages the word processor etc The short cut key for this option is c By default this option is set to Off thus spelling is not automatically checked as you type Press Space to toggle automatic spell checking on off If the option is On and you enter a misspelled word Voice Sense QWERTY emits a beep sound to indicate a misspelling This beep sounds even if audio alerts are turned off 3 8 2 36 Default Document Type This option is used to set the
188. FTP service connected from either the local or remote folder list navigate to the folder in which you want to create a new folder Move between the remote folder list and local folder list by pressing Ctrl o Use normal folder and file navigation commands to move among the items in the folder list 15 2 Press Alt to open the menu and use up arrow or down arrow to navigate to New Folder and press Enter Or you can activate the New Folder function directly from the folder list by pressing Ctrl f 3 An edit box appears and the unit prompts New folder name Type the new folder name using ASCII characters and press Enter If the folder is created successfully the Voice Sense QWERTY says xxx folder created where xxx is the name of the folder You are then returned to your previous location either the remote or local folder list 4 To cancel the folder creation press Alt F4 and you are returned to the previous list 3 3 2 3 5 Delete File Folder This function allows you to delete files or folders from the remote or local folder list Note that if a folder contains sub folders you cannot delete the folder To delete a file or folder do the following 1 With the FTP service connected navigate to the local or remote folder list and select the file s or folder s you want to delete using Space You can move between the remote folder list and local folder list by pressing Ctrl
189. Followers Alt e Global Search Ctrl f User Search Alt f Search Word List Alt w Find Tweets from the Current Timeline Control Alt F Find Again Tweets from Current Timeline Alt Shift F List Manager Control P Add User to List Control K List User View Control J List View in Current Tweet F3 Next List Ctrl n Refresh Ctrl r Exit Alt F4 Escape Esc key Move to the next tweet Down arrow Move to the previous tweet Up arrow Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Home Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl End Move to the previous 32 list Fn Un arrow Move to the next 32 list Fn Down arrow 574 Move to the previous list Up arrow Move to the next list Down arrow Move to the top of the list Ctrl Home Home Move to the bottom the list Ctrl End End Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 17 9 2 Google talk File Menu Commands Sign out Ctrl Export Contact Lists Alt x Import Contact Lists Alt i Exit Alt F4 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Send File Alt f Move to Recently Chat Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Contact Menu Commands Add Contact Alt q Delete Contact Delete Block Contact Alt b Manage Block List Alt m Contact Information Ctrl i Manage Contact List Ctrl p Option Menu Commands My Status Options Alt u Action Options Alt a Alert Options Alt o Path Opti
190. Global Search Ctrl f User Search Alt f Search Word List Alt w Find Tweets from the Current Timeline Control Alt F Find Again Tweets from Current Timeline Alt Shift F List Manager Control P Add User to List Control K List User View Control J List View in Current Tweet F3 Next List Ctrl n Refresh Ctrl r Exit Alt F4 Escape Esc key Move to the next tweet Down arrow Move to the previous tweet Up arrow Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Home Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl End Move to the previous 32 list Fn Un arrow Move to the next 32 list Fn Down arrow 540 Move to the previous list Up arrow Move to the next list Down arrow Move to the top of the list Ctrl Home Home Move to the bottom the list Ctrl End End Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 16 9 2 Google talk File Menu Commands Sign out Ctrl Export Contact Lists Alt x Import Contact Lists Alt i Exit Alt F4 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Send File Alt f Move to Recently Chat Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Contact Menu Commands Add Contact Alt q Delete Contact Delete Block Contact Alt b Manage Block List Alt m Contact Information Ctrl i Manage Contact List Ctrl p Option Menu Commands My Status Options Alt u Action Options Alt a Alert Options Alt o Path Options Alt p 541
191. Italic 138 2 Reading unit Line Paragraph Defines the unit of movement when pressing up arrow or down arrow while reading a document If this option is set to Line up arrow moves up line by line If this option is set to Paragraph up arrow moves backward in a document paragraph by paragraph To toggle between Line and Paragraph press Space 3 Read only Yes No If this option is set to Yes the document cannot be modified This setting is used to protect the document from any unintentional modifications To change it to No press Space 4 Reading mode Original Compressed This option sets the reading mode Original reading mode shows the document in its original format In Compressed reading mode The Voice Sense QWERTY displays document content on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille continuously without regard to formatting such as carriage returns p To toggle between Original and Compressed reading modes press Space 5 Auto scroll speed 1 35 This option sets the duration of displaying one Braille display length while you are auto scrolling in a document Thirty five is the fastest scrolling speed Pressing Space increases the scroll speed and Backspace decreases it 6 Automatic save interval Don t save automatically 10 60 This option defines the automatic save time interval for the file that is currently being edited The setting time can be increased o
192. Menu When you are in a Feed list or a list of items in a feed the Feed menu appears instead of the Category menu The Feed menu contains 5 items Search for Feeds Insert Feed Delete Feed Modify feed and Move Feed These items are discussed in detail in the following sections 9 4 4 1 Search for Feeds The Search for Feeds item allows you to search a specified website for RSS feeds and add them to your RSS Reader To execute the Search for Feeds function press Alt to open the menu and navigate to Feed using the Down arrow and press Enter Then press Enter on Search for Feeds Or you can press Control N to execute this function directly from within the Feed list The Search for Feeds dialog contains 3 items Search feed URL computer edit box Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab To search a website for available RSS feeds type the URL of the website and press Enter or Tab to Confirm and press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY displays a list of available feeds for the website you entered Use Up or Down arrow to move among the feeds in the list Press Enter on the feed you wish to add When you press Enter on your desired feed you are placed in the Insert Feed dialog the Insert Feed dialog contains 5 items Feed URL computer edit box Category list Insert Category button Confirm button and a Cancel button You
193. Mexican Spanish French German and Italian You can change the Text to Speech TTS engine using the Language setting in the Global Options dialog 94 When you change the language of the text to speech engine using this setting menu items prompts and static boxes are not affected and remain spoken in English However list items combo boxes and all edit boxes and multi edit boxes such as documents or e mail messages are spoken and text is entered using the language chosen with the Language setting When text is entered using a given language the language attribute is attached to that text and whenever it is encountered on the unit it is spoken using the TTS of the language in which it was created You can change the language associated with a certain block of text using the Edit Language Attribute function described in section 5 2 15 of this manual The shortcut for jumping quickly to the Language setting is I Press Space to toggle the TTS voice between English Spanish French German and Italian Note you can change the language from anywhere on the unit by pressing Alt Windows v 3 8 2 7 Voice Note This option only appears when connected to SyncBraille This option allows you to toggle the Voice Sense QWERTY voice on and off This option can only be used if the SyncBraille Braille display is connected as the speech cannot be disabled if there is no braille output The shortc
194. Move to the first file Space Select resume current file while playing it is used as play pause Ctrl b Start selecting files Enter Start playing the selected files Backspace Stop playing Del Delete the selected files in the play list Alt Right arrow Play the next file Alt Left arrow Play the previous file Ctrl End Play the last file Ctrl Home Play the first file Ctrl Down arrow Play the fifth file after the current file Ctrl Up arrow Play the fifth file before the current file Ctrl Right arrow Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Up arrow Change time index Shift Left arrow Speed up Shift Right arrow Slow down Shift Up arrow Volume up Shift Down arrow Volume down Alt or F10 Open menu 228 F1 Open help Tab Shift tab Move to playback information tab Alt F4 Exit Media player 7 1 3 How to Use the Media Player Menu To open the Media Player menu press Alt while in the Media Playback dialog This menu contains five items File Play Record Position Mark and Settings The File menu allows you to add or delete files in the playlist The Play menu lists all of the commands related to playing files The Record menu opens the Record dialog which allows you to record sound and play it The Posi
195. Open the menu by pressing Alt and choose the Delete option Press Enter on Delete to complete the deletion of the selected files and folders You can also press the letter d after opening the menu to delete the selected items You can also delete selected files or folders by using hot keys Del is the hotkey assigned to perform the delete function When you delete only one file or one folder it is not necessary to use the select function Instead simply navigate to the file or folder you want to delete and use one of the methods previously described to delete the file or folder 4 2 7 Rename You can change the name of a file or folder by using this function To change the name of a file or folder move to the file or folder you wish to rename Open the menu by using Alt choose Rename from the menu list and press Enter or press r to activate the Rename function quickly You can also use the hot key Control r to activate the Rename function directly from the file list The Voice Sense QWERTY asks for a new name On the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille New file or folder name current file folder name appears You must type the new file folder name in ASCII characters Press Enter after entering a new file name to complete the renaming process You cannot use the following characters in a file name or folder lt S9 114 4 2 8 New Document Use this option to create a n
196. Public if you want the list to be available for other user to view and follow Choose Private if you do not want others to be able to view and follow your list When you have finished setting your preferences for the list Tab to Confirm and press Enter If you wish to cancel creation of the list Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 10 2 10 1 3 Modify List To modify information for a list you created use the Down arrow to navigate to it in the List Manager dialog Tab to Modify List and press Enter Or just press Control M when your cursor is on the list you want to modify The Modify List dialog is exactly the same as the Create List dialog except that the information is filled in for the current list When you have finished modifying the information in the list Tab to Confirm and press Enter To cancel modifying the list Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 10 2 10 1 4 Removing a List To remove a list you created navigate to it using Up or Down arrow in the List Manager dialog Tab to Remove List and press Enter Or you can press Delete when the list is under your cursor 405 When you execute the Remove List function you are prompted Delete the XXXX List where XXXX is the name of the current list The default is Yes To remove the list press Enter If you do not want to rcoove the list press the Down arrow to navigate to No and
197. QWERTY can either display an asterisk dots 1 6 or the actual password as you type it The short cut key is p and the default is set to On This means passwords are hidden and thus will be shown using asterisks To show passwords as you type them use Space to toggle this setting to Off 3 8 2 29 Hot Key Information As described previously hot keys are keystrokes used to immediately access or activate an item such as a menu or a particular item in a list Use this option to define how hot key information is announced The short cut key is h and default is set to On The setting values are On and Off You can cycle through each of the options by pressing Space If you select On the Open option in the File Menu of the Word Processor is announced Open o Ctrl o And if you select Off you can t hear the hot key information 3 8 2 30 Announce shortcut keys The Announce shortcut keys option lets you choose whether the Voice Sense QWERTY speaks the shortcut key for a function The shortcut key for this option is s and the default is set to On For example if you press F2 to bring up the program menu in the Word Processor you may hear File f pull down In this case the shortcut key for accessing the Word Processor s File menu is the letter f If you do not wish to hear the shortcut keys announced toggle Announce shortcut keys off by pressing Space 102 3 8 2 31 P
198. RTY You can access all of the programming option settings utilities and help from this menu The Program menu consists of 3 programs File Manager Word Processor and E mail and 9 sub menus Media Organizer Web Tools Social networking Extras Games Utilities Settings and Help If you choose to install add ons such as our free Bible program or programs developed by third party developers for the Sense notetakers the Programs menu appears between Games and Utilities 38 The first item in the Program menu is File Manager If Down arrow is pressed the next menu item is displayed and spoken Pressing down arrow repeatedly continues your navigational progress down the list of items in the Program menu When you reach the bottom of the list the Help menu item is displayed as it is the last item in the Program menu You could also jump quickly to the Help menu item by pressing Ctrl Fn Right arrow when File Manager is displayed Press Ctrl Fn Left arrow and the Voice Sense QWERTY jumps back to the top item in the Program menu and again speaks and displays File Manager As explained above to execute a submenu or program from the Program menu press Enter If you are in a submenu and wish to return to the main Program menu press Esc The Media menu contains the Media Player FM Radio and DAISY Player The Orgamizer menu contains th
199. Setting up Window Eyes 1 Press ctrl backslash to open the Window Eyes Control Panel 2 Press alt f to open the File menu 3 Press the up arrow or down arrow to move to Select Braille Display and press Enter Or just press B to open the Select Braille Display dialog without using the Arrow Keys 4 Press the down arrow or the letter b until you hear Voice Sense 5 Press tab to get to the COM port list box 6 Select the COM port that was given as the outgoing COM port when you setup the computer to interact with the Voice Sense via Bluetooth 7 Press Enter Now that you have set up Window Eyes you need to return to the Voice Sense QWERTY to finish the setup 80 3 3 2 5 4 Setting up the Voice Sense QWERTY 1 Press Windows to get to the Program menu 2 Press UP or DOWN arrow to get to the Utilities menu or just press the letter u 3 Press Enter 4 Press UP or DOWN arrow to get to Terminal for screen reader and press enter 5 Press UP or DOWN arrow to get to Bluetooth Serial Port and press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY should be connected as a Bluetooth keyboard terminal To exit Terminal Mode press Alt X Please note that F1 on the Voice Sense still takes you to the Program menu as you can continue to multi task while in Terminal Mode This enables you to use the applications on the Voice Sense at the same time and be able to switch back to using the Voice Sense as a Bluetooth Braille
200. TTS To change the setting value press up arrow or down arrow After changing the setting value press Enter Or press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter 7 3 4 2 2 Volume and Speed You can increase the levels of speed and volume with Space and decrease them with Backspace After setting the levels press Enter to confirm your settings Without using the Voice Settings menu you can increase or decrease the speed and volume with the following hot keys 1 Increase the speed Shift Right arrow 2 Decrease the speed Shift Left arrow 3 Increase the volume Shift Up arrow 4 Decrease the volume Shift Down arrow 7 3 4 2 3 Auto Play On off By default the DAISY Player automatically begins reading content when you open a book or return to a book that you have already read If you are in 267 situations where it is not ideal for your notetaker to be speaking aloud you may wish to turn this option off so that you can open the DAISY Player and navigate text without the concern that the unit will begin reading the book aloud From the Auto Play setting press Space to toggle between On and Off Press Enter to save the setting When Auto play is off when you press the Play Pause key the unit reads only to the end of the current phrase When Auto Play is on the unit reads continuously to the end of the book unless you manually pause or discontinue it 7 3 4 2 4 Se
201. TY allows you to configure and customize your notetaker to meet your specific needs and preferences This menu allows you to set your time and date establish Internet and Bluetooth connections customize the rate and volume of your TTS adjust how things are announced and displayed and many other options and settings on the unit To open the Settings menu press Windows to bring up the main menu Press the DOWN arrow until you reach Settings and press Enter Or just press s from the main menu to quickly jump to and open the Settings menu The Settings menu contains 8 items Set Time and Date Setup Internet Bluetooth Manager Pronunciation Dictionary Menu Manager Backup Restore Personalized Settings Change Device Name and Global Options The following sections will discuss each of these items in detail 3 1 Set Time and Date To set the Voice Sense QWERTY s internal clock press Enter on Set Time and Date in the Settings menu You can find it by navigating the Settings menu with up arrow or down arrow Or press t to open the set time and date dialog from the menu You can launch the Set Time and Date dialog from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock T The set time and date is a dialog consisting of the following Time zone Use Daylight Savings Time format Time Date Synchronize with time serve
202. TY allows you to view mathematical expressions and symbols using the Nemeth Braille code The Nemeth code is a 6 dot Braille code developed by Abraham Nemeth used to encode mathematic and scientific symbols in Braille Most students learn to read and write mathematical expressions using the Nemeth code thus it is useful to be able to view expressions in the calculator in the same manner they are learning to read and write them in hard copy Braille You can toggle between computer Braille and Nemeth Braille using FN g 481 The following dot combinations represent the associated operators when viewing mathematical expressions in Nemeth Braille Plus Minus Divided by Multiply by Percent Power Square Root Ctrl q Decimal point Left parenthesis Right parenthesis Pl Ctrl p Exponent Ctrl e Fraction begin Fraction end Over FN Equals For example if you entered an expression to calculate the square root of 2 times 8 it would appear as below square root begin Ctrl q multiply by 8 square root end Alt q 13 1 10 Copy to Clipboard The Copy to Clipboard function is used to copy your expression or result to the clipboard for pasting your expression or result in a document You can activate it by pressing Enter on the Copy to Clipboard option or by pressing c from the menu Or in the calculation line you can press Ctrl c to quickly co
203. Tab or shift tab To move among radio buttons press up arrow Backspace down arrow or Space The Backup mode has three radio buttons Always backup changes when exiting Manual backup and Prompt backup changes when exiting 1 If you select the Always backup changes when exiting a new backup file is automatically created when you exit the Address Manager if you modify the address list or add other information 2 If you select the Manual backup it does not create a new backup file even if there are changes to the address list In this case you can only create a new backup file using the backup address list menu option 3 If you select the Prompt backup changes when exiting the message Backup changes Yes appears when you exit the Address Manager if you have modified the address list or added other information If you press Enter on Yes a new backup file is created and the Address Manager is closed If you press down arrow once and press Enter on No it will exit without making a new backup file You can change the backup mode by pressing Enter after focusing on one of the three radio buttons Or you can press Enter on Confirm after moving to it using Tab The default backup mode is set to Prompt backup changes when exiting 8 1 6 Importing and Exporting CSV CSV is the acronym for Comma Separated Value A CSV file is used for the digital storage of data struc
204. The default setting is 3 Pressing Space increases the times to repeat the specified track and Backspace decreases the times to repeat the specified track The Set speed option allows you to set the audio playback speed The speed level ranges from 1 to 10 The default setting is 5 To change the value press Space or Backspace The higher the number the faster the audio playback speed The Time index option allows you to set the time by which to jump The default value is set to 1 minute The values are 5 seconds 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 3 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 20 minutes 30 minutes and 1 hour You can change the value using Space or Backspace 246 Or you can change the value of the time index by pressing Ctrl Left arrow or Ctrl Right arrow from the Media Playback dialog Press to hear the current time index After changing the time index press Ctrl Left arrow or Ctrl Right arrow to jump to previous or next position by time index To save your settings and exit the dialog press Enter or tab to the Confirm button and press Enter To cancel the changes and exit the dialog press enter on the Cancel button or press Esc or Alt F4 7 1 3 6 3 Record Settings dialog If you press enter on Record Settings in the Settings menu or press Alt r from the Media Playback dialog the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Reco
205. To authenticate a service and connect to it press Enter on the service The Voice Sense QWERTY announces Connecting service You are then prompted for a PIN code This edit box only appears when you have not 69 previously connected to a service and a pin code is required by the device You can exit the edit box or delete text you have typed by pressing Alt F4 and you are returned to the Bluetooth Service List When you finish typing the pin code press Enter The unit announces Please wait for authentication If the remote device is setup correctly and has not been set up to allow this device to always connect the remote device also asks for a pin code Please be sure to enter the same pin code on both devices If the remote Bluetooth device pin code matches the pin code on the Voice Sense QWERTY the service should authenticate If connection is successful the unit announces PIN code authentication accepted You are then prompted Please wait Access permission If the remote Bluetooth device does not give access permission the unit says Connection failed and you are returned to the Bluetooth Services List If the remote Bluetooth device gives you access permission the Voice Sense QWERTY says Connection succeeded If the connection succeeds Connected is displayed after the service in the Bluetooth Service List Some services may be connected without inputting a pin code depending on the Remote Bluetooth device
206. Voice Sense QWERTY User Manual ENGLISH MANUAL For Software Version 8 1 April 2014 When there are any manual updates the readme files or appendices will be added to the manual CD and website HIMS International 139 9 Gajung dong Yuseong gu Daejeon Korea 305 350 Phone 82 42 864 4460 Fax 82 42 864 4462 Email hims himsintl com Website www himsintl com 1 Safety Precautions For your safety and protection of the Voice Sense QWERTY please read and abide by the following safety precautions 1 The input voltage of the AC adapter is 100V 240V and the output is DC 5V 2A 2 When the Voice Sense QWERTY is shipped the battery may be packaged separate from the unit to avoid damage When you use the Voice Sense for the first time you may need to open the package remove the battery and insert it into the battery slot On the underside of the unit see section 1 introduction for more details on inserting the battery It is possible that the dealer or distributor from whom you purchased the Voice Sense QWERTY has already done this for you The battery may not be fully charged when it is shipped Before you use the Voice Sense QWERTY you should ensure the battery is fully charged 3 When you use the Voice Sense QWERTY with the battery for the first time the battery status may not be displayed accurately To avoid this leave the Voice Sense QWERTY connected to the AC adapter for about six hours
207. WERTY c ssscccsssecccsssscccsseecccsssceccsseececessceccseeescessseeees 35 2 BASIC FUNCTIONS OF THE VOICE SENSE QWERTY ssssssssunsnsunununnnnunnnnnnununnnnnnunnnnnnunnnnnnnnnan 36 2 1 How to Enter Commands siscsscocescsssccvonccsteincvteiecsdetosseouaasdauasetegdetevecebawncasvececsdgsecsedacstavaases 36 21 41 B sic Alerts and MESSABES 5 3255 aaa ta aa araa A S laLa A a aasa tetas saeessbanes 36 2 2 Men CONCEDES wieiaisestncictsasesteceonan sabecncssdwideadadenscdnduadiedenstuaubwesasluvavedanuevscusantaversexVecnadses 37 2 2 1 Control Sy IDOI Sia dihensie ccc av aed eas eae adda ve ead taladiatadaie tac aa tacets caste avenged 40 23 Using FUNCH ON aaa aaar a aE Veskendevsesdoea obtsudssns esnvostsbaavauraipauseauie danni sauia E insiet 43 2 4 The AC Power Supply and the Battery Pack sssesssssssssesssoosssssesssoossssessssocsssse 44 2 5 Basic Explanation of Disks folders and files ccssssssssssssssseeceeeeeceeeseneees 46 2 6 Controlling the Volume Speed and Pitch of the TTS csssseeeeeesesseeees 46 2 7 Using Speech and Braile cccsciscccescecsveccocerseeconvedsersenscsseccsadssesansavsniasdeersdsounravesvwarses 47 2 8 Entering TEX cssccsscsssasssivenutsscntosdevtacseenesavenenncconsateaviabaesbabsasisbutsaphvoanssseunadeounasandenievees 47 2 8 1 Inputting searching for Control Characters 00 eee eeeceeceeeeeeeeeeneenee 48 2 9 MUL TaS kO a aa aa e a a e naaa eoa S ra pelea ea nap aptaria tO panaia
208. Y is using the AC adapter or the battery to receive power After checking power status you can exit by pressing Alt F4 and you are returned to your previous location on the unit 504 13 10 Format At times it may become necessary to reformat the flashdisk in the Voice Sense QWERTY You can access the format function by pressing f from the Utilities menu You can launch the Format option from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock F When you format the flashdisk or any disk on the Voice Sense QWERTY all information is erased Therefore before you format you are advised to backup any important data if possible 13 10 1 Formatting the disk You can format the flashdisk using 2 methods 1 Formatting the disk from the Utilities menu 1 Go to Format in the Utilities menu 2 Press Enter and flashdisk is focused 3 Press Enter 4 You are prompted Format flashdisk Yes 5 Press Enter 6 You are prompted All data will be lost Continue Yes 7 Press Enter 8 The unit announces Now formatting flashdisk and the format is started 9 When the format is complete you are returned to the Disk list To cancel the format press Space or press Enter on No in step 4 or 6 You can also use this utility to format external storage devices such as SD cards or USB drives by choosing them from the disk list and following the procedure as described above 2 Formatting the flashd
209. a recording from anywhere on the unit provided the Media Mode switch is set to the right most position Pressing the Record button once opens the Record dialog Press the Record button again to start recording Press the Record button while you are recording to pause recording Resume recording by pressing the Record button one more time Press the Stop button directly to the right of the Record button to stop and save your recording The recorded file is saved in the flashdisk media record folder 7 1 1 4 Stop Button The Stop button has a square shape and a dot on it and is used to stop playback or recording If you press Stop during audio playback the next time media playback is launched the Voice Sense QWERTY starts playing the first file in the playlist If you press this button while recording the Voice Sense QWERTY stops and saves the recording If you press the Stop button in the Record dialog when not recording the dialog closes 7 1 1 5 Using the media buttons in Open File dialog 224 Press and hold the Stop button to open the Open File dialog from within the Media Playback dialog Press and hold Stop again to close the Open File dialog and return to the Media Playback dialog In the Open File dialog the Play Pause button functions the same as Enter The Stop button Record button Back button and Forward button function the same as Backspace Space up arrow and do
210. a document and you want to select the word mother place the cursor on the letter m activate the Start selection command and place the cursor directly after the letter r The word mother is selected 5 2 2 Copy 141 After selecting text in a document press Alt to open the menu and move to Edit by pressing down arrow Press Enter to open the Edit menu Press down arrow to move to Copy and press Enter or press c from the Edit menu While editing a document pressing Ctrl c activates this command When you copy the selected text it is copied to the clipboard The clipboard is the virtual space that is used for storing copied data temporarily If you copy new text to the clipboard the data in the clipboard that you copied previously is erased and is replaced by the current text selection 5 2 3 Cut To cut a selection of text press Alt and press Enter on Edit Move to Cut by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press Enter or press x from the Edit menu While editing a document pressing Ctrl x activates the Cut command The difference between Cut and Copy is that if you execute the Cut command the selected text is moved to the clipboard and the selection is removed from the document The Copy command simply copies the selection to the clipboard and the selected text remains in the document 5 2 4 Paste To paste selected text to the clipboard press
211. ace to switch from Yes to No and press enter your selection is cancelled and the file remains in the attached file list 6 2 3 2 Sending E Mail to Multiple Recipients You can type more than one recipient carbon copy recipient or blind copy recipient If you type more than one e mail address in these fields the same e mail is sent to all of them at once When you input more than one recipient you must insert a semi colon or comma between the e mail addresses For example sense hims inc com hims hims inc com 6 2 3 3 Searching the Address List You can add a recipient to To CC or BCC from the address list without typing in the e mail address directly The following are the steps to search for and add e mail addresses to the recipients of a message 1 Press Alt to open the E mail menu from To CC or BCC File is displayed 2 Press Enter on the File menu 3 Press down arrow to move to Lookup Address 196 4 Press Enter on Lookup Address Search for address is displayed Press Ctrl l to look up an address directly from one of the recipient fields 5 Type the last name of the desired recipient at Search for address and press enter Or press Tab to move to Confirm and press enter 6 xx addresses are found is displayed and the first item of the found list is also displayed xx is the number of the found addresses that have the same name in the address
212. acts To launch Google Talk do the following 1 From the main menu press c or move to Social Networking using down arrow and press Enter 2 Press g or move to Google Talk and press Enter You can also launch Google Talk from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows G 10 3 1 Before you launch Google Talk To use the Google Talk service you must have a Gmail account If you do not have a Gmail account visit the Gmail website http gmail google com and create a Gmail account If you have a Gmail account registered you can use your Gmail ID and password to log into Google Talk You must also have an active connection to the Internet to use Google Talk 408 10 3 1 1 Sign In When you launch Google Talk the Login dialog appears The Login dialog consists of 7 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 E mail A computer edit box in which to enter your Gmail address 2 Password A computer edit box to input your Gmail password 3 Remember me A check box for choosing whether or not to save your user ID The default is set to Uncheck You can check the box by pressing Space 4 Save password This is a check box for choosing whether or not to save your password The default is set to Uncheck You can check the box by pressing Space 5 Auto Sign In This is a check box for choosing whether or not to sign in automatically If you check this box the progra
213. ada eaae a aaea naaa dh aa a aAa Enana dn aena aaa aa Naaa naa 588 20 OBTAINING SUPPORT ssiisccssrsissinionastaancsinncoannnineisinnianvenmienaeaaanininordaoiraie 589 29 1 Introduction 1 1 What is the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY is a voice note taker developed and manufactured by HIMS for people who are blind and visually impaired The Voice Sense QWERTY has a variety of powerful capabilities including the following 8 9 Use the Word Processor and the QWERTY keyboard to create Braille or text documents in multiple languages Print your text documents using any compatible Bluetooth or USB ink printer Create hard copy Braille documents by connecting the unit to a Braille embosser Open Microsoft Word documents and read them with speech Send email messages to sighted colleagues and friends while reading incoming email messages on the go Create a schedule of important appointments with the Schedule Manager and set alarms to alert you to these appointments Input contact information for colleagues friends and family into the Address Manager Surf the Internet with the Voice Sense QWERTY s Web Browser Listen to music audio books your own personal recordings or even videos with the Voice Sense QWERTY s integrated media player 10 Listen to and record FM radio content 11 Calculate algebraic equations trigonometric functions and other scientific calculations
214. ai etina aeia 110 4 2 Working with Files and Folder ccccsssssecssssscessssecessseesssseecesssseeesssseeeeseeeees 110 4 2 1 Selecting dri Ve Sonia A E A ENEE A ae 110 4 2 2 Entering and Exiting Folders ceceseeeeceeecneeeseeeecaeeeaeeseseeesaetaeeeeeaees 111 4 2 3 Opening a Fillens a a cam nee tions uaa E E iaaa 111 42 4 Send O dovcasrsistvenssaceteacesmanspinidteadsadenaarina a ae aT aeaa a Ear a ATAN a 113 4 2 9 COPY 1 MOVE annita eaa aa a snares a a a a ea aast 113 4 2 6 Delete Files or Folders eee eccsesseeeecneeesceeeeeeeeaeesaeeeecaeeeaesseseeeeaeesaeeeeeaees 114 4 2 7 RENAME isane e oa Men a a e aa aae 114 4 2 8 New Documenti siana aa a e aaa aaa aiaia ae 115 4 2 9 N ew Folderen neoaea otar ia a aaee rde iae a aaisa 115 4 2 10 File Conversion seeeesssesssesseesssrrsssrsresrsrestssssrssssrsssstsssststststesterstesesrterseese 115 42 11 Select Al rra NE a a a Rus acetone e aaeneate 116 4 2 12 Search for Files ennast anien tanec gua iaaa tean EATER daai akies 117 4 213 Sort File Sr sacscuntereaadonignedieasadleh E adenine antec stunts 118 4214 Set Fil Nion a alec vaca adic auaacdn ph EA A a AA E 118 4 2 15 Display only Files of Type eee eeeneeneeeeceeecneeeaeeeecaeeaeeseeeeeeaeesaeeeeeaees 119 4 216 ZiIP eee nee Mee Ree A EAA AE A E E E E ET enter 119 4 2 17 UNID erre EE E E E mph EE EATE 120 4 218 INFOMATION niani a aa eaa epar a Aaea 120 4 2 19 Share Folder On Network 00 0 0 eee ceeceeceeeneeeecee
215. alendar The Calendar is composed of the Solar calendar and the Lunar calendar In the Lunar calendar a leap month is displayed with I The calendar works according to a date unit The default is the date set on the Voice Sense QWERTY The following is an explanation of how to check the dates 1 Moving items You can switch among Solar calendar and Lunar calendar by pressing Tab or shift tab 491 2 Typing date In the calendar you can type a month date and year in the form of mm dd yyyy Use 2 digits for the day 2 digits for the month and 4 gigits for the year separating them using a slash or space If you press Enter after typing a date the date is announced in one calendar and you can press Tab to move to the equivalent date in the other calendar 3 Hotkeys for switching dates After typing a date you can check the Solar calendar Lunar calendar and Day of week by pressing Tab or shift tab Move to the next day Right arrow Move to the previous day Left arrow Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous week Ctrl left arrow Move to the next month Down arrow Move to the previous month Up arrow Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow 13 6 Stopwatch Launch the Stopwatch by pressing enter on Stopwatch in the Utilities menu Or you can launch the Stopwatch from anywhere on the u
216. ame edit combo box Type combo box Confirm button Cancel button and file list You can move among these items by pressing Tab or shift tab To edit the file name that is displayed on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille press the cursor routing key that corresponds with t the text that you want to edit Please remember that cannot be used in file names You have to delete if there is one in your file name To select the file name from the existing file name press shift tab to move to file list The default folder is flashdisk download To move back a level in the folder structure press Backspace To enter a selected folder or select a file press Enter on the folder or file Press down arrow or up arrow To move to the next or previous folder or file 329 You can move from File name to Type by pressing Tab The available file types are htm html brl brf and txt Use down arrow or up arrow to select the file type Press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter to save Or press Tab again to move to Cancel and press Enter to cancel Save As If you do not want to save you can also press Esc or exit Alt F4 9 1 1 4 Page Information Page Information displays how many tables forms and controls are on the current page To open Page Information press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on Fi
217. aming audio file does not stop if you switch to another program unless you press the stop button on the front panel after returning to the Web Browser Note Real Audio files are not supported in the Web Browser 9 1 8 Hot keys in the Web Browser File Menu 349 Open URL Ctrl l Open Ctrl o Save as Alt s Information Alt Enter Exit Alt F4 Read Menu Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Fn Enter Auto scroll Up scroll button down scroll button Edit menu Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Add to clipboard Ctrl Insert Copy URL Alt d Copy link Alt l Go to menu Go to the home page Alt h Go to the previous page Alt Left arrow Go to the next page Alt Right arrow Go to previous heading Alt b or Ctrl F3 Go to next heading Alt f or Ctrl F4 Go to previous text Ctrl F5 Go to next text Ctrl F6 Refresh Ctrl r Open the history list Ctrl h Check the address of the selected title in the history list Fn i Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Links list Alt i Favorites Set current as your home page Ctrl s 350 Add to favorites Alt a Favorites list Ctrl l Options setting Alt o Clear Cookies Ctrl d Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in the Web Browser Turn up the volume Shift Up arrow Turn down the volume Shift Down arrow Play play button of the front panel Stop stop button of the front panel Reading Web Pages Move between controls Move to the previou
218. an aae a a A aea ERa PA A aT a EAEE nau 152 533 Replace nna was cater aaah E a a E ES 152 5 3 4 Goto Location seen a AE aE E E a E A aait 153 5 3 9 GO to Previos PaAGe sy cca scsetec thor tcievagncga asa eaedetanesegmntagdutsaavaatavyeauavean Eaa 154 5 3 0 GO TO N xt Page eotia a eiiean a Aa ieat 155 5 3 SEL MarK onran eea e a a a a aA T aa aat 155 5 3 8 Go to Maik ceriasaati social sainanieh n nanena a a aia eN a ia 156 5 3 9 Go to Previous Document eeessesesesresrsesrsrssrstssessssssrrsrsttsrirrsrrsesrreesrese 156 5 3 10 Go to Next Document iaicijiisisissitsycicsrressinntioriasadatin Sacennasunsalainseeuabantoieaienavannns 156 5 4 Read Men s cia cicntecsiccssxaccaenssaeseugueiensduipnnesvacva senses esauidopevuucesheusccdsuddceceinnssasunsestigtaeiiels 156 5 4 1 Read Selected TOKE ocsssasketunvetdanigutnl aeutiuiarcunts och adeemcldatien Aeindondcanonsarauuymeluiernis 157 5 4 2 Read Beginning of Selected Text oo ee ceeeseeeecneeeeeeeeeeeeaeesaeeeeeneeaeeaeens 157 5 4 3 Read from beginning tO cursor uu eee eeeseeeceeeeeeecneeeaeteeeeeeeaeeeaseeeeaeeaeeatens 157 5 4 4 Read from Cursor to End ce cececssseseeeeeeeecneesaesseeseeeaeeseeeeesaeesaeeeesaeeaeeaeees 158 D4 DAUtO Stroll netics wus nse teed a damian E A E as 158 5 4 6 Read Current Sentence i isiscsccssossansses vaigiararsvaresisecss tanssuvonaiiusianuarnerinsas 159 5 4 1 REA Current ie tess ctcescasatcastedigaitearycecseons na caatyne ates een E ia 159 54 3 Read Current W
219. an alarm sounds on the Voice Sense QWERTY at a specified time every day To open Wake up alarm from the Utilities menu use up arrow or down arrow to navigate to Wake up alarm and press Enter You can launch the Wake Up alarm application from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock A If this is the first time you have opened Wake up alarm and you have not yet set the time or date in the Voice Sense QWERTY the unit prompts Set time After you set the time the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Wake up alarm dialog You are then prompted Set time The Wake up alarm dialog contains the following Set time Bell Term Alarm duration Repeat interval Wake up call times a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab and shift tab When the alarm sounds the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille also displays the message Wake up call Press Ctrl to stop the alarm As the message indicates to stop the alarm press Ctrl 13 4 1 Set Time When you open the Wake up alarm dialog the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Set time field The value is set to the current time or the time specified previously Here you can directly type the time or set the time using the shortcut keys as explained in section 6 3 After you set the time press Tab to move to the next field 13 4 2 Alarm Sound You can select from 1 of 3 ala
220. an also activate this function by pressing Alt Then press Enter on Mark Use down arrow to move to Set Mark and press Enter Or press m when you are in the Mark menu The Set Mark dialog opens and you are prompted to Enter mark name Enter the number of the mark that you want to insert from 1 to 1000 273 7 3 6 4 Move to Mark You can move to the next or previous mark by pressing V or N during play pause status You can also move to a specific mark by pressing Ctrl j You can access this feature in the menu by pressing Alt You can then use down arrow to move to Mark and press Enter Or you can press j when you are in the Mark menu If you activate the Move To Mark function you are prompted for the Mark name to move to Type the mark name in the edit box If you have not previously set a mark you cannot use this function 7 3 6 5 Deleting a Mark You can activate the Delete Mark function by pressing Del during playback You can also activate this function from the menu by pressing Alt Use down arrow to move to Mark and press Enter Use down arrow to move to Delete Mark and press Enter once more When you activate the Delete Mark function you are prompted to Enter mark name to delete Make certain that you want to delete the mark that you have entered If you type a mark name in this edit box the mark is deleted without warning or confirmat
221. an press Alt to open the File menu and execute the Save Playlist command by pressing Enter on it Or you can press s to quickly jump to and execute it from within the menu You can also press Ctrl s from the Media Playback dialog If you are saving files to a new playlist the Save as playlist dialog opens If you execute Save Playlist after adding files to an existing playlist the Voice Sense QWERTY saves the playlist with the same file name without opening the dialog After saving the playlist it returns to the Media Playback dialog 231 7 1 3 1 6 Save as playlist The Save As Playlist menu item is used to save the playlist under a different name or in a different location Press Alt to open the File menu and execute the Save As Playlist command by pressing Enter on it or you can press I to access it quickly You can also press Alt s from the Media Playback dialog If you execute Save As Playlist the Save As Playlist dialog is displayed This dialog consists of file list File name a Confirm button and a Cancel button When the dialog is opened File name is displayed You can move among the tabs by pressing Tab or shift tab The file format of playlists saved by the Voice Sense QWERTY is always m3u By default playlist files are saved in flashdisk media To create a new file name type in the new file name You cannot use the following characters in a file mane
222. and My Feeds As stated previously the Google RSS category contains 9 Google news feeds to get you started using RSS The My Feeds category is where all new feeds you subscribe to are placed Once you have subscribed to a few feeds you may wish to create categories of your own choosing and move feeds into these categories using the Feed menu discussed later in this section To execute the Insert Category function press Alt to open the menu and navigate to Category and press Enter Then press Enter on Insert Category Or you can press Control I to execute this function directly from within the Category list The Insert Category dialog contains 3 items Category Name edit box Confirm button and Cancel button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab 376 To create a new category type the name in the edit box and press Enter or Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter To cancel creation of a new category Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 9 4 3 2 Delete Category If you wish to remove a category from your RSS directory you can do this using the Delete Category function Note if you delete a category all the feeds in that category are removed If you wish to keep any of the feeds in the category please move them to a different category as described later in this section To execute the Delete Category function press Alt to open the me
223. and columns on the table For example there are two large tables we call these upper level tables on one web page Each table has 3 sub tables we call these lower level tables with 3 rows and 2 columns on each In this case when the Voice Sense QWERTY shows the first sub table on the second large table it displays table 2 1 3 rows 2 columns At the end of the sub table the Voice Sense QWERTY displays table 2 1 If the table consists of only 1 row and 1 column or empty space that has only border or background such tables are not considered tables in the Voice Sense QWERTY 346 The Voice Sense QWERTY provides a way to move table by table and cell by cell in order for the user to comprehend the structure of the table To move cell by cell the cell position and contents of the cell are displayed However the position information is only announced with speech For example if you have move to a cell that is positioned on the second row and third column and the content of the cell is news the Voice Sense QWERTY announces row 2 cell 3 news In this case row 2 cell 3 is announced with speech only while news is displayed in Braille If a table is included in the cell the Voice Sense QWERTY announces table cell If there is not a table in the cell you hear empty cell In the table cell To move to any cell within the lower level table press down arrow to move to the beginning line of the lower level table
224. and displays the received e mail in the message list Move to Sent or Outbox and press Tab If there are any 179 e mail messages in Sent or Outbox they are displayed in message lists as in the Inbox 6 1 2 Managing e mail account information In the Accounts manager you can manage e mail account information To access the Accounts Manager follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu from the Inbox message list 2 Press down arrow to move to Tools Press Enter on Tools Or press T 3 You are placed on Accounts manager 4 Press Enter 5 Account name no items is displayed You can also move to this menu by pressing Ctrl m The Accounts manager contains the following 6 items 1 Accounts list 2 Information 3 Add 4 Modify 5 Delete 6 Close You can move among these items by pressing Tab or shift tab You can execute each item by pressing enter on it To exit the Accounts manager move to the Close button and press enter Or press Esc or Alt F4 The following is a detailed explanation of each item in the Accounts Manager 6 1 2 1 Add e mail Account 180 To receive e mail you must add an e mail account with which to send and receive messages To add an e mail account follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Move to Tools by pressing down arrow 3 Press Enter or press T 4 You are placed on A
225. and emboss It also contains various option settings To select the file menu press Alt and press f Or press Enter on File 129 5 1 1 New The new command creates a new editable document By default the name of the new document is noname txt The extension txt is the extension given to text documents that are created on the Voice Sense QWERTY It is the same file name that is created automatically when the Word Processor opens Note if you have changed your default document type in the Global Options the extension may be brl or HBL as your default document type can be set to Braille text or Sense document To create a new document select New from the File menu Or press Ctrl n If New is executed while editing another document you are prompted for the file type of the new document Sense Document s is displayed first If you press down arrow repeatedly Braille Document b and Text Document t are displayed Select the document type you want and press Enter New refers to creating a new blank document after closing the document that is currently being edited Closing the document currently being edited means that the document is erased from the temporary memory If a new document is created or opened without saving the document currently being edited the Voice Sense QWERTY asks whether to save the current document so that changes to it are not lost When Save Yes i
226. ange this option to no 214 The next option in the dialog is Get the number of mail at once when using IMAP The default is set to 64 Use Space or Backspace to cycle through the various options The available values are All 32 64 96 and 128 When you have finished adjusting the settings press Enter to save the options or tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not wish to save your changes tab to the cancel button and press Enter or press Alt F4 6 5 3 Spam Settings When the Voice Sense QWERTY downloads e mail from the e mail server there may be a number of e mail messages that are spam In this case you can avoid downloading these spam e mail messages by identifying specified words in the subject or specifying e mail addresses you know are from spammers The spam e mail messages that are identified by your Spam Settings are not downloaded into the Voice Sense QWERTY and remain on the e mail server Use the following steps to set spam e mail filters 1 Press Alt to open the menu from the Inbox 2 Press down arrow to move to Tools 3 Press Enter 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Accounts manager 5 Press down arrow to move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Type Subject 1 3 You can also open this dialog directly by pressing Ctrl e The Spam Settings dialog contains the fo
227. ans the document is embossed to the end of the document unless the document exceeds 100000 pages To change the value input the number of the end page Use down arrow to move to Number of copies 135 3 Number of copies This option designates the number of copies to be embossed The default value is set to 1 You can change this number by typing your desired number of copies Press down arrow to navigate to Set Braille format 4 Set Braille format In this option you can set whether or not the Braille document layout settings specified in Voice Sense QWERTY are used when embossing If you set this to Yes the document is embossed using the Braille document layout settings in Voice Sense QWERTY If you set it to No the document is embossed in the format specified in the original document 5 Confirm Cancel To begin embossing the document move to Confirm by pressing Tab and press Enter Or to cancel embossing move to Cancel by pressing Tab and press Enter When Enter is pressed on Confirm Print Yes is displayed Press Enter on Yes and embossing commences If you do not want to emboss press Space to select No and press Enter You can also choose to create an electronic Braille file of the document according to the embossing preferences To do this press Space once more to select Save as file press Enter and the current document is saved as a brl file If you ve
228. ard and Save in the Mail Outbox ee a a Ea E Mccann oer ean E 560 17 5 3 Hot Keys for Reading E Mails or Writing an E Mail Message 560 17 6 Medicinen inadai a N A AEE E 561 17 6 1 M dia Player inenresceetirononn oane i a E E EAN 561 17 6 2 FM r di inonsan nao a e a A a a a 564 17 6 3 Daisy PAV SE asics tosismiaieenan das anus a nenna a aa a ain 564 VET OrJANIZEN esris iea aa a aa aaa aa aa ea N aa aa AEEA E AEEA ERES 566 17 7 1 Address Manager cisnienie aeee aae a Ea Eaa a a 566 17 7 2 Schedule Manage eee ceessceseeeeeeeeceeesesecseeeaeeseceeecseesaeeeecaeesaeeaeseeseaeaee 567 17 7 3 Database Manager siviiitisescadarusstisemcniaemaciarauasarmiamaanaaeuunaidunte 568 17 8 Web LOOIS ices sacs sears gious visa aeaaee ae A E ide eae ae i ete 569 17 8 1 Web Browser i555 iyevasierelanuegsacssataassatahen ganic eeeitees nteatanigeaaaiiala mala num aang EA raa S 569 17 8 2 QUICK DIOWSEN aids inca na ania Ea aE Ea AARE AE EAE 571 17 8 3 Google SEARCH icc sihcisaitin eis haier as tudes veasaea derail dana aaiend EEN EEEE EE A Ea Ea 572 WTB ROO PEACE fis scasavaai dca siccuitotaiastaastatdevti dara une Ge T a a E alameiies 573 17 9 SOCial Networking sinises i i 573 19T TWITE ee A E a E a N 573 17 9 2 Google talkia a a a a a 575 17 9 3 SENSE E aY I E EAE E EEEE ect AEEA aes ab WAU ott n ee 577 GAO BX aS sss sists E A E EE ieee onletaeias TETEE TE 577 17 10 71 BookShare Download s 4i 0 sieaudsiionnimoniiunliaGuisacusentausnase
229. ard during the scanning process and full cells are filled in on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille to indicate scanning progress When a Bluetooth device is detected the Voice Sense QWERTY announces found Bluetooth device name Note while the Voice Sense QWERTY is scanning for Bluetooth devices it cannot respond to key presses In addition you may not cancel the scan once it has begun but must wait for its completion before the Voice Sense QWERTY returns to normal operation If Bluetooth is turned Off or if the Voice Sense QWERTY does not recognize the Bluetooth radio the Voice Sense QWERTY announces Bluetooth not activated and exits the Bluetooth Manager When the scanning process completes you are placed in the Bluetooth Device List If the Voice Sense QWERTY has found other Bluetooth devices 66 in range they are displayed as device name untrusted or trusted xx yy where xx is the number at which the device appears in the list and yy is the total number of devices Trusted indicates that the service has been authenticated untrusted indicates the service has not been authenticated If there are no other Bluetooth devices in range the Voice Sense QWERTY announces no items You can press up arrow or down arrow to move through the list To select a device from the list press Enter on the device name If the Bluetooth device is trusted settings for connecting the device are automa
230. ard from your current location type the minus sign in front of the number and letter You can also use this function to move to a specific paragraph Select Go To Location in the Go To menu or press Ctrl g The Voice Sense QWERTY says Move to page number Before you type the number of the paragraph you want to go to type p then type the number of the paragraph By typing in the letter p the Voice Sense QWERTY knows that you are looking for a paragraph and not a page or line To move forward from your current location type the PLUS sign in front of the number and letter To move backward from your current location type the minus sign in front of the number and letter If the paragraph number you type is not valid the Voice Sense QWERTY announces Move range error You can also use this function to move to a specific line Select Go To Location in the Go To menu or press Ctrl g The Voice Sense QWERTY says Move to page number Before you type the number of the line that you want to go to type I then type the line number AS when jumping by page and paragraph to move forward from your current location type the PLUS sign in front of the number and letter To move backward from your current location type the minus sign in front of the number and letter If the line number you type is not valid the Voice Sense QWERTY says Move range error You can also go to a specific line number on a specific page The Voice Sen
231. ariable list Then press Ctrl Insert to copy the selected items to the clipboard The Display detail shows the item name and its result with the default set to No To review the detailed information press Space to switch to Yes Then it displays item name the expression its result value in Braille Delete is used to remove a variable item To delete an item select the item you want to be deleted and press Enter on Delete You can also select any number of individual items by pressing Space on each of them 13 1 3 2 Delete All Saved Items You can delete all of the saved items stored in the Recall Items To do this open the menu by pressing Alt Then use up arrow or down arrow to move to the Memory Functions menu and press Enter Next use up arrow or down arrow to move to Delete All Saved Items and press Enter You can also press Ctrl d while in the calculation line 13 1 3 3 Save Items Save Items is a dialog that allows you to define variables according to the current expression or result in the calculator and save them for future use The dialog contains an edit box for typing in the variable name a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or shift tab From the Memory Functions menu you can access Save Items by pressing s From the calculation line use the hot key Alt s to open the save items dialog
232. arm Options dialog is closed 8 2 11 5 Cancel If you press Enter on the Cancel button or press Esc or Alt F4 the default alarm options are restored and the Set Alarm Options dialog is closed 8 2 12 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook The Schedule Manager can be synchronized with Microsoft Outlook on your personal computer to help you keep track of your appointments For a more detailed explanation of how to connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your computer and how to use ActiveSync or Windows Mobile Device Center refer to chapter 19 8 2 13 Hot Keys for the Schedule Manager 1 Add Schedule Move between fields Move to the next field Tab Move to the previous field Shift tab 312 2 Hot keys for the Commands Search schedule Ctrl s Alarm option Ctrl o Backup schedule Ctrl b Restore schedule Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e Exit Alt F4 3 Search schedule Hot keys for the commands Add schedule Ctrl n Alarm option Ctrl o Backup schedule Ctrl u Restore schedule Ctrl r Set backup option Ctrl e Toggle search mode Alt s Exit Alt F4 4 Move keys in the search result list 1 Move from a appointment to another in the schedule list Move to the previous a in the same day Up arrow Move to the next appointment in the same day Down arrow Move to the first appointment in the same day Home Move to the last appointment in the same day End 2 Move from one appointment to another in all the appointments
233. arrow or down arrow in the program menu 2 Press Enter on the Utilities menu Or press u from the program menu to open the Utilities menu 3 The Utilities menu contains many small applications The following sections discuss each of these menu options and their functions in greater detail 13 1 Calculator 473 Using the calculator on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can do simple math equations as well as complex scientific calculations The results and expressions are displayed in Braille and spoken by the Voice Sense QWERTY While using the calculator you can access the help menu by pressing F1 for hot key information on the various calculator functions To use the calculator press c from within the Utilities menu You can also launch the Calculator from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock C When using the calculator on the Voice Sense QWERTY expressions can be displayed in either Computer Braille or Nemeth Braille You can change the Braille code using Fn g You can clear the calculator by pressing Alt c If you insert numbers or a function into a result the result disappears and if you enter operators you move to the next step In addition you can keep your result in the calculator s memory and recall it later You can activate the functions and operators via the calculator menu or you can use the hot keys associated with the various functions The calculator functions are
234. arrow to 257 navigate to Sensitivity and press Space or Backspace to adjust the sensitivity Higher values increase the scanning sensitivity of the radio If the sensitivity is increased you can fine tune to more frequencies 2 Mute While listening to the radio press Space to mute the audio Pressing Space once again unmutes the radio You can also mute the radio by pressing the stop button on the front panel and unmute by pressing the play button If mute is activated the radio is silent but TTS text to speech and all other system sounds are heard 7 2 6 Hot Keys in the FM Radio Open the presets dialog box Ctrl e Open the menu Alt Internal speakers on off X or Fn x Move to next frequency Ctrl Up arrow Move to previous frequency Ctrl Down arrow Auto previous frequency Ctrl Left arrow or short press previous button Auto next frequency Ctrl Right arrow or short press next button Go to frequency Ctrl f Move to previous preset Alt Left arrow or long press previous button Move to next preset Alt Right arrow or long press next button Add preset Ctrl s or long press record button Delete the preset long press stop button or Delete Open the record dialog box Ctrl r Record start pause short press record button Record stop short press stop button Mute on short press stop button or Space Mute off short press play button or Space Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow Reco
235. arrow Move to the first item Control Home Move to the last item Control End Roll dice Enter Exit Alt F4 17 11 2 Sense Brain Game Execute Sense Brain game A Move to next item Down Arrow Move to previous item Up arrow Move to the first item Control Home Move to the last item Control End Execute game Enter Exit Alt F4 17 12 Utilities 17 12 1 Calculator 579 Calculator initialize Alt c Delete numbers or operators Backspace General functions Ctrl g Plus Minus Division Multiplication Percent Power Over FN Square Root Ctrl q Decimal Point Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Pl Ctrl p Exp Ctrl e Recall Items Alt r Delete all saved items Ctrl d Save Items Alt s Trigonometric Function Ctrl s Sine Ctrl s s Arc Sine Ctrl s a Hyperbolic Sine Ctrl s h Cosine Ctrl c c Arc Cosine Ctrl c a Hyperbolic Cosine Ctrl c h Tangent Ctrl t t Arc Tangent Ctrl t a Hyperbolic Tangent Ctrl t h Logarithm Function Ctrl Natural Logarithm Ctrl l e 580 Common Logarithm Ctrl l n Miscellaneous Convert Unit Control U Copy to Clipboard Ctrl Insert Return formula Control r Fraction options Control Option Settings Ctrl o Change Braille code Fn g 17 12 2 Checking Date and Time Checking date and time Fn t 17 12 3 Calendar Move to the previous item Tab Move to the next item Shift tab Move to the next day Right arrow Move to
236. arrow or short press previous button Move to the next fifth phrase Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previous fifth phrase Ctrl Up arrow Move to the next page Page down Fn Up arrow Move to the previous page Page up Fn Down arrow Go to the page Ctrl g Move up Alt Left arrow Move down Alt Right arrow Set to prior level Alt Up arrow Set to next level Alt Down arrow Move to the next heading Ctrl F6 or long press next button Move to the previous heading Ctrl F5 or long press previous button Move to the last heading Ctrl F8 Move to the first heading Ctrl F7 Check the currently reading level and heading Ctrl w Scan the heading list from the present to the end Ctrl n Find heading Ctrl f Find again F3 Scan heading Ctrl n Read heading Ctrl w Set mark at current position Ctrl m Move to the next mark N Move to the previous mark V Delete mark Del 565 17 7 Organizer 17 7 1 Address Manager 17 7 1 1 Move keys for adding an address or in the menu Move to the previous field or menu item Left arrow Move to the next field or menu item Right arrow Move to the first field or menu item Home Move to the last field or menu item End 17 7 1 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow Move to the first field Home Move to the last field End ey Move to the previous record Up arrow Move to the next record
237. as thateverylikelike as if there are pauses in typing each Braille character can potentially be translated to its whole word equivalent In the same way editing text is also difficult as any letter or single character Braille contraction when typed by itself is translated as that contraction So if you are attempting to type the word talk and accidentally type tall when you delete the I and type the k the k is translated as knowledge Thus the text you get is talknowledge To truly fix the word you must erase the entire word and type it again Thus creating editing text when using your notetaker as a Braille display is sometimes a very exact and tedious business As explained above the Terminal Clipboard allows you to create and edit text on the notetaker and 502 send the completed text to the connected computer or SmartPhone via the Terminal for Screen reader To enter Terminal Clipboard press Control FN I The Voice Sense announces Terminal Clipboard Type and edit your text using normal text entry and edit commands In Terminal Clipboard the Braille display and keyboard are temporarily disabled from sending receiving information to from your connected computer or i device so that you may use them for creating editing your text For more information on text entry and editing please see section 5 of this manual on the Word Processor When you are finished t
238. at Manage Chat Allows you to view information about the open chat windows and to move directly to the selected window You can also view the status of file transfers using this dialog To open Manage Chat press Ctrl m from the contact list or press Enter on the Manage Chat item in the Actions menu Manage Chat consists of 5 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Chat list a list of the currently open chat windows You can navigate to a specific chat window using up arrow or down arrow and press Enter 2 Status of sending File A status bar displaying the status of sending receiving files This status bar only appears if you are currently sending or receiving files 3 Move to Chat Use this button to move to the selected chat window 418 4 Close chat Use this button to close the selected chat window 5 Cancel Use this button to exit the Manage Chat Window dialog and return to the Contact list 10 3 6 3 Find The Find command searches for a word or character string in the History edit box of the chat window This can be useful in a situation where many messages are exchanged To Execute Find press Ctrl f from the chat window or press Enter on the Find item in the Edit menu Find consists of 4 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Text to find An edit box into which to enter the word you want to find 2 Sea
239. at window immediately or for your focus to remain in the contact list You can choose between Move to the chat and Don t move Use Space and Backspace to change the setting D File transfer request This option allows you to set how to respond when one of your contacts requests to send you a file The options are Alerts accept and reject If you choose Alerts you are notified of the file transfer request and prompted to choose Accept or Reject If you choose Accept the transfer request is accepted automatically If you choose Reject the request is automatically rejected You can change the setting using Space or Backspace E Incoming voice chat request Choose how to respond when a contact requests to voice chat with you Again the options are Alerts accept and reject If you choose Alerts you are notified of the voice chat request and prompted to choose accept or reject If you choose accept the voice chat request is accepted automatically If you choose reject the voice chat request is rejected automatically Use Space or Backspace to change the value of the setting F Auto reply to incoming chat request You can set whether you send an auto reply message when one of your contacts requests a chat You can choose between Yes and No Use Space and Backspace to change the setting 2 Auto reply message An edit box into which to type a message for use with the auto reply function
240. ate to Dot 5 6 then 2 3 Not Greater Than Dots 3 4 then 4 6 then 2 Not Less Than Dots 3 4 then 5 then 1 3 Element Of Dot 4 then 1 5 Subset of Dots 4 5 6 then 4 then 1 3 Such that Dots 1 2 5 6 Proper Superset Dots 4 5 6 then 4 6 then 2 then 1 5 6 Negative sign Dots 3 6 Plus as opposed to positive dots 3 4 6 Punctuation vertical bar Dots 1 2 5 6 Double vertical bar Dot 6 then 1 2 5 6 Ampersand dots 1 2 3 4 6 Decimal point dots 4 6 Comma dot 6 Left parentheses Dots 1 2 3 5 6 Right Parentheses Dots 2 3 4 5 6 Left Brace Dots 4 6 then 1 2 3 5 6 Right Brace Dots 4 6 2 3 4 5 6 Left Bracket Dots 4 then 1 2 3 5 6 Right Bracket Dots 4 then 2 3 4 5 6 Separation line dots 2 5 z period as opposed to a ee ee subscript Tally dots 4 5 6 168 Bold indicator dots 4 5 6 Italics indicator dots 4 6 Vertical line dots 4 5 6 Termination indicator dots 1 2 4 5 6 ultipurpose indicator dot 5 Measurement symbols Prime dot 3 Double prime dot 3 then 3 Feet dot 3 Inches dot 3 then 3 Minutes dot 3 Seconds dot 3 then 3 Degrees dots 4 5 then 4 6 then 1 6 Fractions Open Fraction indicator dots 1 4 5 6 Close Fraction indicator dots 3 4 5 6 Open Mixed Number Dots 4 5 6 then 1 4 5 6 Close mixed Number Dots
241. ation tab Tab Shift tab Exit media player Alt F4 16 6 2 FM radio Open the sets dialog box Ctrl e Open the menu Alt Internal speakers on off X or Fn x Move to next frequency Ctrl Up arrow Move to previous frequency Ctrl Down arrow Auto previous frequency Ctrl Left arrow or short press previous button Auto next frequency Ctrl Right arrow or short press next button Go to frequency Ctrl f Move to previous preset Alt Left arrow or long press previous button Move to next preset Alt Right arrow or long press next button Registry preset Ctrl s or long press record button Delete the preset Delete or long press stop button Open the record dialog box Ctrl r Record start pause short press record button Record stop short press stop button Mute on short press stop button or Space Muto off short press play button or Space Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow 16 6 3 Daisy Player Move to the title list Shift Backspace Open DAISY file Ctrl o 530 Voice setting Ctrl s Check the book info Alt Enter Exit Alt F4 Play Pause Space Move to the beginning of document Home Move to the last phrase End Increase the speed Shift Right arrow Decrease the speed Shift Left arrow Increase the volume Shift Up arrow Decrease the volume Shift Down arrow Move to the next phrase Ctrl Right arrow or short press next button Move to the previous phrase Ctrl Left arrow or short pres
242. aved and the Add Schedule dialog is closed 8 2 4 11 Cancel If you press Enter on the Cancel button the appointment information you entered is discarded and you are returned to the Add Schedule dialog where you can create a new appointment You can also cancel the entry by pressing Esc 304 8 2 5 Search Schedule Search schedule is used for searching Appointments that you have entered previously When you start Schedule Manager the Search Schedule dialog is opened You can also open this dialog from the Add Schedule dialog by pressing Ctrl s Or you can open the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on Search Schedule There are two methods for searching an appointment searching by subject and searching by date When searching by subject you can find a schedule using keywords in the subject field When searching by date you can find schedules according to a specified date To toggle the search mode press Alt to open the menu and move to Toggle Search Mode and press Enter Or you can execute it by pressing Ctrl f directly Every time you press Ctrl f the Voice Sense QWERTY says Search mode Date or Search mode Subject and the searching mode is toggled The last searching mode you used is saved when you exit the Schedule Manager 8 2 5 1 Searching by date This mode searches the schedule using a date you specify When Search Schedule is executed in this mode the V
243. avigate to Go To Time by pressing down arrow and press Enter 240 4 Or you can press Ctrl g when playing a file or when a file is paused 5 The Voice Sense QWERTY displays Go to position 0 minute 6 Type the time you want to go to and press Enter You can jump more than an hour using a couple of methods If you wish to type 1 hour and 20 minutes type the 1 Space or 20 sequentially Also you can input 80 minutes by simply typing 80 If there is no Space or the input value is dealt with as minutes If you type a time longer than the total playback time of the file or playlist the Voice Sense QWERTY displays invalid time and resumes playing from the paused location 7 1 3 4 5 Go To Percent In play or pause status you can move to a specified percentage of a file 1 In playing or pause status press Alt to open the menu 2 By pressing up arrow or down arrow navigate to the Position menu 3 Press Enter Or press a 4 By pressing up arrow or down arrow move to the Go to percent menu item 5 Press Enter Or press Alt p from the Media Playback dialog 6 You are prompted Go to percent XX 7 Enter the percent that you want to move to in the edit box using numbers 0 to 99 8 Press Enter 9 You are placed at the position in the file matching the percentage you entered 7 1 3 4 6 Set Start Point A B repeat mode allows you t
244. ay of the month when the appointment recurs By default the date set in the Start date is shown You can type a number between 1 and 31 If you press Tab after setting this option the focus moves to Set recurrence end date 8 2 4 9 4 Yearly If you set the Recurrence to Yearly press Tab to move to the Recurring type combo box You can select either date or day of the week and you can move between them by pressing up arrow or down arrow If you set the Recurring type to Date you can set the month and the day of the month when the appointment recurs If you set it to Day of the week you can set the month the week and the day of the week when the appointment recurs every year If you press Tab after setting Recurring type the focus moves to the Month for recurrence combo box You can select the month of the year by pressing up arrow or down arrow If you press Tab here the focus moves to different fields depending on how you have set the Recurring type If you have set the Recurring type to Date the focus moves to Day for recurrence edit box You can type a number between 1 and 31 If you press Tab the focus moves to the Set recurrence end date check box If the Recurring type is set to Day of the week you have to set recurring week and Day of week for recurrence 8 2 4 10 Confirm If you press Enter on the Confirm button the appointment is s
245. ayed Navigate to the drive you wish to access and press Enter to open it The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the list of folders and files on that drive The items in quotation marks are folders and the items without quotation marks are files The items in the list are followed by numbers such as 1 5 or 2 5 The numbers following the items indicate an item s placement in the list and the total number of items in the list For example database 1 5 indicates database is the first folder in a list containing five items 4 2 1 Selecting drives When you open the File Manager the first item in the list is flashdisk If an SD card or USB flash drive is inserted it also appears in this list 110 Navigate to and select a drive by using the up and down arrows or the scroll buttons After selecting your desired drive press Enter to open it 4 2 2 Entering and Exiting Folders There are several ways to open a folder You can utilize the menu to open a specific folder 1 Bring up the menu by pressing Alt Select the Open option from the list and press Enter 2 You can also press the hot key Ctrl o to activate the Open command and open the desired folder 3 Finally as described above you can simply press Enter on the selected folder To exit the current folder use the Backspace key You are returned to the previous level in the folder structure 4 2 3 Opening a File You can open a file by pressing
246. b or Shift Tab to Sign into Dropbox enter the e mail address and password associated with your Dropbox account in the respective computer edit boxes Use Space to check or uncheck the boxes concerning the saving of your information and automatic sign in When you have entered your information and chosen your preferences Tab to Sign In and press Enter Voice Sense prompts Signing in please wait After a few seconds if sign in is successful the Voice Sense announces Successfully signed in soon followed by Building file list In another few seconds the files and folders in your Dropbox account are displayed You can navigate your files and folders on Dropbox in the same manner as those in the File Manager 11 4 1 The File Menu The Dropbox File menu contains the following items User Information Sign Out and Exit 11 4 1 1 User Information To open the User Information dialog press Alt and press Enter on File Press Enter on User Information You can activate this command directly using Control I The User Information dialog contains 2 items the Information list and the Close button The Information list contains 4 items Nickname e 458 mail Country and Size Use the Up and Down arrows to move among the items in the Information list The first 3 items provide information you entered when creating your account The Size item shows how much total space you have avai
247. ber in the edit box and press Enter 4 If you input a non existent mark number The Voice Sense QWERTY displays Mark x does not exist and the edit box is displayed again 7 1 3 5 3 Delete Mark Use the following steps to delete a mark 1 Open the menu and press Enter on Mark Navigate to Delete mark 2 Press Enter on Delete Mark Or press Alt d from the Media Playback dialog 243 3 The Voice Sense QWERTY displays Enter mark name to delete Type the number of the mark to be deleted and press Enter 4 If you input a non existing mark number an input error message is appears and the edit box is displayed again 7 1 3 5 4 Mark Manager You can open the Mark Manager dialog to query mark information for the current audio file by pressing Alt k You can also open the dialog using the menu Open the menu by pressing Alt and move to Mark Press Enter and navigate to Mark Manager and press Enter The dialog consists of the mark list a Move button a Delete button and a Close button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab and shift tab All of the marks for the current file appear in the mark list with the name and setting time of mark You can navigate to the other information in the list by pressing up arrow or down arrow You can delete a mark in the list by pressing Del In addition you can start playback from the specific mark by pressing Enter
248. ble Player radio button and click Continue 5 On the Setting Up Your DAISY Compatible Device screen click the Authorize a DAISY Device link beneath the player model drop down 6 That link will open a new tab or window titled Authorize DAISY Player UAK select the Notetaker from the drop down list and click Continue 7 Enter your notetakers key number and then click Continue Instructions for obtaining the Key Number on the Sense notetaker 1 Press F1 Windows key to bring up the main Program menu 2 Press H to access the Help menu 3 Press I to open the Information dialog 4 Use Space 4 down arrow to navigate to Key Number 5 After the words Key Number a 5 or 6 digit number is displayed Instructions for Installing the UAK 261 1 Save the zip file obtained from the Learning Ally site to your PC 2 Connect your Sense Notetaker to the PC via the USB cable and then turn it on 3 Extract unzip all the files into the root of the flash disk of the unit 4 Download a Learning Ally book to your Sense notetaker using the Learning Ally Audio Book Manager 5 Disconnect the Sense notetaker from the PC 6 Use the notetakers DAISY Player to select and play the Learning Ally book 7 Your notetaker will then prompt you for your 4 digit Learning Ally PIN Number Type 7323 and press Enter Your Sense notetaker will now be authorized to p
249. ccounts manager Press Enter 5 Account name no items is displayed You can also jump quickly to this dialog from the Inbox by pressing Ctrl M 6 Press Tab to move to Add 7 Press Enter on the Add button or press A 8 The dialog is opened and Account name is displayed Type the name by which you want to identify the e mail account example Gmail or work e mail 9 Press down arrow to move to Display name Type the Display name in the edit box This name is the name people will see when they receive an e mail from you 10 Press down arrow to move to Logon username Type the Logon username in the computer edit box Ex Sense or sense hims inc com Note some providers require you to use the entire e mail address as the username while others may use the part of the address before the at sign BE sure you type the username correctly for your e mail provider 11 Press down arrow to move to Password Type the password in the computer edit box Note by default the password is hidden and thus displays as asterisks Be sure to type carefully as you cannot review your password unless you have chosen not to hide passwords in the Global Options 12 Press down arrow to move to E mail address Type your E mail address in the computer edit box Ex sense hims inc com 13 Press Down arrow to move to Default mail server You can choose to use a POP3 or
250. ce Sense QWERTY is very similar to Windows Explorer on a personal computer To run the File Manager press f from the program menu or press Enter when your cursor is placed on File Manager You can also launch the File Manager from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows F The File Manager contains 2 basic areas an address window and a file list When you first open the File Manager you are placed in the drive list By default you are placed on the internal flash drive named flashdisk You can use the up arrow or down arrow or the scroll buttons to navigate the items in the drive list Press Enter on the drive you want to open The Voice Sense QWERTY then displays the list of the files folders on the drive you have opened When you press Tab or shift tab on the file list you enter the address window The address window contains the path of the current directory or file For your convenience the File Manager contains both menus and hot keys allowing you to easily activate items in the program with a single keystroke as well as access and select a function through the menus even if you have not memorized the associated keystroke YOU can bring up the menus by pressing Alt WARNING The Voice Sense QWERTY makes it possible to format the flashdisk to solve corruption problems and or start over with a clean internal drive Formatting the flashdisk erases everything on the flas
251. ce Sense QWERTY Firmware in the Utilities menu 2 Press Enter on Upgrade Online The Voice Sense QWERTY connects to the HIMS server and your current software version is compared to the HIMS server version You are prompted to continue with the upgrade 3 If you press Enter on No the upgrade is cancelled Press Space to toggle between Yes and No If you press Enter on Yes the Voice Sense QWERTY begins downloading the upgrade files If the upgrade fails you may receive the message Internet connection is not available Check your cable and try again To try the upgrade again press Alt F4 to cancel 507 and activate Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware again If the connection is successful the upgrade files are downloaded 4 After downloading the upgrade files Voice Sense QWERTY automatically starts the upgrade process Please remember you must not touch the Voice Sense QWERTY until the upgrade is complete as pressing keys resetting or unplugging the unit can interrupt the upgrade process thus resulting in an incomplete installation When the upgrade is complete you are returned to the program menu and the unit announces File manager 5 After the upgrade is complete check the software version by pressing Fn v while in the program menu 13 12 2 Upgrading the Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware from a Disk To upgrade the Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware from a disk follow these steps 1 Download
252. ceccceteeeeeceteeeeeceeeeeeenaes 550 17 COMMAND SUMMARY FOR USB KEYBOARDS sssssssssssstsssssssessteesstseseneneeteetens 551 17 1 Common Combination Keys eesesseecessseeesesseecessseeeeesceeescsseecssseeeeseseeeesoees 551 17 2 Quick Launch CommandsS iciccsscicivecesnaccervencvesabesccsnnasderssensastarsszsonnnsnesennnssousnadeseess 553 17 3 File Mana g r mismas aa E E mas omar eRe RR EAT 554 17 3 1 Navigation keys for the file list and menu list ee eeeeeteeeee 554 17 3 2 Navigation Keys for the File List 0 eee eeeeneeeeeeeeceeeeaeteeeeeeeaeeeee 554 17 3 3 Keys for Selecting Files and Folders 0000 ceecceeseeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeaeeaes 555 17 3 4 Hot Keys for Menu Commands eee ecsececeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeecaeeeaesaeeneeeaeeaes 555 17 3 5 EML VIG WEN doc cicne fis aioca easiest nase at cs aad a iceradieasuy eas E aad onseus EEE a ince 556 17 4 Word ProCeSsol si ssssssntcnecvis consis sesvesdeaduaceadnncsdenpend csnuhdeavvasesvoshensdssuasesnncoussounvaversiie 556 17 4 1 Hot Keys for Menu Commands cc cccccceecesseesecseeeeeecseeseeecnaeeeeecnaeeeeeenaes 556 17 4 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys a 5 ccssescse tsiseiscasesorcutsiacecarbengelanarsvaneieaseavynansboreasionaes 558 IS ETA assassin veces Del eo gh es eo Sad nas e pa Nea aa nae das Tp aeria 559 17 5 1 Hot keys that are used in the inbox eee cee cee eneeeeeeeeeneeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeees 559 17 5 2 Hot keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forw
253. ced on the first feed in the Google RSS category Top Stories 3 Tab again you are placed on the first item in the Top Stories feed 4 Tab once more and you are placed on a short description of this item 5 If you Shift Tab you will return first to the Item then to the Feed and finally back to the Google RSS category Use the Up or Down arrow to navigate the Category Feed and Item lists Press Tab to access content specific to your chosen category feed or item Press Shift Tab to move back a level and use Up or Down arrow to choose a different item feed or category 9 4 2 The File Menu The RSS Reader File menu contains 4 items Receive New Headlines Import OPML Export OPML and Exit 9 4 2 1 Receive New Headlines The Receive New Headlines option updates the selected categories or feeds If your cursor is placed on a category and you execute this function all feeds in the category are updated If you are placed on a feed or are in the list of items for a given feed executing this function updates only the current feed If you select multiple items in the category or feed list all of 373 the selected items are updated when you execute Receive New Headlines To activate this function press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on File Then press Enter on Receive New Headlines Or you can activate this function directly by pressing Control R Voice Sense prompts Xx yy
254. cel the dialog is not opened 8 3 3 Search Records Once you have added records you will likely want to access this information in an efficient manner To search for information in your records use the Search Records dialog To open the Search Records dialog press Alt and press Enter on Search Records Or press Ctrl s The Search Records dialog is opened and the first field of the table is focused Type the text that you want to search for Using the Address Book example the focused field is the name field Thus type a person s name in the edit box to look up her record If you have several records under the same name you may wish to further specify the record you are looking for To search for records using content from more than one field press Tab to move to another field Type the text to search for in this field and press Enter The List of Records Found or rather records that matched your search is opened In the List of Records Found each record is shown in the following form the name of the first field other information in the record xx yy yy is the total number of records found and xx is the order of the current record in the list If no record is found you are informed No records found and the current field is shown again so you can type another search queery Move through the List of Records Found as follows 1 Move by records 321 Move to the next record D
255. cess Press Enter to refresh that user s timeline 3 Current User Timeline Displays timeline for the user of the currently focused tweet The hot key is Alt U 4 Mention Timeline Displays Tweets that mention you either in reply retweet or because another user simply mentioned you in his or her tweet The hot key is Control M 5 Retweet Of Me Displays tweets you have posted which have been reposted by your followers The hot key is Alt O 6 List Timeline Use this function to view tweets from a list you have created or a list you follow When you execute this function you are presented with a list of available lists from which you can choose The hot key is Alt P 7 Favorite Timeline displays the tweets you have saved as favorites The hot key is Control L You can also access the various timelines from the Timeline menu in the Twitter program menu 10 2 4 2 Refresh Refresh is a function to renew the list of tweets in the current timeline When you activate this command Voice Sense QWERTY loads any new tweets posted since you opened Twitter or last refreshed the timeline The tweets are arranged in chronological order from newest to oldest You can refresh a timeline by pressing the hot key Ctrl r Or Press Tab from the main Twitter dialog to move to the Refresh button and press Enter 10 2 4 3 Load Next list 389 Use this function to load the next list of 32 tweets Each time you activate the
256. cesssesssssecaeeeeceeceeceeeceeseeseeesssaeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseescneseesssesesaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseseesees 274 7 3 8 Hot Keys in the DAISY Player indenta a ia ar E a Ne 277 8 ORGANE R ieee wees itn eit ceca cant canals fee NE dance enaa aeaea Paaa naene naaa eli 280 8 1 Address Manager iss nnan hind titasicctine E E R eee ens 280 8 1 1 What is the Address Manager c ccssssssssscccecceseececesseseeseseeseneaaeeaeeeeeeeeseseessessseeees 280 8 1 2 Starting the Address Manager ccccsscsssssscsseccececceceecesceessessessesaeeaeeeeeeseseeeeesesseeesees 281 8 1 3 Using Add AG dress xccsst cect aethetewentinstteneier cesareannl inks athe cohen E E E E 281 8 1 4 Searching Foran Address esineen a ea A a nies saad 283 8 1 5 Backing up and restoring the address list cccccccccccecesceessesseseesaeeaececceeeeeeeeesesseeeeees 285 8 1 6 Importing and Exporting CSV i ctescctedataricneveentelielendanadaabevaled Menssleteerdzsaag outs cluladewesis 287 8 1 7 Commands in the Records Found List jiesssscsaecislasecscasdee cenedabesusdedsadeteruasoatexerdpdedsscsagaands 292 8 1 8 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook ssssssenssessessssssssessesreereereresssssssssseesresreeereene 295 8 1 9 Hot Keys in the Address Manager cccssssccccccsssssceccescsseaeceecssesneeecesssseeaeeseeeesenaes 295 8 2 Schedule Manager siissietscctaceasceccescvicecenndiesdacenddsuccdscddelseieslserabedsaeiasseudusbecdsnvesuestedvedviawene 296 B
257. ch the Address Manager from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows A Before going into the details of how to use the Address Manager let s discuss the structure of address data The address data that is stored in the Address Manager consists of a set of records A record is a collection of contact information about one person or 280 company Each record contains 23 fields These 23 fields are Last name First name Company name Title Mobile phone Home phone Home fax Company phone Company fax Home street address Home city Home state Home zip code Home country Company street address Company city Company state Company zip code Company country Home e mail Company e mail Home page and Memo Thus one record contains all the information you can enter about a person or company 8 1 2 Starting the Address Manager When you press Enter on the Address Manager in the Organizer menu the Voice Sense QWERTY says Search Address and displays the prompt Last name and the Search Address dialog is opened In the Address Manager you can use the menus to conveniently browse and execute all of the available commands When you cannot remember the exact hot key for the command you want to execute you can press Alt to open the menu and access all of the functions there 8 1 3 Using Add Address This dialog allows you to enter new addresses in the
258. characters in Braille documents follow these steps 1 From within a Braille document press Ctrl Space Control character is announced to alert you to the fact that the next character you enter should be a control character 2 Enter the control character For example I for Form Feed FF or i for TAB in alphabetical order 3 The control character is entered into the Braille document 2 8 1 2 Searching for a Control character You can also search for control characters in Braille documents To search for a control character follow these steps 1 From within a Braille document press Ctrl f 48 2 Text to find is displayed 3 Press Fn Space and control character is announced 4 Enter the control character for which you want to search Press Enter to search for the control character 4 5 _ Sr NS N 2 9 Multi Tasking Unique to the Sense notetakers is their ability to run up to seven tasks at once The ability to run multiple applications simultaneously is referred to as multi tasking For example you can work with the Word Processor while listening to music and place calculations into a document at the same time To use the example of the Word Processor and Media Player open the Media Player and play a music file While the audio is playing press the win key to bring up the Program menu and launch the Word Processor You cannot run more than seven applications at the sa
259. compass status Refreshing time and Compass display type Refreshing time You can set the interval of the automatic announcement of the compass status To set this option follow these steps 1 Execute Display Compass Heading 2 The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the current compass status 3 Press Tab 4 You are placed in the Refreshing time edit box 5 Type the number of seconds between compass status announcements By default it is set to 0 You may type a number between 0 and 120 Compass display type You can set the type of the compass display To set follow these steps 1 Execute Display Compass Heading 2 The current compass status is displayed 3 Press Tab to move to Compass display type 4 The setting values are cardinal and degrees cardinal only and degrees only By pressing Space you can change the value of the setting By default it is set to cardinal and degrees 13 3 Display Time and Date Use this function to check the current date and time To activate this function press up arrow or down arrow to navigate to Display Time and Date in the Utilities menu and press Enter Or you can activate this function by pressing d from the menu You can also query the time and date from anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY Press Fn t to check the time Press Tab and today s date is displayed 488 13 4 Wake up alarm You can set a Wake up alarm so that
260. contains the current table If the current table cell is the first cell of the highest level table it shows the beginning line of the table It does not work on the highest level table 9 Move to the next cell of the upper level table Ctrl Right arrow Moves to the next cell from the current cell that contains the current table If the current table cell is the last cell in the highest level table it moves to the end line of the table It does not work on the highest level table 10 Move to the upper cell of the upper level table Ctrl Up arrow Moves to the previous row within the same column to the table cell that contains current table If the cell that contains the current table is located on the first row of the upper level table the warning sound is played It does not work on the highest level table 11 Move to the lower cell of the upper level table Ctrl Down arrow Moves to the next row within the same column to the table cell that contains the current table If the table cell that contains current table is at the last row of the upper level table the warning sound is played It does not work on the highest level table 12 Check the position Fn s Announces the position of the current cell in the table It shows the position in both Braille and voice such as table 2 3 row 3 cell 4 9 1 7 4 Move to the Frame 1 Move to the previous frame Ctrl F9 Moves to the beginning position of the previous frame If there are no
261. cords with a company name press down arrow repeatedly until company name is heard Then type the company name and press Enter The first record that has the company name is displayed When you enter text to be searched you do not have to type the entire content of a field For example to find a record about Edward type in ed in the search name field Then all the records whose name field contains ed is found 8 1 4 2 Setting Searching Address Fields 284 This option enables you to select the fields that you want to search Press Alt to bring up the menu and select Set Address Search Fields Then press Enter Or you can press Ctrl o from the Set Address Search Fields dialog To search only the name mobile phone number and company telephone number fields move to those fields that you do not want to search by pressing down arrow or up arrow then press Space to change the value of that field to Unused By pressing Space you can toggle the value of a field between used and unused 8 1 4 3 Using Add Address In Search Address You can also access the Add Address command from the Search Address dialog To do this press Alt to bring up the menu then select Add Address Then press Enter You can also press Ctrl n from the Search Address dialog 8 1 5 Backing up and restoring the address list 8 1 5 1 Backup Address List If you perform a hard reset
262. crease the Sub Voice rate and Backspace to decrease it The shortcut key is r You can adjust the Sub Voice rate from anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY using Windows F7 to increase it and Shift Windows F7 to decrease it 3 8 2 17 Main Volume Use the Main Volume option to control the master volume of the unit Adjusting the Main volume changes the level of both system audio as well as TTS The available values are 1 to 21 Use Space to increase the Main Volume and Backspace to decrease it The shortcut is v You can also adjust the main volume from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows Shift F6 to decrease it and Windows F6 to increase it 3 8 2 18 Scroll Voice Note this option is only available when connected to SyncBraille 98 Use this setting to choose whether you want the Voice Sense QWERTY to speak while using the scroll buttons as you read The shortcut key is s with the default set to Off The default setting Off means the Voice Sense QWERTY does not speak when you use the scroll keys to move through a document Set this option to On if you would like to hear the Voice Sense QWERTY speak text as you scroll through it Use Space to toggle the option on off 3 8 2 19 LCD This option controls the status of the LCD screen If you turn the LCD screen on sighted people can view what is displayed on the Voice Sense Qwerty The shortcut key is I with the default
263. cscs a aaa aE E a A AE O EATER ELEELE Enia Eia 65 3 3 BIVELOOTH Device list issiran ea aaa aaa aa aa aaa 66 3 3 2 Bluetooth Service List esessesssessssseesssressseeessrtesssterssttesstetssteesssteessteessreessstessseeesseeessees 68 3 3 3 Hot keys in Bluetooth Manager sssessseesenesessssssssesseesrrerrrrrsrssesssssesserererreesressesssssnssene 84 3 4 Pronunciation Dictionary ssesssssssssseessoosssssesssoosssseesesoossuseesssossssseesssosssosessssosessses 84 3 9 MENU managet ssiciaseccsnvsnsssestosescsndsvdiusvadsancsdsansbawedsapondessussesvebopivebupivelonsssencbonntosnrsnadont 86 3 6 Backup Restore Personalized SettingS sscccssssesssseecesssecessssecessseessseeeeeeees 87 9 3 7 Change device Name iviwssicsetesssessens sas sccceninsdacacudnuscedeideddoteadsshvdeiauuveveastandusbennesd shiusbaneoasdawen 89 B S GIO Dar O DUO S isis si a E E A T 89 3 8 1 Global Options Overview ccccccesssssssseceeceeceececeseescessseseseseaaeeaeeseeeeeeeesessessseeseesssaeaeeas 90 3 8 2 Global Options in D tail earned g Haase betan TE faved va dace da sass betel bee 92 A FILE MANAGER ninesini yaendane araa aaaea ae aianei aadar aaah 108 OT a EAn EA NET 108 4 1 1 Navigating the File List eee eseeseeeeeeeeeseesaeeeecseeaeseeeeeesaetsaeeeeeaees 109 4 1 2 Selecting folders and files ee cseeneteeeeeecneeeaeeeecaeeeaesseeeeeeaeeaeeeeeaees 109 4 1 3 Camel dE xt Aeaaeai rotan anana a Aaaa aain age TEn iaae abant
264. ctivate this button by pressing Del from the POPs list 9 Close button Press Enter on this button to close the User POPs Manager You can also exit the dialog by pressing Escape or Alt F4 11 3 3 4 2 Adding a User POI You can add POl s in two ways 1 You can add POIl s from Google Maps search results as described above 2 You can add a POI manually using the User POI s Manager as described in the previous section No matter which way you access the New User POI dialog it contains the same controls 1 POI name edit box An edit box in to which you can type a name for the point of interest if it is not already filled in 2 Latitude static box shows the latitude of the POI 3 Longitude static box lists the longitude of the POI 4 Phone edit box an edit box for entering the phone number of the location 5 Address edit box An edit box for entering the street address for the POI 6 POI explanation edit box An edit box in to which you can type information you wish to remember or associate with this point of interest 7 Select Media file button Press Enter on this button to open the Select Media File dialog You are placed in a File Manager control in which you can use normal file folder navigation commands to access any media file you wish to associate with the POI Press Space on the desired file to select it and press Enter 451 8 Ad
265. current web page and add them to your RSS reader 361 To execute the RSS Feed List command press Alt to open the menu navigate to Go To menu using the Down arrow and press Enter Navigate to RSS Feed List using the Down arrow and press Enter Or you can activate the RSS Feed List command directly from a web page using Control J The available RSS feeds appear in a list Navigate among them using the Up or Down arrow If you wish to add an RSS feed to the RSS Reader navigate to it and press Enter You are prompted You are not currently subscribed to this feed Would you like to add it to your RSS reader The default is Yes To add the feed to your RSS reader just press Enter If you do not wish to add the feed press the Down arrow to navigate to No and press Enter If you are already subscribed to the feed you are prompted You are already currently subscribed to this feed and you are returned to the RSS Feed List When you are finished using the RSS feed list press Escape to return to the web page you were previously viewing 9 2 5 Favorites To open Favorites press Alt and move to Favorites by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter If there are websites that you frequently visit it is inconvenient to enter the long address each time you want to visit the page In such a case you can add these website addresses to the Favorites list Then you can visit the websites by simply select
266. d or Overwrite press down arrow once more locate Cancel and press Enter on it 309 8 2 10 3 Setting Backup Options You can backup your schedule manually by activating the Backup Schedule function You can also backup the schedule automatically by activating the Set Backup Options function To activate the Set Backup Options function press Alt to open the menu Next press down arrow or up arrow repeatedly to locate Set Backup Options Then press Enter Or from the menu you can press e to jump directly to Set Backup Options You can also activate the Set Backup Options function directly by pressing Ctrl e The backup Options dialog has three controls Backup mode radio button a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or shift tab To move between the radio buttons you can press up arrow Backspace down arrow or Space The Backup mode has three radio buttons Always backup changes when exiting Manual backup and Prompt backup changes when exiting 1 If you select the Always backup changes when exiting a new backup file is created automatically if you have modified or added to your schedule 2 If you select the Manual backup a new backup file is not created even if there are changes to your schedule If you select this option you can only create a new backup file by using the Backup Schedule
267. d button Press Enter on this button to add the point of interest to your saved POPs 9 Close button Press Enter on this button to exit the New User POI dialog 11 3 3 4 3 Managing User POI s In addition to the User POI Manager the User POI s menu also contains Save User POIl s and Load User POIl s These 2 options allow you to import and export POI information to and from CSV comma separated value files To export your saved User POPs as a CSV file choose Save User POPs from the User POI s menu or press Alt s from the main Google Maps window You are placed in an edit box and prompted for the name of your file The Save User POI s dialog contains 4 items 1 File list control A normal File Manager control in which you can navigate to choose the location in which you wish to save your POI file 2 File Name edit box Type your desired name in computer Braille 3 Confirm button Press Enter on this button to save the file 4 Cancel button Press Enter on this button to cancel saving of the file To load a User POI file navigate to Load User POPs in the User POI s submenu of the Google Maps menu When you press Enter on Load User PO s a standard Open File dialog opens from which you can choose the file Use Normal file folder navigation commands to locate the file containing your Poi information and pre
268. d of time Note the volume of the voice is controlled independent of the master 46 volume on the unit thus you can adjust it above or below the volume of the system sounds media playback etc using the Voice volume control described above You can control the master volume or Main Volume of the unit using Windows Shift F6 to lower it and Windows F6 to raise it You can also control the rate of the foreign language TTS voice independent of the main speech rate You can adjust the TTS for other languages the Sub Voice rate in the Global Options dialog 2 7 Using Speech and Braille When using the Voice Sense QWERTY you can choose to read using Braille only or speech only You can also use both Braille and speech simultaneously However you cannot turn off both Braille and speech as you would have no method of receiving information from the Voice Sense QWERTY Use F5 to toggle the speech on and off Press F4 to toggle the Braille on and off Note Braille and speech can only be toggled in this manner when the unit is connected to the SyncBraille Please refer to section 3 8 2 1 in this user manual for more information 2 8 Entering Text When you use the word processor on the Voice Sense QWERTY In addition to entering normal US English letters you can also use your QWERTY keyboard to enter foreign language text and Braille While European alphabets contain many of the same letters as does US
269. d press Enter Voice Sense will then prompt you for the same pin code type it in computer Braille and press Enter 10 The computer should display the message Found new hardware and the finish dialog should appear If the connection is successful the dialog should display that the Bluetooth device was successfully set up Please note the numbers for the incoming and outgoing com ports For example the outgoing COM port may be COM 5 and the incoming COM port may be COM 6 Do not be surprised if your COM ports are not set to COM 5 and COM 6 The COM ports used can vary from computer to computer 11 Press tab to get to the Finish button and press Enter to activate it 12 You are returned to the Bluetooth device settings dialog From the tabs list press Ctrl Tab twice to focus the COM ports tab control 13 Press tab to get to the list of COM ports and press the Down Arrow to move through the list of COM ports to verify the com port numbers 496 Voice 14 Tab to the OK button and press Enter 2 Connecting via Bluetooth to a Windows 7 Windows 8 computer 1 Open the Control Panel 2 Open Devices and Printers 3 Tab to Add a Device and press Enter 4 Windows searches for devices and displays them in a list 5 Use the Up or Down arrow to navigate to the Voice Sense and press Enter 6 You are asked to enter the pass code for the device Enter a 4 digit code of your choosing and press Enter The Vo
270. default document type for new documents you create using the word processor on the Voice Sense QWERTY The shortcut key for this option is q By default Text document is selected as the default file type 104 You can choose Sense document Braille document or Text document as your default document type Press Space to cycle through the three options Note When you connect a USB QWERTY keyboard to the Voice Sense QWERTY this option is automatically set to Text document When the USB keyboard is disconnected the default document type is returned to whatever it was set to before the USB keyboard was connected 3 8 2 37 Default Browser This option allows you to set whether to use the original Sense Web Browser or the newer Quick Browser as your default browser for opening web pages from programs such as E mail RSS Google Search and Twitter The shortcut key for this option is B By default this option is set to the original Web Browser Press Space to toggle between the Web Browser and Quick Browser 3 8 2 38 Automatically synchronize with time server If you have the Automatically synchronize with time server option turned on the date and time is synchronize with an internet time server automatically each time the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to internet Using this feature you can ensure the accuracy of the time on the Voice Sense QWERTY by synchronizing with an atomic clock via the
271. dialog is displayed The Open dialog consists of file list File name Type Confirm button and Cancel button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or 328 shift tab When the Open dialog is opened File name is focused Type in a file name and then press Enter or press Shift tab to move to the file list Select the desired file name and press Enter The default folder is flashdisk download Navigate files and folders as explained in the File Manager There are three types of files in Type all files htm html is the default and means that all types of files are shown in the file list At Type press up arrow or down arrow to select the file type To check the current path press Fn slash You can use this command in the following dialogs Save As Add To Favorites and the Favorites List 9 1 1 3 Save As Use Save As to save the currently open document or web page as a different file type or store web content on your Voice Sense QWERTY for later viewing This is similar to Save As in the word processor To execute Save As open the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on File Move to Save As by pressing down arrow and press Enter or press Ctrl s while in the Browser The Save As dialog appears Type in a new file name and press Enter to save the file using a different name or format In this dialog you ll find File n
272. dialog on the Select Search Mode combo box 11 2 3 The main BookShare download Dialog The BookShare Download dialog contains 7 items 1 Select Search Mode combo box you can choose to search Books periodicals or your download History Use Space to change the value of the setting 2 Select Search Method combo box only appears when Books is chosen from the Select search Mode combo box You can choose to search BookShare s book collection by word Title Author or ISBN by category or to search the full text of the materials in the collection Use Space to change the value of the setting 435 3 Search term Edit box If you have chosen to search by periodical you are asked to enter the periodical ID If you have chosen to search the book collection for a title author or ISBN the edit box asks for title Author or ISBN If you have chosen to do a full text search you are asked to Enter text 4 Search button Press Enter on this button to initiate a search 5 Login Settings dialog Opens the same dialog as described above allows you to change your BookShare account information or switch to Anonymous mode You can open this dialog using control s 6 Options button Opens the Options dialog where you can set default download type download location and whether the Voice Sense QWERTY automaticall
273. display 3 3 2 5 5 Using Voice Sense QWERTY as a Keyboard with iPhone iPad or iPod Use the following instructions to connect the Voice Sense QWERTY as a Bluetooth keyboard terminal with your iPhone iPad or iPod Note You must be running IOS 4 2 or higher on your i device in order to use the Voice Sense as a Bluetooth keyboard with VoiceOver These instructions refer to the iPhone however they apply to all compatible i devices iPhone 3Gs and higher iPad and iPod Touch 3G and later On the Voice Sense QWERTY 1 Turn Bluetooth on using F9 2 From the Program menu press u to access the Utilities menu then press s to execute Terminal for Screen reader 3 Choose Bluetooth Serial as your connection type and pres Enter 81 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays connecting soon followed by Terminal Mode On the I Phone 1 Navigate to Settings General Accessibility VoiceOver Braille 2 If Bluetooth is not activated on the I Phone it will prompt you to do this WHEN Bluetooth is activated the Phone searches for devices 3 The Voice Sense should appear in the list of available Braille devices 4 Double tap the Voice Sense QWERTY in the Braille devices list 5 You are asked for a pin code Enter any 4 digit code of your choosing 6 Double tap the Pair button Returning to the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense asks for a pin code Enter the same pin code you entered into the iPhone and press Enter You s
274. displays Play p gt Press Enter and the Play submenu is displayed You can move among the items in this menu by pressing down arrow or up arrow To return to the Media Player menu press Esc Press Alt F4 To close the menu and return to the Media Playback dialog 7 1 3 2 1 Play If you press Enter on Play the Voice Sense QWERTY begins playing the files in the current playlist You can also start playback from the Media Playback dialog by pressing Space 7 1 3 2 2 Previous Track Previous Track is used to play the previous file in a playlist You can also io do this by pressing z or Alt Left arrow in the Media player dialog box 7 1 3 2 3 Next Track This item is used to play the next file in the playlist You can also press b or Alt Right arrow in the Media player dialog box to do this 7 1 3 2 4 Back 5 Tracks Use this command to play the fifth file before the file that is currently playing You can also press Alt Up arrow in the Media playback dialog box to do this 7 1 3 2 5 Forward 5 Tracks 234 Use this command to play the fifth file after the file that is currently playing You can also do this by pressing Alt Down arrow in the Media playback dialog box 7 1 3 2 6 First Track Use this command to play the first file in the playlist You can also do this by pressing Ctrl Fn Left arrow in the Media player dialog
275. dit Menu Commands Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete Del Delete blank lines Alt e Add to clipboard Ctrl Insert Clear clipboard Ctrl Del or Ctrl d Select All Ctrl a Insert from file Ctrl i Insert date Ctrl w Insert Time Alt w Toggle insert overwrite mode Insert Check spelling Ctrl k Check spelling of the current word Alt k Edit language attribute Alt Windows i Set Font Alt M Toggle Nemeth code on off Alt N Go To Commands Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Replace Ctrl r Go to location Ctrl g 557 Go to previous page Page up Fn Up arrow Go to next page Page down Fn Down arrow Set mark Ctrl m Go to mark Ctrl j Go to previous document Shift tab Go to next document Tab Read Commands Read selected text Alt b Read beginning of selected text Ctrl u Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Fn Enter Auto scroll up down scroll buttons Read status Fn Read selected text in current language Alt Windows r Layout Commands Braille document layout Alt F5 Print document layout Alt F6 Braille paragraph layout Alt F7 Print paragraph layout Alt F8 17 4 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Move to previous character Left arrow Move to next character Right arrow Move to previous word Ctrl Left arrow Move to next word Ctrl Right arrow Move to the beginning of the line Home Move to the end of the line End Move to previous lin
276. down arrow and press Enter or press a from the read menu While editing a document you can turn the auto scroll feature on and off by pressing the up and down scroll buttons simultaneously For faster scrolling press right arrow For slower scrolling press left arrow Read a line again by pressing the up scroll button or Up arrow Similarly to skip lines you do not wish to read press the down scroll button or Down arrow 158 5 4 6 Read Current Sentence This function reads the current sentence To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down arrow Press Enter to move to Read Current Sentence by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or you can press e from the read menu While editing a document press fn n to activate this function 5 4 7 Read Current Line This function reads the current line To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down arrow Then press Enter Move to Read Current Line by pressing down arrow and press Enter or you can press I from the read menu While editing a document press Fn c to activate this function 5 4 8 Read Current Word This function reads the current word To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down arrow Then press Enter Move to Read Current Word by pressing down arrow and press Enter
277. e Address Manager Schedule Manager and Database Manager The Web Tools menu contains the Web Browser Quick Browser Google Search and RSS Reader The Social Networking menu contains Twitter Google Talk and Sense Chat The Extras menu contains the optional Sense Dictionary BookShare Download Google Maps Sense Navigation optional and Dropbox The Games menu contains the Sense Dice Game and the Sense Brain Game The Utilities menu contains the Calculator Display time and Date Display Compass Heading Wake Up Alarm Calendar Stopwatch Terminal For Screen reader Display Network Status Display Power status Format Sleep Timer and Upgrade Voice Sense Firmware The Settings menu contains Set Time and Date Setup Internet Bluetooth Manager Pronunciation Dictionary Menu Manager Backup Restore Personalized Settings Change device Name and Global Options 39 Finally the Help menu contains the various sections of the User Manual as well as an Information section containing general information about your Voice Sense such as firmware version Mac address and the key number used for authorizing playback of content from digital talking book libraries For more in
278. e utility by pressing enter on Upgrade Voice Sense Firmware in the Utilities Menu Or you can launch the Upgrade utility from anywhere on the unit by pressing caps Lock U When you update the Voice Sense QWERTY all of the settings are returned to their default status Data in the flashdisk should not be affected However 506 we recommend you backup your files before updating the Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware as unexpected problems can occur Note You cannot cancel the update once it has started You must not reset the unit during an upgrade You must keep the unit connected to AC power throughout the upgrade process We recommend you do not touch the Voice Sense QWERTY while it is updating It may take up to 30 minutes to update the Voice Sense QWERTY depending on the speed of your Internet connection On completing the installation the Voice Sense QWERTY reboots again to finish the update and places you in the program menu Also note the upgrade files are temporarily stored on the flashdisk for installation If you do not have enough memory available on the flashdisk the Voice Sense QWERTY is unable to update until you make room for the upgrade files 13 12 1 Upgrading the Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware Using the Internet To upgrade the Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware via the Internet follow these steps 1 Make sure you are connected to the Internet and plugged into AC power Press Enter on Upgrade Voi
279. e Alt Down arrow Play the fifth file before the current file Alt Up arrow Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Right arrow Speed up Shift Left arrow Slow down Shift Right arrow Change time index Ctrl Up arrow or Ctrl Down arrow Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow Open menu Alt Open help F1 Move to play list tab Tab Shift tab Exit media player Alt F4 17 6 1 3 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab Move to the next file Down arrow Move to the previous file Up arrow Move to the last file End Move to the first file Home Select resume current file while playing it is used as play pause Space Start selecting files Ctrl b Start playing the selected files Enter Stop playing Backspace Delete the selected files in the play list Del Play the next file Alt Right arrow Play the previous file Alt Left arrow Play the last file Ctrl End Play the first file Ctrl Home Play the fifth file after the current file Ctrl Down arrow Play the fifth file before the current file Ctrl Up arrow Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow Speed up Shift Left arrow 563 Slow down Shift Right arrow Change time index Ctrl Up arrow Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow Open menu Alt Open help F1 Move to
280. e Delete Feed function To execute the Delete Feed function press Alt to open the menu and navigate to Feed using the Down arrow and press Enter Then navigate to Delete Feed using the Down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Delete to execute this function directly from within the Feed list When you execute Delete Feed you are prompted Delete XXXX feed where XXXX is the feed under your cursor The default is Yes Delete the feed press Enter If you do not wish to delete the feed press the Down arrow to navigate to No and press Enter 379 9 4 4 4 Modify Feed If you wish to rename a feed to more appropriately express the content for your reference or the URL has changed and you need to modify it you can do this using the Modify Feed function To execute the Modify Feed function press Alt to open the menu and navigate to Feed and press Enter Then navigate to Modify Feed using the Down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Control M to execute this function directly from within the Feed list The Modify Feed dialog contains 5 items Feed Name edit box Feed URL computer edit box Category list Confirm button and a Close button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab To rename a feed type the new name in the edit box and press Enter or Tab to Confirm and press Enter If you need to modify the URL Tab to the Feed URL computer edit b
281. e Up arrow Move to next line Down arrow Move to previous paragraph Ctrl Up arrow Move to next paragraph Ctrl Down arrow Move to the beginning of the document Ctrl Home 558 Move to the end of the document Ctrl End Read current paragraph Fn v Read current line Fn c Read current word Fn x Read current character Fn z Delete current paragraph Alt Del Delete current line Ctrl Backspace Delete current word Alt Backspace Delete current character Del Confirm current cursor position Fn s Set view format character Ctrl 5 Set reading unit Ctrl 3 Set read only Ctrl 2 Set reading mode Ctrl 4 17 5 E mail 17 5 1 Hot keys that are used in the inbox Open Accounts manager Ctrl m Switch from offline to online mode IMAP alt l Check for new mail Alt m Check for previous mail IMAP Alt e Move ot previous account category Alt FN Up arrow Move to next account category Alt FN Down arrow Move ot previous mailbox Control FN Up arrow Move to next mailbox Control FN Down arrow Write new message Ctrl n Reply Ctrl r Reply all Alt r Forward Ctrl f Open set path Ctrl p Open set option Ctrl o Open set spam Ctrl e Find Ctrl f 559 Find again F3 Move to unread message Ctrl u Move to mailbox Alt x Copy to mailbox Alt c Add a sender to the address list Ctrl i This is valid only at the from item of the inbox Delete received e mail Del It is valid only at the
282. e and Add You can either replace the existing file with the data imported from the CSV file or you may add it to the existing address list To change the setting value press Space 7 You are returned to Search Address 8 Press Enter The data imported from the CSV file should now appear among your address records To cancel this function press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter Or press Alt F4 290 8 1 6 2 Exporting CSV You can export the data from the Address Manager as a CSV file using this function 8 1 6 2 1 Executing the Export To CSV function To execute the Export to CSV function follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Press up arrow or down arrow and move to Export to CSV 3 Press Enter Or press x You can execute this function directly by pressing Alt x 8 1 6 2 2 Structure of the Export to CSV dialog File name edit combo box Confirm Button Cancel Button File storage list You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab AOON 8 1 6 2 3 How to save as CSV file To save as CSV file follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to Export to CSV 3 Press Enter Or press X 4 You are prompted File name 5 Type a file name for the exported data 6 Press Tab to move to Confirm 8 Press Enter The file is saved
283. e QWERTY supports the following Bluetooth services LAN FTP ActiveSync Serial port USB port headset and Bluetooth DUN To access any of these functions be sure that the remote Bluetooth device is in Discoverable mode and that the service you wish to access is enabled on that device It is possible to have certain services enabled on your remote Bluetooth device while disabling others For example you could have LAN and FTP enabled while having ActiveSync and Serial Port disabled The Voice Sense QWERTY only sees and displays services which are enabled on your remote device even if others are available When the Voice Sense QWERTY has found all of the available services the services are displayed in a list in the following format service name xx yy where xx is the number at which the service appears in the list and yy is the total number of available services You can move through the available services by pressing up arrow or down arrow Press Backspace to return to the Bluetooth Device List 68 From the Bluetooth Service List you can access the menu by pressing Alt or by pressing F2 The Bluetooth Service List menu contains Device Name Open FTP Disconnect and Exit You can navigate the menu items using up arrow or down arrow The Device Name and Exit options in the Bluetooth Service List menu are the same as those in the Bluetooth Device List menu The Open FTP menu item al
284. e content of a tweet To open the Tweet Information dialog press Enter on the desired tweet The Tweet Information dialog consists of 6 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Content contains the content of the posted message 2 URL A list containing the various URL s included in a tweet Using Space 4 or Space 1 select the URL you want to open and press Enter The Web Browser is automatically launched and you are taken to the web address of the URL 392 3 A list of hashtags included in the tweet 4 A list of user ID s mentioned in the tweet 5 User Timeline button for viewing the timeline of the ID on which your cursor is placed in the ID tab 6 Close A button to close the Tweet Information dialog and return to the Timeline You can also use F 4 or Space e To close the dialog Use the following hot keys in the Content box 1 Start selection Ctrl b 2 Select all Ctrl a 3 Copy Ctrl c 10 2 5 7 Add to Favorites Add to Favorites is a function to add a specific tweet to your Favorite List You can later access your favorite tweets quickly by bringing up the Favorite list To add a tweet to your favorites navigate to the tweet you want to add and press Control v or tab to Add Favorite and press Enter You can also execute this command from the Tweets menu If the addition is successful the unit displays Completed and you are returned to your ti
285. e controls except the link control The edit boxes buttons and combo boxes are included in a form When you 367 navigate some web pages if there are many links it is very cumbersome to navigate to a form because you have to push too many tab or shift tab keys to get to the form fields In this case you can use the move to form field function 1 Move to the previous form field Control F 1 You can move to the previous form field by pressing this key If there are no previous form fields the Voice Sense QWERTY plays the warning sound 2 Move to the next form field Control F2 You can move to the next form field by pressing this key If there are no more form fields The Voice Sense QWERTY plays the warning sound If there are no form fields on a web page the Voice Sense QWERTY says no control 9 2 7 Hot keys in the Quick Browser File Menu Commands Open URL Control u 1 3 6 Exit Alt F 4 Read Menu Commands Read from beginning to cursor Alt G Read from cursor to end FN Enter Edit Menu Commands Open Select Text Window Control S Start selection Control B Copy Contol C 368 Add to clipboard Control P Go To Menu Commands Go to home page Alt H Go to the previous page Alt Left arrow Go to the next page Alt Right arrow Go to previous heading Control F3 Go to next heading Control F 4 Go to previous text Control F5 Go to next text Control F6 Refresh Control R Open the his
286. e current user 6 User Information displays information about the current user including Name ID About Me Homepage and Following follower and Tweet counts 399 7 Confirm Use this button to execute a search 8 Cancel This button closes the User Search dialog and returns you to your previous position You can also use Escape to close the dialog 10 2 8 3 Using the Search word list dialog The Search word list saves words frequently searched for and helps you search tweets and User Id s quickly To open the Search word list dialog press Alt w or select the Search word list item from the Search menu The Search word list dialog consists of 6 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 2 Word list a list of your saved search words Global search Use this button to search tweets for the focused word 3 User search Use this button to search user profiles for the focused words 4 Add search word Use this button to add a new word to the list 5 Remove search word Delete the focused word from the list using this button 6 Close This button closes the Search word list dialog and returns you to your previous position You can also use Esc to close the dialog Sense See See N Use the following steps to add a word to the Search word list 1 From the Search word list dialog press Enter a 2 Save Search edit box appears 3 Type the word you wish to add
287. e folder or disk in which to store the backup by pressing Space and press Enter to start the backup process Each of these options has its own backup file This means that if you backup options for 5 programs it generates 5 backup files If you select the Restore button you are prompted for the path from which to restore backup files Again use normal file and folder navigation to select the folder containing your backup files If you select a folder in which there is no backup you receive a message indicating there is no backup option file To restore your settings select the folder containing the backup files by pressing Space then press Enter to initiate the restore process If you hard reset your Voice Sense QWERTY or its battery is fully discharged the main option settings and settings for each program are initialized to the default values If you have created a backup of your settings you can restore the option settings after the hard reset You can also activate the Backup and Restore buttons using Control b and Control r respectively 88 3 7 Change device Name The Change device Name function allows you to change the Bluetooth name of your unit By default the Voice Sense is named something like Voice Sense035 You may wish to give it a more personalized name in order to identify it more easily when pairing with another device This is especially important when using Sense
288. e list of the Inbox 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 3 Press down arrow move to Edit and Press Enter Or Press e 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Select All 5 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to Copy to Mailbox or Move To mailbox 6 Press Enter Or press Alt c or Alt x to activate these commands directly 7 Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Folder list 8 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to the folder you want to delete 9 Press Tab to move to Delete mailbox 10 Press Enter 11 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Delete mailbox name mailbox Yes 12 Press Enter You can also delete the current mailbox by pressing Del on the folder you want to delete To cancel this function press Tab to move to Cancel And press Enter If you attempt to delete the Inbox Sent or Outbox Voice Sense QWERTY plays the warning sound to notify you of the error 6 4 4 3 Changing the name of a Folder Mailbox You can also rename a mailbox To do this follow these steps 1 Open the Move Copy to Mailbox dialog as described in the steps above 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Folder list 3 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to the folder you want to rename 4 Press Tab to move to Rename mailbox 210 5 6 Press Enter Voice Sense QWERTY displays Folder mailbox 7 Type the new name for the folder mailbox 8
289. e new name and press Enter After entering the new name you should close all programs and reset the Voice Sense QWERTY by pressing the Reset button on the rear panel of the unit To cancel your changes press Esc You are returned to the Bluetooth Device List 67 The next menu item is Delete Pair Information This item allows you to remove the connection settings for the current device To activate this item press Alt and press Enter on Delete Pair Information You can also access this option by pressing d from within the menu or you can activate it directly by pressing Del The next item in the Bluetooth Device List menu is the Exit item This item will exit the Bluetooth manager program To activate this item press Alt and then press Up arrow or Down arrow to navigate to Exit Then press Enter on Exit You can also access the item while in the menu by pressing z while you are in the Bluetooth Device List menu or at any time without opening the menu by pressing Alt F4 3 3 2 Bluetooth Service List When you locate a Bluetooth device to which you d like to connect press up arrow or down arrow to navigate to the device in the Bluetooth Device List and press Enter on the device name The unit announces Scanning for services Please wait Please note The Voice Sense QWERTY does not respond to key presses during the scanning process The Voice Sens
290. e next control in a dialog box Tab 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Move to the previous control in a dialog box Shift tab Move to the previous character Left arrow Move to the next character Right arrow Move to the previous line item Up arrow Move to the next line item Down arrow Move to the beginning of line item Home Move to the end of line item End Move to the top of a document or list Ctrl Home Move to the bottom of a document or list Ctrl End Move to the previous page or to the first item of the previous 32 item group Fn Up arrow Move to the next page or to the first item of the next 32 item group Fn Down arrow Scroll left Up scroll button Scroll right Down scroll button Move the cursor to each cell or move to an item The corresponding cursor routing key Read the current item again Fn r Say current time Fn t Display power status Fn b Open the Global Options F10 Online help F1 Check software version Fn v only from the Voice Sense QWERTY Program menu Display Network Status Fn n from the Voice Sense QWERTY Program menu 54 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Increase the voice volume F6 Decrease the voice volume Shift F6 Increase the voice rate F7 Decrease the voice rate Shift F7 Increase the voice pitch F8 Decrease the voice pitch Shift F8 Bluetooth on off F9 Wireless LAN on off F11 Ethernet port on off Fn F11 2 16 Quick Launch Commands
291. e than one file in the playlist when you press the Play Pause button the Voice Sense QWERTY plays all the files in the list one after another If you press the Play Pause button during playback audio playback is paused To resume playing press the button again If you press the Play Pause button while you are in the Record dialog the most recently recorded file is played 7 1 1 2 Forward button and Back button Both of these buttons have a triangular shape The Back button is the left most button in the media group and is pointed to the left The Forward 223 button is the right most button in the media group and is pointed to the right If you press the Forward button the next file in the playlist is played and pressing the Back button plays the previous file If you press one of these buttons while an audio file is playing the Voice Sense QWERTY stops playing the current file and jumps to the previous or next file depending on which button you press and starts playing it If you press the Forward button while the last file in the list is playing or the Back button while the first file in the list is playing it has no effect as there is no file to navigate to 7 1 1 3 Record Button The Record button has a circular shape and is used to record sound using the built in or an external microphone The Record button is located directly to the right of the Back button You can use this button to create
292. e to the next phrase Ctrl Right arrow or short press Forward button Move to the previous phrase Ctrl Left arrow or short press Back button Move to the next fifth phrase Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previous fifth phrase Ctrl Up arrow Move by page Move to the next page Page down 277 Move to the previous page Page up Go to the page Ctrl g Move by level Move up Alt Left arrow Move down Alt Right arrow Set to prior level Alt Up arrow Set to next level Alt Down arrow Move by heading Move to the next heading Ctrl F6 or long press Forward button Move to the previous heading Ctrl F5 or long press Back button Move to the last heading Ctrl F8 Move to the first heading Ctrl F7 Check the current reading level and heading Ctrl w Scan the heading list from the present to the end Ctrl n Move to Specific Heading Ctrl h Find Phrase Alt s Heading Find heading Ctrl f Find again F3 Scan heading Ctrl n Read heading Ctrl w Set mark Set mark at current position Ctrl m Move to the next mark N Move to the previous mark V Delete mark Del Miscellaneous Hot Keys Move to the title list Shift Backspace Open DAISY file Ctrl o 278 Voice settings Ctrl s Set DAISY play type Ctrl t Check the book info Alt Enter 279 8 Organizer The Organizer menu on the Voice Sense QWERTY contains items similar to those normally found in an electronic or hard copy organizer The Or
293. e unit by pressing Windows W When you launch the Word Processor on the Voice Sense QWERTY you are placed in a new blank document The menu can be opened by pressing Alt Don t worry if you can t remember the exact shortcut keys for all of the Word Processor functions as you can activate all the functions of the Word Processor via the Word Processor menu The menu in the Word Processor consists of File Edit Go To Read and Layout To access these menus press Alt in the Word Processor select a menu item and press Enter Or you can press Alt followed by the shortcut for the corresponding menu item For example to open the edit menu press Alt to open the menu and navigate to the Edit menu by pressing Up arrow or Down arrow and press Enter Or press Alt and press e Before going in to more detail about the Word Processor it is also important to note that while you are anywhere in a document you can discover your location by pressing Fn s In addition if you are editing a document and turn the Voice Sense QWERTY off it announces the status when you power back on In the next few sections the features of the Word Processor are explained in more detail The functions of each of the available menu items are also explained 5 1 File Menu The File menu contains the functions that allow you to create new documents open documents saved to a disk save edited documents and print
294. each the Confirm button Press Enter 282 8 1 3 2 Setting Add Address Fields Set Address Fields enables you to select what of the 22 fields to be shown when you enter contact information There are 22 fields in a record but you may not want to enter information in every one of the 22 fields You can use Set Address Fields to select only the fields that you need To use this function press Alt to bring up the menu then select Set Address Field or press o then press Enter Or you can press Ctrl o from the Add Address dialog To the right of each field name used or unused is displayed The default value is set to used To toggle the value press Space After setting all the fields you want to change move to the Confirm button or the Cancel button by pressing Tab or shift tab and press Enter to save or cancel the changes You can also cancel the changes by pressing Esc or Alt F4 8 1 3 3 Using Search Address in Add address From Add Address access the Search Address function to jump to another record To use the Search Address function press Alt to open the menu Next move to Search Address then press Enter or press s You can also press Ctrl s from the Add Address dialog If you have entered information in a record before executing Search Address you are asked Save changes Yes No After you make your choice the Search Address dialog
295. earch your download history choose History from the Search Mode combo box Tab to the Search button and press Enter You are presented with a book list just like the one that appears when you receive results in the Books search mode The book list contains the list of books you ve downloaded in the last month from any device you have connected to BookShare As with the results from the Books search you can get detailed information for a book and download it 11 2 7 Option Settings The Options dialog allows you to set items such as download location default download type and whether the Voice Sense QWERTY automatically unpacks the BookShare book or periodical To open the Options dialog Tab to the Options button and press Enter or press Control o to open the Options dialog directly from 439 anywhere in BookShare Download The Options dialog contains the following items Option settings list contains Default download type and Auto unzip on off default download folder button opens a dialog for selecting default download location Save button Press Enter on this button to save your settings Cancel button Press Enter on this button to exit the Options dialog without saving your changes The option Settings list contains 2 items Default Download Type and Auto unzip on off Use Up arrow and
296. ease the voice rate F7 Decrease the voice rate Shift F7 Increase the voice pitch F8 Decrease the voice pitch Shift F8 Increase the Main Volume Windows F6 Decrease the Main Volume Shift Windows F6 Increase the Sub Voice rate Windows F7 Decrease the Sub Voice Rate Shift Windows F7 One handed mode on off Fn h Bluetooth on off F9 Wireless LAN on off F11 Ethernet port on off Fn F 11 Scroll voice on off Fn F5 Select language Windows Alt v Select Braille code Windows Alt b Select Braille cursor type Fn F3 Select announcement of control information Fn F 1 Eight dot mode on off Fn F4 Open txt help Win key F1 while running program Edit language attribute Windows Alt 518 16 2 Quick Launch Commands Use the following commands to launch their associated applications from anywhere on the Voice Sense Use the Windows key in combination with each letter to launch the following applications Address Manager A Web Browser B sense Chat C DAISY Player D Email E File Manager F Google Talk G Help H Twitter BookShare Download K Media Player M RSS reader N DropBox O google Maps P Quick Browser Q FM Radio R Schedule Manager S Database Manager T Google search U Sense Navigation V Word Processor W Use Caps Lock in combination with each letter to launch the applications below Wake up alarm A Bluetooth Manager B Calculator C 519 Sense Dice
297. ecaeesaeeeecneeeaeseeseeeeaeeaeeeeeaees 121 4 2 20 Set Local Security s cinwenhauiaondadndsnion machina Guinsntiains 122 4 221 EME VIE WEN neono a A A A a a RN 122 4 3 Using the Address Window cccssscccsssssecssssecssssscecssseccesssceeesssccessseceeeessoeers 123 BBN EUG ian a eA denne a a GR eG aed a aa 124 4 3 2 Typing a Path File Name eee csceeseeeeeeeecneesaeeeecaeeaesaeeeeeeaeesaeeeeaees 124 4 3 3 Opening the History List eee cseeeeeeeceeecaeteaeeeecaeeeaeseeseeesaeeaeeeeeaees 124 AA Network and SHAPING sisisnisccsisssescesscesddsssedsnssdevsceadesaasdcessuntesessounedssbsnaavensnosavsersessesnncs 125 4 4 1 Search for shared computers and add to the network list 0 125 4 4 2 Remove Remote folder cece ceesessesescseeeseeeeeeeeeseeaeeeecseeeaesseseeeeaeteaeeeeeaees 127 4 5 Hot Keys in the File Manager sccccssssscsssseccssssecessecceessceeessssseesssccseesssoeees 128 5 WORD PROCESSOR ba ssscscs cassscsscecsssciercinstiesdadevaeaetericnsnderdeneepticuviadansts edaaseonancamanunaiadncantaneens 129 Ds Pile MOTI A A A A EET 129 SLT NEW Cenaa ass a a e a la a a a a aeei 130 SA2 Ope Menene n e a e ee T adedeuatied 130 STI Savenn e e e ancl specs anc apse alow nad MAU n AE AENEA 132 o AV INS E AAE T N E T ian 132 5 1 5 Saving password Protected Files cece ceecneeeeseeeeeteaeeeaeeeeeaeenaeeaeens 133 11 5 1 6 Close Current Document 000i eeeeessesceecececccecececcececaeauaeaevatstseceseseeeeees
298. ecekiccecccesccevticwasttcacctecetccsavecededeces cde devcdechdediessedecbdvsavsevtacccowsaecaeecese 467 12 11 Executing tHE DICE GaMe nessa a T suede case dbensde a AE TE dvueaaned niadeedasueosetees 467 TZL HOWItTWOLKS Saarniit a a ea ea aE A EEE a aT aa 467 12 2 Se s Brain Game sawviccesweawis cebzacees sed sew eae sswauievowgeesinbiossSa aesbhadasketaawansisessuaaees eveesudsdesiess 468 12 2 1 Executing the Sense Brain Game ccccceccesssessessaaccaececeeceeeecessessseeseeeasaaaeeseseeseeeeess 468 1222 Game MENU tive cursdecentetteeatiivbesesedes dese chedtuss a aaa a NEE ENa 468 12 23 Playing a Game nnee na coh Gh oT sa a A N A O EE 469 T2 2A Memory SAM Cova sassecededecessacta denkecestben a ee eaa a a tases aaa aes eaan 469 12 25 Reyers faM epre orriotan endai oodaran dct aa anaa ada aaa a a aiia anai Saduibesesente 469 PPAS E ah T E N A 470 12 2 7 Multiplication tablen naen aaaea ee E A Ea Ea a a ad 470 12 2 8 View TANKING 5 cceccsecs a aaa a ed e E EE EREE N EA a Wades EE A E 471 Mg UTILES Siria aa aaa aaa aaa aa Aaaa aaa aaa 473 13 1 Calculator csssicssasveincnoivenute sev cen vensedsaneeenustcecsuscesbabeeetanuasbakebenchotavssasannsennrsaneseastineseess 473 13 1 1 General Functions cu gic detristticnanitisded ga cotingietn ie od ess aa naldnendt 474 13 122 Fractional arithmetic soniai anenai aeaaeae ana Naaa aaa aa aANT 475 13 1 4 Sine Functions inseto eadoas ebeasdaedanyotcagaedtuanseuategte Wasinsiadeaernedinds 479
299. ects the new file type If a file with the same name and extension already exists date and time are added to the file name 4 2 11 Select All This feature selects all the files and folders in the current list You can access this feature from the menu or by using a shortcut key Press Alt to open the menu Press the down arrow down arrow to navigate to Select All Press Enter to execute the Select All function You can use the letter a to jump to and execute Select All from within the menu Use Ctrl a to select all the files and folders in the current list without entering the menu When Select All is activated the Voice Sense QWERTY says x objects selected The Voice Sense QWERTY then returns to the file list A appears in front of each file name you have selected You can cancel the selection of a file or folder by pressing Space This feature is a convenient method for selecting multiple files for copying cutting or deleting 116 4 2 12 Search for File Use the Search for File function to locate a file or folder for which you know all or part of the name but not the location You can press Alt to open the menu and move to Search for File and press Enter Or use b to jump to and execute the search function from within the menu You can press Ctrl f to activate this function directly from the file list The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the file for find dialog box The dialog box con
300. ed The operation of the scroll keys function keys and media buttons remains the same as in normal mode If One handed mode is on the Voice Sense QWERTY announces this each time it is powered on as well as how to return to normal operation 2 14 Using Typing Mode While you are typing in a document you may wish to turn off the navigation keys especially if you type very fast as you may accidentally navigate when you intend to enter text To turn on Typing Mode follow these steps 1 Press Fn Ctrl t from within a document 2 Start typing mode is announced and displayed If you press Ctrl ESC while executing the Typing Mode it will be entered as Ctrl and ESC instead of executing the Key help mode To cancel Typing Mode follow these steps 1 Press Fn Ctrl t while using Typing Mode 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays and announces End typing mode After canceling Typing Mode press Ctrl ESC Key help mode is executed when you 2 15 Common Hotkeys 1 Open the program menu Win key 53 CON DM OF BW 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Execute a program in the program menu Win key shortcut key varies for each program Bring up the Task list Fn F10 Switch to previous program Alt shift tab Switch to next program Alt Tab Open program specific menu Alt Exit Alt F4 Escape ESC Move to th
301. ed a USB memory stick or SD memory Voice Sense QWERTY displays USB or SD SD memory 7 Press Enter on the desired disk Voice Sense QWERTY displays the changed disk 6 5 2 Set Options The Set options dialog contains 5 items Default mail server default mailbox for POP3 server get the number of mail at once for IMAP a confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the items in the dialog using Tab and Shift Tab Use Up arrow and Down arrow to move among the settings in the settings list To open the Set Options dialog follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the E mail menu from the Inbox 2 Press down arrow to move to Tools 3 Press Enter 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Accounts manager 5 Press down arrow to move to Set Options 6 Press Enter on Set Options Or activate this command directly by pressing Ctrl o The first item in the Set options dialog is Default server You can set the default server to IMAP or POP3 Use Space to change the value of the setting The next item in the Set Options dialog is Use inbox as default mailbox when using POP3 server Yes if you want the e mail program to always place you in the inbox when starting e mail using POP3 leave this setting as is If you would like to use a different mailbox press Space to ch
302. ed to the e mail a Subject subject of the e mail xx yy is displayed The symbol a dot 1 means that the e mail has an attached file It is displayed as a dot 1 on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille and it is announced as 1 attachment which indicates the number of the attached files The Voice Sense QWERTY also indicates which e mail messages have been read and which e mail messages are unread E mail messages that have not yet been read have a dash placed in front of the subject For example let s suppose there is an e mail with an attachment that has been unread It would appear as a Subject Subject of the e mail xx yy You can move among e mail messages when the subject is displayed by using the following keys Move to the next e mail down arrow Move to the previous e mail up arrow Move to the first e mail in the Inbox Ctrl Home Move to the last e mail in the Inbox Ctrl End 6 2 2 2 Date Control 190 Date shows the date and time when the e mail was received Date date time xx yy The date is displayed in the following order day month date and year The time is displayed in the following order hour minute and second using the 24 hour system And xx yy shows the current number of the e mail in relation to the total number of e mail messages received You can also move among e mail messages when the date is displayed using the same navigation keys described above The Voice Sen
303. eenes 178 6 1 1 Executing e mail oe iici oaa ea EE REE EAE ARA 179 6 1 2 Managing e mail account information eens ceeeneeeeeeeeeneeneeeaeens 180 6 2 Receiving and Sending E mail cssscccssssseesssscecessccessssccecesssceeenssceeesseceeeees 187 6 2 1 Receiving E mail ceceivaceavsanaisentncctenaresuawsnniaeinnigeaauseusteros ae maaccanmniaetaianen 187 6 2 2 Move to account or mail DOX eee eeeeeeeessneeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeaaeeeseneeeecsaeeeeeeaaeeeeeneeeeenaas 189 6 2 2 Reading Received E mail Messages cc eeeeseeceeneeeeceeeeeeeneeeeeneenaeeatens 189 6 2 3 Writing email icici accxnnridaurnMaun ale ae a a aaan 194 6 3 Advanced E mail features iss sssccssceesicsavcassevsneessiovassteseostacuencasnaseacirenqesacsamnensasaneaiad 200 6 3 1 Deleting E mail onie a etor A E E E oa TE 200 6 3 2 Reply And Reply All to a Received E Mail eee ceeeeneeeeeeeeneeneeeeeens 201 6 3 3 Forwarding a Received E Mail Message 00 eee eeceeeeeceeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeens 203 6 3 4 Saving a Received E mail as Document 00 0 eee eeeceeeneeeeeeeeeneeneeeaeens 204 6 3 5 Printing E Mail Messages 0000 0 eee eceeeeeeenecneeeseeeecneeeaeseeeeeeeaeesaeeeeeaeenaeeaeens 205 6 4 Additional features Of E mail c ce cceccceecccseccceccccscccesscccsccccccecescccesecceesceeeees 205 64 A gk a2 Damier sea rates E E aren Pere RL re Merry E eRe et ge Neer e aT Tree 206 6 4 2 FI AG NIN inen ce ccaces hated E TE ania aa
304. efault 8 Press Tab to move to Modify 9 Press Enter on the Modify button or press m 10 Press Tab to move to Advanced 1 Press Enter on the Advanced button 12 Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Use secure POP3 POP SSL 13 Press down arrow repeatedly to move to Use as default send from account SMTP 14 Press Space to change the state of the check box to checked 15 Press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter 16 You are returned to the Advanced button 17 Press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter 18 Voice Sense QWERTY announces Successfully modified account and you are returned to the accounts list Voice Sense QWERTY displays default on the LCD and Braille display next to the default account 6 3 Advanced E mail features 6 3 1 Deleting E mail You can delete e mail messages individually or you can select multiple messages and delete them simultaneously 6 3 1 1 Deleting an e mail You can delete an e mail in the mailbox by following the steps below 1 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to the Subject of the e mail you want to delete 2 Press Del 200 3 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Delete subject of the selected e mail mail Yes 4 Press Enter To delete the e mail To cancel press Space to change Yes to No and press Enter You can also cancel e mail deletion by pressing Esc or Alt F4 6 3 1 2 Deleting M
305. efore or after the text of the control For example if Control information is set to before and you bring up the Word Processor s program menu The Voice Sense displays MN File f pull down 40 The following table shows the types of controls and the symbols that are used to indicate them Name Symbol Comments Menu MN It means the menu that has submenus Menu item MI It means the menu that does not have a submenu List item LI The item name after this symbol represents the name of the item in any list Ex LI database or LI sample txt in the file list of the file manager Edit box EB The item name after this symbol represents the edit box name You can find the edit box after the edit box name In the web browser the symbol EB may be followed by an edit box without an edit box name Edit boxes that begin with the symbol EB are one line Ex EB Last name cursor in the address manager program or EB cursor Multi edit box MEB This also represents the edit box But you can type in more than one line in the edit box Ex MEB Subject cursor in the e mail program It means there is an edit box in Computer edit CE which you must input ASCII 41 box Braille The edit box after this symbol only allows ASCII Braille to be entered Ex CE To cursor in the email program Combo box CB It repres
306. either type in a date time or select it using the shortcut keys described above If you press Enter on the Confirm button the schedule information is saved If you press Enter on the Cancel button the entry is not saved 8 2 4 1 Start date When you start Add Schedule the Start date edit box is displayed To use the date displayed simply press Tab to move to the next field To enter a new date type month day year Press Tab to move to the next field If you press Enter accidentally after filling in this field you are prompted no subject then the focus moves to the Subject field Note The default Start date varies in the following 2 ways 1 If you have not searched for an appointment the default start date is today s date 2 If you have searched for an appointment on a specific date the default start date is the last date you searched If you search appointments by subject the default start date is today s date 8 2 4 2 Start time Start time is the second field in the Add Schedule dialog By default this field shows the current time If you set the time format as 12 hour in this option the time is displayed in am pm format Otherwise the time is 299 displayed in 24 hour format If you have set the time format to 12 hour press Fn x to change between am and pm After you have entered the time press Tab to move to the next field If you press Enter accidentally after enter
307. emaining time with this option the 225 minus sign is displayed before the time Next to the elapsed remaining time the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the total playback time of the currently selected file If there are no files in the playlist Time There are no items to display is displayed 7 1 2 2 Playlist Tab The playlist tab displays all the files in the playlist For each file in the playlist it displays the track number file name the location of the file in the list and the total number of files in the list If there is no file in the playlist the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the message no items For example if you had the following track on the Voice Sense QWERTY Track 1 Chopin Fantasie Impromptu 1 10 Track 1 indicates this file is the first item in the playlist Chopin Fantasie Impromptu is the file name 1 10 indicates this file is the first of ten files in the playlist 7 1 2 3 LYRICS Tab The Voice Sense QWERTY s Media Player supports the viewing of lyrics for MP3 files which contain them The Lyrics tab appears in the tab order only if the file you are playing contains lyrics in its file information If your file contains lyrics the Lyrics tab appears in the tab order after the Playlist tab The lyrics to the currently playing track are displayed in a multi edit box Read and navigate the lyrics using normal document navigation commands See chapter 5 of this manual on the Word Processor
308. emaining time while 236 playing depending on the Display time setting in the Playback Settings dialog explained in section 9 3 6 2 The final piece of time information during recording is the available recording time according to the space available on your flashdisk While playing the total length of the file in time is displayed You can move between time information and other information by pressing down arrow or up arrow 7 1 3 3 2 Record Use this command to start recording You can also start recording by pressing the Record button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY While recording the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the recording information tab whenever you start recording the Voice Sense QWERTY creates a file The file is named record 01 mp3 or record 02 mp3 etc By default these files are saved in flashdisk media recora You can change the save to folder and recording file type using the Record Settings option explained in section 9 3 6 3 When recording pause the recording by pressing Tab to move to the Pause button and then press Enter You can also pause by pressing the Record button on the front panel To resume recording press Enter on the Continue button or press the Record button again To stop recording press Tab repeatedly to move to the Stop button and press Enter If you wish to cancel the recording you can press Alt F4 You are prompted Do y
309. emote folder 1 From the remote folder list press Alt to open the FTP menu Press up arrow or down arrow to navigate to Open Local Folder and press Enter You can also press o while in the menu or you can press Ctrl o to open the local folder directly from the remote folder list After activating this function the unit says Opening Local Folder and you are placed in the Disk list that appears in File Manager You are placed on flashdisk by default but if you have an SD card or USB memory stick inserted you can navigate to them by pressing up arrow or down arrow 2 As when navigating in the File Manager you can access a disk by pressing Enter on it Use the same navigation keys as in the File Manager to navigate the local folder Note that you cannot select folders You can only select files If you try to select a folder the Voice Sense QWERTY says Deactivated 3 Once you have selected files by pressing Space you can copy them by pressing Alt and navigate to Copy by pressing up arrow or down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Ctrl c 4 After you have activated the copy command Voice Sense QWERTY announces Copying and Open Remote Folder You are then returned to the remote folder list 5 In the remote folder list navigate to the folder where you want to paste the file Press Ctrl v Or you can press Alt and use up arrow or do
310. ent 2 Chapter check the current chapter 3 Paragraph check the current paragraph 4 From cursor to bottom check from the cursor position to the end of the document 5 Current word check only the word under the cursor You can move among the items in the combo box by pressing up arrow or down arrow When you press Enter on the Custom dictionary dialog the following items are displayed 1 List shows the words that are registered in the custom dictionary Example Braille 1 20 If there are no words registered no items is displayed 2 Add word Alt a press Enter on this button and you are prompted to Add word Type the word you wish to add and press Enter The new word is added and the Voice Sense QWERTY returns to the Add word button 3 Modify word Alt m select the word to be modified from the list and press Enter You are prompted to Modify word Input the correct word and press Enter The selected word is modified and you are returned to the Modify word button 4 Delete word Del select the word to be deleted from the list and press Enter 146 5 Close this command closes the dialog You can move among the items by pressing Tab or shift tab When you press Enter on the Options dialog the following items are displayed 1 Always suggest recommended word if this option is set to On the Voice Sense QWERTY suggests a word if the word that is encou
311. ents the combo box in which you can choose an item by pressing the up scroll button or the down scroll button Ex CB Type in the Open dialog box of the word processor program Edit combo box ECB You can choose the desired item by pressing the up or down scroll button or by directly typing in the item name Ex ECB File name cursor in the Open dialog box of the word processor program 13 Prompt button PB PB follows any question in which you have to choose Yes or No You can toggle between Yes and No by pressing the Space or the Backspace key Ex When you exit from the word processor PB Save Yes Static box ST ST is followed by the current status Ex ST noname hbl insert mode write in the word processor program Link LN It notes a link on a web page Anchor ANC It notes an anchor on a web 42 page Radio button RB It represents a radio button which allows you to choose an item by pressing the up scroll button down scroll button space or Backspace Also it cycles between items when pressing this key Ex RB Attribute Write in the Information dialog box of the file manager Radio button SRB It means that the radio button is select selected in the web browser Radio button URB It means that the radio button is unselect n
312. er Ctrl f Delete file folder Del Information Ctrl i 3 4 Pronunciation Dictionary The Pronunciation dictionary is used to modify how Voice Sense QWERTY pronounces specified words as defined by your entries into the dictionary You can open it by pressing p from the Settings menu You can also launch the Pronunciation Dictionary from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock p The Pronunciation dictionary is composed of the list Add Word button Modify Word button Delete Word button and Close button You can move among these controls by pressing Tab or shift tab The list is shown as word xx yy where xx is the original word and yy is the alternative pronunciation For example if you wanted to hear Who pronounced as world health organization and you added the word to the 84 pronunciation dictionary it is listed as word WHO world health organization You can move up or down through items in the pronunciation dictionary by pressing up arrow or down arrow You can also click the cursor routing key corresponding to the item position you want to focus For example if there are 10 items in the list and you want to focus the 5th item you can click the 5th cursor routing key and your focus is placed on the 5th item on the list The pronunciation dictionary does not list entries in alphabetical order but rather in the order they were added to the dictionary To add a ne
313. erview of what appears in the Global Options dialog 3 8 1 Global Options Overview The Global Options dialog contains various settings that can be changed in the Voice Sense QWERTY As stated above you can open Global Options from anywhere on the unit by pressing F10 The Global Options dialog contains five groups making it easy to jump to a particular section in the very long list of settings present in the dialog 90 1 Braille settings includes Braille display Braille cursor eight dot mode view input grade Braille Code and message display time 2 Voice settings includes language voice punctuation level keyboard echo capitalization alert numbers abbreviations voice volume voice rate voice pitch Main Volume Sub Voice Rate and scroll voice Display settings flip LCD display LCD font size and video display Print settings includes printer port and print paper size 5 General settings includes audio alerts play power on off sound Switch Function and Control Switch Command and Alt left scroll buttons right scroll buttons skip empty lines control information hide passwords hot key information announce shortcut keys power saving mode power saving kick in check today s schedule one handed mode Automatic spell check default document type default Browser Automatically synchronize with time server progress indicator Bluetooth wireless LAN Ethernet port and mass storage device mode
314. es Press Space to go on If you press Space you will hear the dice selection announcement and sound once again and you can repeat the dice roll You can also press Escape to return to the Dice Selection list and choose a different number of dice to roll Press Alt F4 to exit the game 12 2 Sense Brain Game The Sense Brain Game contains 4 different games You can play anywhere any time and train your brain to be sharper and quicker Have fun and be smarter 12 2 1 Executing the Sense Brain Game 1 The Sense brain game is located in the Games menu under the main program menu To enter the Games menu press enter on Games or press G from the program menu 2 To start the Sense Brain Game press Enter on Sense Brain Game or press B You can launch the Sense Brain game from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock B 12 2 2 Game menu There are 5 items in the Sense Brain Game menu 4 games Memory game Reverse game Chase a criminal and Multiplication table and View ranking To start playing a game press enter on a game you want to play If you want to view your past scores you can access them under View ranking 468 12 2 3 Playing a Game When you start each game an opening song is played followed by instructions for playing Press Enter to start the game or press space to repeat the instructions 12 2 4 Memory game When the game starts a group of numbers and
315. escribed previously and navigate to the Type of spam setting you want to modify by pressing up arrow or down arrow 2 Press Tab to move to the list of registered items in that category 3 Navigate to the item you want to modify using up arrow or down arrow 4 Press m or press Tab to move to the Modify button and press Enter 5 Make the modifications in the edit box 6 Press Tab to move to the confirm button and press Enter to save the changes 6 5 3 3 Deleting Soam You can also delete an item that has been registered in the spam list 1 Access the Spam Settings dialog as described previously and navigate to the Type of spam setting you want to delete by pressing up arrow or down arrow 2 Press Tab to move to the list of registered items in that category 218 3 Navigate to the item you want to delete using up arrow or down arrow 4 Press d or press Tab to move to the Delete button and press Enter 6 6 Hot Keys for E Mail 6 6 1 Hot Keys That Are Used in the Inbox Open accounts manager Ctrl m Switch from offline to online mode IMAP Alt l Check for New Mail Alt m Get previous mail IMAP Alt e Go to previous account category Alt FN Up arrow Move to next account category Alt FN Down arrow Move ot previous mailbox Alt FN Up arrow Move to next mailbox Alt FN Down arrow Write New Message Ctrl n Reply Ctrl r
316. ess X from the Main Menu to open the Extras menu then navigate to Online DAISY and press Enter or press o to directly jump to and open it When you execute the Online DAISY program for the first time you are asked for your login information Please type CNIB_ followed by your user number in the ID field Tab to the Password field and type it in computer Braille Press Space to toggle the check boxes for Remember Me and Save password When you have chosen your login settings Tab to Login and press Enter You are presented with a combo box with 3 items Expired New and Issued Press the Up and Down arrows to navigate among the options Press Tab to access the list in your desired category You can navigate the book list using Space 1 and Space 4 You may download books that are issued to you To download a book in the Issued list navigate to it and press Enter The unit announces Download start and shows progress indicators to let you know the progress of the download process When the book is finished downloading you may play it using the DAISY Player Books downloaded using the Online DAISY program are available in the Online DAISY folder from the Open DAISY dialog of the DAISY Player For reasons of copy protection these books are only visible from the DAISY Player and cannot be accessed from the File Manager
317. ess enter or press Esc 6 2 2 4 CC Control CC shows the carbon copy recipient This control is shown if the e mail has a CC You can save the e mail id of the carbon copy recipient using the process described above for saving a sender s e mail address 6 2 2 5 Message Control Message displays the message body of the selected e mail You can move to a message by pressing Tab Or you can read a message by pressing enter when Subject Date or From is displayed When you press enter on the Subject Date or From controls the entire message is automatically spoken To interrupt reading press Ctrl To return to the Subject while reading the message press Esc When you read the message all of the navigation and control keys are the same as in the Word Processor 6 2 2 6 Attachment Control You can find and download attached files by navigating to Attach on messages containing attachments Voice Sense QWERTY displays this control only for e mails which contain attachments Attachments are displayed as Attach attached file name xx yy The yy is the total number of the attached files to the e mail and xx is the xxth attached file Use the following steps to download attachments 1 From the body of a message containing attachments press Tab to move to the attached files list 2 Move to the desired file name in Attach by pressing down arrow or up arrow 192 3 P
318. essing Space The Repeat option allows you to set whether all files in the playlist are played repeatedly If this option is set to Yes all files in the playlist are played repeatedly and if it is set to No the Voice Sense QWERTY stops playing after playing the last file in the playlist Again you can change the value of this option by pressing Space The next option is Playlist To play audio files from File Manager you can select multiple files by pressing Space and play them by pressing Enter If the playlist already contains files this setting allows you to choose whether you want to overwrite the playlist or to append the selected files to the playlist The default value is Overwrite meaning the playlist is created anew with the selected files If you press Space the value is set to Append and the selected files are appended to the playlist The Shuffle option allows you to set the audio playback order The default value is set to Off thus audio files are played in the order they appear in the playlist If you set Shuffle to On the playlist is reorganized in random If you have just one audio file in the playlist and you switch the option to On a message Shuffle mode not available is displayed Times to repeat the specified track allow you to set how many times you wish to repeat when you execute section repetition Times to repeat the specified track You can choose from values 1 to 10 or unlimited
319. ettings menu 7 1 3 4 7 Release Point To set a release point press Esc Or press Alt and move to Position by pressing down arrow Press Enter on Position Move to Release point by pressing down arrow and press Enter After stopping playback of the specified section the file continues playing 7 1 3 5 Mark 242 You can insert a mark while listening to music or an audio file The mark is stored even when you exit the program or play another file To use the mark function press Alt and move to Mark by pressing down arrow And press Enter The Mark menu has the following submenus 7 1 3 5 1 Set Mark To set a mark while listening to audio Open the menu and press Enter on Mark Navigate to Set Mark and press Enter Or to activate this function directly press Alt m up to 1000 marks can be inserted into a file The marks are automatically numbered in sequential order 7 1 3 5 2 Move to Mark You can move to the next or previous mark by pressing V or N respectively You can also move to a mark using the menu Press Alt and move to Mark And press Enter Navigate to the Previous Mark or the Next Mark item and press Enter You can also move to a mark using the mark number 1 Open the menu and press Enter on Mark Navigate to Move To Mark 2 Press Enter on Move To Mark Or press Alt j from the Media Playback dialog 3 Input the mark num
320. etup should be used if you are connecting to the Internet via a DSL modem To connect to the Internet via a wireless network use the Wireless LAN option To activate Setup internet press Enter on Setup internet in the Settings menu or press I from the menu You can launch the setup Internet menu from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock l Or if the PC on which the Active Sync program is installed is connected to the Internet and the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to that PC you can also connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to the Internet via that connection The various connection types are explained in greater detail in the following sections 3 2 1 LAN Setup Before attempting to set up a LAN connection connect one end of a LAN cable to the Voice Sense QWERTY and the other to a router or direct LAN connection to the Internet ALSO be sure the Ethernet port is turned on in the Global Options dialog You can toggle the Ethernet port on and off from anywhere on Voice Sense QWERTY using Fn F11 From the list of connection options in Set up Internet navigate to LAN and press Enter Setup IP Automatic is displayed If your service provider does not require you to use a static IP address simply press Enter on this option for 59 automatic setup For the automatic setup your host server should provide DHCP service Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol To set up your IP configuration manually
321. ew document There are several ways to access this function You can open the menu by pressing Alt navigate to New Document and press Enter Or you can open the menu and press n The hot key for this option in the File Manager is Ctrl n When the new document function is activated the Voice Sense QWERTY displays File type text txt You can create two types of documents text files and Braille files You can use the down arrow to select the Braille brl file format When you press Enter on either text txt or Braille brl the Voice Sense QWERTY displays New document name New Documento txt or New Documento brl New Document0 xxx is the default file name based on the file type you have chosen The number after the new document increases by one whenever you create a new document for which you do not specify a name You can also type in the document name you prefer and press Enter The new document you named is created lt gt 7 characters cannot be used when creating a file name 4 2 9 New Folder Use this option to create a new sub folder under the current folder Open the menu in the File Manager by pressing Alt and select New Folder from the menu list Press Enter on New Folder to activate this function You can use the letter f to jump the new folder option in the menu Alt f is the hot key that you use to access this feature directly from the file list The Voice Sense
322. ew information replaces the old information To modify part of an item press the cursor routing key at the desired position and edit the text If you made a typing error in an item account name logon username password you can modify it using the following hot keys 1 Delete the current letter by pressing Del 2 Press Backspace To delete the previous letter 3 To delete the current line press Alt c 186 6 1 2 4 Deleting an E mail Account Use the following steps to delete an E mail account 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Press down arrow to move to Tools 3 Press Enter on Tools or press T 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Accounts manager 5 Press Enter on Accounts manager 6 Press down arrow or up arrow to move to the desired account in the account list 7 When the desired account is displayed press Del Or press Tab to move to the Delete button and press Enter 8 Are you sure you want to delete the added account name account Yes is displayed 9 Press enter To delete it 10 The Voice Sense QWERTY deletes the account shows Successfully deleted and returns to the account list To cancel the deletion press Space when the Are you sure you want to delete the Added account name account Yes is displayed Press enter Or press Esc or Alt F4 6 2 Receiving and Sending E mail 6 2 1 Receiving E mail The Voice Sense QWERTY
323. explained in greater detail below 13 1 1 General Functions General functions is a dialog box that contains the general function list a Confirm button and a Cancel button In the dialog box you can navigate among the controls using Tab and shift tab In the general function list you can navigate the operators using up arrow or down arrow Or in the list you can press the first letter of the operator you want to access In the Calculator you can open the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on General Functions Or you can press g from the menu to access General Functions When the calculator is opened O is displayed in computer Braille From the calculation line you can access the General Functions using the hot key Ctrl g When the dialog opens you are placed on the general function list Once there you can select your desired operation and press Enter to run it You 474 can cancel the operator selection by pressing Enter on Cancel Alt F4 or Esc You can also use hot keys to quickly execute operations Use the following hot keys to perform basic calculations Plus Minus Divided by Multiply by Percent Power Square Root Ctrl q Decimal point Left parenthesis Right parenthesis PI Ctrl p Exponent Ctrl e To enter negative numbers type minus and the number in parentheses For example type in minus 2 in the following manner
324. ey varies for each program Open the Task Name list Fn F10 Switch to previous program Alt Shift tab Switch to next program Alt Tab Open program specific menu Alt Exit Alt F4 Escape Esc Move to the next control in a dialog box Tab Move to the previous control in a dialog box Shift tab Move to the previous character Left arrow Move to the next character Right arrow Move to the previous line item Up arrow Move to the next line item Down arrow Move to the beginning of line item Home Move to the end of line item End Move to the top of a document or to the first item Ctrl Home Move to the bottom of a document or to the last item Ctrl End Move to the previous page or to the first item of the previous 32 item group Page up Fn Up arrow Move to the next page or to the first item of the next 32 item group Page down Fn Down arrow Scroll left Up scroll button Scroll right Down scroll button Move the cursor to specific cell or move to an item The corresponding cursor routing key Capital sign Caps lock Read the current item again Fn r Say current time Fn t 517 Display power status Fn b Open the global options F10 Online help F1 Check software version Fn v only in the Voice Sense program menu Display network status fn n in the Voice Sense program menu Braille display on off F4 Voice on off F5 Increase the voice volume F6 Decrease the voice volume Shift F6 Incr
325. f the week on which the appointment recurs You can move between the items in the list box by pressing up arrow or down arrow To select or unselect the current item press Space You can make more than one selection thus the appointment recurs on more than one day during the week If you don t select a day it is set to the today s week day Press Tab and the focus moves to the Set recurrence end date check box 8 2 4 9 3 Monthly If you press Tab after setting the Recurrence to monthly the focus moves to the Recurring type combo box You can set the recurring type as Date or Day of the week To move between the two options use up arrow or down arrow Date is used when you want to set an appointment recurring on the same day of a month for example on the 17th of every month or every other month On the other hand Day of the week is used when you want to set an appointment recurring on the same week and day of the week of a month for example on Wednesday of the second week of every month After selecting the Recurring type press Tab to move to the Recurring interval In this field you set after how many months the appointment will recur You can type a number between 1 and 999 Press Tab and different fields are shown depending on what you have selected in Recurring type If you set 303 the Recurring type to Date an edit box is shown where you can type the d
326. facilitate more efficient loading of basic websites accessed when doing general web searches reading RSS feeds etc While it has some limitations in that it cannot stream audio or access sites with java script it can load many websites in a fraction of the time of the original Web Browser and thus is more efficient in many situations To launch the Quick Browser navigate to the Web Tools menu using Up or Down arrow and press Enter or just press B from the main menu From the Web Tools menu navigate to the Quick Browser and press Enter or just type Q You can launch the Quick Browser from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows Q 352 9 2 1 File menu 9 2 1 1 Open URL Press Alt to open the Quick Browser menu Move to File and press Enter The first item that is displayed is Open URL Press Enter to access the Open URL edit box or press Control U from anywhere in the Browser The edit box for entering an address is displayed with the address of the current page filled in Type the web address you would like to access such as www google com and press Enter If the Voice Sense QWERTY cannot connect to the desired web page indicated by displaying progress on the Braille display for an extended period of time press BackSpace enter to stop connecting and execute Open URL again You can type in the address and try to connect again or type a different address to access You can stop the Quick Bro
327. feeds and receive updates whenever the website for the feed you re subscribed to updates its content RSS updates may include news articles blog posts podcasts or just updated content for a website such as promotions or announcements The Voice Sense QWERTY s RSS Reader is preloaded with 9 Google news feeds to get you started To launch the Rss Reader navigate to the Web Tools menu using Up or Down arrow and press Enter or just press B from the main menu From the Web Tools menu navigate to the RSS Reader and press Enter or just type R You can also launch the RSS Reader from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows N 9 4 1 RSS Main Window When the RSS Reader is opened you are placed in the main window of the application on the Category list The main window consists of the 372 following Category list Feeds list Items list Item Description static box Read Whole Description button and if the item is a podcast a Download button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab As you Tab forward in this window you move forward a level in the content structure and as you ShiftTab you move back a level in the content structure This means that as you Tab the content becomes more specific and as you Shift Tab the content becomes more general To illustrate this do the following 1 Use the Down arrow to navigate to Google RSS in the category list 2 Tab once You are pla
328. field of the CSV file that you want to import to the Last name field For example there might be 5 fields like Name Company name title Company address and Company zip code in the CSV file Last name unused 1 6 is displayed To import the value of the Name field from the CSV file press down arrow and move to Name Then Voice Sense QWERTY displays Last name Name 2 6 on the LCD and Braille display If there is no field value from the CSV file to import leave the field unused If you set First name and Company name as unused you are prompted you must select one or more of first name and company name You must select a value from the CSV file for First name and or Company name 2 After setting your preferences press Tab to move to other field such as Group Company and Title etc 3 Press Tab move to Allow fields in first record You can change the setting by pressing Space When you import the CSV file you can choose whether the data from the CSV file for each field should be imported using this option Some CSV files may contain data that is not equivalent to any of the fields in the Address Manager or you may simply not wish to import certain pieces of information 4 Press Tab move to Confirm 5 Press Enter on the Confirm button 6 You are prompted Address file already exists Which do you prefer The default value is Overwrite The setting values are Overwrit
329. for details on document navigation 7 1 2 3 Hot Keys in the Playback Information and playlist Tabs The hot keys that can be used in the playback information and the playlist tabs are as follows 226 1 Hot keys in the Play Information Tab Hot key Function Down arrow Move to the next information Up arrow Move to the previous information Space Pause when it is play state and play when it is pause state Enter or x Start playing Backspace or c Stop playing Alt Right arrow or z Play the next file Alt Left arrow or b Play the previous file Ctrl End Play the last file Ctrl Home Play the first file Alt Down arrow Play the fifth file after the current file Alt Up arrow Play the fifth file before the current file Ctrl Right arrow Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Up arrow or Ctrl Down arrow Change time index Shift Left arrow Speed up Shift Right arrow Slow down Shift Up arrow Volume up Shift Down arrow Volume down Alt Open menu F1 Open help Tab Shift tab Move to play list tab Alt F4 Exit Media player 227 2 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab Hot key Function Down arrow Move to the next file Up arrow Move to the previous file End Move to the last file Home
330. for the paragraphs that follow unless the setting is changed The default value is set to 0 To change the setting type the number of characters to indent Press the down scroll button or press down arrow To move to the next setting 4 Indent all lines except the first line All the lines in the paragraph except the first line are indented by the value you select This setting is valid for the following paragraphs unless the setting is changed The default value is set to 0 To change the setting type the number of characters to indent 5 Alignment This sets the alignment type The default type is set to Left justified The other options are Centered and Right justified Press Space To change the setting 6 Set style When printing a document with an ink printer the style of each paragraph can be set independently for differing types of text Style includes font type font size and text shape You can select Text Title Sub title Abstract 1 and Abstract 2 by pressing Space or Backspace The default fonts for each style are listed below Text Times New Roman Font size 11 Abstract1 Times New Roman Font size 11 Boldface Abstract2 Times New Roman Font size 14 Boldface Sub title Courier New Font size 16 Italic Boldface Center aligned Title Times New Roman Font size 20 Boldface Center aligned 7 Confirm cancel Press Tab or shift tab to get to confirm and cancel
331. formation on a specific program please see the section of this user manual related to that program The Windows key command for accessing the Program menu is an example of a global hotkey This means that pressing the Windows key key takes you to the Program menu immediately from anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY whether you are in a submenu a file a dialog or an application When you press Windows key you are always placed at the top of the Program menu and File Manager is displayed and spoken There are also global quick launch commands for every program on the unit mostly comprised of either the Windows or Caps Lock key and a letter These quick launch commands will immediately launch their associated application from anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY See section 2 16 for a complete list of the quick launch commands 2 2 1 Control Symbols The Voice Sense QWERTY uses several control symbols to note the type of information being displayed examples are list items menus and edit boxes These symbols can appear Before or After the text or the appearance of this information may be set to off The way this information is displayed is determined by the Control information setting in the Global Options dialog The default value is set to Before Note In the Web Browser the control symbols are displayed even if the Control information is set to off AS explained above the control symbol appears b
332. from this list to send a direct message to that person 2 Next list loads the next 32 followers in your list Press Ctrl n or Enter on this button to load the next list 3 Message An edit box in which to type the message you wish to send When done you may press Enter to send the message and return to the followers list 4 Characters A status bar displaying current characters and maximum characters for example Characters 0 140T 5 Send A button used to send the direct message Press Ctrl s or Enter on this button to send your message and return to the followers list 6 Close use this button to close the dialog without sending a message You can also use Esc to close the dialog 10 2 7 2 Accessing Received Direct Messages This function allows you to view Direct Messages you have received from those you follow 396 To open the received messages dialog press Alt R or select the Received Direct messages item located in the Tweets menu The Received Direct Messages dialog consists of 6 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Received Direct Messages A list of the messages you have received shown from newest to oldest Messages are displayed as ID message 2 The date the message was filed 3 Next list Loads the next 20 messages in the list Press Control N or press Enter on the button to load the next list 4 Reply Use this button to compose a reply
333. from which you can choose the desired language Navigate among the languages using up arrow key and down arrow key When you reach your desired language press Enter to change the language associated with the selected block of text You can also type the first letter of your desired language from the prompt box to activate that bl mI language attribute For example Use f for French s for Spanish etc If View Format Characters is on text language is noted as follows Spanish LS French LF German LG Italian LI English LE 5 2 16 Font Setting The Font Setting dialog allows you to choose the type size color and style of the font for the current text selection You can open the Font Setting dialog by pressing Alt and press Enter on Edit Navigate to Font Setting using the Down arrow or you can press F from the Edit 149 menu You can open the Font Setting dialog while editing a document using Alt M The Font Setting dialog contains the following items Font Name list box Size list box Color list box Underscore combo box Bold combo box Italics combo box a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls in the dialog using Tab and Shift Tab The Font Name list box contains a None option for choosing no font type and 84 font choices based on popular fonts available in Microsoft Windows The Size list box allows you
334. ft arrow Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next month Down arrow Move to the previous month Up arrow Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow 16 12 4 Stopwatch Stopwatch start pause restart enter Check the elapsed time Backspace Stop Braille display Fn Space Restart Braille display Fn Space 547 Switch between stopwatch and Countdown timer Tab or shift tab Count down timer pause or restart enter Count down timer Clear Backspace Exit stopwatch or count down timer Alt F4 16 12 5 Display network status Display network status Fn n 16 12 6 Terminal for Screen reader Enter terminal Clipboard Control Function l Send Terminal Clipboard content Control S Exit terminal for Screen reader Alt X 16 12 7 Display power status Display power status Fn b 16 12 8 Format Disk format Fn f 16 12 9 Sleep Timer Set Sleep Timer Fn j 16 12 10 Upgrading the Voice Sense Firmware Check download information Space Cancel download and exit Alt F4 16 13 Settings 548 16 13 1 Setting time and date Move to the next day Right arrow Move to the previous day Left arrow Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next month Down arrow Move to the previous month Left arrow Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arr
335. g of the File menu for this to work correctly You may also import an RTF file and mathematic text will be rendered using Nemeth symbols Supported Nemeth symbols Category Math Symbol Braille Dots Operations Identity dots 1 2 3 Plus or Minus dots 3 4 6 then 5 then 3 6 Minus sign dots 3 6 166 Plus sign dots 3 4 6 Divided By dots 4 6 then 3 4 Times dots 4 then 1 6 Factorial dots 1 2 3 4 6 Hollow Dot dots 4 6 then 1 6 Union Dots 4 6 then 3 4 6 Intersection dots 4 6 then 1 4 6 Asterisk Times Sign Dots 4 then 3 4 5 6 Curved division sign Dots 1 3 5 Percent Dot 4 then 3 5 6 Comparative symbols Equals Dots 4 6 then 1 3 Greater Than Or Equal To Dots 4 6 then 2 then 1 5 6 Less Than Or Equal To Dots 5 then 1 3 then 1 5 6 Directly over Dots 1 2 6 Directly under Dots 1 4 6 Greater Than Dots 4 6 then 2 Less Than Dots 5 then 1 3 Not Equal to Dots 3 4 then 4 6 then 1 3 Dots 4 then 1 5 6 then 4 6 then 1 Congruent 3 Not Congruent Dots 3 4 then 4 then 1 5 6 then 4 6 then 1 3 Similar Dots 4 then 1 5 6 Not Similar Dots 3 4 then 1 5 6 Approximately Equal Dot 4 then 1 5 6 then 4 then 1 5 6 Equivalent Dot 4 then 1 2 6 then 6 then 1 2 6 167 Is to Ratio sign Dot 5 then 2 Is proportion
336. g the three items by pressing Tab or shift tab The function list consists of Common logarithm and Natural logarithm in which you can move by pressing up arrow or down arrow You can activate the Logarithm Functions menu by pressing Enter on Logarithm Functions or by pressing I from the menu Or in your calculation line you can open the Logarithm Functions by pressing Ctrl l If you press Enter on one of the logarithm functions or Tab to confirm while one of the functions is focused you can insert this function into your calculation Or you can run a Natural logarithm by pressing n from the list You can run a Common logarithm by pressing c 13 1 8 Convert Unit The Convert Unit dialog allows you to convert measurements of mass area volume distance and temperature from metric measure to imperial measure as well as other standards of measurement and units of measurement within the same system To open the Convert Unit dialog press Alt to open the menu navigate to Convert Unit using the Down arrow and press Enter Open the Convert Unit dialog from anywhere in the calculator by pressing Control U The Convert Unit dialog contains the following items Unit Category combo box Current Unit combo box Change Unit combo box Input Number edit box Convert button Cancel button and the Result static box You can move among the controls in the dialog using Tab
337. ganizer menu contains 3 items Address Manager Schedule Manager and Database Manager To open the Organizer menu press Windows key to bring up the main menu navigate to Organizer using the DOWN arrow and press Enter Or you can press o from the main menu to quickly jump to and open the Organizer menu The following sections will discuss each of the programs in the Organizer menu in detail 8 1 Address Manager 8 1 1 What is the Address Manager The Address Manager is a program that you can use to keep track of your contact information for friends and colleagues such as company addresses home addresses e mail addresses as well as other information The Address Manager consists of two main dialogs Add Address and Search Address In the Add Address dialog you can enter contact information such as names company addresses home addresses and so on In the Search Address dialog you can look for information that is stored in the Address Manager You can edit or delete information you find You can also select addresses to be printed using an ink print or Braille printer IN addition you can connect to a web site by pressing Enter on a homepage address field if the field contains an address for a web site In the program menu you can start the Address Manager by first opening the Organizer menu by pressing O then typing a You can laun
338. gle using the Go to Previous Page command the next page from the Google website is the Lycos website To move to the next page press Alt to open the menu and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing the Down arrow Press Enter Move to Go To Next Page by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter or you can press Alt Right arrow This command is not available on the last page because there is no page after the last page to move to 9 2 4 4 Go to Previous Heading If you activate the Go To Previous Heading function you can go to a heading that is located above your current location To execute the Go To Previous Heading function open the menu by pressing Alt and press the Down arrow repeatedly to move to the Go To menu Press Enter on Go To Then use Up or Down arrow to move to Go To Previous Heading and press Enter Or press U from the menu To activate this function directly press Control F3 while in a web page 9 2 4 5 Go to Next Heading If you activate the Go To Next Heading function you can move forward to the next heading below your current location To execute the Go To Next Heading function open the menu by pressing Alt and press the Down arrow repeatedly to move to the Go To menu Press Enter on Go To Then use Up or Down arrow to move to Go To Next Heading Press 358 Enter Or press D from the menu You can also activate this function directly by pressing Control F 4 w
339. h all the available Braille codes from anywhere on the unit using Windows Alt b Note If you change the Braille Code option while you are editing Braille in the Word Processor the meaning of the Braille in your current document will be changed to reflect the current Braille Code setting To avoid this problem the Braille Code option should be changed before launching the Word Processor 3 8 2 5 Message Display Time This option defines how the Voice Sense QWERTY deals with system messages You can set the unit to ignore system messages to stand by until you press a key or if the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille is on you can define how long the message remains on the display before automatically disappearing Use m to quickly jump to this item in Global Options The available settings are Stand by Ignore and display times of 1 to 10 seconds The default setting is 3 seconds Use Space to increase the message display time by one second and Backspace to decrease the message display time by one second If you read the message before the display time has elapsed you can clear the message by pressing any key Set the unit to standby mode by pressing Space until you reach Stand by In this mode the message remains indefinitely until you press a key If you choose Ignore messages are ignored and do not appear on the display 3 8 2 6 Language The Voice Sense QWERTY can output speech in US English
340. h for address CSV type address or address CSV in the File name edit box 5 Press Shift Tab to move to Path Search list Navigate to the folder that contains the CSV file For example if the CSV file is located in the download folder under the flashdisk press Enter on the download folder to open it 6 After selecting the folder press Enter Or press Tab move to Confirm and press Enter 7 Import of the CSV file is performed If you don t know the file name of the CSV file 1 Press Tab on the File name 2 Move to Path search list 3 The Open File dialog is displayed Use normal navigation commands to navigate to the CSV file and press Enter To cancel this function press Tab to move to Cancel and press Enter Or press Alt F4 8 1 6 1 4 Adding the data from the CSV file to the Address Manager When the CSV file is imported Last name unused 1 xx is displayed Structure appears as below 1 Field list address Add address 1 Unused 2 Field name list of CSV file 2 Allow fields in first record 3 Confirm 4 Cancel By pressing Tab or Shift Tab you can move among the controls By pressing up arrow or down arrow you can move among the items in Unused and Field name list in the CSV file To add the CSV file data to the Address Manager follow these steps 289 1 On Last name unused 1 xx press up arrow or down arrow Move to the
341. hdisk Be extremely cautious when executing this command If you execute this command you will lose all of your data You will NOT be able to retrieve this data once the command is executed To format the flashdisk press and hold Fn f While holding down these keys quickly press and release the reset button Continue holding Fn f until you hear the format start announcement 108 4 1 1 Navigating the File List The File Manager contains two kinds of lists the file list and the menu list or rather the list of items contained in the File Manager menu The menus in the Voice Sense QWERTY wrap This means when you reach the end of the list of items in a menu the Voice Sense QWERTY automatically brings you back to the top of the list when you press down arrow However when you reach the end of a file list the Voice Sense QWERTY remains at the end of the list even if you press down arrow The following is a list of the keystrokes used for navigating lists 1 Move to previous item Up arrow or up scroll button 2 Move to next item Down arrow or down scroll button 3 Move to the beginning of a list Ctrl Home 4 Move to the end of a list Ctrl End The following keystrokes are valid only in a file list Jump to folder or file list Ctrl Down arrow Move between file list and address window Tab shift tab Enter the selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move back a level in the folde
342. he Sending Receiving File Information list It is displayed as Send complete XX File file name To cancel sending files move to the desired file on the Sending Receiving File Information list and press Esc File transmission is canceled and the Sending File Information list displays Send Me canceled XX file name If your contact cancels receiving files during transfer the Sending File Information list displays Send To canceled XX file name 416 10 3 5 2 Receiving a file In addition to sending files to contacts you can receive files they wish to send to you You can receive multiple files at once and exchange messages in the Chat dialog while receiving files Use the following steps to receive files from one of your contacts 1 When a contact requests to send you a file XXX send to file message is displayed The Chat window is opened and the Receiving File Information list is focused 2 The Receiving File Information list displays Receiving Pending acceptance XX file name XX refers to the number of files your contact is requesting you receive 3 To accept file transmission press Enter File transfer begins Once sending starts progress rate and file name are displayed on the receiving file information list 4 When Receiving File is completed you are return to the Receiving File Information list It is displayed as Receive complete XX File file name To cancel receiving a file
343. he Voice Sense QWERTY displays message list in Inbox 2 Press Shift Tab to move to Mailbox 3 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to Outbox 4 Press Enter 5 Voice Sense QWERTY displays the message list in the Outbox 6 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to the mail message you want to send If you want to send all the e mails in the list Press Ctrl a to select all If you want to send individual messages use normal selection commands to select them 8 Press Alt to open the menu 9 Press Enter on the File menu 10 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to Send menu 11 Press Enter on the Send menu 12 The selected messages are sent Press Ctrl s to directly execute the Send command If you send all the messages in the Outbox no items is displayed 6 2 3 7 Setting Default E mail account If you have set up more than one e mail account on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can set the default e mail account for sending messages 1 Press Alt to open the menu from any mailbox but Outbox Press down arrow to move to Tools Press Enter on the Tools menu or press T 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Accounts manager Press Enter on the Accounts manager Voice Sense QWERTY displays Account name list 199 7 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to the e mail account you want to set as the d
344. he clipboard 5 2 8 Clear Clipboard To clear the clipboard press Alt and press Enter on Edit Move to Clear Clipboard by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press Enter Or you can press e from the Edit menu Executing the Clear Clipboard command erases everything on the clipboard While editing a document you can press Ctrl Del to activate this command 5 2 9 Select All The Select All command selects all text in a document To activate this command press Alt and press Enter on Edit Move to Select All by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press Enter or press a from the Edit menu While editing a document press Ctrl a to activate this function 143 5 2 10 Insert from File This command inserts another file in the document you are currently editing To execute this command press Alt and press Enter on the Edit menu Move to Insert from File by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press Enter or press I from the Edit menu While editing a document pressing Ctrl i activates this function When you use this option an insert dialog is displayed similar to the Open dialog Select file you want to insert and press Enter The selected file is inserted at the beginning of the paragraph on which your cursor is located When you execute Insert from File if the format of the inserted file differs from your current document the text inserted from t
345. he day and 4 digits for the year separating them by a space or a slash The next item is Synchronize with time server used to synchronize time and date with a time server on the Internet This function is extremely useful when the date and time of Voice Sense QWERTY is faster or slower than the current time To execute this function your Voice Sense QWERTY must be connected to the Internet When connected press Enter on the Synchronize with time server button After synchronization it displays the synchronized time in the Time edit combo box The synchronized date is also displayed in the Date edit combo box To save your settings press Tab to the confirm button and press Enter you are returned to Set Time and Date in the Settings menu Or when you have completed entering all of the information simply press Enter 58 3 2 Setup Internet The Setup internet function is used to configure your Voice Sense QWERTY to use various connection types to access the Internet The Setup internet utility contains the following connection options LAN Wireless LAN Bluetooth DUN and ADSL You can move among the four items by pressing down arrow or up arrow The LAN setup should be used if you are connecting to the Internet via a Ethernet network or router If you wish to connect to a mobile network via a cell phone or other Bluetooth modem choose the Bluetooth DUN connection The ADSL s
346. he device make sure it is in Terminal Mode and connect it to the Mac via USB The unit is immediately recognized and VoiceOver output is shown on the Braille display Use the following steps to connect the Voice Sense as a Bluetooth Braille display with a Mac running VoiceOver 1 Ensure that the unit is powered on Bluetooth is activated and it is in Terminal Mode 2 Press Vo F8 to open the voiceOver Utility 3 Navigate to Categories and press Vo Shift Down to begin interacting with it 4 Press B for Braille 5 Press Vo Shift Up to stop interacting with the Categories group 6 Press Vo Right to Display and press Vo Space to activate it 7 Navigate to Add and press VoSpace to activate 8 VoiceOver announces Searching for Bluetooth devices 9 Navigate to the Bluetooth devices list and press Vo Shift Down to interact with the table 10 Navigate to Voice Sense and press Vo Shift Up to stop interacting with the table 11 Navigate to Remember this device and press Vo Space to check the box 12 Navigate to select and press Vo Space to activate it 13 VoiceOver asks for the pairing code and places you in the edit box 14 Enter the pairing code type a 4 digit code of your choosing and press Enter Voice Sense prompts you for the same pin code type it in computer Braille and press Enter You should hear a chime indicating VoiceOver has connected to your Braille device and
347. he e mail is moved or copied to the folder 13 You are returned to the mailbox from which you activated the Move or Copy command 6 4 4 1 Creating a Mailbox You can create additional mailboxes in the E mail folder for sorting and storing your messages To create a new mailbox follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu from the Inbox message list 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 3 Press down arrow to move to Edit and Press Enter Or Press e 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Select All 5 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to Copy to Mailbox or Move To Mailbox 6 Press Enter Or press Alt c or Alt x to open this dialog directly from the message list 7 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Folder lists 8 Press Tab to move to Create mailbox 9 Press Enter on Create mailbox 10 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Mailbox name Type the mailbox name you want to create 11 Press Enter or press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter 12 Voice Sense QWERTY displays the created mailbox in the Folder list The folder is also visible in the Mailbox and in the e mail folder from File manager 6 4 4 2 Deleting Folders mailboxes 209 You are not able to delete Inbox Sent or Outbox However you can delete folders mailboxes you have created To delete a folder follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu from the messag
348. he file is converted to the file format of the current document For example if you insert sample txt in sample brf and save it the saved file is sample brf Note If you insert a Braille file in to a text file the Braille document is back translated to text Though the inserted text appears normally in grade 2 on rare occasions you might see differences in the back translated text 5 2 11 Insert Date To insert the date into your document press Alt and press Enter on Edit Move to Insert Date by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press Enter or press w from the Edit menu The current date and time is inserted at your current cursor location While editing a document press Ctrl w to activate this command 5 2 12 Insert Time To use this function press Alt and press enter on edit Move to insert time by pressing down arrow repeatedly and press enter or press t from the edit menu The current time is inserted into your document at your cursor location While editing a document press Alt w to activate this function 144 5 2 13 Toggling Insert and Overwrite Modes There are two ways of editing documents on the Voice Sense QWERTY The first is to insert your text which pushes back the text after the cursor This is called Insert mode because you are simply inserting text When you are in Insert mode the cursor displays as dots 7 8 The second is to overwrite text a
349. he start position and destination at which you intend to stop for any reason Route the travel directions from the start position to the destination 441 11 3 2 Pairing a GPS Receiver The Voice Sense QWERTY contains an internal GPS receiver However sometimes you may wish to use an external Bluetooth receiver as it may provide a stronger signal in areas where satellite reception is weak To pair your Voice Sense with a Bluetooth receiver follow these steps 1 2 oO CO N OD Make sure your Bluetooth receiver is powered on and is discoverable On the Voice Sense from the Main menu press I to launch the Bluetooth Manager The Bluetooth Manager automatically begins searching for devices While the search is performed progress beeps are heard and progress is displayed on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille in the form of full cells When the search is complete the names of the available Bluetooth devices are announced and you are placed in the Bluetooth devices list Navigate to your Bluetooth receiver using Up arrow and Down arrow and press Enter on your receiver s Bluetooth name The Voice Sense QWERTY announces Scanning for services When the scan is complete the services list is shown Navigate to Serial and press Enter If your Bluetooth receiver requires a pin code you are asked for this Enter it and press Enter 10 The Vo
350. here is no blind copy recipient you can skip to the next step 13 Press Tab to move to Subject 14 Type the subject of the e mail message 15 Press Tab to move to Message body 16 Type the text of your e mail message The input method and the editing method are the same as the input and editing method used in the word processor 17 When you finish writing the e mail message press Alt to open the E mail menu The File menu is displayed again 18 Press enter 194 19 Press down arrow to move to Send 20 Press enter You can also send mail directly by pressing Ctrl s 21 Sending is displayed and the e mail is sent When the e mail is finished sending Successfully sent new message is displayed If sending fails the Voice Sense QWERTY displays Unable to sent message If this occurs the e mail is saved in the Outbox Note Be sure you have an active Internet connection before executing the Send command as you cannot send e mail if the Voice Sense QWERTY cannot access the Internet After sending is completed or has failed you are returned to the Inbox To cancel e mail message creation or sending press Esc or Alt F4 and you are returned to the Inbox 6 2 3 1 Attaching a File While you are writing e mail you can attach files to your messages Use the following steps to attach a file 1 While writing e mail press Alt to open the menu Voice Sen
351. hile in a web page 9 2 4 6 Go to Previous Next Text This item can be used to go to the next or previous chunk of text while reading a web page To execute the Go To Next Text function do the following 1 Open the menu by pressing Alt 2 Move to Go To by pressing the Down arrow 3 Press Enter 4 Press the Down arrow until Go To Next Text is displayed Or you can press a To move directly to Go To Next Text 5 Press Enter Or you can activate the Go To Next Text function by pressing Control F6 while reading a web page to Execute Go To Previous Text do the following 1 Open the menu by pressing Alt 2 Move to Go To by pressing the Down arrow 3 Press Enter 4 Press the Down arrow until Go To Previous Text is displayed Or you can press B to move directly to Go To Previous Text 5 Press Enter Or you can activate the Go To Previous Text function by pressing Control F5 while reading a web page 359 9 2 4 7 Refresh If a web page opens incorrectly due to a network problem or you know the content is updated often To refresh the current page press Alt and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing the Down arrow Press Enter Go to Refresh by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter or you can press Control R while in a web page 9 2 4 8 History The History is the list of the web page addresses and their titles that have been visited either by clicki
352. his screen the next time you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your computer synchronization with Microsoft Outlook will occur automatically If you select No the Set up a Partnership screen will pop up each time you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your computer If you want to synchronize the Voice Sense QWERTY with Microsoft Outlook select Yes and press the next button Then you are asked to select a name for the mobile device You can use only _ A Z and 0 9 in your device name You cannot use spaces Once you have entered an appropriate name press Enter on the next button A list of functions appears on your computer Each function has a check box located next to it Make sure no check boxes other than the Contacts and Calendar check boxes are checked as synchronization of Calendar and Contacts is all that is currently supported on the Voice Sense QWERTY You may choose to check Contacts Calendar or both depending on your preference After setting your preferences press next A dialog box appears displaying setup complete Tab to the finish button and press Enter ActiveSync then looks for changes and synchronizes with Microsoft Outlook For more information on how to use ActiveSync Windows Mobile Device Center or Microsoft Outlook please visit www microsoft com 515 15 4 Transferring Files to the Voice Sense QWERTY Via ActiveSync To transfer files to the Voice Sense QWERTY from your co
353. hould hear a chime on the iPhone and the text displayed on the iPhone should now be navigable with your Voice Sense QWERTY keyboard For information on operating the iPhone using the Voice Sense as a Terminal please refer to Apple s accessibility website at www apple com accessibility To exit Terminal for Screen reader press Alt X 3 3 2 6 Bluetooth keyboard service You can use this service to connect a Bluetooth keyboard to your Voice Sense QWERTY Before you try to use this service please be sure the Bluetooth keyboard is turned on and in Bluetooth range Use the following steps to connect to a Bluetooth keyboard 1 Navigate to the Bluetooth keyboard in the Bluetooth Device List and press Enter 82 2 Keyboard should be displayed in the list of available services 3 Press Enter on the Keyboard service 4 If the keyboard requires a PIN code you are prompted to enter it Some devices do not require a PIN code in which case you are not prompted to enter one 5 IF you are prompted input the PIN code on the Voice Sense QWERTY and press Enter If the keyboard requires a PIN code you must also input the PIN code on the Bluetooth Keyboard You should be able to locate PIN code information for the Bluetooth keyboard in the documentation that came with it 3 3 2 7 Bluetooth Printer service You can use this service to print documents from the Voice Sense QWERTY via a Bluetooth enabled printer Follow these
354. ialog read using Window Eyes The dialog should display that the Bluetooth device was successfully set up It is very important to note the COM ports for the outgoing COM port and the incoming COM port For example the outgoing COM port may be COM 5 79 and the incoming COM port may be COM 6 Do not be surprised if your COM ports are not set to COM 5 and COM 6 The COM ports used can vary from computer to computer 17 Press tab to get to the Finish button and press Enter to activate it 18 You will then be taken back to the Bluetooth device settings dialog Press Ctrl Tab twice to focus the COM ports tab control 19 Press tab to get to the list of COM ports and press the Down Arrow to move through the list of COM ports to make sure that they match the COM ports that were mentioned when you completed the Bluetooth device wizard You should hear your first COM port then the direction and the name After you press down Arrow again you should hear the next COM port the direction and name For example when you press the down arrow key the first time you might hear COM 5 Outgoing Windows CE Blue Tooth Serial When you press the down arrow key a second time you might hear COM 6 Incoming Windows CE 20 Tab to the OK button and press Enter You have now setup the Voice Sense QWERTY and the computer However you must properly setup Window Eyes in order to use the Voice Sense QWERTY as a Bluetooth terminal 3 3 2 5 3
355. iccdstigagcns A Grisadytantadamuatitinnc nae cn ian 417 OS 1 SETUP Options eieren A a de indies a eases teed nage 420 10 4 Sense Chatce a a a e a 424 10 4 1 Connecting the Notetakers 0 0 cece ceecneeeeeeeeeeeeaeesaeeeesneeeaesaeeeeeeaeeees 425 10 4 2 Using the Chat Window 0 cccccccccceccc cee ceeecseeeeseeeeseeaeseeaeeceaeeetseeaeetaeeesseeeenees 426 10 4 3 The Sense Chat File Mermuiisssssisscscs sscssiiesteedashssdsogeuseatuienvsigesecansvsnaniennedioncasnnanys 426 10 4 4 Sense Chat Options 2000 00 cccseeneceneeseeeeeecaeeeeecaeeseeecsaeseeeceueseeesnaeseneenaes 427 10 5 Hot Keys in Social Networking csssessssseecesssecesssseeessseeesssseeeesseeeesseeeeeesees 428 AUDA A WV ITE noar ade cua es Sass nese e es Sense anys on cus ncacdeanancs E NE 428 10 5 2 GOOGLE AIK ieia a aaaea gure tag aR aani aia aatar an Ea aai 429 10 5 3 Sense Chat aeiia aeea i e Aa e 431 TI EXTRAS aiana a aaa eons aaan ai ea aTa aa iaaa airaa adaa ad Aa aiT SN 433 11 1 Sense Dictionary sisissnissssisccvcenacotenicvesennatcarwecdssubesedennasdatvbenetstnnssesennaneoessnsseusbidesces 433 41 2 BooksShare Downloadi aeoea aa a aa Aa a AA AEREN EAER EEES 433 11 241 What 1S BOOKS are einna eaaa ea EE ANa E aSa 433 11 2 2 Executing BookShare Download uu eee ceceeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeaeteeeeeeeaeeaee 434 11 2 3 The main BookShare download Dialog 00 0 cece eeeseeseereeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeee 435 11 2 4 Searching for BOOKS jess Geiscasaesensde
356. ice Sense QWERTY 9 1 3 5 Copy Link The Copy Link function allows you to copy a link in the web page on which you are located If you tab to a link and select the Copy Link function the link is copied to the clipboard To copy a link from the web page press Alt move to the Edit menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter Press down arrow to move to Copy Link and press Enter Or you can copy a link directly by pressing Alt I 9 1 4 Go To To open the Go To menu press Alt and navigate to Go To by pressing down arrow Press Enter The menu items are explained in the following sections 9 1 4 1 Go to Home Page The first page that your Web Browser loads when the Web Browser opens is called the home page You can set your favorite site as your home 333 page When your home page is set your Web Browser opens the same home page every time you execute it The default home page is www Hims inc com To move to the default home page from another web page press Alt and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter The first item in the Go To menu is Go To Home Page You can activate Go To Home Page by pressing Enter or by pressing Alt h while in the Web Browser 9 1 4 2 Go to Previous Page The previous page is the page shown just before the current page For example when the Web Browser is activated the first page tha
357. ice Sense QWERTY should connect to your receiver and announce Connected 11 3 3 Executing Google Maps The Google Maps application is located in the Extras menu of the Voice Sense QWERTY To open Google Maps press x from the Main Menu or navigate to the extra s menu and press Enter From the Extras menu use Up arrow or Down arrow to navigate to Google 442 13 Maps and press Enter or press g to jump to and open Google Maps You can launch Google Maps from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows P When Google Maps is launched the Voice Sense QWERTY immediately attempts to connect to the GPS receiver If GPS connection is successful the unit announces Successfully connected GPS searching for location When your position is acquired the unit says Current position information and announces your current position If the GPS signal is too low to acquire a position the unit says GPS signal strength is low and no position information is given The position information displayed includes current position information Latitude and Longitude 11 3 3 1 Google Maps main window The main Google Maps dialog consists of 4 areas current position information Start position Destination information and Near POPs Move among the 4 areas of the dia
358. ice Sense will then prompt you for the same pass code type it in computer Braille and press Enter 7 The computer should display the message Found new hardware and the final dialog should appear on the computer The dialog should display that the Bluetooth device was successfully set up It is very important to note the Bluetooth COM port as you will need this when setting up your screen reader 13 7 1 3 Using the Voice Sense with Window Eyes Use the following steps to connect your HIMS Braille device as a terminal for Screen Reader with Window Eyes from GW Micro 1 Make sure your Voice Sense is powered on and in Terminal mode 2 Press Control Backslash to open the Window Eyes control Panel 3 Arrow down to devices and press Enter 4 Arrow down to Braille displays and press Tab to open the available displays list 5 Arrow down to Voice Sense and press Tab to get to the ports list 497 6 If you are using Bluetooth please choose the Com Port number that matches your Bluetooth connection If using USB choose USB from the ports list 7 Tab to Activate and press Enter 8 If activation is successful you have 15 seconds to choose whether or not to keep settings or Revert the settings to the way they were before you activated the Voice Sense 9 Tab to Keep settings and press Enter 10 Tab to Save Settings and press Enter 11 Tab to
359. ific program for them to work This user manual notes how to press hot keys and shortcut keys in the following manner Keys that are to be pressed at the same time are separated by a dash When you see FN b this means that you should press Function and the letter b simultaneously If you are unable to find a solution to a problem within the manual or if you need assistance with the Voice Sense QWERTY please email us at support hims inc com You may also visit us on the web at www hims inc com or you can call us at 512 837 2000 1 INTRODUCTION 6 sc visiassstsiicccsycracstice ssabusestanasvanteanasmseduvskanbessantnncctudekdoeaicienaeungegeensnaveutaueavnucansai 30 1 1 What is the Voice Sense QWERTY ssscssscsscssscnscccsccesccesccsescsscecscscsesscesseessenscenens 30 T2 HANA WANG ci cisco neea tesa ei te date asielaesnsvbvchsoas saavasnavtcaten ten vacecueece Codectdaibas beduaddadscisuiatintians 31 1 2 1 TG TOP PANG iseci aranana riiin doo ddet spacer ences A E AEEA aN PAE EAS aTa 31 1 2 2 The Right Paneles iranran e aaka AARE ERa ara EA ao ETUATE aR EA NE RECE 32 1 2 3 The teft Panel iranse a EE a A e a E 33 1 2 4 The Reat Panel iyii eeens ana a Ra a Aa a aa aE a aE A aaa Aaa ata 33 1 2 5 The Front PANN ses vada laea ha sedis asd en e NT E TE E A E Ea 34 1 3 Hardware Speciications jecicicosiesscvescsecctinisacdutuncdsdastdunssteasdekdeacbavta shechackivdscluedssasguesdiescnaens 35 1 4 Memory on the Voice Sense Q
360. ift tab for the previous document and tab to move to the next document 5 1 3 Save The save command saves a document to a disk To use this option press Alt to open the File menu and execute the Save command by pressing Enter on it or you can press s to quickly jump to and execute it You can also use the hot key Ctrl s while editing a document If the document has not been saved previously when you execute Save the Save as dialog opens You can refer to section 5 1 4 for information on using the Save as dialog If you execute Save after editing an existing document Voice Sense QWERTY saves the document with your changes under the same file name without opening a dialog After saving a document you are returned to document editing When you have several documents open you can save and close the focused document by pressing Ctrl F4 The document is saved and closed and your focus is placed in the previous document in the tab order Note 1 Though you can open PDF and unprotected EPUB files in the Word Processor they cannot be saved under these file types as editing in these formats is not supported If you save one of these documents the Save as dialog opens so that you can save in one of the file types supported by the Voice Sense QWERTY 2 When saving as rtf and doc the file formatting is lost as the creation of advanced formatting is not supported in the Voice Sense QWERTY 5 1
361. inc com 3 3 2 5 1 Setting up the Voice Sense to Work as a Bluetooth terminal with Window Eyes The following steps will walk you through setting up the Voice Sense QWERTY to work as a Bluetooth terminal with the Window Eyes screen reader from GW Micro These instructions assume that you already have Bluetooth installed on your computer The following instructions also assume that you are running Window Eyes 5 5 or higher and at least Windows XP Service Pack 2 Before you begin make sure that your Voice Sense is turned on Although it may not be necessary you should close all running applications on the Voice Sense QWERTY and be placed in the Program menu for best results If you have more than one Voice Sense make sure that only the Voice Sense that you want to configure is turned on 3 3 2 5 2 Setting up the Computer 1 Navigate to the Bluetooth icon in the System Tray You may do this in Windows XP by pressing windows key b and use the Right or Left Arrow Keys until you reach the Bluetooth icon Then press the context menu key Note that if you don t have the Bluetooth icon in the System Tray you may have to change the settings for the Bluetooth icon to appear Go to the Windows Control Panel Bluetooth Devices Options and check the check box that says Show the Bluetooth Icon in the Notification Area 78 2 Press the up or down arrow keys until you get to Open Bluetooth settings 3 Press Enter 4 Select the
362. indicating ActiveSync is successfully connected As with all of the Bluetooth services the remote Bluetooth device may need to authorize the Voice Sense QWERTY You are then returned to the Bluetooth Service list As with using ActiveSync via USB you can copy and paste files from the Voice Sense QWERTY from the remote Bluetooth device to the Voice Sense QWERTY and vice versa To disconnect the service press Ctrl d from the Bluetooth Manager The Voice Sense QWERTY says Service disconnected and you are returned to the Bluetooth Service list You cannot use ActiveSync via USB and Bluetooth at the same time If the remote Bluetooth device is connected via USB and using ActiveSync you must terminate the USB ActiveSync connection on the remote Bluetooth device in order to use the ActiveSync service via Bluetooth 3 3 2 5 Serial Port 7 If you connect this service you should not connect to other Bluetooth services The Serial Port service allows you to use your Voice Sense QWERTY as a wireless Terminal for screen reader via Bluetooth Note you must be using Window Eyes SuperNova VoiceOver or another compatible screen reader to use the Voice Sense as a wirelessterminal for screen reader To use the Voice Sense QWERTY as a wireless Bluetooth keyboard with Window Eyes or iPhone or iPad please reference the following sections If you are using another screen reader than those addressed below please contact HIMS by e mail at support hims
363. ing the address from the Favorites list 9 2 5 1 Set Current As Home Page The home page is the website that you connect to automatically when the Quick Browser is opened The user can set any website as the home page To set the home page Navigate to the web page you want to set as the home page While the web page is loaded press Alt and move to 362 Favorites by pressing the Down arrow Press Enter Set Current As Your Home Page is displayed as it is the first item in the Favorites menu Press Enter The current website is saved as your home page automatically and the Voice Sense QWERTY says Saved as home page and displays the current web page You can also press Alt s to activate this function while your desired home page is loaded 9 2 5 2 Add to Favorites You can add the web page you are currently reading to the Favorites list To add the web page to the Favorites list press Alt and move to Favorites by pressing the Down arrow Press Enter Move to Add To Favorites by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter You can activate Add To Favorites by pressing Alt A directly from the page you want to add Add To Favorites is a dialog that contains the following the current favorites list including the folders and files of your favorites an edit box for the web address confirm and cancel You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab When you open Add To Favor
364. ing this field you are prompted no subject then the focus moves to the Subject field 8 2 4 3 End date The End date is the third field in the Add Schedule dialog By default the date is the same date as you set in the Start date field To use this date press Tab to move to the next field To enter a new date type month day year Press Tab to move to the next field 8 2 4 4 End time End time is the fourth field in the Add Schedule dialog By default the end time is the same time as you set in the Start time field To change the time type the time as hhmm Press Tab to move to the next field 8 2 4 5 Subject Subject is the fifth field Type the subject of an appointment If you do not enter anything in this field you cannot save the record If you press Enter after typing in the subject the record is saved leaving the Location and Memo field empty and the Alarm time field set to its default value Time of appointment To move to the next field press Tab 8 2 4 6 Location In the Location field type location of your appointment If you press Enter after typing in the location the record is saved leaving the Memo field empty and the Alarm time field set to its default value Time of appointment To move to the next field press Tab 300 8 2 4 7 Memo In the Memo field you can enter detailed information about an appointment This is a multi line edi
365. ion 7 3 7 Heading When in the Heading menu you can navigate a document by the available text headings or you can search a heading during DAISY playback You can open the Heading menu by pressing Alt and press h The Heading menu contains the following items 1 Previous Heading 2 Next Heading 3 Scan Heading 4 Read Heading 274 5 6 7 8 First Heading Last Heading Find Heading Find Again _ Sr NS N You can move among the sub menu items using up arrow or down arrow 7 3 7 1 Move by Heading While playing a DAISY book you can move heading by heading using hot keys You can move to the next previous first and last heading by pressing Ctrl F6 Ctrl F5 Ctrl f7 and Ctrl F8 respectively You can also move to the previous or next heading directly using the media buttons on the front panel Before you use this feature be sure to set the Media Mode switch on the front panel to DAISY mode To move to previous or next heading press the Back or Forward button for about 2 seconds and release it 7 3 7 2 Move to Specific Heading To move to a specific heading follow these steps 1 Press Ctrl h while playing a DAISY book 2 The Voice Sense QWERTY displays Current Heading xx Total heading yy Enter the heading number to move to 3 Type the number of the heading you want to move to 4 Press Enter 5 The DAISY book starts playing at
366. ion button Press Enter on this button to set your current position as the endpoint destination of your route You can also activate this button by pressing Alt d 4 Add to Waypoint button Press Enter on this button to set the current position as a Waypoint or stop in the middle of your current route You can also activate this button by pressing Alt w 5 Close button Press Enter on this button to close the Location Information dialog You can also press Escape or Alt F4 to exit the dialog and return to the main window 11 3 3 4 User POI J 3 13 The User POI s menu contains 3 items User POI s Manager User POPs and Load User POPs Save 11 3 3 4 1 User POI s Manager 449 The User POI s Manager allows you to view previously created POI s as well as add modify and delete POPs To open the User POI s Manager press Alt to open the Google Maps menu Navigate to User POI s using Up arrow or Down arrow and press Enter or press u to quickly jump to and open the User POPs menu Navigate to User POI s Manager and press Enter You can also open the User POI s Manager directly from the Google Maps main window by pressing Control u The User POI s Manager dialog contains 9 controls You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab
367. ious program However if there is only one program running pressing Alt F4 closes the program and places you in the Program menu If you have pressed Windows key to bring up the Program menu or Fn F10 to open the Task List and you decide not to access a different application you can press Esc to return to your previous location on the unit 2 10 Switching Media Modes The media buttons on the front panel perform different functions according to the location of the Media Mode switch If you slide the Media Mode switch to the left most position the Voice Sense QWERTY announces radio mode and the media buttons control operation of the FM Radio If you place the Media Mode switch in the center position the Voice Sense QWERTY says DAISY mode and the media buttons control playback of Daisy content If you slide the Media Mode switch to the right most position the Voice Sense QWERTY announces media mode and the media buttons control media playback It is very important to pay attention to the position of the Media Mode switch to achieve desired operation of the media buttons For example if you are using the Media Player if the Media Mode switch is placed in the left most position the media buttons on the front panel control operation of the FM Radio even though your focus is in the Media Player More detailed explanations of the functions of the Media buttons is given in the FM Radio Daisy Playe
368. irst item Control Home Move to the last item Control End Roll dice Enter Exit Alt F4 16 11 2 Sense Brain Game Execute Sense Brain game A Move to next item Down Arrow Move to previous item Up arrow Move to the first item Control Home Move to the last item Control End Execute game Enter Exit Alt F4 16 12 Utilities 16 12 1 Calculator 545 Calculator initialize Alt c Delete numbers or operators Backspace General functions Ctrl g Plus Minus Division Multiplication Percent Power Over FN Square Root Ctrl q Decimal Point Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Pl Ctrl p Exp Ctrl e Recall Items Alt r Delete all saved items Ctrl d Save Items Alt s Trigonometric Function Ctrl s Sine Ctrl s s Arc Sine Ctrl s a Hyperbolic Sine Ctrl s h Cosine Ctrl c c Arc Cosine Ctrl c a Hyperbolic Cosine Ctrl c h Tangent Ctrl t t Arc Tangent Ctrl t a Hyperbolic Tangent Ctrl t h Logarithm Function Ctrl Natural Logarithm Ctrl l e 546 Common Logarithm Ctrl l n Miscellaneous Convert Unit Control U Copy to Clipboard Ctrl Insert Return formula Control r Fraction options Control Option Settings Ctrl o Change Braille code Fn g 16 12 2 Checking Date and Time Checking date and time Fn t 16 12 3 Calendar Move to the previous item Tab Move to the next item Shift tab Move to the next day Right arrow Move to the previous day Le
369. is displayed as 2 5 Percent For Percent press 484 If you want to calculate what a 10 percent mark up of 20 would be enter the following 20 10 which gives you the result 22 You get this answer because 2 is 10percent of 20 To calculate a 10 percent mark down on 20 press 20 10 which gives the result 18 You get this answer because 2 is 10 percent of 20 To calculate what percentage 20 is of 10 press 20 10 which gives you the result 200 To calculate 10 percent of 20 press 20 10 which gives the result 2 That is 10 percent is 0 1 20 0 1 2 6 Power For Power press 4 For example to calculate 2 to the power of 10 you would press 2410 The answer will be given as 1024 7 Calculating Square Root To perform the Square root function you can press Ctrl with q For example to calculate the square root of 16 you press Ctrl with q 16 Y Then press enter Your answer will be given as 4 8 Exponent For Exponent you can press Ctrl with e For example to calculate the Exponent of 2 you would press Ctrl with e then 2 followed by the Y and Enter That is exp 2 which gives the result 7 3890561 1 Trigonometric Functions Sine Functions 485 13 oo For Sine press Ctrl with s and then s This is shown on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille as sin 13 13 For Arc Sine press Ctrl
370. isk using Reset 1 Press and hold Fn f 2 While holding down Fn f quickly press and release the reset button 505 3 Continue holding Fn f until the unit announces Format start 4 When the format completes the unit reboots and you are placed in the program menu 13 11 Set Sleep Timer YOU can set the sleep timer to turn the Voice Sense QWERTY off after a specified amount of time regardless of what you are doing To set the sleep timer follow these steps 1 Open the Utilities menu 2 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to Sleep timer 3 Press Enter 4 Or press Fn j from anywhere on the unit 5 You are prompted Sleep timer 0 6 Enter the number of minutes for the sleep timer in the edit box The available settings range from 0 to 180 7 Press Enter When the sleep timer is set even if the device is active it powers off after the specified amount of time If you set the sleep timer for 5 minutes and press Fn j after 2 minutes 3 is displayed in the edit box indicating the time remaining before the sleep timer powers the unit off 13 12 Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware Using this utility you can update the Voice Sense QWERTY either via an Internet connection or from external media containing the upgrade files If you choose the Online method be sure you have an active Internet connection before attempting the upgrade You can launch the Upgrade firmwar
371. isplays whether chat is Enabled or Disabled D File sharing Displays whether it is possible to send receive files with this contact E Voice Chat Displays whether voice chatting is possible F Status contact Displays current contact request status such as acceptance or standby 2 Close A button to close the View Contact Information dialog and return you to the Contact list 10 3 2 6 Manage Contact List When you log into Google Talk if you have pending contact requests dialogs pop up asking whether you accept each invitation All unanswered contact requests appear and can be acted on in the Manage Contact List Access the Manage Contact List to accept or reject pending contact requests To open the Manage Contact List dialog Press Ctrl p or Press Enter on Manage Contact List from the Contact menu The Manage Contact List dialog consists of 4 controls 1 E mail A list displaying user ID s of those requesting you to add them as a contact 2 Accept A button to accept the focused user ID as a contact 3 Reject A button to reject the focused user ID as a contact 4 Close A button to close the dialog and return to the contact list 413 10 3 3 Start Chat Use the Start Chat function to open a conversation window through which you can send and receive text messages with the focused contact in your Contact list To send a message to the focused contact press Ctrl s or naviga
372. ites the edit box is displayed In this edit box you can type the title of the current web page The extension name URL is attached automatically to the title name To edit the current title name press the left most cursor routing key The current title name is displayed on the Braille display You can press the cursor routing key where you want to edit the text and modify it Make sure that you do not use in the title name The favorites list is saved in the flashdisk favorites folder This folder is the default folder Though you can create sub folders in the Favorites folder you cannot change the default folder to another folder at a higher level To save your favorite to a different folder navigate folders and files from the Favorites list using normal File list navigation keys 363 9 2 5 3 Favorites List The user can copy delete or rename the title of the sites in the favorites list in addition to visiting any web page in the list To open the Favorites list press Alt and move to Favorites by pressing the Down arrow Press Enter Move to the Favorites List by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Control T while in a web page The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Favorites list dialog This dialog contains the following the favorites list an edit box for the title a type combo box a confirm button and a cancel button You can move from one item to the next by pressing Tab
373. ivate this function directly from the file list by pressing Alt P when placed on the folder you want to secure The Local Security Setting dialog contains 4 items Username computer edit box Password computer edit box a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the items using Tab or Shift Tab To secure your folder with a username and password type the username and password you wish to use into the respective computer edit boxes Press Enter to save your settings or Tab to Confirm and press Enter If you do not wish to save your settings Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 4 2 21 EML Viewer The Voice Sense QWERTY allows you to view and interact with EML files e mail message files directly from within the File Manager E mail messages created and received using the E mail program on the Voice Sense are stored in the E mail folder on the unit s flashdisk The e mail folder contains pop3 and Imap folders consisting of subfolders for each account in that category Each account folder contains folders for each mailbox which in turn contain the message or EML files At times you may find it more efficient to access a specific e mail using the File Manager as you do not have to wait for the e mail program to load the 122 mailboxes etc Use normal file and folder navigation as described previously to access the EML file or rather the message
374. k of volunteers who scan and proofread books federal grants funding the purchasing and digitizing of various types of 433 material and contributions from book publishers of electronic versions of their published texts BookShare titles are available in various formats including DAISY BRF NIMAC and audio The Voice Sense QWERTY supports access to the DAISY and BRF formats via BookShare Download To become a BookShare member you must complete BookShare s application process including providing proof of reading disability and pay the associated yearly membership fees Payment can be monitary or users can earn credit toward their membership fees by scanning material for the collection and or proofreading material scanned by others While the majority of the BookShare titles require you to have a membership to access them several thousand titles in the collection are public domain works and thus can be accessed by anyone regardless of whether you have a bookShare membership For more information about BookShare the application process or the collection please visit www bookshare org 11 2 2 Executing BookShare Download To open the BookShare Download program from the Main Menu use Down arrow to navigate to extras and press Enter or press x to jump to and open the extras menu In the Extras menu use Down arrow to navigate to BookShare Download and press Enter
375. l button and the results list You can use Tab or Shift Tab to move through the controls When you activate the file search the unit prompts File for find you are placed on the edit box for entering the file name to search Type all or part of the file name and press Enter Voice Sense QWERTY searches for all files containing the text you entered When the file search is complete you are placed in the results list You can navigate among the items in the results list with the up and down arrows If you press Enter on a file you are placed on the path where the file is stored and the file search dialog box is closed You can move to the file location by pressing Enter on the file name again 11 4 2 2 File Download Use this option to download the selected file to your Voice Sense QWERTY To execute the File Download command press Alt navigate to Edit using the Down arrow and press Enter Navigate to File Download using the Down arrow and press Enter You can activate this command directly from the File list by pressing Control T When you activate the File Download command The Voice Sense prompts Files will be saved to Flashdisk Downloads do you want to change this location The Default is No If you want to change where the selected file is saved press the Down arrow to navigate to Yes and press Enter Navigate to the folder into which you want the files to be saved press Space to select it
376. l n New folder Alt f File conversion Ctrl t Select all Ctrl a Sort files by Ctrl g Set file info Ctrl l Display only files of type Ctrl w Search for file Ctrl f Information Alt Enter Share Folder on Network Alt S Unshare Folder on Network Alt U 555 Local Security Setting Alt P Setup Network connection Alt e Cancel setting of Network connection Alt F4 Share a folder on network Alt s Remove remote folder on network Alt u Setup sharing security Alt p 17 3 5 EML Viewer Open e mail message Enter Forward Control f Reply Control r Close and return to file list Alt F4 17 4 Word Processor 17 4 1 Hot Keys for Menu Commands File Menu Commands New document Ctrl n Open Ctrl o Save Ctrl s Save as Alt s Close current document Ctrl F4 Print Ctrl p Document Settings Ctrl e Exit Alt F4 Word Display View Commands Toggle Word View Display On off Control alt M Read current line on Visual Screen Alt Function S Move to First line on Visual Screen Alt Home Move to Last line on Visual Screen Alt End Move to Previous line on Visual Screen Alt Up arrow Move to Next line on Visual Screen Alt Down arrow 556 Move cursor to First line of Visual Screen Alt Page Up AIt FN Up arrow Set Highlight color of Current line on Visual Screen Alt U Commands for reading Powerpoint files Move back one slide Backspace Move forward one slide Space Bring up slide list Alt Shift S E
377. l the Find function press Enter on Cancel Or you can cancel the Find command by pressing Alt F4 If Voice Sense QWERTY finds the text you typed the sentence with the text is displayed If there was no text that matched what you typed the cursor remains in its current location and the Voice Sense QWERTY announces not found This function saves the text last searched for as well as the direction so you can use it again to search for the next occurrence of the text 151 When using the find command the current cursor position is very important If the cursor is located at the beginning of the document it is necessary to select the Forward search direction If the cursor is located at the end of the document it is necessary to select Backward as the direction used for searching If you do not choose the correct search direction in regards to the text you re looking for and your current position the text is not found even if it is present in the document 5 3 2 Find Again To execute the Find Again command press Alt Then move to Go To by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Find Again by pressing down arrow and press Enter or press h from the Go To menu While editing a document press F3 to activate this command When Find Again is executed Find Again looks for the text that was searched for in the previous Find Find again searches in the same direction that was used wi
378. lable on Dropbox and how much is being used 11 4 1 2 Sign Out If you wish to sign out of your current Dropbox account you can do this using the Sign Out command in the File menu To execute the Sign Out command press Alt and press Enter on File Navigate to Sign Out using the Down arrow and press Enter Voice Sense prompts Successfully signed out and places you in the Sign In dialog described previously 11 4 1 3 Exit This command terminates the Dropbox program and returns the Voice Sense QWERTY to the program menu You can exit Dropbox by pressing Alt F 4 or by selecting Exit from the Dropbox File menu 11 4 2 The Edit Menu The Edit menu contains the following items Search File Download File Upload Copy Cut to clipboard Paste Delete File Link and New Folder These items are discussed in detail in the following sections 11 4 2 1 Search for File Use the Search for File function to locate a file or folder on Dropbox for which you know all or part of the name but not the location You can press Alt to open the menu and move to Edit using the Down arrow and Press Enter Press Enter on Search for File You can press Control F to activate this function directly from the file list The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the file for find dialog box 459 The dialog box consists of the edit box for entering the text of the name to search a search button a cance
379. lay Audio PLUS books and your selection will start playing Once your Sense notetaker is authorized you should delete the UAK files from the root of the flash disk and keep a backup copy of the original zip file on your computer Instructions for setting up a HIMS notetaker as a device on the Learning Ally Audio Book Manager 1 Open the Audio Book Manager and log in 2 Tab to the Player List arrow down to Manage Players and press Enter 3 Tab to Add a player to Learning Ally Audio Book Manager and press Enter 4 When prompted to Select the Audio Book player you would like to use arrow down to Manually Manage your Files and press Enter 5 Tab to Add player details and press Enter 6 You are placed in a text box in which you can write a nickname for the player Please create a nickname that makes the notetaker easy to identify so that you can identify it wnen choosing a player with which to synchronize content For example you may call it Voice Sense or Voice Sense QWERTY By default the nickname is Manually Manage Your Files 1 7 If you tab the next item contains the download path You may keep the default or change the path Note You can also change the path to which to synchronize books when choosing sync options before activating synchronization You 262 may choose to synchronize the files to a location on your computer and manua
380. le Move to Page Information by pressing down arrow a few times and press Enter Or you can press the letter I 9 1 1 5 Exit This command terminates the Web Browser and returns the Voice Sense QWERTY to the program menu You can exit the Web Browser by pressing Alt F4 or by selecting Exit from the Web Browser file menu 9 1 2 Read Use the Read menu to read the web page by various text elements To open the Read menu press Alt and press Enter on Read or press r from the menu The Read menu contains 3 items 1 Read From Beginning To Cursor 2 Read From Cursor To End 3 Auto Scroll You can move among the menus by pressing down arrow or up arrow To execute an option press Enter 330 9 1 2 1 Read from Beginning to Cursor This function reads the current page from the beginning to the cursor location To execute this function press Enter on Read From Beginning To Cursor in the Read menu Or you can press Alt g while in a web page To interrupt speech before the Voice Sense QWERTY has finished reading to the cursor location press Ctrl Your cursor is placed at the location where you stopped reading 9 1 2 2 Read from Cursor to End This function reads the current page from the cursor position to the end of the page To execute it press Enter on Read From Cursor To End in the Read menu Or you can press FN Enter while in a web page To interrup
381. lease refer to chapter 19 Using ActiveSync 8 1 9 Hot Keys in the Address Manager 1 Move keys for moving from field to field in add address or in the menu Move to the previous field or menu item Up arrow or up scroll button Move to the next field or menu item Down arrow or down scroll button Move to the first field or menu item Home Move to the last field or menu item End 2 Move Keys For Moving From Record To Record in the search result list Move to a previous field in a record Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next field in a record Ctrl Right arrow Move to the first field in a record Ctrl Home Move to the last field in a record Ctrl End Move to the previous record Up arrow Move to the next record Down arrow Move to the first record Ctrl Home Move to the last record Ctrl End Move to previous same field different record Left arrow Move to next same field different record Right arrow 3 Shortcut keys in the menu Add address i Modify address m 295 Delete address d Select all a Save as a file t Print address p Backup address list u Restore address list r Set backup options e Set address search fields o Import from CSV c Export to CSV x 4 Hot Keys For The Commands Add address Ctrl n Modify address Ctrl m Delete address Del Select all Ctrl a Save as a file Alt s Print address Ctrl p Backup address list Ctrl u Restore address list Ctrl r Set backup options Ctrl e Set add
382. left to right the buttons are Back Record 222 Stop Play Pause and Forward These buttons are used for playing and recording music or voice quickly and easily The media buttons can control media playback DAISY content playback or FM radio operation depending on the position of the Media Mode switch located to the left of the media buttons Slide this switch to the right most position Media Mode to control media playback If the Play Pause button is pressed while you are using another program on the Voice Sense QWERTY the unit opens the Media Player and begins playing the files in the most recently played list If there are no files in the playlist the Voice Sense QWERTY says There are no items to display Back Stop and Forward are available after audio playback is started Note As the Voice Sense QWERTY is able to multi task initiating audio playback with the Play Pause button does not close the program you were running when you pressed it To return to your former position press F2 F3 to cycle through the running programs until you reach your former location 7 1 1 1 Play Pause Button The Play Pause button has a long rectangular shape It is the second button from the right in the group of media buttons As explained above pressing the Play Pause button starts playback of the files in the most recently played media playlist A playlist can contain only 1 file or many files If there is mor
383. les on the drive that you have opened are displayed 6 When you locate a folder containing a DAISY book you want to open press Space to select it 7 Press Enter to play the book 263 If you have DAISY books in a folder on a drive you can go into the folder by pressing Enter on it Make sure that you do not press Space on the folder You can navigate the drive by using the same navigation keys used in the file manager Navigate to the folder containing the DAISY book you wish to read or listen to Press Space to select the folder and press Enter to play the DAISY book If you only have one DAISY book in the selected folder it automatically starts playing after showing the title If your selected folder contains more than 1 DAISY book you can play the DAISY book by pressing Enter on the selected book after navigating the file list with up arrow or down arrow If you replay a book that you have listened to before playback resumes from the location where you last exited To stop playing a DAISY book press Alt F4 A prompt box appears asking if you would like to exit the DAISY Player You can select Yes or No with Space or Backspace and press Enter You can also control DAISY playback using the media buttons on the front panel To use the media buttons to control the DAISY Player the Media Mode switch must be set to the center position DAISY Mode You can start DAISY playback by pressing the play bu
384. list Ex HIMS hims hims inc com 1 xx 7 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to the desired address and press enter You can select more than one address by pressing Space When you have chosen the addresses you want press enter 8 The selected addresses are inserted in To CC or BCC If you press enter without typing in the desired name all of the addresses in your address list are displayed If there is no matching address No match is announced and Search for address is displayed again 6 2 3 4 Saving E Mail to the Outbox Messages are saved in the Outbox in 2 ways 1 The user saves the e mail to the Outbox for later sending 2 An e mail fails to send due to a network error or other reason The Save Mail in Outbox dialog contains the following 1 File name edit combo box 2 Confirm Button 3 Cancel Button 4 Storage folder List You can move among the menu controls by using Shift Tab or Tab Use the following steps to save an e mail in the outbox 1 Press Alt after creating the e mail message The File menu is displayed 2 Press enter 3 Press down arrow to move to Save Mail In Outbox 197 4 Press Enter 5 The dialog for saving is opened 6 File name subject of writing e mailgg txt is displayed You can also jump to this dialog by pressing Fn s while writing a message 7 Press Enter on File name subject of writing e mailgg txt
385. llow Menu The Followers dialog consists of 7 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Followers A list of those who follow your tweets 2 Next list a button to load the next 32 followers in the list You can also load the Next List by pressing Control N 3 Follow User A button to start following the focused user 4 User Timeline displays the posts by the current user 5 User Information displays information about the current user including Name ID About Me Homepage and Following follower and Tweet counts 6 Add User to List opens a dialog allowing you to add the current user to one of your created lists 7 Close A button to close the Followers dialog You can also close the dialog by pressing Escape 395 10 2 7 Using Direct Messages THE direct Message function allows you to send and receive Direct Messages to and from a specific user Direct messages can only be seen by those who exchange them You can only exchange direct messages with those who follow you 10 2 7 1 Send Direct Message Use the Send Direct Message dialog to send a Direct Message DM to one of your followers To open the Send Direct Message dialog press Ctrl s or select Send Direct Message from the Tweets menu The Send Direct Message dialog consists of 6 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Followers The list of those who follow you Select a user
386. llowing 6 items 1 Type 2 List 215 3 Add 4 Modify 5 Delete 6 Close You can move among the items by pressing Tab or Shift Tab To exit Spam Settings move to the Close button and press enter or press Esc or Alt F4 Type can be set to 1 of 3 options Subject E mail address string and Host You can move among these options by pressing up arrow or down arrow The list is displayed in a different form according to the Type you choose If you have selected Subject the list is displayed as Subject Registered word 1 xx If you selected E mail address string it is displayed as E mail address string Registered e mail address string 1 xx It is displayed as no items if there is no registered word or e mail address string The following explains how to register modify and delete the spam settings 6 5 3 1 Add As Spam E Mail 1 Use the steps described above to open the Spam Settings dialog 2 Press a when Type Subject 1 3 is displayed Or press Tab to move to the Add button and press enter 3 The add dialog is opened and Subject add is displayed 4 Type the words by which you want to identify soam messages and press Enter Or press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press enter 5 Successfully added spam data is announced and you are returned to the list Subject registered word 1 1 is displayed If there is more than one regi
387. lly copy them later to your HIMS notetaker using an SD card or by connecting via Mass Storage Mode or you may connect your notetaker in Mass Storage Mode and synchronize them directly to a chosen location on the notetaker 8 Tab to Add Player and press Enter to complete the addition of your HIMS notetaker to your Player List 9 Tab to Close Window and press Enter to return to the Player List 10 To select your HIMS notetaker as the player to which to synchronize content navigate to it using your arrow keys and press Enter For instructions on synchronizing content or other functions of the Learning Ally Audio Book Manager please see the Learning Ally Audio Book Manager User Guide 7 3 2 Executing the DAISY Player To launch the DAISY Player follow these steps 1 Press Enter on DAISY Player in the Voice Sense QWERTY Media menu 2 Or press the shortcut key d from the Media menu Or you can launch the DAISY player from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows D 3 When you launch the DAISY Player all of the drives available on the Voice Sense QWERTY are displayed regardless of whether they contain DAISY formatted files 4 You can navigate the list with up arrow or down arrow You can open a drive containing DAISY formatted files by pressing Enter on the drive name 5 After opening the drive all of the folders on the drive and any DAISY book tit
388. located 157 when you activated this function In other words the cursor does not relocate to the position at which you interrupted reading 5 4 4 Read from Cursor to End This command reads a document from the current cursor position to the end of the document While the Voice Sense QWERTY is reading the text the cursor remains at the location from which you executed this command However when reading is completed the cursor is placed at the end of the document To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter You can move to Read From Cursor To End by pressing down arrow and press Enter or you can press g from the Read menu While editing a document press Fn Enter to activate this function If you interrupt speech before reading is completed you can press Ctrl to move the cursor to where you stopped reading 5 4 5 Auto Scroll The Auto Scroll command scrolls the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille automatically through the document The speed of the Auto Scroll is set in the Settings menu located in the File menu explained in section 5 1 7 When using auto scroll no speech is heard as the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille scrolls through the document To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Auto Scroll by pressing
389. log and returns to the Media Playback dialog If you press Enter on Cancel while recording the recorded file is not saved To save the recording and exit the dialog press Enter on Stop and then move to the Cancel button and press Enter You can also use Esc or Alt F4 to cancel an operation 7 1 3 4 Position Menu 238 ACCESS the Position menu to set or delete a bookmark while listening to music or an audio file This menu also lets you jump to a specified time in an audio file The Position menu contains 7 items Mark Position Delete Marked Position Jump To Marked Position Go To Time Go To Percent Set Start Point Release Point NOOR WD You can move between the menu items by pressing down arrow or up arrow To activate a menu item press Enter 7 1 3 4 1 Mark Position If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused a bookmark is set A bookmark marks a specific location so you can return to the exact spot at a later time To execute this function 1 2 3 4 Press Alt and move to Position by pressing down arrow Press Enter on Position Navigate to Mark Position by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or press Alt when playing a file or when a file is paused Noe Noe N 7 1 3 4 2 Delete Marked Position If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused i
390. log by pressing Tab and Shift tab Use the following keystrokes to navigate the Google Maps main window 1 Move to next information element Down arrow 2 Move to previous information element Up arrow 3 Move to first information element Home 4 Move to last information element End 5 Move between Current position information to start position Destination Information Tab Shift Tab 6 Open program menu Alt The Google Maps Menu consists of 5 submenus Search Position Setting User POIs Route and Options 443 11 3 3 2 Search The Search menu allows you to search for locations by address Search for Address or points of interest Advanced POI Search 11 3 3 2 1 Search address You can search for a location using a specific address using the Search for Address item in the Search menu To open the Search for Address dialog press Alt to open the Google Maps menu Navigate to Search 6 II and press Enter or press s to open the Search menu Press Enter on Search for Address or press a to open the Search for Address dialog You can also open the Search for Address dialog by pressing Control f from the Google Maps main window The Search for Address dialog consists of 9 controls and you can move among them with tab and Shift tab 1 Area selection dialog fo
391. lows you to quickly open a direct FTP connection with a remote Bluetooth device without accessing the Device and Service lists However you must have connected the FTP service previously for the Voice Sense QWERTY to allow you to transfer files If you have not connected the FIP service and you activate this function the unit announces FTP service disconnected You can access Open FTP by pressing Alt then use up arrow or down arrow to navigate to Open FTP and press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY says Connecting service You can also activate it by pressing t from within the menu or by pressing Ctrl t directly from the Bluetooth Service List Connecting various Bluetooth services is covered in more detail later in this chapter The Disconnect menu item allows you to disconnect services with other Bluetooth devices You can access this item by pressing Alt and up arrow or down arrow to navigate to disconnect Press Enter to activate it You can also activate this item from within the menu by pressing d Or you can activate it directly from the Bluetooth Service List by pressing Ctrl d To disconnect a service press up arrow or down arrow to navigate to the service in the Bluetooth Service List and execute the Disconnect command If there are no services connected and you activate this function the unit says There is no service connected 3 3 2 1 Connecting a Service
392. ls The Find dialog consists of the following 1 Find Edit box for text to search 2 Search radio button 3 Direction radio button 4 Confirm button 5 Cancel button In the Find dialog you can move among the five controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab The hot key for opening the Find dialog is Ctrl Shift f To activate the Find function use the following steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 3 Press down arrow to move to Edit 4 Press Enter on Edit 5 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Select All 6 Press down arrow or up arrow to move to Find 7 Press Enter on Find Or press f 8 Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Find edit box for typing the text you want to search 9 After typing the text press Tab to move to the Search radio button You can select among All Subject Date or From Choosing All searches all three fields You can select an item by pressing down arrow or up arrow By selecting a field you can search that specific field for the text you want to find 10 Press Tab to move to the Direction radio button containing the values Forward or Backward Pressing down arrow or up arrow selects the search direction 206 11 Press Tab to move to the Confirm button 12 Press Enter on the Confirm button To cancel press Tab on Confirm move to
393. m on the Voice Sense QWERTY press Alt to bring up its menu Press the Up scroll key or Up arrow to move to the previous item and press the Down scroll key or Down arrow to move to the next item To move to the first item in the menu press Ctrl Fn Left arrow To move to the last item in the menu press Ctrl Fn Right arrow The corresponding menu name is displayed on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille and the menu name is spoken through the TTS text to speech engine To repeat the name of the menu item press Fn r You can also quickly jump to and execute a menu item by pressing the menu item s shortcut key usually the first letter of the item name Often menu items can also be executed instantly directly from your current position in the program with a hotkey enabling you to perform the desired action without accessing the menus Shortcut keys are displayed in parentheses following the menu names Hotkeys generally consist of a modifier such as Alt Control or fn pressed simultaneously with a letter or function key These are displayed following the shortcut keys 37 For example if you are in the Word Processor and press Alt then press Enter on File you hear New n pull down Control n The word New is the menu option You would press the letter n to jump to New from within the File menu Press Control n to access the New document command
394. m will sign you in automatically when you open it using the registered e mail account Note to use this function you must check the Remember me and Save password check boxes If you do not check these boxes the auto sign in function will not work 6 Sign in A button to initiate log in to Google Talk 7 Cancel This button cancels login and closes the Google Talk program Once you are logged in to Google Talk the contact list appears The contact list is displayed in Braille as Status ID XX YY and chat name status XX YY is announced YY represents the total number of contacts and xx refers to the placement of the current contact in the list When a contact is online the status is displayed as NLN When a contact is offline the status is displayed as FLN If a contact is Idle the status is displayed as idle Use the following keys to navigate the contacts list dialog Move to the previous contact Up arrow 409 Move to the next contact down arrow Move up 32 items in the contact list Page up Move down 32 items in the contact list Page down Move to the first item in the contact list Ctrl Home Move to the last item in the contact list Ctrl End 10 3 1 2 Sign Out amp Exit Use the Sign Out function to sign out of the current account without closing the Google Talk program When you sign out of the current account you are returned to the Sign in dialog where if you wish you may log in with a differen
395. m your Dropbox account To execute the File Link command press Alt navigate to Edit using the Down arrow and press Enter Navigate to File Link using the Down arrow and press Enter You can activate this command directly from the File list by pressing Control L The File Link dialog contains 3 controls File Link edit box Copy button and a Close button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab The File Link edit box contains the download link for the selected file The Copy button copies this link to the clipboard for pasting into a document or into an e mail to someone to whom you wish to send the link To close the File Link dialog Tab to Close and press Enter or press Escape and you are returned to the Dropbox file folder list 11 4 2 7 New Folder Use this option to create a new folder on your Dropbox account To execute the New Folder command press Alt navigate to Edit using the Down arrow and press Enter Navigate to New Folder using the Down arrow and press Enter Control N is the hot key for accessing this feature directly from the file list The Voice Sense QWERTY prompts New folder name Enter your preferred new folder name and press Enter Your new folder is created When creating a new folder name you cannot use the following characters an lt gt 463 11 4 3 Options The Options menu contains 1 item Set Login Information T
396. mbo box 6 The key is provided automatically check box If the access point does not provide a key for users automatically uncheck this check box by pressing Space The default is checked 7 Network key computer edit box This is a computer edit box to type the network key if the key is not provided automatically 8 Key index edit box This is an edit box to type the key number of the wireless access point that matches the network key input 9 Confirm button Pressing this button applies the changes 10 Cancel button You can press this button to cancel the setup Note 1 If Data encryption has been set as disabled press Tab and you are taken directly to the Confirm button 2 Network key and Key index is displayed only if you uncheck The key is provided automatically 4 Remove button To delete a profile item in the profile list select the profile item you wish to delete and press r or navigate to the Remove button by pressing Tab and press Enter on the Remove button 5 Properties common dialog button To get information about a selected profile item in the profile list press Enter on the Properties common dialog button after focusing on a profile item By using Tab You can reconfirm the information for each profile You can also modify the information in the Properties To exit the Advance dialog press Esc or Alt F4 62 3 2 3 Bluetooth DUN setup From
397. me 365 Symbol Link LN Visited link LNV Anchor ANC Edit box EB Multi edit box MEB List Box LB Combo box CB Radio button select SRB Radio button unselect URB Check box check SCHB Check box uncheck UCHB 366 Button BT 1 Link If you press Enter on link you move to the page that the link is referencing 2 Visited link Alink that you visited previously 3 Anchor If you press Enter on anchor you move to the referenced part of the web page 4 Edit box You can start entering the text at the cursor position After you finish entering the text press the Down arrow to move to the next item If there is any text in the edit box it is spoken and displayed on the Braille display 5 Multi edit box This is similar to the edit box It is an edit box that allows you to enter multiple lines in one edit box You can start a new line by pressing Enter After you finish entering the text press Tab To move to the next item 6 List box combo box To change a selection in the combo box press Alt Up arrow or Alt Down arrow You can move to the next item by pressing the Down arrow Also it renews a page automatically when you change a selection in a combo box 7 Radio button check box To select or cancel the selection press Enter 8 Button If you press Enter on a button you move to the referenced page 9 2 6 2 Moving to a Form Field A form is a page that has all of th
398. me independent of the general volume of the Voice Sense QWERTY The radio volume can be adjusted using shift down scroll button to lower the volume and shift up scroll button to raise it 7 2 2 Frequency control While listening to the radio to tune to another frequency press Alt to open the menu Navigate to Frequency and press Enter to open the Frequency menu The Frequency menu consists of the following items 1 Previous Frequency 2 Next Frequency 3 Auto Scan Backward 4 Auto Scan Forward 5 Go to Frequency x S No N To navigate between these items press up arrow or down arrow Pressing Enter activates the selected item You can also use hot keys from within the radio to quickly execute these commands Press Ctrl Left arrow to scan backward for the next radio station If you press Ctrl Right arrow your Voice Sense QWERTY autoscans forward Press Right arrow to increase the frequency by 0 1MHZ Press Left arrow to decrease the frequency by 0 1MHz Press Ctrl f to input the frequency directly Type the frequency in numbers in the edit box and press Enter to jump to that frequency In addition to using the keys on the top panel you can use the media buttons on the front panel to control the FM Radio To control the radio using the media buttons the Media mode switch should be moved to the left most position FM After setting the Media Mode switch pressing the Back b
399. me time If you try to run a program that is currently running The Voice Sense QWERTY does not open a new instance of the program but rather returns you to the instance of the program that is already running For example while working with a document called Notes you decide to execute the File Manager Next you navigate to a document called journal in the file list and press Enter The Word Processor does not load a second time but rather journal is opened in the same instance of the Word Processor in which notes is already loaded You can switch among multiple open documents in a single instance of the Word Processor Use Tab or shift tab to cycle forward or backward through the currently open documents Switching documents is explained in more detail in section 5 which covers the Word Processor To switch between currently running programs press Fn F10 to open the Task List The Task List shows all the currently running programs in list form To return to any application simply navigate to it and press Enter 49 You can use Alt tab to immediately cycle among all running programs without opening the Task List If you are running three programs and are in the second program pressing Alt and Tab moves you to the third program If you press Alt Tab again you are placed in the first program In the above case if you were to press Alt F4 to close the currently open program you are then placed in the prev
400. meline 10 2 5 8 Favorite List You can view your favorite tweets by opening the Favorite list dialog To open the Favorite List dialog press Ctrl l or from the menu select Favorite List from the Tweets menu The Favorite List dialog contains 4 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Favorite list list of tweets you have added to the Favorite List from newest to oldest 393 2 Next list Used to access the next 32 favorites in the list Press Ctrl n or Enter on the Next List button 3 Remove A button to delete the focused favorite You can also press Del to delete the favorite 4 Close Closes the Favorite List dialog and returns you to your previous position You can also use Esc to close the Favorite List 10 2 6 Managing Followers and following 10 2 6 1 Follow User This command is used to start following the tweets of another user To open the Follow User dialog press Alt a Or you can activate Follow User from the Follow menu The Follow User dialog consists of 3 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Follow User id An edit box in which to enter the username of the person or organization you wish to follow 2 Confirm A button to confirm or execute following the user 3 Cancel A button to cancel following the user When the Follow User dialog is opened type the Twitter ID of the user you want to follow in
401. menu Or you can press Function Enter while in a web page To interrupt reading before the Voice Sense QWERTY has finished reading to the end press Control Your cursor is then placed at the position at which you stopped reading 9 2 3 Edit The Edit menu is used to select any part of the web page and copy or add it to the clipboard for use in other applications such as the Word Processor or E mail However before you can select and copy text you must open the web page in a Select Text Window To open the Edit menu press Alt and press Enter on Edit or press E from the menu If you are looking at the web page in the normal web view the only option in this menu is Open Select Text Window Press Enter on this option to open the web page in a text view in which you can select and copy text When the web page appears in text view the Edit menu contains the following items Start Selection Copy and Add to Clipboard 355 When you are finished selecting and copying text press Escape to exit the Select Text Window and return to the normal web page view 9 2 3 1 Start selection To use this command when in the Select Text Window navigate to the point at which you wish to start selecting text Press Alt and move to the Edit menu by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter Navigate to Start Selection and press Enter You can also set the starting point of the block by pressing Control B
402. mmands Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete Del Delete blank lines Alt e Add to clipboard Ctrl Insert Clear clipboard Ctrl Del or Ctrl d Select All Ctrl a Insert from file Ctrl i Insert date Ctrl w Insert Time Alt w Toggle insert overwrite mode Insert Check spelling Ctrl k Check spelling of the current word Alt k Edit language attribute Alt Windows i Set Font Alt M Toggle Nemeth code on off Alt N Go To Commands Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Replace Ctrl r Go to location Ctrl g 523 Go to previous page Page up Fn Up arrow Go to next page Page down Fn Down arrow Set mark Ctrl m Go to mark Ctrl j Go to previous document Shift tab Go to next document Tab Read Commands Read selected text Alt b Read beginning of selected text Ctrl u Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Fn Enter Auto scroll up down scroll buttons Read status Fn Read selected text in current language Alt Windows r Layout Commands Braille document layout Alt F5 Print document layout Alt F6 Braille paragraph layout Alt F7 Print paragraph layout Alt F8 16 4 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Move to previous character Left arrow Move to next character Right arrow Move to previous word Ctrl Left arrow Move to next word Ctrl Right arrow Move to the beginning of the line Home Move to the end of the line End Move to previous line Up arrow
403. mmands Move among the Controls Tab and shift Tab Move among items in the settings list Up and down arrows Change the value of a setting Space Save settings Enter Cancel saving settings Escape or Alt F4 432 11 EXTRAS 11 1 Sense Dictionary The Sense Dictionary is an add on piece of software for the Sense notetakers available for purchase from HIMS The basic package includes the New Oxford American Dictionary and the Concise Oxford American Thesaurus You can also purchase the following additional bilingual dictionaries the Concise Oxford Paravia Italian Dictionary the Concise Oxford Hachette French Dictionary the Concise Oxford Spanish Dictionary and the Oxford Essential Arabic Dictionary Note If you have not purchased the dictionary package containing the dictionary data and license key pressing Enter on the Sense Dictionary option in the Extras menu results in the message Authentication failed For pricing and purchasing information please contact HIMS Inc Call us by phone at 888 520 4467 or e mail sales hims inc com 11 2 BookShare Download The BookShare Download program provides direct search and download access to the repository of books and periodicals available from www bookshare org 11 2 1 What is BookShare BookShare is a repository of books and periodicals in accessible formats containing over 150 000 titles at the time of this writing The collection is increased through the wor
404. mputer locate the file s you want to transfer from your PC using Windows Explorer Select the file s and press ctrl c on your PC to copy the file s to the clipboard Go to the desktop on your computer by pressing Windows key d Press the letter m repeatedly until you reach My computer Press Enter Again press the letter m repeatedly until you reach mobile device and press Enter The mobile device is the Voice Sense QWERTY When the mobile device is opened you are placed in the file list on the Voice Sense QWERTY One of the items in the list is another my computer icon Press the letter m repeatedly until you reach my computer and press Enter Another file list opens In this list is located a folder called flashdisk This is the same flashdisk that appears under File Manager on your Voice Sense QWERTY and is the internal drive on your notetaker Press f until you reach flashdisk and then press Enter You can paste the file s here directly by pressing ctrl v or you can paste the file s in to one of the folders on the flashdisk If you want to copy folders from the Voice Sense QWERTY to your PC via ActiveSync follow the same steps but copy files from the Voice Sense QWERTY and paste the file s into your preferred directory on the PC 516 16 Command Summary 16 1 Common Combination Keys Open the program menu Win key Key help mode Ctrl ESC Run specific program Win key shortcut k
405. n Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Add to clipboard Ctrl Insert Copy URL Alt d Copy link Alt l Go to the home page Alt h Go to the previous page Alt Left arrow Go to the next page Alt Right arrow Go to previous heading Alt b or Ctrl F3 Go to next heading Alt f or Ctrl F4 Go to previous text Ctrl F5 Go to next text Ctrl F6 569 Go to previous visited link Alt Shift v Go to next visited link Alt v Refresh Ctrl r Open the history list Ctrl h Check the address of the selected title in the history list Fn i Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Links list Alt i RSS Feed List Control J Set current as your home page Ctrl s Add to favorites Alt a Favorites list Ctrl l Options setting Alt o 17 8 1 2 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in web browser Turn up the volume Shift Up arrow Turn down the volume Shift Down arrow Play play button of the front panel Stop stop button of the front panel 17 8 1 3 Hot Keys for Reading Web Pages Move between controls Move to the previous control Shift tab Move to the next control Tab Select the next item in the combo box list box Alt Down arrow Select the previous item in the combo box list box Alt Up arrow Moving to the form Move to the previous form Ctrl F1 Move to the next form Ctrl F2 570 Table navigation hot keys Move to the previous table Ctrl F7 Move to the next table Ctrl F8 Move to the previous cell Ctrl Shift Left arrow Mo
406. n Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Add to clipboard Ctrl Insert Copy URL Alt d Copy link Alt l Go to the home page Alt h Go to the previous page Alt Left arrow Go to the next page Alt Right arrow Go to previous heading Alt b or Ctrl F3 Go to next heading Alt f or Ctrl F4 Go to previous text Ctrl F5 Go to next text Ctrl F6 535 Go to previous visited link Alt Shift v Go to next visited link Alt v Refresh Ctrl r Open the history list Ctrl h Check the address of the selected title in the history list Fn i Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Links list Alt i RSS Feed List Control J Set current as your home page Ctrl s Add to favorites Alt a Favorites list Ctrl l Options setting Alt o 16 8 1 2 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in web browser Turn up the volume Shift Up arrow Turn down the volume Shift Down arrow Play play button of the front panel Stop stop button of the front panel 16 8 1 3 Hot Keys for Reading Web Pages Move between controls Move to the previous control Shift tab Move to the next control Tab Select the next item in the combo box list box Alt Down arrow Select the previous item in the combo box list box Alt Up arrow Moving to the form Move to the previous form Ctrl F1 Move to the next form Ctrl F2 536 Table navigation hot keys Move to the previous table Ctrl F7 Move to the next table Ctrl F8 Move to the previous cell Ctrl Shift Left arrow Move to the next cell
407. n File Move to Save As Web Page by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter The Save As dialog appears You can leave the file name as is or type in a new file name and press Enter This function and dialog are the same as Save As Text but this function allows you to save the web page in its current HTML form to be accessed locally on your notetaker 9 2 1 4 Exit This command terminates the Quick Browser and returns the Voice Sense QWERTY to the program menu You can exit the Quick Browser by pressing Alt F 4 or by selecting Exit from the Quick Browser file menu 9 2 2 Read menu The Read menu contains 2 items 1 Read From Beginning To Cursor 2 Read From Cursor To End You can move among the menu items by pressing the Up or Down arrow To execute an option press Enter 354 9 2 2 1 Read from Beginning to Cursor This function reads the current page from the beginning to the cursor location To execute this function press Enter on Read From Beginning To Cursor in the Read menu Or you can press Alt G while in a web page To interrupt speech before the Voice Sense QWERTY has finished reading to the cursor location press Control Your cursor is placed at the location where you stopped reading 9 2 2 2 Read from Cursor to End This function reads the current page from the cursor position to the end of the page To execute it press Enter on Read From Cursor To End in the Read
408. n A aaa stim trek eaters 207 6 4 3 Move to Next Unread Message eee eecessesesneeeecneeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeaeeeaeeaeens 207 6 4 4 Copy or Move to Mailbox uo ec ceceseeseeeeeeeecneesseeeeeneeeaeeeeenessaeesaeeeesaeeeaeeaeens 208 6 5 Using the Tools MGI xs ssiscsscasccscasvesnacscncvouncdcnuvanctnntronsenncsoguyesvaseunrvemeranereumamey suouneses 211 6 5 1 Set Patha a a ahs ean a sts os taiads 211 6 5 2 SEL OPIN S niecne R E ha AT aie E R R antes 214 6 5 3 Spam Settings iniae anaa ae a aa eana Ea O EAEE 215 6 6 Hot Keys for E Mail sciscssisnsissoccsetenstusaversvacvassasedeseuidosevsncesheudscdsudgceceinnssasungsctiotaessets 219 6 6 1 Hot Keys That Are Used in the Inbox 00 ceeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneenaeeaeens 219 6 6 2 Hot Keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forward and Saving to Outbox 220 6 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading writing E Mail Messages 0 ee eeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeees 220 TAMEDIA rri rer eea niaaa ahate aes reenact cama coc A aeaa a apc cee ae een ene 222 Fil ME Gia Playef ienna a E E R N 222 7 1 1 Using the media buttons ce ceececcsecsssssaaceeeceeceeeececeeeescseseeesssesseeaeceeeeseseeeessesseeeeea 222 7 1 2 Keyboard and Extended KeYS c cccsssssssssssceceecceeeececeseesceessessseeaaeeaeeeeeeeeseseeeeeseeeeeees 225 7 1 3 How to Use the Media Player Menu cc cccccccccccceccecsccesceessesssnseaaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeesessseeees 229 7 1 4 Hot Keys in the Media Player ccccccs
409. n also activate this button by pressing Alt s 446 9 Set as destination button Press Enter on this button to set the currently focused POI as the endpoint destination of your route You can also activate this button by pressing Alt d 10 Set as Waypoint button press Enter on this button to set the currently focused POI as a Waypoint or stop in the middle of your route You can also activate this button using Alt w 11 Add to User POI button Press Enter on this button to add the currently focused POI to your user points of interest You can also activate this button by pressing Alt u 12 Close button Press enter on this button to close the Advanced POI Search dialog and return to the Google Maps main window You can also exit the dialog by pressing Escape or Alt F4 13 13 Note If there are no search results POI list POI Information Set as start position Set as destination Set as Waypoint and Add to User POI controls do not appear 11 3 3 3 Setting Position The Position Setting menu contains the following items Add New User 13 POI Synchronize GPS and start Position and Location information 11 3 3 3 1 Add new User POI The Add New User POI option in the Position Setting menu allows you to save your current position as a point of interest To open the
410. n arrow 4 After entering a disk open the menu by pressing Alt Then move to Paste with up arrow or down arrow and press Enter You can also activate this function by pressing Ctrl v If the file is larger than 300 KB progress messages are spoken each time an additional 10 is completed If the file is less than 300 KB only progress beeps are heard 5 When the file is pasted successfully Voice Sense QWERTY displays the message xxx file pasted where xxx is the name of the file If the file is not pasted successfully xxx file not pasted is displayed After the file is pasted successfully the unit also announces Paste completed and you are returned to the local folder list 73 3 3 2 3 2 Send To This function allows you to send files from the local folder list to the remote folder list Note this option is only available in the local folder list This is very similar to the copy and paste function with a couple of notable differences One difference is that you do not have to paste the file to the remote folder It is done as soon as you activate the Send To function ANOTHER difference is that when you activate this function the file can only be sent to the root of the remote folder list To copy a file using the Send To function follow these steps 1 Press Alt from the remote folder list to open the menu Then press up arrow or down arrow to move to Open Local Folder and
411. n is set to On If you want the Voice Sense QWERTY to power on off silently press Space to turn Off Play power on off sound 3 8 2 26 Skip Empty Lines You can choose to have the Voice Sense QWERTY alert you to a blank line by announcing Blank as you encounter empty lines while scrolling through a document or you can choose to have the unit skip empty lines The shortcut key is e and the default is set to Off Use Space to toggle the option on off 3 8 2 27 Control Information Use this setting to determine where information is announced regarding the type of control on which you are currently located a list item menu combo box etc The short cut key is i and the default is set to After To toggle Control information between before after and off press space If you select Before control information such as list item or combo box is spoken before a menul list item or form control If you select After control information is announced after the item or control If you have control information set to Off control information is not displayed or spoken Note if Control Information is set to anything other than Off it always appears in Braille before the control 101 Note that if you are using the Web browser the control symbols are displayed even if the Control information option is set to Off 3 8 2 28 Hide passwords When you enter a password in a computer edit box The Voice Sense
412. n press q in the File menu You can also access this function by pressing Ctrl F4 while editing a document Please note that this function is not available if you only have one document open You must have at least two or more documents open to execute the Close Current Document command 5 1 7 Print The Print command is used to print or emboss the current document To execute this command press Alt and press Enter on the File menu Then move to Print by pressing down arrow and press Enter or just press p While editing a document the hot key for printing is Ctrl p There are two lower level dialogs for the Print option One is for printing with an ink printer and the other is for embossing in Braille Remember that you can move between the menu items by using up arrow or down arrow 1 Embossing in Braille Open the document that you want to emboss Press Alt to activate the menu Locate print in the File menu and select Embosser or press b When you select Embosser b above the Embosser dialog is opened and contains the following items 1 Start page number This is the first page number to be embossed The default page number is set to 1 You can change the value of the page number by typing in a new value Press down arrow to move to End page number 2 End page number This is the last page number to be embossed The default value is set to 100000 This me
413. n the favorites list in addition to visiting any web page in the list To open the Favorites list press Alt and move to Favorites by pressing down arrow Press Enter Move to the Favorites List by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Ctrl I while in a web page The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Favorites list dialog This dialog contains the following the favorites list an edit box for the title a type combo box a confirm button and a cancel button You can move from one item to the next by pressing Tab or shift tab When the Favorites List is open an edit box is displayed The edit box displays the message Name You can enter the title of one of your favorites and you can open the web page by pressing Enter If there are no titles that match what you entered the Voice Sense QWERTY says invalid name and returns to the edit box If there is a title in the Favorites list the Voice Sense QWERTY connects to the web page If you do not remember the exact title you can find it from the Favorites list using the method outlined below When the edit box appears press shift tab To move to the Favorites list The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the file list You can move among folders and files by pressing up arrow or down arrow Press Enter on the title of the website you want to visit On this list folders are enclosed by quotation marks Press Enter on
414. n the visual screen Alt Up arrow Move to the next line on the visual screen Alt Down arrow Change the position of the current cursor line to the first line on the visual screen Alt Page Up or FN Up arrow Set the highlight color of the current line on the visual screen Options are yellow and black Alt U To change the default save to folder move to the Default folder button by pressing tab and press Enter You are placed in the file list Navigate to the folder or disk you want using normal navigation keys press Space on the folder you wish to select and press Enter To set a password for your currently open file move to the Set password button using Tab and press Enter Set your password as described in section 5 1 5 Saving protected Files When you are finished setting your preferences move to the Confirm button by pressing tab and press Enter If you do not want to save the settings press Enter on the Cancel button Activating the confirm or Cancel buttons performs the operation and returns you to the document you are currently editing 5 1 9 Exit This command closes the Word Processor To execute this command select Exit from the file menu or press Alt F4 If you have edited the document and have not saved the changes when you select Exit you are prompted 140 to save the current document You can select Yes or No with the spacebar and press Enter to exit
415. name that contains the files and folders 4 Press Enter or Tab to Confirm and press Enter and the zip file is created in the current directory If you want to change the name of the zip file you can modify the default by using the cursor keys or type in a new name If you want to cancel press Esc or Alt F4 Or Tab to Cancel and press Enter 4 2 17 Unzip The Unzip function allows you to unzip or decompress a zip file regardless of whether it was created on Voice Sense QWERTY or a PC To activate the Unzip function use the following steps 1 After selecting a zip file open the menu with Alt and press Enter on Unzip Or press u from within the menu You can also activate this function directly from the file list by pressing Ctrl u when placed on a zip file 2 Voice Sense QWERTY prompts Unzip to folder name default folder name The default folder name is the same as the compressed file name For example if you unzip a file called test zip unzip folder name test is displayed 3 Press Enter or move to Confirm by pressing Tab and press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY unzips the files to the default folder If you want to change the default folder name you can modify the default folder name Or you can type a new name If you want to cancel press Esc or Alt F4 You can also move to the Cancel button by pressing Tab and press Enter Note You can also initiate the
416. nbesusesevenaven sian 532 16 7 1 Address Manager ionene na aiaiai EE A EA E aE EEE 532 16 7 2 Schedule Managerin aiaeei a aa aaea aE TAERE aT 533 16 7 3 Database Manager ia icicisieiaiaialibion tieyigacan A iadeaneteemiaridsant wenger iaeelane 534 16 8 Web COGIS yas sissiicc Sossen nn a va ueeeens ner aa a sees 535 16 621 Web Browser sissies eicars coke neti denir oaia ea ieod e a a aai 535 16 8 2 Quick browser s scccni nen iaayabasusind damm ae diame nina 537 16 8 3 Google SCarCH Aveicsceiiatas dots rcnariiieh near peace meuhianuaaelanciuns 538 16 8 4RSS TOAUGM 5555250555 oc vtivass cenit at E A neve 539 16 9 Social Networking sass sccsss spsasssnssesunsisngsnnssa scenes edussncdonencssdndesdsuacsuedosbuneivabanisotostiedinds 539 16 9 1 TWEE setecssavicaviiceheernctqntetenvet teaser tahun deadaacran aly bvale piucssnebithuerdenteetedavedocteurtanyebenueeelis 539 MG D2 GOO GIS LAU an n a a case aaa la eer eesti 541 16 9 3 Sense Chat onie a aa aaaea aeaaeae ERAEN aE Aa wien DR aAa A aa a 543 16 10 EX aS iscscsisssccccutusssatesnastenncpussdevedecsvandcasutscadieacssetesdabuns Soidvubess sab psdpiassvasntienssouserivedviie 543 16 10 17 BookShare Download i i 55 cidiescsesiiasadnmnteinua iasedianmraadienyrssonutonis 543 16 10 2 Google Maps ciin aE a a ema 544 16 10 3 Drop BOX irei h E aE E arrestee aan a areea meee at eceiacure EG 544 16 11 GAPS S niina o a a a a a 545 16 11 1 Sense Dice Game sis iisiccucdcesdiauarcenaivanasaaiansiainiiaiaiasdnaiciaua
417. nce from the bottom of the paper to the last line of a printed paragraph The default value is set to 20mm about 0 78 inches To change the default setting type a new value 3 Set left margin This sets the left margin for ink printing The left margin is the distance from the left edge of the paper to the first text that is printed The default value is 162 set to 20 mm about 0 78 inches To change the default setting type a new value 4 Set right margin This sets the right margin for ink printing The right margin is the distance from the right end of the printed text to the right edge of the paper The default value is set to 20mm about 0 78 inches To change the default setting type a new value 5 Set page numbering This sets the position where the page numbers are printed The available positions are Upper left Upper middle Upper right Lower left Lower middle and Lower right To change the setting press Space or Backspace 6 Header This is used to edit the header printed at the top of each page Move to Header and type the text that you want to be printed 7 Footer This is used to edit the footer printed at the bottom of each page Move to Footer and type the text that you want to be printed 8 Distance between lines This sets the distance between the printed lines The default value is set to 150 The distance can be anywhere from 100 to 300 If you type a value that exceeds this ra
418. ncel saving settings Escape or Alt F4 17 10 Extras 17 10 1 BookShare Download Move to next control Tab Move to previous control Shift Tab Move to Search box Control e Move to search results Control l Open download dialog Control d Open Options dialog Control o Exit Alt F4 577 17 10 2 Google Maps Search commands Search for address Control f Advanced POI Search Alt f Set as Start Position Alt s Set as Destination Alt d Set as Waypoint Alt w Add to user POI Alt u Area selection Alt z Set Position Commands Add current position to user POI Enter Set GPS position as Start position s Current position information Control i User POI Commands Manage user POPs Control u Save user POPs Alt s Load user POs Control Route Commands Create route Control r View traveled route Control h Initialize route Alt i Route information Control c Direction and distance to destination Control d Options Commands Notice and distance to destination Control o GPS settings Control g 17 10 3 Drop box Open User Information dialog box Control Search for File Control F 578 File Download Control T File Upload Control U File Link Control L Copy Control C Cut to Clipboard Control X Paste Control V Delete Delete New Folder Control N Set Login Information Alt l 17 11 Games 17 11 1 Sense Dice Game Execute Dice Game Move to next item Down arrow Move to previous item Up
419. nction as follows 1 Select the files and folders you wish to copy 2 Open the menu and choose Copy from the list to copy the selected files and folders You can execute the Copy command directly from the file list by pressing Control c If you want to move the selected files and folders choose Cut from the menu Use Control x to execute the Cut command directly from the file list When the Copy or Cut command is executed the Voice Sense QWERTY returns to the file list 3 Navigate to the destination folder 4 Open the menu and choose Paste Press Enter on Paste and your selected files and folders are copied or moved You can press Control v to execute the paste command directly from the file list If the destination folder is the same as the source folder the Voice Sense QWERTY attaches Copy1 to your original file names If the same files are copied into the same folder a second time the Voice Sense QWERTY attaches Copy2 to the original file names 113 If your destination folder has the same name as the file you are copying the Voice Sense QWERTY prompts File xxx already exists Overwrite Yes Press Enter if you want to replace the file If you do not want to overwrite the file select No and press Enter When No is selected the Paste function is canceled 4 2 6 Delete Files or Folders To delete files or folders navigate to the folders or files you want to delete and select them
420. nd Distance Setting The Notice and Distance Setting dialog contains 6 controls Move among the controls using Tab and Shift Tab 1 Display and notice settings a list box in which you can set 4 options o Latitude longitude Display Mode short or detailed Notice User POI Yes or no Notice sound play Yes or no Notice POI Information on the Status Yes or no Press Space to change the value of the settings 2 Turn Range Setting feet an edit box in to which you can type the number of feet before which you wish to be notified of a turn The default is 66 3 POI Range feet An edit box in to which you can type the number of feet before a POI you wish to be alerted The default is 656 4 Save Options button Press Enter on this button to save the changes you ve made to the settings 5 Reset to Factory Defaults button Press Enter on this button to reset all settings to the factory defaults 6 Close button Press Enter on this button to close the dialog without saving your chages You can also exit the dialog by pressing Escape or Alt F 4 O O O 0 456 11 3 3 6 2 GPS Settings 1 Select GPS Receiver settings Settings list containing 3 options 1 GPS connection way Press Space to choose between Internal GPS Bluetooth ActiveSync and Bluetooth Serial 2 Notice that GPS Receiver Signal Strength is Low Press Space to choose between yes and
421. nd looks like a right arrow While holding Forward quickly press and release the Reset button Continue to hold the Forward button until the unit revives this should occur within 30 to 45 seconds 587 19 Accessories For information on available accessories for the Voice Sense QWERTY please contact HIMS Inc You can contact HIMS by e mail at sales hims inc com Or contact the HIMS Sales department by phone at 888 520 4467 You can also visit HIMS on the web at www hims inc com 588 20 Obtaining Support If you are having problems with your Voice Sense QWERTY please contact Hims Inc technical support E mail us at support hims inc com Or contact the HIMS Technical Support department by phone at 512 837 2000 To obtain the most recent documentation tutorial and software downloads please visit our website at www hims inc com Navigate to the Resource Center and to the Voice Sense QWERTY product page for the most up to date product related information and software for your Voice Sense QWERTY 589
422. nd password enter these in the appropriate edit boxes If the connection does not require an ID and password leave these blank In the Modem speed combo box select one from the list by pressing Backspace or Space When you have entered all of the necessary information press Enter to save the connection configuration If you do not want to save you can cancel by moving to Cancel using Tab and press Enter on it Modify is used to change the information in a given connection configuration You can do this by moving to the connection you want to modify and pressing Enter You can also press Tab to navigate to 63 Modify and press Enter Or you can press Control m on the Connect name in the connect list Modify contains the same items as the Add dialog and you navigate and set the values in the same way To delete an item move to the connection you want to delete and press Enter on the delete button Or you can delete an item by pressing Del on the connection you wish to delete To exit the Bluetooth DUN setup press Alt F4 or press Tab to move to the Close button and press Enter 3 2 4 ADSL Setup To connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to the Internet via a DSL connection use the ADSL connection option in Set up Internet Before configuring the connection connect one end of a LAN cable to the Voice Sense QWERTY s LAN port and the other end to a DSL modem Be sure the E
423. nd you are returned to the currently playing file 7 3 4 4 Exit To exit the DAISY Player press Alt and press Enter on File Press down arrow repeatedly to move to Exit and press Enter Or you can press Alt F4 to instantly exit the DAISY Player When you execute the Exit command the Voice Sense QWERTY prompts Exit DAISY Player Are you sure press Enter on Yes which is the default or if you do not want to exit select No by pressing Space and press Enter 7 3 5 Document Navigation When in the Document menu you can move by phrase or level while playing a DAISY book To activate the Document menu press Alt and press d The Document menu contains the following items 1 Play Pause 2 Previous Phrase 3 Next Phrase 4 Previous Page 5 Next Page 6 Go To Page 7 Move down 8 Move up 9 Set To Prior Level 10 Set To Next Level You can move among these items using up arrow or down arrow To activate a menu item select the menu item and press Enter 7 3 5 1 Play and Pause 269 You can access Play Pause in the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on Document Then use down arrow to move to Play Pause and press Enter You can also activate Play Pause directly by pressing Space While playing you can move to the beginning of a document by pressing Fn Left arrow You can move to the last phrase by pre
424. nds at 12 00 Feb 2 2006 If you set the recurring interval to 1 you receive an error message The appointment duration should be shorter than the recurring interval This is because it is logically impossible that the appointment duration is 27 hours and the appointment recurs every 24 hours This rule is applied in the same way when you set weekly monthly or yearly recurring appointments If you press Tab after setting the recurring interval the Set recurrence end date check box appears By default it s unchecked which indicates that the appointment recurs indefinitely If you check this box by pressing Space and press Tab the focus moves to the edit combo box for entering the end date Enter the date on which you want the recurrence to end 302 8 2 4 9 2 Weekly Press Tab to move to the Recurring interval edit box after you set the Recurrence to weekly Choose the number of weeks between each recurrence You can type a number between 1 and 999 If you set it to 1 the appointment recurs every week and if you set it to 2 it recurs every other week The restriction on the recurring interval as in Daily is applied to Weekly If the recurring interval is one week the appointment duration should be shorter than one week Or you receive the error message The appointment duration should be shorter than the recurring interval Press Tab and the focus moves to a list box where you can select the day o
425. ne Functions by pressing Enter on Cosine Functions or by pressing i from the menu Or in your calculation line you can open the Cosine Functions by pressing Ctrl i The cosine function list consists of Cosine Arc cosine and Hyperbolic cosine If you press Enter on one of the three functions while moving with up arrow or down arrow or press Enter on Confirm while one of the functions is focused the calculation is performed Or you can activate one of the three cosine functions by pressing the first letter of each from the list 13 1 6 Tangent Functions You can activate the Tangent Functions when you press Enter on Tangent Functions or if you press t from the menu You can also open the menu by pressing Alt Or in your calculation line you can open the Tangent Functions by pressing Ctrl t The tangent functions list consists of Tangent Arc tangent and Hyperbolic tangent If you press Enter on one of the three functions while moving with up arrow or down arrow or press Enter on Confirm while one of the functions is focused you can insert this function into your calculation Or you can insert one of the three tangent functions by pressing the first letter of each from the list 479 13 1 7 Logarithm Functions The Logarithm Functions is a dialog which contains the following function list a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move amon
426. nfirm and Cancel buttons To apply changes press Enter when Confirm is displayed To exit the settings without making changes press Enter when Cancel is displayed 5 5 4 Print Paragraph Layout You can set the layout of the current paragraph for printing on an ink printer To set print paragraph layout press Alt Select Layout or press I and select Print Paragraph Layout Or press Alt F8 while you are editing a document This setting applies only to the current paragraph You can navigate the menu items by pressing up arrow or down arrow and you can move to Confirm or Cancel by pressing Tab You can skip an item by pressing down arrow if you do not want to change the default setting The following is a detailed explanation of the settings for Print Paragraph Layout 1 Set left margin 164 This sets the left margin for the current paragraph The default value is set to Omm To change the setting type the value of the margin you want Move to the next setting by pressing the down scroll button or press down arrow 2 Set right margin This sets the right margin for the current paragraph The default value is set to Omm To change the setting type the value of the margin you want Move to the next setting by pressing the down scroll button or press down arrow 3 Indent first line This sets the indentation of the first line by the value you select THIS setting is valid
427. ng many common problems 18 1 The Voice Sense QWERTY Will Not Turn On 1 Check to make sure that the battery is inserted in to its compartment properly 2 If the battery is inserted properly connect the AC adapter and plug the AC adapter in to an electrical outlet The battery may need to be charged 3 Or Check the location of the keyboard lock switch If this switch is placed in the lock position the power switch is not functional 18 2 The Voice Cannot Be Heard 1 Make sure the volume is loud enough to be heard Press F6 to raise the volume 2 Make sure the voice is turned on Press F5 to toggle the voice on off 18 3 The Voice is Too Fast to Understand 1 Press Shift F7 to lower the voice rate 18 4 The Voice Pitch Is Too Low or Too High to Understand 1 Press Shift F8 to lower the pitch or press F8 to raise the pitch of the voice 18 5 You Don t Know Where You Are 585 1 If you have become disoriented as to your location on the Voice Sense QWERTY and cannot remember where you are press Windows key to access the program menu Then press Alt Tab to switch among the open programs If you are in the Word Processor pressing Fn s gives you your current location in the open document 18 6 No Internet Connection 1 If you are using a LAN connection make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected and that the Ethernet port is turned on in Global Options 2 If you are
428. ng on a link or by typing in the address directly When History is executed the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the titles of the web pages in the history list If you have visited a web page such as www google com previously the history list on the Voice Sense QWERTY shows you the title of the page as Google To visit the Google website using the history list press Alt to open the menu and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing the Down arrow Press Enter Go to History by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter You can open the history list directly by pressing Control H while in a web page The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the history list Move to the title of the website you want to select by pressing the Up or Down arrow After you move to the desired website press Enter to connect to it To delete an item from the history list select the item and press Delete To delete all the items in the history list press Control A to select all and press Delete The maximum number of items in the history list is 300 If the list exceeds 300 items the oldest item is deleted automatically and the new item is added to the top of the list 360 9 2 4 9 Find This feature is similar to the Find function in the word processor The Find dialog allows you to find text on the current web page To execute the Find command press Alt to open the menu and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing the Down arrow
429. nge the Voice Sense QWERTY says Out of range Value too large and waits for you to type another value 9 Confirm cancel To apply the settings press Enter when Confirm is displayed If you do not want to apply a setting when Cancel is displayed press Enter 5 5 3 Braille Paragraph Layout To open the Braille Paragraph Layout dialog press Alt Then press Enter on Layout or press I Select Braille Paragraph Layout and press Enter Or you can press Alt F7 while editing a document These settings are only applied to the selected paragraph 163 You can navigate between the menu items by pressing up arrow or down arrow Move to the Confirm or Cancel buttons by pressing Tab You can skip an item by pressing down arrow if you do not want to change the default setting In this dialog you can set the following items 1 Indent first line This indents the first line of the paragraph as designated by the number of characters The default value is set to 0 To change this setting type the number of characters to be indented Press the down scroll button or down arrow To move to the next setting 2 Indent all lines except the first line This indents all the lines of the paragraph except the first line of the paragraph as designated by the number of columns To indent the text type the number to indent 3 Confirm cancel Press Tab or shift tab to get to the Co
430. nge this attribute by using the Up arrow or Down arrow or space When multiple files or folders are selected this attribute is not shown 5 Confirm To change the attribute press Enter on Confirm 6 Cancel To cancel the change press Enter on the Cancel button 4 2 19 Share Folder On Network The Voice Sense allows you to share folders over a network so that you may access them from other devices such as computers on the network After selecting a folder you want to share open the menu with Alt and press Enter on Share This Folder on a Network Or press J from within the menu You can also activate this function directly from the file list by pressing Alt S when placed on the folder you want to share The Voice Sense prompts Folder successfully shared please reset your Voice Sense If a folder is shared this menu item reads Do not share this 121 Folder You can unshare a folder by selecting it and choosing the Do Not Share this Folder item from the menu or by pressing Alt U 4 2 20 Set Local Security If you have chosen to share folders over a network you may wish to require a username and password for access to the folder in order to ensure others cannot gain unauthorized access to the shared folders on your Voice Sense To secure your folder select the folder and open the menu with Alt and press Enter on Local Security Setting Or press Y from within the menu You can also act
431. nit by pressing Caps Lock W When you press Enter on the Stopwatch 00 00 00 is displayed Press Enter to start the stopwatch running Press Enter again to pause and the Voice Sense QWERTY announces the elapsed time and displays it in Braille Pressing Enter again restarts the stopwatch running If you press Backspace while the stopwatch is paused or running The Voice Sense QWERTY announces the elapsed time and clears to 00 00 00 While the stopwatch is running pressing Space gives you the elapsed time As the stopwatch is still running the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille continues displaying the time second by second as it passes 492 Press Fn Space to stop displaying the time If you press Fn Space once more the time is displayed again If you press Tab or shift tab when the stopwatch is idle or while it is running you switch to the Countdown timer If you activate the Countdown timer you are asked to type hours minutes and seconds When typing the hours minutes and seconds type a two digit number for the hour minute and the second If you press Enter without typing any numbers the Countdown timer starts counting down by the default time which is set to one minute When started the Countdown timer displays countdown xx minute and begins running Press Enter on the Countdown timer and the Voice Sense QWERTY tells you the remaining time and pauses countdo
432. nlibrary org archive org In order to play content from these services you must register your Voice Sense with the National library Service 259 Note the following instructions assume you already have an account with the NLS Braille and Audio Reading Download service BARD If you do not currently have a BARD account please contact your regional NLS lending library or visit https nlsbard loc gov ApplicationInstructions html To register your Voice Sense with NLS BARD follow these steps 1 Log in to your account on the BARD main page 2 Choose the Update Account Settings link 3 Choose the Add a purchased player link 3 Fill out the form as requested choose Sense Notetaker as the player type 4 You will receive an email confirming your request to add a purchased player 6 If there are no problems with your eligibility within a couple of days you will receive another email confirming your eligibility to add the Sense Notetaker to your account This message also informs you that an email has been sent to HIMS to confirm your eligibility 7 When HIMS receives the email confirmation of your eligibility we will send an email requesting your key number and notetaker model including instructions for obtaining your key number 8 When we receive your key number and notetaker model we will send the key file via email The key file is a small file with a kxo extension 9 Save the attachment and copy it to the root
433. nt press Enter When you open the Open File dialog files in the default folder are displayed The default folder is set to flashdisk media You can also open the Open File dialog by using the hot key Ctrl o directly from the Media Playback dialog 7 1 3 1 2 Open Folder The Open Folder menu item is used to add all of the audio files in the selected folders to the playlist If you press Enter on Open Folder in File menu or press Ctrl f in the Media Playback dialog the Open Folder dialog is opened The Open Folder dialog is almost the same as the Open File dialog The difference is that only folder names are displayed in the Open Folder dialog When you open the Open Folder dialog the default folder name is displayed The default folder is set to flashdisk Press Enter to display all of the folders in flashdisk and press up arrow or down arrow to move among the folders To enter the folder under your cursor and list any sub folders contained there press Enter on it Press Backspace to move back to the parent folder To select a folder press Space on the folder name You can select more than one folder Once you have selected all of the folders you want press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY adds all of the supported audio files from the selected folders to the playlist and starts playing the first file 7 1 3 1 3 Add File The Add File menu item is used to add audio files to
434. nt sense Chat to behave in regards to alerts and messages To Bring up the Options dialog press Alt to open the menu Use the Down arrow to navigate to Options and press Enter The Options dialog contains 3 controls the Settings list a confirm button and a Cancel button Move among the controls using Tab and Shift Tab The Settings list contains the following items Message Alert Received message alert setting Send message alert setting Use alert when connected to user Use alert when disconnected from user Use alert when sending message and Use alert when receiving message Use the Up and Down arrows to navigate among the settings in the list Use Space to change the value of the setting The Message Alert setting allows you to choose whether you want Sense Chat to alert and display messages when they are received or simply to alert you that they are there If you choose Alert and display and you are either typing a message in Sense Chat or running sense Chat in the background while you perform another task you are interrupted and the chat message is displayed In this case pressing any key returns you to your previous task If you set this option to Alert only a sound is played when a Sense Chat message is received however the message is not displayed The Received message alert setting allows you to define how y
435. ntact from your contact list When you delete a contact the user can no longer send you messages or see your status To delete a contact do the following 1 Navigate to the contact you want to delete in the contact list 2 Press Del or press Enter on Delete Contact from the Contact menu 3 You are prompted Do you want to delete XXX in the contact list Yes XXX is the user ID to delete If you press Enter the contact is deleted To cancel deletion of the contact press Space to change to No and press Enter Or press Esc to cancel deletion After canceling deletion you are returned to the contact list 10 3 2 3 Block Contact You can block a contact in your Contact list from sending messages to you or seeing your status Block is different from delete in that after blocking a contact the contact ID remains in the Block list When you delete a contact the contact ID disappears from the contact list completely yet the person may send you future contact invitations 411 To block a contact do the following 1 Navigate to the contact you want to block in the contact list 2 Press Alt b or press Enter on Block Contact from the Contact menu 3 You are prompted Block XXX Yes XXX is the user ID to block If you press Enter the contact is blocked To cancel blocking the contact press Space to change to No and press Enter Or press Esc to cancel blocking the contact You are then ret
436. nter to initiate the periodical search or tab to the Search button and press enter When the search is complete a list of available issues of that periodical is displayed If you do not know the ID of the periodical you wish to find simply leave the edit box blank and press Enter If you have typed nothing in to the edit box the entire list of available periodicals is displayed in alphabetical order Use Up arrow and Down arrow to navigate the list Press Enter on your desired periodical and the list of available issues for that periodical is displayed 438 The issues list also contains a detail Information button for each item The Detail information for periodical issues contains the following information Title the title of the periodical issue Edition The edition date of the periodical issue Revision the number of the revision of the online version of the periodical posted to Bookshare Revision time the time the most current revision was posted to BookShare Useful if a revision contains errors in DAISY structure or text as you can determine whether you have downloaded the most recent version Category the type of periodical newspaper magazine etc As with a book to download an issue of a periodical in the list simply press Enter on it or Tab to the Download button and press Enter 11 2 6 Searching History To s
437. nter on the Cancel button or press c the recorded file is not saved and the dialog is exited Note while recording you cannot change the preset or frequency While listening to the radio you can instantly start recording by pressing the record button on the front panel As previously explained make sure the Media Mode switch is set to FM radio mode If you press the record button the record dialog is opened and recording begins If you press the stop button on the front panel during recording recording stops and the recorded audio file is saved If you press the pause button during recording the pause button is changed to the continue button Press the pause button again now the continue button to resume recording Pressing the Back button or the Forward button moves among the controls in the record dialog 7 2 4 1 Changing record folder To change the folder where recorded files are saved follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on File 2 Navigate to Record Settings and press Enter Or use the hot key Alt s to open the Record Settings dialog 256 3 You are placed on the first item Recording type mp3 4 Press Tab to move to the Record folder setting 5 Record folder flashdisk media radio is displayed Press Enter 6 The list of folders and files in the Media folder is displayed Press Backspace to move back a level in the folder s
438. ntered is not in the dictionary The default is set to On If the option is set to Off the Voice Sense QWERTY does not recommend a word To toggle between On and Off press Space 2 Use main dictionary only if this option is set to On the spell checker does not look up any words in the custom dictionary It only uses the main dictionary The default value is set to Off You can toggle between On and Off by pressing Space 3 Skip an upper case word if this option is set to On words with only upper case letters are not checked The default is set to On You can change it by pressing Space 4 Skip a word which includes an address if this option is set to On the words that contain an address are not checked The default is set to On You can change it by pressing Space 5 Skip a word which includes numbers if this option is set to On the words that include numbers are not checked The default value is set to Off You can change it by pressing Space 6 Confirm if you press Enter on Confirm the changes that you made above are saved and the Voice Sense QWERTY exits the Options dialog 7 Cancel if you press Enter on Cancel the changes that you have made above are canceled and the Voice Sense QWERTY exits the Options dialog To move among the option settings press up arrow or down arrow To move to Confirm or Cancel press Tab or shift tab Press Enter on
439. ntment by pressing Enter or by pressing Tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter If you have set the 301 Alarm time it sounds at the specified time even if the Voice Sense QWERTY is turned off To stop the alarm press Ctrl 8 2 4 9 Setting a recurring Schedule You can set this option when the schedule you are creating recurs periodically If you clear this check box the schedule is set to occur once You can check or uncheck this option by pressing Space If you have unchecked this box press Enter or press Tab repeatedly to move to the Confirm button and press Enter to save the schedule To set a recurring schedule press Space then press Tab or Enter to move to the combo box where you can set the recurrence pattern In this combo box you can select from Daily Weekly Monthly and Yearly We will discuss these options in more detail in the next section 8 2 4 9 1 Daily If you select Daily and press Tab the focus moves to Recurring interval of day edit box Here you can enter the number of days after which the appointment recurs You can type a number between 1 and 999 If you enter 1 the appointment recurs every day and if you enter 2 it recurs every other day When you use this option be sure the difference between the start and end date is shorter than the recurring interval value For example suppose that the appointment starts at 09 00 Feb 1 2006 and e
440. nu and navigate to Category and press Enter Then navigate to Delete Category using the Down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Delete to execute this function directly from within the Category list When you execute the Delete Category function you are prompted DELETE XXXX Category where XXXX represents the category under your cursor The default is Yes Press Enter to delete the current category If you do not wish to delete the current category press the Down arrow to navigate to No and press Enter 9 4 3 3 Modify Category If you wish to rename a category to more appropriately express the feeds contained in it you can do this using the Modify Category function To execute the Modify Category function press Alt to open the menu and navigate to Category and press Enter Then navigate to Modify Category using the Down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Control M to execute this function directly from within the Category list The Modify Category dialog contains 3 items Category Name edit box Confirm button and a Close button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab 377 To rename a category type the new name in the edit box and press Enter or Tab to Confirm and press Enter If you wish to cancel modifying the category Tab to the Close button and press Enter or press Escape and you are returned to the Category list 9 4 4 The Feed
441. nutes it moves back 5 minutes from your current position 271 2 Move to next time Press Ctrl Alt Right arrow If you set 5 minutes it moves forward 5 minutes from your current position 7 3 5 6 Move by Text Index You can use this function in the following situations 1 While playing a text DAISY book or in pause status 2 While playing text in an audio text DAISY book or in pause status The setting values are Phonetic Character Word and Sentence To set previous text index follow these steps 1 Press Ctrl Alt Up arrow Every time you press Ctrl Alt Up arrow Voice Sense QWERTY toggles between Sentence Word Character or Phonetic 2 Choose the setting value you want To set next text index follow these steps 1 Press Ctrl Alt Down arrow Every time you press Ctrl Alt Down arrow Voice Sense QWERTY toggles between Phonetic Character Word and Sentence 2 Choose the setting value you want To move by the specified text index value follow these steps 1 Move to previous text Press Ctrl Alt Left arrow If you set Sentence it moves back 1 sentence from your current position 2 Move to next text Press Ctrl Alt Right arrow If you set Sentence it moves forward 1 sentence from your current position 7 3 6 Mark Using the Mark menu you can insert a mark or jump to a previously created ma
442. o move to Send attachments path flashdisk upload 3 Press Enter or m on Send attachments path flashdisk upload Or press Tab to move to the Modify button and press Enter 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays upload folder xx yy Use normal file and folder navigation keys to locate the folder you want to use as the path for attachments to be sent 5 Press Space to select the desired folder and press Enter 6 Voice Sense QWERTY displays in front of the selected folder If you set the path by pressing Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY shows the changed path 6 5 1 3 Set the Disk in which to save mail The e mail messages that are downloaded from your network are saved in the e mail folder located on the flashdisk If the size of an e mail you are receiving is so large that it cannot be downloaded and stored in the flashdisk or you simply want to store your e mail somewhere else you can save to a different disk using the following steps 1 Connect the external storage disc to the Voice Sense QWERTY 2 Use the steps described above to open the Set Path dialog 3 Press down arrow to move to Disk to save mail in flashdisk 4 Press Enter or m on Disk to save mail in flashdisk Or press Tab to move to the Modify button and press Enter 5 Voice Sense QWERTY displays flashdisk 213 6 Press down arrow or up arrow to move through the disk list If you have connect
443. o open the Set Login Information dialog press Alt to open the menu and use the Down arrow to navigate to Options and press Enter Then press Enter on Set Login Information The Set Login Information dialog contains all of the same as are present in the Sign In dialog except the username and password This allows you to modify your options for saving login information and automatic sign in When you have set your preferences for the Remember Me Save Password and Auto Sign In check boxes Tab to confirm and press Enter If you do not wish to save your settings Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 11 4 4 Hot Keys in Dropbox Open User Information dialog box Control Search for File Control F File Download Control T File Upload Control U File Link Control L Copy Control C Cut to Clipboard Control X Paste Control V Delete Delete New Folder Control N Set Login Information Alt l 464 11 5 Online DAISY The Online DAISY program allows patrons of the Canadian National Institute for the Blind library to access and download DAISY books available through their online bookshelf Note you cannot search for books using this program as this capability is only available when accessing the library via its website However this program will allow you to access and interact with your electronic bookshelf download and return books To execute the Online DAISY program pr
444. o play a specific part of an audio file as many times as you wish This can be useful when learning a new language and you need to hear the same information in a file over and over again A B repeat mode requires setting start and end points for repetition 241 To set a start and end point follow these steps 1 Press p at the position at which you want to set the start point 2 Or press Alt and move to Position by pressing down arrow Press Enter on Position Move to Set start point by pressing down arrow and press Enter 3 The unit announces Set start point and the file continues playing 4 To set the end point press p at the point where you want to end the section for repetition Or you can execute A B repeat mode by pressing the Record button during playback 1 Press Record button at the position at which you want to set the start point 2 To set the end point press the Record button again at the point where you want to end the section for repetition Note You can only use the Record button to perform this function while a file is playing If playback is paused or stopped the record button activates the recording function After you have highlighted a section of a file using start and end points A B repeat mode allows you to play that specific part of the file as many times as you wish To set how many times a specified section repeats go to playback settings under the s
445. o retrieve a file from the remote folder list and move it to the local folder This function is only available from the remote folder list When using this function all retrieved files are saved to the flashdisk download folder Use the following steps to retrieve a file 1 Navigate the remote folder list using the same commands as in the File Manager see chapter 4 2 PRESS Space to select the file you want to retrieve Note that you can select only files not folders 3 After selecting the file press Alt to open the menu and use up arrow or down arrow to move to Retrieve File and press Enter You can also activate this function directly by pressing Ctrl r 4 As with copying and pasting progress beeps are heard If the file is larger than 300 KB progress messages are also spoken each time an additional 10 is completed If the file is less than 300 KB only progress beeps are heard When the transfer is complete the unit announces xxx file retrieved where xxx is the name of the file If the file does not transfer Voice Sense QWERTY says xxx file not retrieved When all of the selected files are transferred the message Retrieve completed is spoken and you are returned to the remote folder list 3 3 2 3 4 New Folder The New Folder function allows you to create a new folder in either the local folder list or the remote folder list Use the following steps to create a new folder 1 With the
446. o transfer files from the Voice Sense QWERTY to a computer use your computer s Internet connection or use the Voice Sense QWERTY as a wireless Braille display for a computer or smart phone Note 65 to use the Voice Sense QWERTY as a wireless Braille display you must be running a screen readers such as Window Eyes Supernova or VoiceOver Please note that Bluetooth is an evolving standard and the functionality may vary depending on the operating system that you are using The Voice Sense QWERTY uses the built in Bluetooth Manager program to manage Bluetooth functionality You can access the Bluetooth Manager in several ways To access Bluetooth Manager from the program menu press up arrow or down arrow to navigate toSettings then press Enter In the Settings menu navigate to Bluetooth Manager and Press Enter to activate it You can also press Caps Lock B to open the Bluetooth Manager from anywhere on the unit 3 3 1 Bluetooth Device List When the Bluetooth Manager is activated it begins scanning for other Bluetooth devices that are in range and the services available from the other Bluetooth devices For example if you have a computer with Bluetooth enabled nearby the Voice Sense QWERTY attempts to find it It may take 30 to 40 seconds to discover all of the Bluetooth devices in range The Voice Sense QWERTY announces and displays Scanning for devices Please wait Progress beeps are he
447. oaaae renane e sea teeny 506 13 12 Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware ssssssssssessssessssesessosssssessssoessssess 506 13 12 1 Upgrading the Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware Using the Internet 507 13 12 2 Upgrading the Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware from a Disk 508 13 13 Hot keys for Utilities 56 cssccscas cesccsucexccinoscauenvegenniveeosnnd seins eonw uke tortonsomunuenmessnasteans 509 14 USING THE HELP MEIN see iosccs coi oscncezcasncsdesetavascaxaceabocensss cot osuskeacanbaniicaucevonusteseitenssdncstconnveet 512 45 USING ACTIVESYNC viiniin a aap aaan 514 15 1 What is ACHVESYING 2 yisccsciesscvctsasntisstosnenseacundesssnnasedsneundeucbuntecbusiend eats sousgueaveouvevsenenes 514 15 2 Connecting the Voice Sense QWERTY to a PC ecscssscceeeeesssseeeeeeeeees 514 23 15 3 Setting up the Voice Sense QWERTY in the ActiveSync Program 515 15 4 Transferring Files to the Voice Sense QWERTY Via ActiveSync 516 16 COMMAND SUMMARY wiciesediscctscsvssccsstedzstcnctaussscengadaahdestcansscnascausdeotvnslaustaseavecnesnsseentasteenians 517 16 1 Common Combination Keys sssssssssessssseesssoossssessssoossssessssoesusseesssosssssessssosssssess 517 16 2 Quick Launch CommMan GS sci sicsvsacsecaiscivanstooasseatesioseaqeanerenetcacsenassacneenaoneemseniaes 519 16 3 File MANAG GN isos ccs cases sccssn siscevecesssVacord sinsir oraindo san cd obenide desde dduacadasenudaad sleaassotesiaedind
448. of your notetaker s flashdisk Please be sure to copy the kxo file to the root of the flashdisk It must not be contained in a folder but must reside at the top level of the flashdisk directory 10 Play an NLS book The key file installs itself on a special protected area of the flashdisk To obtain your key number follow these steps 1 Press f1 to bring up the main menu 2 Press h to access the Help Menu 260 3 Press I to bring up the Information Dialog 4 Navigate below Mac Address for wireless LAN 5 After the words Key Number a 5 or 6 digit number is displayed 2 Setting up your notetaker with Learning Ally Note These instructions assume you already have an account with Learning Ally If you do not have an account you can learn more and obtain instructions for signing up at www learningally org Instructions for obtaining a Learning Ally UAK for your notetaker 1 Log in to your Learning Ally account 2 Once you reach My Home page click the My Bookshelf link in the upper right portion of the header 3 On the My Bookshelf page on the left hand side you should see a selection labeled I m ready to listen to my audiobooks click the Continue button in that selection Note if you already have an authorized Learning Ally device on your account this option is labled Choose a different device 4 On the Choose A Device screen select the DAISY Compati
449. og 7 1 3 2 11 Stop This command stops playback of the currently playing file You can also do 6 I this by pressing c or Backspace in the Media playback dialog box 7 1 3 3 Record This menu item is used to open the Record dialog To open the Record dialog press Alt to open the Media Player menu Press down arrow twice to move to record r and press Enter Or you can press r from the Media Player Menu The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the Record dialog You can also open this dialog by pressing Ctrl r from the Media Playback dialog The Record dialog contains an information tab and five buttons You can move among these by pressing Tab or Shift Tab Activate the buttons in this dialog by pressing Enter on the button you want to use You can also activate the buttons by typing the character displayed after the button name 7 1 3 3 1 Record Playback Information Tab This tab is displayed only when the Voice Sense QWERTY is recording or when there is a file that has just been recorded The information displayed in this tab includes the file name the current status and two pieces of time information The file name is the name of the file containing the sound that is currently being recorded or played The current status is one of the following recording playing pause or stop The time information that is displayed first is the elapsed recording time and the elapsed or r
450. og For example to calculate the common logarithm of the 100 you press Ctrl with I N 100 and then That is log 100 which gives the result 2 Natural Logarithm For Natural logarithm press Ctrl with I and then e This is displayed as In For example to calculate the natural logarithm of the 100 you press Ctrl with E 100 and then That is In 100 which gives the result 4 60517019 13 2 Display Compass Heading Use this option to display the direction of the compass on the Voice Sense QWERTY You can display the compass heading from anywhere on the unit To display the compass heading do the following Press FN Space from anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY The current status of the compass is displayed You can also access compass status in the Utilities menu Move to Display Compass Heading by pressing down arrow Press Enter on the Display Compass Heading or simply press h As you change direction to check the current compass status press Space The current direction is announced To exit this function press Esc or Alt F4 Note It will take about 15 minutes to initialize the unit should the following situations occur 1 The unit discharges a great distance from the location where the compass was last used 487 2 The unit remains discharged for more than a month 13 2 1 Options of gyrocompass There are 2 option settings available when viewing
451. og box by pressing Ctrl h from the file list This dialog box consists of the Open With list the adopt list a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between these elements by pressing Tab or shift tab Within the list you can select the next item by pressing down arrow and the previous item by pressing up arrow When the dialog box opens Open with Word processor is displayed In this list you can select a program the Word Processor Media Player or Web Browser Pressing down arrow selects the next program and up arrow selects the previous program Once you have selected the program with which to open the file type press Tab to move to the adopt list If you have selected the Word Processor pressing Tab takes you to an additional list called Open mode Using this list you can specify whether the file is opened as a Braille file or a text file Press down arrow or up arrow to select one of the two file types then press Tab to move to the Apply to radio button Use this radio button to specify whether only the currently selected file or all of the files with the same file extension are opened with the specified program After setting your preference press Enter or Tab to move to the Confirm button and then press Enter to apply the settings If you have specified a program that does not support the file type nothing is displayed or played after
452. oice Sense QWERTY says Find date current date If you press Enter here the Voice Sense QWERTY searches for appointments occurring today To search for another date you can type the date in the format mm dd yyyy or use the move by date hotkeys If you press Enter after entering the date the appointments occurring on the day are shown If there is no appointment on that day the unit announces There is no schedule registered If appointments are present the first appointment on that day is announced in the form of date time and subject If the appointment lasts for more than one day continuous schedule is announced If the appointment recurs recurring schedule is announced If you scheduled more than one appointment for that day you 305 can move among the appointments on that day by pressing up arrow or down arrow To move to the first appointment on a day you can press Fn Left arrow and to move to the last appointment on the day and if you want to move to the last appointment on the day press Fn Right arrow To move to the appointments on another day press Ctrl Left arrow or Ctrl Right arrow The previous next appointment occurring within four months is displayed To move to the first appointment stored in the Schedule Manager press Ctrl Fn Left arrow and to move to the last appointment stored in the Schedule Manager press Ctrl Fn Right arrow To obtain details
453. older Alt f File conversion Ctrl t Select all Ctrl a Sort files by Ctrl g Set file info Ctrl l Display only files of type Ctrl w Search for file Ctrl f Information Alt Enter Share Folder on Network Alt S Unshare Folder on Network Alt U 521 Local Security Setting Alt P Setup Network connection Alt e Cancel setting of Network connection Alt F4 Share a folder on network Alt s Remove remote folder on network Alt u Setup sharing security Alt p 16 3 5 EML Viewer Open e mail message Enter Forward Control f Reply Control r Close and return to file list Alt F4 16 4 Word Processor 16 4 1 Hot Keys for Menu Commands File Menu Commands New document Ctrl n Open Ctrl o Save Ctrl s Save as Alt s Close current document Ctrl F4 Print Ctrl p Document Settings Ctrl e Exit Alt F4 Word Display View Commands Toggle Word View Display On off Control alt M Read current line on Visual Screen Alt Function S Move to First line on Visual Screen Alt Home Move to Last line on Visual Screen Alt End Move to Previous line on Visual Screen Alt Up arrow Move to Next line on Visual Screen Alt Down arrow 522 Move cursor to First line of Visual Screen Alt Page Up AIt FN Up arrow Set Highlight color of Current line on Visual Screen Alt U Commands for reading Powerpoint files Move back one slide Backspace Move forward one slide Space Bring up slide list Alt Shift S Edit Menu Co
454. on Percent Power Over FN Square Root Ctrl q Decimal Point Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Pl Ctrl p Exp Ctrl e 509 Memory Functions Recall Items Alt r Delete all saved items Ctrl d Save Items Alt s Trigonometric Functions Ctrl s Sine Ctrl s s Arc Sine Ctrl s a Hyperbolic Sine Ctrl s h Cosine Ctrl i i Arc Cosine Ctrl c a Hyperbolic Cosine Ctrl c h Tangent Ctrl t t Arc Tangent Ctrl t a Hyperbolic Tangent Ctrl t h Logarithm Functions Ctrl l Natural Logarithm Ctrl l e Common Logarithm Ctrl l n Miscellaneous Copy to Clipboard Ctrl c Option Settings Ctrl o Fraction options Control Return formula Control r Check date and time Fn t Calendar Move items Move to the previous item Tab Move to the next item Shift tab Navigation keys for date in calendar 510 Move to the next day Right arrow Move to the previous day Left arrow Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next month Down arrow Move to the previous month Up arrow Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow Stopwatch w Stopwatch start pause restart enter Check the elapsed time Backspace Stop Braille display Fn Space Restart Braille display Fn Space Switch between stopwatch and count down timer Tab or shift tab Count down timer pause or restart enter Count down
455. on When you execute this command you are prompted to choose the language in which you wish to read the selected text Navigate to the desired language using Up or Down arrow and press Enter The text is then spoken using the TTS of your chosen language 5 5 Layout The Layout menu contains options for setting the layout for printing on an ink printer or embossing on a Braille embosser The Layout menu contains the following items Braille Document Layout Print Document Layout Braille Paragraph Layout and Print Paragraph Layout The changes made in the Layout menu are not displayed on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille To check the layout open the menu by pressing Alt and press I to open the Layout menu 5 5 1 Braille Document Layout While editing a document press Alt to open the menu and select Layout or press I and select Braille Document Layout Or you can press Alt F5 160 to open the Braille Document Layout dialog while editing a document Braille Document Layout is used to set the width and height of the paper for embossing as well as other options You can navigate the menu items with up arrow or down arrow and you can move to Confirm or Cancel by pressing Tab You can skip an item by pressing down arrow if you don t want to change the default setting You can adjust the following settings 1 Set characters per line This set
456. on Setting dialog Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab Use the following keystrokes in the Remote Folder list Move to the next item in the list down arrow Move to the previous item in the list up arrow Select current item Space Select all items Enter a Use the Add button to add the selected shared folder from the Remote Folder list to the File Manager s network list From the Remote Folder list press enter to exit the Network connection Setting dialog box YOU can also cancel using Alt F4 or Esc Once the network locations of the shared folders have been added to the list they are accessible from the network option in the File Manager as long as you are connected to the network where they reside In other words if you have added a location for a shared folder on your home network you cannot access this location from your office as you are no longer connected to the home network on which the shared folder is located Also remember that you cannot access shared folders on a network if you do not have a wireless or LAN connection to that network 4 4 2 Remove Remote folder There are 2 ways to remove a remote folder from the File Manager s network list using the Remove option in the network list or via the Network Connection Setting dialog Using the network list Execute the File Manager and choose network from the drive list Navigate to the remote folder
457. on an SD card or USB memory stick you can access the file in the Open dialog by moving to the file list using shift tab Then press Backspace until you reach the drive list Use Up arrow or Down arrow to navigate among the drives until you reach the USB stick memory or the Sd card Press Enter to open the storage device and the files and folders are displayed When opening documents The Voice Sense QWERTY chooses the Braille grade depending upon the file type For example if you press Enter to select a file that has the extensions hbl or brl or if you type in a file name with those extensions and press Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY opens the selected file in Grade 2 Braille You are not able to change the Braille grade in these documents If you press Enter to select a file that has the extensions txt or doc it opens the file according to the View Input grade setting in Global Options After the file opens you can switch the Braille grade among computer Braille uncontracted Braille and grade 2 Braille using FN g The Word Processor allows you to open and work with up to 10 files simultaneously If you already have one document open and you try to open another document the Voice Sense QWERTY asks you to save changes to the document that is already open Once the document is saved an open dialog appears However your original document remains open You can 131 move among open documents by pressing sh
458. on directly press Ctrl u 6 4 4 Copy or Move to Mailbox You can copy and move e mails using the Copy to Mailbox or Move To Mailbox commands in the Edit menu The move Copy dialog contains the following 1 Folder list 2 Create mailbox Button 3 Delete mailbox Button 4 Rename mailbox Button 5 Confirm Button 6 Cancel Button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab And you can move among items in the Folder list by pressing up arrow or down arrow To cancel this dialog press Esc or Alt F4 To copy and move an e mail to another folder follow these steps 1 You can select individual e mails by pressing Space select a continuous group with Ctrl b or select all with Ctrl a Or you can select e mail using the Select All or Start Selection options in the Edit menu 2 Press Alt to open the menu 3 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 4 Press down arrow to move to Edit 5 Press Enter on Edit 6 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Select All 7 Press down arrow to move to Copy to Mailbox or Move To Mailbox 8 Press Enter on Copy to Mailbox or Move To Mailbox 208 9 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Folder list You can activate these functions directly by pressing Alt c or Alt x 10 Press down arrow to move to the folder into which you want to copy or move messages 11 Press Enter 12 T
459. on is cleared and you may create a new route using the same information or set other start destination or waypoint locations 11 3 3 5 4 Route Information Choosing the Route information option in the Route menu brings up the same Route dialog as is shown when you initially create a route To bring up Route information Press Alt to open the Google Maps menu and use Down arrow to navigate to Route and press Enter From the Route menu use Down arrow to navigate to Route Information and press Enter You can also access route information directly by pressing Control c 11 3 3 5 5 Distance and Direction to Destination Use the Direction and Distance to Destination menu item to queery the remaining distance to your destination while traveling as well as the direction of travel To activate the Direction and Distance to Destination command Press Alt to open the Google Maps menu and use Down arrow to navigate to Route and press Enter From the Route menu use Down arrow 455 to navigate to Direction and Distance to Destination and press Enter You can also queery the Direction and Distance to Destination directly by pressing Control d 11 3 3 6 Options The Options menu contains 2 items Notice and Distance Setting and Select GPS receiver 11 3 3 6 1 Notice a
460. on the currently open book and set voice parameters You can open the File menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on File Or you can press f to quickly access the File menu The File menu contains 1 Open DAISY 2 Voice Settings 3 Book Info 4 Exit You can move among these items with up arrow or down arrow You can activate the selected item by pressing Enter 7 3 4 1 Open DAISY You can open another DAISY book using Open DAISY To get to Open DAISY press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on File Use down arrow to navigate to Open DAISY and press Enter Or you can use the hot key Ctrl o When you activate Open DAISY the drive list is displayed 265 You can also open the Open DAISY dialog by holding the Stop button If you press and hold the Stop button again this dialog is closed and you are returned to your previous position The Play button performs the same function as Enter in the Open DAISY dialog The Stop button Record button Back button and Forward buttons perform the same functions as Backspace Space up arrow and down arrow in the open DAISY dialog Namely you can move up and down by pressing the Back and Forward buttons in the Open DAISY dialog And you can select and unselect by pressing the Record button Press the Stop button to move back a level in the folder structure and press the
461. onfirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab 374 The Category list contains all the categories available in the OPML you are importing The Feeds list contains all of the feeds in a chosen category You can select as many or as few of the feeds in the OPML for importing You may select just one feed in one category or you may select all the categories and import everything Press Space on individual categories or feeds you wish to select If you want to import everything in the OPML you can press Control A in the Category list and all feeds in all categories will be imported When you have selected all of the items you wish to import press Enter or Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter To cancel importing the OPML Tab to the Cancel button and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 When the import is complete the new categories will appear in the Category list of the main window and the feeds you chose to import will appear in the respective feed lists for those categories 9 4 2 3 Export OPML You may wish to save the directory of RSS feeds you are subscribed to on your Voice Sense QWERTY either for use on another device or as a backup in case you should need to restore your subscription information You can save your directory of RSS categories and feeds using the Export OPML function To execute the Export OPML function press Alt to open
462. ons Alt p 575 Chat Window Menus File Menu Commands Save Conversation Alt s Close Chat Alt F4 Edit Menu Commands Cut Ctrl x Copy Ctrl c Delete Delete Paste Ctrl v Start Selection Ctrl b Select All Ctrl a Find Ctrl f Find Again F3 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Stop Voice Chat Esc key Send File Alt f View Contact List Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Move to Previous Chat Ctrl Shift Tab Move to Next Chat Ctrl Tab The move keys in Google Talk Move to the previous Contents Up arrow Move to the next Contents Down arrow Move to the previous 32 items of the Contents Fn Up arrow Move to the next 32 item of the Contents Fn Down arrow Move to the first item of the Contents Ctrl Home Move to the last item of the Contents Ctrl End 576 17 9 3 Sense Chat Chat Window Commands Move among the controls Tab and Shift Tab Send message type message and press Enter Move among messages in history Up and Down arrows Move to top of list Control Home Move to bottom of message list Control end Save conversation Control s Save conversation under different name Alt s Start selection Control b Select all Control a Copy Control c Paste Control v Exit Sense Chat Alt F4 Sense Chat Options commands Move among the Controls Tab and shift Tab Move among items in the settings list Up and down arrows Change the value of a setting Space Save settings Enter Ca
463. ons using the Down arrow Or press Alt O directly from within Twitter The Set Options dialog contains 3 items Number of Tweets to Receive combo box a Confirm button and a cel button You can move among the items using Tab or Shift Tab Use the Up and Down arrows to navigate the options in the combo box You can choose to receive 32 64 or 100 tweets at a time When you have chosen the number of tweets you want to receive Tab to the Confirm 403 button and press Enter If you do not wish to save your settings Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 10 2 10 Managing Lists Twitter allows you to group people you follow into lists and to follow or view lists created by others Most of the list related functions in the Twitter program are located in the List menu The List menu contains 4 items List Manager Add User to List List User View and List View in Current Tweet These items are discussed in detail in the following sections 10 2 10 1 List Manager The List Manager allows you to create modify remove and unfollow lists To execute the List Manager press Alt to open the menu Navigate to List using the Down arrow and press Enter Then press Enter on List Manager You can also open the List Manager by pressing Control P from anywhere in the Twitter program The List Manager dialog contains the following items List list List Information but
464. ontrol Right arrow Select the next item in the combo box list box Alt Down arrow Select the previous item in the combo box list box Alt Up arrow Moving to form fields Move to the previous form field Control F 1 Move to the next form field Control F2 16 8 3 Google Search Move to the next control Tab Move to previous control Shift Tab Choose category or search result Up or Down Arrow Open search result in Browser Enter Exit Google Search Alt F4 538 16 8 4 RSS reader Receive new Headlines Control R Import OPML Control O Export OPML Control S Download Podcast Control D Read whole Description Control L Options Alt O From Category List Insert Category Control Delete Category Delete Modify Category Control M From Feed List Search for Feeds Control N Insert Feed Control i Delete Feed Delete Modify Feed Control M Move Feed Alt V 16 9 Social Networking 16 9 1 Twitter Sign Out Ctrl g Personal Information Ctrl Save Current Timeline Alt s Home Timeline Ctrl h User Timeline Ctrl u Current User Timeline Alt u Mention Timeline Ctrl m Retweet Of Me Alt o 539 List Timeline Alt P Favorite Timeline Control L Tweet Ctrl t Remove Tweet Delete Retweet Ctrl e Reply Ctrl y Add To Favorite Ctrl v Favorite List Ctrl l Send Direct Message Ctrl s Sent Direct Message Alt m Received Direct Message Alt r Follow User Alt a Following Alt l Followers Alt e
465. or press b to jump to and open BookShare Download directly from the Extras menu You can launch BookShare Download from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows k When you first open BookShare Download you are placed in the login Settings dialog in which you can enter your BookShare account 434 information Press Tab and Shift Tab to move among the items in the Login Settings dialog The login Settings dialog contains the following items Login ID computer edit box Login password computer edit box anonymous Mode checkbox Save button and Cancel button Enter your BookShare user account ID and password in to the computer edit boxes To save the information press Enter or Tab to the Save button and press Enter If you do not have a BookShare account you can still access the public domain material in anonymous Mode To connect to BookShare Download using Anonymous Mode leave the computer edit boxes for ID and password blank and press Space on the Anonymous Mode check box Press Enter to save the setting or Tab to the Save button and press Enter If you choose to log in using Anonymous Mode you are warned that there will be download restrictions when using Anonymous Mode When you have saved your login information you are placed in the main BookShare Download
466. ord isse rei otona a aaie 159 5 4 9 Read Current Character cece cccssseseeeeeeeecneeeseeaeeseesaeeeeeseesaeesaeeeesaeesaeaeens 159 5 4 10 Read Status casico usin uicenragdinseiuindan own n a a a N ai 159 5 4 11 Read Selected Text in Current Language cece eneeeeeeeeneeneeeeeens 160 De LAV OU ers EE E E E tes tonsonssusesi oauanesavsunmavavencchy A AE 160 5 5 1 Braille Document Layout ec ecceeeeeenecneeeaeeeeeneeeaeseeeeeesaeesaeeeeeneeaeeaeens 160 5 5 2 Print Document Layout visi scscssessccisieedicasacisisracssaneteediceeendedamnaaestatbenstartamrersianetene 162 5 5 3 Braille Paragraph Layout wisi sis sannuiieiarwad asi aeoinnnaoinmetaaiauieds 163 5 5 4 Print Paragraph Layout sci ccuwioiiatacaunaemuenniacumanaimoonmmanass 164 5 6 Nemeth Code Enty ip sac sendcseescseeivecsssunavavcenen edsnwasdcodundsndcndaa coannaseavsa ceeutopangadouenssoanusten 166 5 7 Reading PowerPoint Files isi scscescisuss vcnscaescs desadeaennteasvanencotevsnrscesunsevovoassonncaveesedua ses 172 5 8 Keys for Text Scrolling and Deleting ccc sssssssesesssseesessecessseeeenseeeessseeeeenes 173 5 9 Cursor LOGAN ie swsicssnnssnsntsncncencenaes snnvnaduennecseuseubed canted deesanstaivbetessiasedevsnattonssarecdkaxnesd 174 5 10 Hot keys in the Word ProceSSokl cssssccssssseessscsecessseessssscecesssceesssseeeesseceeenss 174 E MAIL iaaa a deirecom AR aa aaia 177 6 1 Executing E mail and E mail Account management ccsesseeeesseeeessse
467. ormation and how to check modify and delete this information 178 6 1 1 Executing e mail To execute the e mail program follow these steps 1 Navigate to E mail in the program menu by pressing up arrow or down arrow 2 Press Enter on E mail or press E You can also launch the E mail program from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows E When you launch the e mail program for the first time the Voice Sense QWERTY says You must create at least 1 mail account from the accounts manager in the Tools menu Then the Inbox is opened The Inbox is the main window of the E mail program When you run the e mail program for the first time this Inbox is empty and the Voice Sense QWERTY displays no items Press Shift Tab and you are placed in the mailbox list By default the Voice Sense QWERTY contains the following mailboxes 1 Inbox received mail that has not been deleted or saved to a different folder 2 Sent sent messages you have chosen to store 3 Outbox messages waiting to be sent either when you save mail in Outbox or sending mail fails By pressing up arrow and down arrow you can move among the mailboxes If there are e mail messages in the Inbox Opening inbox is announced and is shown on the LCD display and xx processed is displayed on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille Once progress has reached 100 the Inbox is opened
468. orted according to your preference each time you open the File Manager 4 2 14 Set File Info This item is used to set what kind of information is displayed for each item in the file list Press Alt to bring up the menu Navigate to Set File Info and press Enter Or press i to quickly access this item from within the menu You can access this feature directly from the file list by pressing Ctrl i Use this option to select the information to be displayed for each item in a list The available options are Name Name Size and Name Size Date and Time You can move among these items by pressing down arrow or up arrow Press Enter after selecting the information to be displayed and the file list is updated showing all the information you specified By default only names are displayed in the file list If you have selected Name Size 118 the name and size of files are displayed However for folders size is not displayed This option is stored and remains in effect until a hard reset is performed 4 2 15 Display only Files of Type This is used to specify what type of files are displayed in the file list Press Alt to bring up the menu Navigate to Display only Files Of Type and press Enter Or press w to quickly access this option from within the menu You can also access this feature directly from the file list by pressing Ctrl w Choose which files are displayed by selecting one of the foll
469. ot selected in the web browser Check box check SCHB It means that the check box is selected Check box UCHB It means that the check box is uncheck not selected Note Links anchors and radio buttons are controls that are only used in the Web Browser The symbols enable you to understand what type of input control or menu you are working with For example if MN MI or LI are displayed you know you can move from one item to the previous and next items by pressing the Up and Down scroll keys or the Up arrow or Down arrow If ECB EB CB or MEB are displayed you know you are in an input area where you must type the desired text If BT is displayed you can press Enter to activate the button 2 3 Using Function As described previously the Function key is on the bottom left of the 43 keyboard just to the right of Control The Function key is often abbreviated as Fn The Function key is often used in conjunction with other keyboard keys for additional navigation For example press Fn and Up arrow for Page up and press Fn and Down arrow for Page down Press Fn with Right arrow for Fn Right arrow and Fn with Left arrow for Fn Left arrow Press Fn and Insert to turn Num lock on off When Num Lock is on the following keys are used to type the associated numbers symbols below M
470. ou can access the accounts list or mailbox list by pressing Tab or Shift Tab until you reach mailboxes or Accounts Use Up arrow or Down arrow to move among the items in the list and press tab to open the Account or mailbox You can also use the following hot keys to navigate accounts and mailboxes Go to the next mailbox Alt Fn down arrow Go to previous mailbox Alt FN Up arrow Go to the next account category Control FN Down arrow Go to the previous account category Control FN Up arrow Note the hot keys are not available from the account list or mail box list They are only available from the message list 6 2 2 Reading Received E mail Messages If you downloaded e mail from your server the e mail messages are listed in the Inbox Each e mail in the Inbox contains the following items 1 Subject 2 Date 189 3 From Sender 4 CC 5 Message 6 Attach this is displayed only for an e mail that has one or more attached files You can move among the items by pressing Tab or Shift tab 6 2 2 1 Subject Control Subject shows the title of the e mail Subject subject of the e mail xx yy After the subject of the e mail you find xx yy which shows the number xx of the current e mail and the total number yy of received e mail messages For example 11 21 means that the e mail is the 11th e mail out of a total of 21 e mail messages If there is a file attach
471. ou can also search for a phrase in an open DAISY book Follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 3 Press down arrow to navigate to Heading 4 Press Enter on the Heading menu Or press h 5 Previous heading is displayed 6 Press down arrow to move to Find Phrase 7 Press Enter on the Find Phrase option Or press s You can also open the Find PHRASE dialog directly by pressing Alt s The Find Phrase dialog consists of the following 1 Phrase to find 276 2 Search direction 3 Confirm 4 Cancel You can move among the 4 controls by pressing Tab and Shift Tab Type all or part of the phrase in the edit box Press Tab to move to Search direction The default setting is Next You can choose Next or Back To change the setting value press Space After setting the Search direction press Enter Or press Tab to move to Confirm Press Enter on the Confirm button Playback starts at the searched phrase If you want to cancel the Find Phrase dialog press Enter on the Cancel button Or press Alt F4 7 3 8 Hot Keys in the DAISY Player Play Play Pause Space Move to the beginning of document Home Move to the last phrase End Increase the speed Shift Right arrow Decrease the speed Shift Left arrow Increase the volume Shift Up arrow Decrease the volume Shift Down arrow Move by Phrase Mov
472. ou can move through the list by pressing down arrow or up arrow 2 Connect button Used to connect to the selected wireless profile 3 Add common dialog button Used to manually add a profile specifically where an SSID is hidden and thus does not appear in the access points list Add common dialog contains 10 controls 1 Setup IP Automatic combo box You can switch between automatic and manual by pressing down arrow or up arrow If you select Manual you must enter your IP address subnet mask gateway IP address and DNS IP address You can move among these computer edit boxes by pressing down arrow or up arrow Press Tab to move to the next control 2 Network name SSID computer edit box Type the network ID in the computer edit box 3 Network mode combo box You can select among Infrastructure and 802 11 ad hoc mode by pressing up arrow or down arrow 61 4 Network authentication mode combo box Select among Open Shared WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK by pressing up arrow or down arrow 5 Data encryption combo box Select the data encryption method by pressing up arrow or down arrow If you select Open or Shared in network authentication mode you can choose among Disable and WEP And if you select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK in network authentication mode either AES or TKIP can be selected in the Data encryption co
473. ou move it to a different folder you will see it in that folder on any device you use to access your e mail The advantage to IMAP is that when using multiple devices you can access the same e mails from any of them and changes made on one device apply to the information on the general e mail server and thus also affect all devices as they access it This is especially useful when using different devices in different situations for example using a PC at work a PLUS when you travel and a smart phone while in the car SMTP is the protocol used to send a message from an e mail client in this case the PLUS s e mail program and deliver it to an e mail server Before you use the e mail program you must configure the Voice Sense QWERTY to access the Internet see section 3 2 Internet Setup Note The menus in the Voice Sense s e mail program are specific to the task you are performing for example When checking the Inbox in the e mail program the menus are different from the menus that are used when you are writing an e mail Read this chapter carefully and familiarize yourself with the specific contexts before using the e mail program on the Voice Sense QWERTY 6 1 Executing E mail and E mail Account management To use the e mail program you must configure the e mail program to access your various e mail accounts The following sections provide a detailed explanation of how to execute e mail how to add e mail account inf
474. ou must first download and install the application to your Android device from the Google Play store Use the following steps to use your Voice Sense as a Braille display with BrailleBack 1 Make sure your Voice Sense is powered on Bluetooth is activated and in Terminal Mode 501 2 On your Android device go to Settings 3 Select Bluetooth 4 Select Search for devices 5 Select the Voice Sense from the device list 6 When requested enter a 4 digit pairing code of your choosing and select the OK button After activating the OK button on the tablet Voice Sense prompts you for the same pin code type it in computer braille and press Enter 7 When the Voice Sense is successfully paired return to Settings on your Android device and select Accessibility 8 Select BrailleBack and enable the checkbox to turn it on The paired Braille display should be recognized and should begin displaying Braille 13 7 2 Terminal Clipboard Terminal Clipboard allows you to create and edit text on the notetaker before sending it via the Terminal for Screen Reader to the connected device This can be useful in instances like when using VoiceOver on an i device in which characters are translated as they are sent to the IPhone or iPad In this case if you do not type quickly characters may be mistranslated For example if you type t e I and do not type quickly enough VoiceOver could potentially translate this
475. ou want to save the current file Choose Yes or No using the Up and Down arrows and press Enter 7 1 3 3 3 Play This button is used to play the file that has just been recorded You can also start playing the recorded file by pressing the play button on the front panel This function is only available just after you have recorded a file While playing the playback information tab is displayed To pause or stop playing tab to the desired button and press Enter 237 7 1 3 3 4 Stop Use this command to stop recording or playback If you press Enter on Stop while recording the Voice Sense QWERTY stops recording and shows the recording information tab If you press Enter on the Stop button during playback the Voice Sense QWERTY stops playing and shows the playback information tab You can also stop recording or playing by pressing the Stop button on the front panel 7 1 3 3 5 Pause Use this command to pause the recording or playing of a file If you press Enter on Pause or press the Play Pause button on the front panel recording or playing is paused and the recording information or playback information tab is displayed 7 1 3 3 6 Continue Press Enter on Continue when the current status is pause and the Voice Sense QWERTY resumes recording or playing 7 1 3 3 7 Cancel If you press Enter on Cancel the Voice Sense QWERTY stops recording or playing closes the Record dia
476. ou wish to be alerted of incoming messages You can choose among 2 different sounds Sound 1 and Sound 2 Press Space to cycle among the choices 427 The Send message alert setting is similar to the received message alert setting described above but applies to the alert you receive when you send a message successfully The Use alert when connected to user setting allows you to define how the Voice Sense behaves when you have successfully connected to another Sense notetaker user You can set this option to Sound or Off in which case you will receive no alert other than the brief message that is displayed when connection is successful Press Space to cycle among the choices The Use alert when disconnected from user setting is similar to the setting above but applies to how the Voice Sense behaves when you are disconnected from the Sense notetaker user you are currently chatting with The final two settings allow you to choose whether you want any alert when sending or receiving messages The choices are On and Off Press Space to adjust the setting When you have finished setting your preferences press Enter to save the settings or tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save your changes tab to the Cancel button and press Enter or press Alt F4 10 5 Hot Keys in Social Networking 10 5 1 Twitter Sign Out
477. ounds to alert you to Google Talk events You can choose between Yes and No 2 Confirm Use this button to save your settings 3 Cancel Use this button to close the dialog without saving your changes and return to the Contact list 10 3 7 4 Path Options 423 The Path Options Allows you to set the path for saving conversations file transfers and temporary storage To open the path options dialog press Alt p or press Enter on the Path Options item from the Options menu The Path Options dialog consists of 5 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Set download path A button to set the path for saving messages If you press Enter on the button the Set path dialog appears Navigate to your desired folder and press Enter 2 Set temporary path A button to set the path for saving temporary files If you press Enter on this button the Set path dialog appears Navigate to your desired folder and press Enter 3 Saving download path A button to set the path for saving received files If you press Enter on this button the Set path dialog appears Navigate to your desired folder and press Enter 4 Confirm Use this button to save your settings 5 Cancel Use this button to close the Path Options dialog without saving changes and return to the Contact list 10 4 Sense Chat The Sense Chat program operates in a similar fashion to text chatting with Google talk
478. our list simply Tab to Confirm and press 406 Enter If you wish to add a different user type the ID of the user you wish to add and Tab to Confirm and press ENTER To cancel adding a user to a list Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Escape or Alt F 4 10 2 10 3 List User View The List User View function allows you to view and manage list members To execute List User View press Alt to open the menu Navigate to List using the Down arrow and press Enter Then Navigate to List User View and press Enter You can also execute this function by pressing Control J from anywhere in the Twitter program The List User View dialog contains the following items List list List Member list Next List button Member Information button Delete List Member button Follow User button and a Close button If you are viewing a list you are following the Delete List Member button does not appear You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab Use Up or Down arrow to move among items in a list Use the Delete List Member button to remove a member from the list Use the Member Information button to view the User Information for the current list member The information in the Member Information dialog is the same information available in the User Information dialog previously described If you are not following a user in a list and you wish for their tweets to appear in your timeline
479. ove to the first schedule Ctrl Home Move to the last schedule Ctrl End 16 7 3 Database Manager Add record Ctrl n Search records Ctrl f Table manager Ctrl t List of records found Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e Backup database Ctrl u Restore database Ctrl o 1 Move by controls Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab 2 Move in a list box Move to the next list item Down arrow or down scroll button Move to the previous list item Up arrow or up scroll button 3 Select your answer in the prompt box Move to the next answer Space or Down arrow Move to the previous answer Backspace or Up arrow 4 Move in the list of records found Move to the next record Down arrow or down scroll button Move to the previous record Up arrow or up scroll button Move to the last record Ctrl End Move to the first record Ctrl Home Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow Move to the last field End 534 Move to the first field Home Move to previous same field different record Left arrow Move to next same field different record Right arrow 16 8 Web tools 16 8 1 Web Browser 16 8 1 1 Hot keys for Menu command Open URL Ctrl l Open Ctrl o Save as Alt s Information Alt Enter Exit Alt F4 Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Fn Enter Auto scroll Up scroll button down scroll button Start selectio
480. ow In order to select a variable to be used in the calculation press Space on it This list is the same as the one in the Recall Items dialog The only difference is that this dialog always displays variable names and values regardless of the value of Detail display option After you select all of the variables to be used in the calculation you can press Tab to move to the result list The result list displays the sum average variance and standard deviation of the selected variables You can move among these items by pressing down arrow or up arrow To copy results from the list to the clipboard press Space on the items you wish to select 478 13 1 4 Sine Functions The Sine Functions menu is activated when you press Enter on Sine Functions or press s from the menu You can open the menu by pressing Alt Or you can activate the Sine Functions menu by pressing Ctrl s in the calculation line The sine function list consists of Sine Arc sine and Hyperbolic sine If you press Enter on one of the three functions while moving with up arrow or down arrow or if you press Enter on Confirm while one of the functions is focused you can insert it into your calculation line after selecting one of the sine functions Or you can insert one of the three sine functions by pressing the first letter of each from the list 13 1 5 Cosine Functions You can activate the Cosi
481. ow or down arrow to locate Backup Database Press Enter You can also press u from the menu to get to Backup Database Or press Enter u to activate this function directly If you already have a backup file you are prompted Backup changes Yes If you have made any changes to your database file press Enter to create a new backup file To keep the previous backup file press Space to navigate to No and press Enter on it When you create a backup file in your Database Manager a new backup file with the extension SDF is saved The name of the backup file is UserDatabase sdf 8 3 7 Restore Database To restore the database file after a hard reset press Alt to open the menu and use the up and down scroll buttons to locate Restore Database Press Enter Or press r from the menu You can also press Ctrl o to activate this function directly If you activate the Restore Database function and you already have a database file you are prompted Database file already exists Restore Yes If you press Enter the backup database file is restored to the current database file To cancel press Space and press Enter 324 8 3 8 Hot Keys for Database Manager Add record Ctrl n Search records Ctrl f Table manager Ctrl t List of records found Ctrl r Set backup options Ctrl e Backup database Ctrl u Restore database Ctrl o 1 Movement controls Move to the next control Tab Mo
482. ow Move to 1 hour after Down arrow Move to 1 hour before Up arrow Move to 10 minutes after Ctrl Right arrow Move to 10 minutes before Ctrl Left arrow Move to 1 minute after Right arrow Move to 1 minute before Left arrow Switch Between a m and p m Fn x 16 13 2 Bluetooth Manager Scanning Bluetooth device Ctrl r Connecting device Enter on the device name Connecting service Enter on the service name Disconnect service in Bluetooth service list Ctrl d Move to Bluetooth device list in service list Backspace Remove device setting in Bluetooth device list Del 1 FTP service Open local folder move remote folder Ctrl o Copy Ctrl c Paste Ctrl v Send to Ctrl s Retrieve file Ctrl r New folder Ctrl f 549 Delete file folder Del Information Ctrl i 16 13 3 Pronunciation dictionary Move to the previous control Tab Move to the next control Shift tab Move to the previous item in entry Up arrow Move to the next item in entry Down arrow Add word Alt i Modify word Alt m Delete word Del 16 13 4 Backup Restore personalized settings Move to previous item Up arrow or up scroll button Move to next item Down arrow or down scroll button Move to previous control Shift tab Move to next control Tab Select unselect check box Space 550 17 Command Summary for USB Keyboards 17 1 Common Combination Keys Open the program menu Win key Key help mode Ctrl ESC Run specific program Win key
483. ower Saving Mode Use this option to set the Voice Sense QWERTY to save power by automatically shutting down after a certain period of time The shortcut key is p The default setting is set to On Use Space to cycle through the available values On Off and Message If you never want your Voice Sense QWERTY to shut down automatically set the option to Off If you set the option to Message The Voice Sense QWERTY gives you a warning message that says power on to remind you the unit is still powered on after 10 20 or 30 minutes of inactivity depending on the setting that you choose for power saving kick in Note this option is available only when the AC adaptor is not connected to the unit In other words even if this option is set to On if the AC adaptor is connected to the unit the unit does not enter Power Save Mode even when the Power saving kick in time has elapsed 3 8 2 32 Power Saving Kick In Use this option to set the time of inactivity before entering Power Save Mode The shortcut key is k with the default set to After 10 minutes This means the Voice Sense QWERTY enters power saving mode when you have not used the Voice Sense QWERTY for 10 minutes Use Space to cycle through the available settings 10 minutes 20 minutes and 30 minutes 3 8 2 33 Check Today s Schedule In the Schedule manager which you will learn about later you can keep track of your appointments using the Voice Sense QW
484. owing items All Files Sense Word Files MS Word Files Text Files Braille files HTML Files URL Files Media Files and Wave Files You can move among these items by pressing down arrow or up arrow Press Enter after selecting the file type you want and only the files of the specified type are displayed in the file list Folders are displayed no matter which type you have specified By default all files are displayed in the file list This setting remains in effect only until you close the File Manager so all the files are displayed once again on restart of the File Manager 4 2 16 Zip With this function you can compress files and folders into a zip file Compressing a file makes the total file size smaller making it easier to email or to save space on a storage device To use the Zip function follow these steps 1 Select the files or folders you want to compress in the file list by using one of the methods described previously 2 Open the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on Zip Or from within the menu press z You can also activate this function directly from the file list by pressing Ctrl z 3 Voice Sense QWERTY prompts Zip filename default filename zip Default filename is the file name that is used for the compressed file if you 119 try to compress only one file or folder If you try to compress several files or folders the default name is the folder
485. own arrow or down scroll button Move to the previous record Up arrow or up scroll button Move to the last record Ctrl End Move to previous same field different record Left arrow Move to next same field different record Right arrow Move to the first record Ctrl Home 2 Move between the fields in a record Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow Move to the last field End Move to the first field Home From the List of Records Found to search for new text press Ctrl s to open the Search Records dialog again Type the new text you want to search for and press Enter To delete a record press up arrow or down arrow to move to the record and press Del from any of the fields in the record You are asked if you really want to delete the record Select Yes or No by pressing Space or Backspace If you press Enter after selecting Yes the record is deleted and if you select No the deletion is canceled To search for records in another table press Ctrl t to open the Table Manager dialog and press Enter on the name of the table you want to open To change the content of a record select the record by pressing up arrow or down arrow repeatedly And press Ctrl m from any field in the record The same dialog as the Insert a New Record dialog is opened To change the content of a field move to the field by pressing Tab type the new
486. ows Kimjk himsintl Greetings from HIMS International A Retweet is displayed as Retweeter Id RT original writer Id Tweet as follows Bill RT robin Happy birthday Use the following navigation keys in the Timeline Move to the next tweet down arrow Move to the previous tweet up arrow Move to the first tweet in the current list Ctrl Home Move to the last tweet in the current list Ctrl End Move up 32 tweets Page up Move down 32 tweets Page down 2 Time Displays the date and time of the focused tweet For example Friday January 1 2011 3 00 pm 3 Next list Pressing Enter on this button loads the next group of 32 tweets You can also press the hot key Ctrl n to load the next list 387 4 Refresh button Press Enter on this button to refresh the Timeline to reflect any new tweets posted since you opened Twitter or performed your last refresh You can also refresh your timeline by pressing Ctrl r 5 Tweet button This button opens the Tweet dialog and places you in the edit box where you can write a tweet You can also open the Tweet dialog by pressing Ctrl t 6 Reply button Use this button to reply to the focused tweet You can open the Reply dialog by pressing Ctrl y 7 Remove button Press Enter on this button when focused on one of your own tweets to delete a tweet that you posted You can also remove the tweet by pressing Del This button appears only when one of your o
487. ox and type the new URL If you want to change the category in which the feed is located Tab to the Category list and use Up or Down arrow to choose a different category When you have finished setting your preferences Tab to Confirm and press Enter If you wish to cancel modifying the feed Tab to the Close button and press Enter or press Escape and you are returned to the Feed list 9 4 4 5 Move Feed If you wish to change the category in which a feed is located but do not need to modify other information for the feed you can use the Move Feed function To execute the Move Feed function press Alt to open the menu and navigate to Feed and press Enter Then navigate to Move Feed using the Down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Alt V to execute this function directly from within the Feed list The Move Feed dialog contains 3 items Category list Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab 380 If you want to change the category in which the feed is located Tab to the Category list and use Up or Down arrow to choose a different category When you have finished setting your preferences Tab to Confirm and press Enter If you wish to cancel modifying the feed Tab to the Cancel button and press Enter or press Escape and you are returned to the Feed list 9 4 5 Options The Options dialog allows you to set options related to
488. pace to change to No and press Enter To exit the Pronunciation dictionary you can press Enter on the Close button or press Alt F4 85 3 5 Menu manager 3 5 Menu Manager Using the Menu manager on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can manage what menus and or programs are displayed in the Main Menu or sub menus You can show or hide almost any program in the Main Menu with a few exceptions You may not hide the File manager the Menu Manager itself or the Programs menu which only appears if external programs are installed To execute the Menu manager follow these steps 1 From the program menu press S or Enter on the Settings menu 2 Press the short cut key M or Enter on Menu manager 3 The Menu manager dialog is displayed You can also launch the Menu Manager from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock M The dialog of the Menu manager consists of the following items 1 The menu program list 2 Modify Menu Name button Only appears when cursor is placed on a menu 3 Confirm button 4 Cancel button To navigate among the programs press the Up or Down arrow Press Tab or Shift tab to navigate to the Confirm and Cancel buttons When placed on a menu such as Media or Web Tools you do not have the option of showing or hiding the item Menus are displayed if they have programs accessible inside them If you have chosen to hide all the programs in a given
489. page from another web page press Alt and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter The first item in the Go To menu is Go To Home Page You can activate Go To Home Page by pressing Enter or by pressing Alt H while in the Quick Browser 9 2 4 2 Go to Previous Page The previous page is the page shown just before the current page For example when the Quick Browser is activated the first page that opens is the home page Search for and load the Google web page www google com The Voice Sense QWERTY connects to the Google web page When Go To Previous Page is activated the Voice Sense QWERTY returns you to the last position on the previous page the home page To move to the previous page press Alt to open the menu and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter Navigate to Go To Previous Page by pressing the Down arrow and then press Enter Or you can press Alt Left arrow This command is not available on the first page you visit in the Quick Browser because there is no previous page to go to 357 9 2 4 3 Go to Next Page When you have opened multiple web pages you can move back and forth among the various pages you have visited For example when you first open the Quick Browser you connect to your home page Then you connect to the Google website and next you connect to the Lycos website In this case if you navigate back to Goo
490. password is entered in both edit boxes Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter to save your password The unit announces Set password completed and returns you to the settings dialog If you decide you do not wish to save your password Tab to Cancel and press Enter or press Alt F When you have created and saved a password for the file you wish to protect access the Save as dialog as described in the previous section and choose HPF HIMS Protected File as your file type Your document is encrypted and password protected The next time you open the document you are prompted for the password you created To open the document type it in and press Enter Note When saving protected files please ensure you make note of the password used to protect them Use passwords you can remember and make note when typing them that they are typed correctly Though it is not impossible recovering password protected documents is extremely difficult and your document will need to be sent to HIMS for decryption 5 1 6 Close Current Document 134 The Close Current Document command allows you to close the currently focused document without closing the Word Processor You can access the Close Current Document command by pressing Alt Then press Enter on the File menu Use the Up arrow or Down arrow to navigate to Close Current Document and press Enter Or you ca
491. pbox 11 4 2 4 Copy Cut and Paste Note When using Copy Cut or Paste in Dropbox you are able to manipulate only the files and folders in your Dropbox file folder list You cannot copy or paste files from Dropbox to storage locations on your Voice Sense To move files to and from your Voice Sense and Dropbox please you the File Download and File Upload commands described previously Copy leaves the selected files and folders in their original locations and creates copies of them in your chosen destinations Cut removes the selected files and folders from their original locations You can use the Paste command to place them in new locations you have chosen 461 Use the Copy Cut function as follows 1 Select the files and folders you wish to copy If you wish to select only one file or folder simply place your cursor on it If you wish to select multiple files and folders press Space on each item you wish to select 2 Open the menu with Alt and navigate to Edit using the Down arrow and press Enter Navigate to Copy and press Enter to copy the selected files and folders You can execute the Copy command directly from the file list by pressing Control c If you want To cut the selected files and folders choose Cut from the Edit menu Use Control x to execute the Cut command directly from the file list When the Copy or Cut command is executed the Voice Sense QWERTY returns to the file list
492. ping When you insert the battery in to the Voice Sense QWERTY for the first time the unit may display an inaccurate battery power level Before using the Voice Sense QWERTY for the first time please charge the battery for at least two and a half hours You may use the unit during the initial charge however it is recommended if you do that the unit remain connected to AC power for at least three hours to fully charge the battery When you remove the battery from the Voice Sense QWERTY make sure your unit is turned off especially when the AC power adapter is not connected If you remove the battery while the unit is on and AC power is not connected you will lose all data stored in RAM including open documents emails and contacts or appointments that have not been backed up If you remove the battery and do not have the Voice Sense QWERTY connected to AC power the data stored in RAM remains for about 1 hour To save your RAM data the Voice Sense QWERTY must be connected to an AC power adapter or battery pack within an hour or this data is lost 45 2 5 Basic Explanation of Disks folders and files Think of the flash memory on the Voice Sense QWERTY as being like a big bookshelf in a library You can create partitions on a bookshelf to organize books into categories Think of the folders on the Voice Sense QWERTY as being similar to these categorical partitions The books in each section can be compared to the files on the Voice
493. playing a file The Tag Information dialog consists of an information list and a Close button You can move among the items using Tab or Shift Tab Move among the items in the information list using the Up or Down arrow The information list includes Title Artist album Genre Official homepage Link Sample Rate Bitrate and Channels When you have finished viewing the information Tab to the Close button and press Enter or press Escape 7 1 3 1 9 Open URL The Open URL menu item is used to play the audio stream from a web page If you press Enter on Open URL in the File menu or press Ctrl i in the Media Playback dialog the Open URL dialog is displayed In this dialog type the web address of an audio stream and press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY automatically accesses the audio stream from the Internet and begins playing it Note Please make sure to have an active Internet connection before attempting to open an audio stream 7 1 3 1 10 Exit You can exit the Media Player by selecting Exit in the File menu or by pressing Alt F4 in the Media Playback dialog The Voice Sense QWERTY stops playing if it is playing a file and exits to the program menu 233 7 1 3 2 Play The Play submenu contains all of the commands that can be used to control playback To access this menu press Alt to open the Media Player menu Press down arrow The Voice Sense QWERTY
494. previous frames the warning sound is played 2 Move to the next frame Ctrl F10 Moves to the beginning position of the next frame If there are no more frames the warning sound is played 348 9 1 7 5 Playback of Streaming Audio Files While navigating a web page if you come across a link for a streaming audio file you can simply press Enter on it The Media player program is launched with lists of address inside of the streaming file and the streaming audio file on the first address is played The supported streaming file formats are m3u pls asf asx For other formats if you press Enter the Web Browser program plays the streaming audio file directly When you play the streaming audio file in the Web Browser the Add To Favorites dialog appears You can add the streaming address to the Favorites list and the streaming file is saved with ASF WAS at the beginning of the file name ASF denotes that the link is a streaming audio file While you play a streaming audio file in the Web Browser if you exit the Web Browser program or you lose the internet connection the streaming audio file stops playing You can use the following playback commands in the Web Browser while playing a streaming audio file 1 Play play button on the front panel 2 Stop stop button on the front panel 3 Turn up the volume Shift up scroll button 4 Turn down the volume Shift down scroll button Playback of a stre
495. progress beeps are heard as the unit searches the BookShare library for items that match your search terms or chosen category When the search is complete you are placed in a list of results that match your search Navigate the list using Up arrow and Down arrow The BookShare Download dialog now contains 3 additional items the Search Results listbox you are now in a Detail information button and a Download button If the results list contains more than 250 items an additional button Next list appears after the results list in the tab order also accessed by pressing Control n Use Up arrow and Down arrow to navigate the list of items in the Search Results list If you press Enter on the Detail information button or press its shortcut key Control l you are placed in a dialog providing more information about the book The Detail Information dialog contains the following items A list box containing title Author ISBN Brief Synopsis Complete Synopsis Category Language Publisher publish date Quality and Free close button closes the Detail information dialog and returns you to the main dialog The Detail information listbox contains the following information Title shows the complete title of the book author lists the author or authors of
496. py your calculation to the clipboard After copying you can paste the calculation in a document When you activate Copy to Clipboard you hear Copy completed and the Voice Sense QWERTY returns to your calculation line 482 13 1 11 Return formula There may be times after viewing a result that you wish to be reminded what expression you used to obtain that result The return formula function allows you to return the expression you just entered When your result is displayed you can activate the return Formula function by pressing Control r You can also activate this function by pressing Alt to enter the menu navigating to return Formula and pressing Enter When you activate Return Formula the expression you entered to obtain your current result is displayed 13 1 12 Option Settings You can access the Option Settings by pressing Enter on the menu option or press o from the menu Or in your calculation line you can activate the Option Settings by pressing Ctrl o When the Option Settings are open if you press Enter on the option you want or press Enter on the Confirm button associated with it the option is set according to your preference Option Settings is a dialog which contains the following setting list a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the three items by pressing Tab or shift tab The setting list consists of
497. r You can also press u from the menu Or you can press Ctrl u to activate this function directly If you already have a backup file you are prompted Backup file already exists Backup anyway Yes If you have made changes to your schedule press Enter to create a new backup file To keep the previous backup file press down arrow locate No and press Enter on it If you make a backup file again in the Schedule Manager a new backup file is created with the extension DAT and another file is created with the extension BAK containing your previous backup file 8 2 10 2 Restore Schedule To restore your schedule after a hard reset press Alt to open the menu and use the up and down scroll buttons to locate Restore Schedule Then press Enter Or you can press r You can also press Ctrl r to activate this function directly If you activate the Restore Schedule function and you already have an existing schedule you are prompted Schedule file already exists Which do you prefer Append or press down arrow to move to Overwrite You can choose to add to or overwrite the current schedule with the backup file If you choose to append and the backup file contains appointments that also exist in your current file you will have redundant appointments If you choose to overwrite and your current schedule contains appointments the backup file does not these appointments are lost If you don t want to Appen
498. r a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among these items by pressing Tab or shift tab When you activate Set Time and Date for the first time you will likely see Time zone Pacific Time US amp Canada Tijuana GMPT 08 00 as this is 57 the default You can review the time zone list by pressing down arrow or up arrow or by typing the first letter of time zones or represented cities Select your time zone and move to the next item by pressing Tab The Use Daylight Savings check box displays according to Time zone If daylight savings time is used in the selected time zone this item is displayed If it is not used this item is not displayed You can check and uncheck this item using Space The next item is Time format the options for which are 12 hour and 24 hour time You can toggle between the two using up arrow or down arrow Move to Time by pressing Tab Use this option to set the clock s time If you select 12 hour clock in the Time format A M or P M is displayed after the hour and minute In the 12 hour clock you can toggle A M it P M by pressing Fn x In the 24 hour clock setting you can type a 24 hour time regardless of A M or P M When typing the time separate the hour and minute using a space or a colon Move to Date by pressing Tab Type the Date month date and year as mm dd yyyy Use 2 digits for the month 2 digits for t
499. r All according to your preference You can toggle between the two choices by pressing Space 6 Confirm and Cancel Pressing Enter on Confirm starts finding and replacing text If there is no text that matches the text you typed Not found is displayed and the function is canceled Pressing Enter on Cancel cancels the Replace function 5 3 4 Go to Location The Go to Location command moves quickly to a specific location You can move to a specific page paragraph or line To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Go To Location by pressing down arrow and press Enter While editing a document press Ctrl g to activate this function When Go to Location is executed the Word Processor says Move to page number If you type a number here the Voice Sense QWERTY takes you to the page number that corresponds with the number you type You can also type the letter f before the number This tells the Voice Sense QWERTY that you are looking for a page number and not a paragraph or line number Type the number of the page you want to move to without the PLUS sign or minus sign and press Enter The Word Processor jumps 153 from the start of the document to the specific page To move forward from your current location put the PLUS sign in front of the number and letter For example to move forward five pages type f5 To move backw
500. r and Media Player sections in this manual 50 2 11 Switching Key lock You can disable the keys on the Voice Sense QWERTY to prevent the accidental pressing of keys using the key Lock switch on the front panel When the key Lock switch is placed in the left most position Voice Sense QWERTY announces all keys locked This means all keys on the unit are disabled including the on off switch If the key Lock switch is placed in the center position Voice Sense QWERTY says top panel locked This means you can continue to use the buttons and switches on the front panel media mode switch media buttons and on off switch however you cannot use any of the keys on the top face of the unit If the key Lock switch is placed in the right most position Voice Sense QWERTY announces unlocked This indicates all keys are operational QWERTY keyboard media buttons scroll keys function keys Media Mode switch and On Off switch Note the RESET button is always operational regardless of location of the key Lock switch If you want to lock and unlock only the keys on the front media panel you can do this by pressing the Back and Forward media buttons simultaneously If you press Back Forward the unit announces Media keys locked and the media panel does not respond to key presses If you press the keys again the unit announces Media keys unlocked and the media buttons are again operational 2 1
501. r on Display Network Status or press n from the Utilities menu You can also queery network status from the program menu by pressing Fn n When you launch Display network status the information about the current connection is displayed If you press Tab the Voice Sense QWERTY displays a Renew button If you press Tab again close is displayed If you press shift tab the Voice Sense QWERTY moves among these elements in the opposite direction The first item in the information list status indicates whether the Voice Sense QWERTY is currently connected to the Internet online offline and if so the current connection type LAN Modem ADSL or Wireless LAN The next item is the current IP address followed by Subnet mask and Gateway and finally MAC address You can move among these items by pressing down arrow or up arrow If the Voice Sense QWERTY is not currently connected to the Internet the status information shows offline and the IP address subnet mask and gateway display 0 s 13 9 Display Power Status You can activate the Display power status function by pressing b or press Enter on Display power status from the Utilities menu You can queery power status from anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY by pressing Fn b When you execute this command 2 pieces of information are displayed the percentage of charge remaining in the battery and whether the Voice Sense QWERT
502. r at A caso e aoe ade ad A Aaa ba teases Aaa 490 13 4 4 Ringing DULAIOM ciiccisccciass ch cdiainantiaetiasedvahecumndion talented Mies a aiomeanatanein 490 13 4 5 REDGat Interval erene sor e e E chattel A E auaeuande 490 13 4 6 Wake up Call Times iicrecuiiieu oicteeccrenisea sr nacvni cen ii aoui eae ee aie 490 13 4 7 Confirm Cantel ipiis hnigna e ia aa EE ana e ceria imental as 491 13 5 Cale nid abs nnn a a sate 491 13 5 1 Using the Calendar iain donveeuostsiatsinaiiaises srageivaucteraignas aquitemiauad ntaaiees 491 13 6 STOP Wate Disc cise sesexcaccnvcdssiets seucesecveas evensiesvceeaventsoetnviatoasdenatspeaacapans caneseeaneaweaseaaeieedteax 492 13 7 Terminal for Screen reader iccsccccssccenssscersvecceserssecsnseessesonnssssnssadsosentoesesisesenseanes ens 493 13 7 1 Connecting to a Screen reader uuu eee cecseeenceeeeeeeeseeeaeeeecaeesaeeaeeeeeeaeaes 494 13 7 2 Terminal ClPDOAE 5 jciedrereesag das heaosabediea hidgedese eins Gite Mee ileetelaaedeiele 502 13 8 Display Network Status sasscsiscccssccsssisseassascsenesssuecacccksatscesvecvsswecwsdvsanssedscasassonsedntsonns 504 13 9 Display Power Status iis ssccssceccisctsacnss csnaiecunsiaipusiecasste sass cove ctowunesdencvidedduedacdoasosenseots 504 13 10 FOP At icscesccicsiness sansusasssnnsptesennsssousvadessvkdeascudessahbusegidus soavdesietexvindavuniobeuntnaesibusavadpau 505 13 10 1 Formatting the GiSk ici sccciscnanaiaseiahedaeatainniee macnn ames 505 13 11 Set SIGS TUMOR a aa eener
503. r choosing the State and city you wish to search 2 Street address An edit box for typing the exact street address of the location you want to search 3 Search button Press Enter on this button to initiate the search 4 Address information appears after a search has been performed shows the address of the point of interest that is closest to the location you typed 5 Set as Start Position button Press Enter on this button to set the address in Address Information as your route s start position You can also activate this button by pressing Alt s 6 Set as destination button Press Enter on this button to set the address in Address information as the destination or end point of your route You can also activate this button by pressing Alt d 444 7 Set as Waypoint button Pres Enter on this button to set the address in Address information as a Waypoint or stop in the middle of your route You can also activate this button by pressing Alt w 8 Add to User POI button Press Enter on this button to add the address in Address information to your personal points of interest You can also activate this button by pressing Alt u 9 Close button Press Enter on this button to close the Search for Address dialog You can also exit the dialog by pressing Escape or Alt F4 Note If there are no search results Address information
504. r decreased by 10 minutes if you press Space or Backspace respectively If you do not wish for the document to be saved automatically choose Don t save automatically 7 Apply settings to all documents Yes No This option allows you to apply the current settings to all documents If Yes is selected the settings apply to all documents if No is selected the settings affect only the document currently being edited To toggle between Yes and No press Space 8 Support Formatting Documents Yes no This setting allows you to choose whether or not to process document formatting when loading documents that contain advanced formatting features such as Microsoft Word documents Press Space to toggle between Yes and No 9 The Word View Display option allows you to choose whether to show text documents in full display view Full display view allows a sighted teacher or assistant to view what is on the notetaker using a PGA monitor The focused line of text is shown at the top followed by a full screen of text below Use 139 Space to toggle Word View Display on and off Or you can use Control Alt M to toggle Word Display View on off directly within a document Use the following keystrokes to navigate the full screen view Read the current line on the visual screen Alt FN S Move to the first line on the visual screen Alt Home Move to the last line on the visual screen Alt End Move to the previous line o
505. r press Ctrl n from the records list 2 The name field the first field in the address book table is shown Type the name of the person for whom you want to create a record and press Tab 3 The telephone field is focused Type the person s phone number Since this field is a number field a limited set of characters including numbers and hyphen is available Enter a number If you press Space instead of hyphen the hyphen is entered 4 Press Tab to move to the address field Type the address 5 Press Tab to move to the memo field Since this field is a multi edit box you can type multiple lines of text To start a new line press Enter 6 Press Tab to move to the Confirm button If you press Enter the record is added to the table If you do not want to save the record you have 320 created press Tab once more to move to the Cancel button and press Enter Or press Esc If you have added a record the name field is focused again so you can add another record To go back to the Search Records dialog press Ctrl s To open the Table Manager dialog press Ctrl t If you open these dialogs while entering a record you are asked to save the record Select Yes or No by pressing Space or Backspace and press Enter If you select Yes the record is saved and if you select No it is not saved and the specified dialog is opened If you select Can
506. r structure Backspace Jump to the drive list Shift Backspace Move to the previous group of 32 items Fn Up arrow Move to the next group of 32 items Fn down arrow Jump to a file or folder by pressing the first character of the folder or file name You must use ASCII characters Oo NOORA ON 4 1 2 Selecting folders and files 1 Select individual items Space is displayed in front of the item to denote its selection Pressing Space again on the selected folder or file cancels the selection 109 2 Continuous selection Ctrl b This selects all of the items from the point where this command is executed to the item where the cursor is located appears in front of the selected items 3 Select all Ctrl a This selects all the files and folders in the current list You can use navigation keys to move among the selected items to check their selection status You can cancel selections or reselect de selected items by pressing Space When the Select All command is executed the Voice Sense QWERTY says the number of selected files and appears in front of the selected files on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille 4 1 3 Cancel Exit Cancel ESC This command will cancel a function Exit Alt F4 This will cancel or stop a selected function or exit the program 4 2 Working with Files and Folders When you open the File Manager the list of available drives is displ
507. ranri iasa 49 2 10 Switching Media Modes ssessssnssesseesssossssssosssossssseosssosssssosssoosssssesssoosssseesssoosssee 50 2 11 Switching Key IOGK ds sscccssinssattvsssssexconndetunrincosesied sedendssdsassacsonbastacbansesvensecsernsaztcusensts 51 212 PRIME SPO hirian alsin ceed ecassded ced ATE 51 2 13 0ne H nded MOG ices cocciscedvescocvasavivtasccu saves yennvaseooaa eiawnence av edeuouames vunwuenennupnasionsusene 52 2 14 USING TYPING MOE ss ivississcvsssccvnesscvesiencvsnersvessnsndsanseaneesuanvsadsbubansnvbanssseenvadeoenaaceesiaives 53 2 15 COMMON HOUKCYS i veisccsniicsscccsvscvncnssecsvncesccsves snnassensonasssaansnassuvassnveenassosrateounsmarecnternes 53 2 16 Quick Launch CommandS sssini sun cessavoensooretadsamnseacacsannoaassmnusedeameinn 55 3 CUSTOMIZING YOUR NOTETAKER s sssssssunnnnununnnnnnnnnnnunannnnunnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnanannnnannnnanannnnnnanannnnnnan annn 57 St DET Time and Date oc ccesccssesee tiesiestesiteievedauagsecioancesuntues sua paisdnaypaodusauatapseesiaatpuanaeaeies 57 3 2 Setup PINTS FITS i ec oe a aca ats aes sae ects ba aaae eeoa aea hiana rte eae aa ty 59 32EAN SEU Pretest eh a E R con eaten EE 59 3 2 2 Setup Wireless LAN acccceciatiecantnonnimiaaniawmcecigrastanatacsicianaanraintes 60 3 2 3 Bluetooth DUN setup ssciec uci ia stashateorondn tenia navasieesancetie Ada einotartaloasaaasht aecuetes 63 Bi 2A IDOL DOLUIP 55 neiuna a teeta came R GRR tase a ete ee deena gS 64 3 3 Bluetooth Manager lt ciiccsccccssc
508. raveled routes using the View Traveled Route option in the Route menu Press Alt to open the Google Maps menu and use Down arrow to navigate to Route and press Enter From the Route menu use Down arrow to navigate to View Traveled Route and press Enter You can also bring up the View Traveled Route dialog by pressing Control h from the Google Maps main window The View Traveled Route dialog contains 3 items 1 View Traveled Routes list box a list of the previously traveled routes Navigate the list using Up arrow and Down arrow Press Enter on a route to load it 2 Initialize Route button Deletes all the previously traveled routes 3 Close button Closes the View Traveled Route dialog You can also press Escape or Alt F4 to close the dialog 454 11 3 3 5 3 Route Information Initialization At times you may wish to clear the current route information and begin creating a route from scratch You can do this using the Initialize Route option in the Route Menu Press Alt to open the Google Maps menu and use Down arrow to navigate to Route and press Enter From the Route menu use Down arrow to navigate to Initialize Route and press Enter You can also initialize the route directly by pressing Alt l When you activate this command the route informati
509. rch direction A prompt button for choosing your search direction Forward or Backward If you choose Forward the search is performed from the current position to the top of the chat And if you choose Backward the search is performed from the current position to the end of the chat You can change the search direction by pressing Space or Backspace 3 Confirm A button to execute Find 4 Cancel Use this button to exit the Find dialog and you are returned to the Chat window 10 3 6 4 Export Contact List You can use the Export Contact list function to save your Contact list as a CSV file To open the Export Contact list dialog press Alt x from the Contact list or press Enter on the Export Contact list item in the File menu The Export Contact list dialog consists of 4 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 419 1 File name A combo edit box into which you can type the name for the contact list file 2 Confirm Use this button to execute the Export Contact list function 3 Cancel Use this button to exit the Export Contact list dialog and return to the Contact list 4 File list A file browser control in which you can set the path to save the Contact list Use normal file and folder navigation commands to navigate this list 10 3 6 5 Import Contact List You can use the Import Contact List function to import a CSV formatted contact list To open the
510. rd Settings dialog which contains Recording type Sample rate Quality recording source Set folder Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab and shift tab And you can move among the options by pressing up arrow or down arrow The Recording type allows you to set the default file type of recorded files The default value is set to mp3 You can toggle between wav and mp3 by pressing Space The next three options are used to control the quality of recorded sound Higher values in Sample rate and Bitrate Bits per channel mean a better quality of recorded sound as well as a larger file size for recorded files In other words to record high quality sound the total time the Voice Sense QWERTY can record is shortened On the other hand if you lower the values of these options the Voice Sense QWERTY can record sound longer but the sound quality may not be as good You can change these values by pressing Space When using mp3 Sample rate is available from 16000 Hz to 44100Hz and Bitrate value is available from 64K to 320K When using wav Sample rate value is available from 8000Hz to 44100Hz and Bits per channe value is available between 8 bits and 16 bits When you record sound using the external microphone you must set the recording source to External Mic When you record audio using the line in 247 cable
511. rd settings Alt r 258 7 3 DAISY Player Using the DAISY Player on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can listen to files and read books that use the DAISY format DAISY is an acronym for DIGITAL ACCESSIBLE INFORMATION SYSTEM One advantage to DAISY books is that you can listen to the audio as well as read the associated text with the audio in DAISY books where both text and audio are present The Voice Sense QWERTY supports DAISY books that are version 3 0 or earlier The DAISY player also supports DAISY content from specialized service providers such as books from NLS BookShare and the Open library The DAISY Player supports the following book types DAISY 2 0 2 02 3 0 DAISY XML Digital Talking Book ANSI NISO Z39 86 2002 2005 NLS content 3gp AMR WB Bookshare org DAISY content learning Ally Audio Plus content NIMAS 1 1 DRM supports 2006 PDTB2 authentication archive org open library Note To access content from services such as BookShare and the National Library Service you must sign up for these services meet all eligibility requirements and pay any associated fees if applicable 7 3 1 Registering with Digital Book service providers 1 Registering your Voice Sense with NLS As of firmware version 6 2 the Voice Sense DAISY Player supports playback of digital talking books from the National Library Service for the Blind and Physically Handicapped NLS as well as protected DAISY content from the Open library ope
512. red cookies and cookies are cleared Pressing Ctrl d clears cookies directly from a web page To cancel clearing cookies press Enter on the Cancel button Or press Alt F4 343 9 1 7 Read Page On the web page there are links controls and other various elements as well as text To read web pages properly the Web Browser should classify each element and notify the user with its information When reading a web page by moving with down arrow or up arrow one element is displayed on one line The links and controls are displayed with their respective symbols so the user can distinguish each element 9 1 7 1 Moving Among Controls A control is a link an edit box a radio button or a combo box These same controls are found in Windows on a personal computer Web pages also use various kinds of controls for user input Each control has different purposes Therefore the user has to know exactly what type of control is being used For example in an edit box the user enters a text string In a combo box and list box the user should select one of the items listed in the combo box or list box The Voice Sense QWERTY Web Browser uses symbols to identify what type of control is used To move from one control to another without reading the text between controls the Voice Sense QWERTY provides the following movement commands 1 Move to the previous control Shift tab This command moves to the nearest previous
513. remote folder list and the file folder list on the Voice Sense QWERTY as the local folder list After you have successfully connected to the FTP service the Bluetooth Manager places you in the remote folder list The remote folder list displayed is determined by the remote Bluetooth device Typically this folder is called the Bluetooth Exchange Folder but you should check your remote Bluetooth device documentation for definitive information You can interact with the remote folder list in much the same way as you interact with files and folders in the File Manager With the FTP service you can perform the following functions 1 Copy 2 Paste 3 Send To 4 Retrieve File 5 New Folder 6 Delete File Folder 7 Open Local Folder If you press Enter on this option you are taken to the local folder list If you are in the local folder list this menu option changes to Move to remote folder 8 Select All 9 Information 71 In the next few sections we will discuss the various FTP functions Please note that while sending data to and from the remote Bluetooth device the remote Bluetooth device may still need to give access permission to the Voice Sense QWERTY Please consult the documentation for the remote Bluetooth device for details 3 3 2 3 1 Copy and Paste These functions allow you to copy and paste files between the local folder and the remote folder Use the following steps to copy files from a local folder to the r
514. ress Space on the file name you want to download to select it is displayed in front of the file name 4 Press enter to download the file You are prompted Attachments will be saved to flashdisk download Do you want to change this location No Press enter By doing so the selected file is saved in the download folder on the flashdisk If you have more than one attachment you want to download you can press Ctrl a to select all attachments in the list or press space on any number of individual files to select them To download only the currently focused file you can simply press enter on it To change the download path 1 When you are prompted Attachments will be saved to flashdisk download Do you want to change this location navigate to Yes and press Enter 2 You are placed in the file list of the Downloads folder on the flashdisk Use normal file and folder navigation keys as described in the File Manager section of this manual to locate the folder into which you want to save the attachments 3 Press Space to select the folder in which to save the attachments and press Enter 4 The file is downloaded and you are returned to your e mail message on the attachments field 6 2 2 7 Reading HTML e mail If you receive an html e mail follow these steps to access the links etc 1 Open the message with the Web browser by pressing the hot key Alt o 2 Or you can use the menu Pres
515. ress search fields Ctrl o Import from CSV Alt i Export to CSV Alt x 5 Miscellaneous hot keys Cancel ESC Exit Alt F4 8 2 Schedule Manager 8 2 1 Overview 296 The Schedule Manager is a program used to manage important information about appointments anniversaries and events The Schedule Manager can also inform you of appointments at a specified time using alarms You can start the Schedule Manager from the program menu by pressing the up or down arrows to move to the Organizer menu and press Enter Navigate to Schedule Manager using the UP or DOWN arrow and press Enter to open it Or you can press O then s from the program menu You can launch the Schedule Manager from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows S The Schedule Manager has two main dialog boxes Add Schedule and Search Schedule In Add Schedule you can enter information for a new appointment Using Search Schedule you can look for information about a specific appointment stored in the Schedule Manager and edit or delete the schedule information 8 2 2 Starting Schedule Manager When you press Enter on Schedule Manager or press s from the program menu the Search Schedule dialog box is displayed so you can quickly search for an appointment You are prompted for a Find date with the current date filled in as the default To add a new appointment or schedule press Alt
516. rk in a DAISY book Up to 1000 marks can be inserted into each DAISY book You can open the Mark menu by pressing Alt then m In the Mark menu you will find the following items 212 1 2 Previous Mark Next Mark 3 Set Mark 4 Move To Mark 5 Delete Mark You can move among the menu items using up arrow or down arrow eee Nor NS N 7 3 6 1 Previous Mark The Previous Mark function allows you to move to a location prior to your current position where you have placed a mark You can access the Previous Mark function by pressing Enter on the Mark menu move to previous mark by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or just press p to execute the Previous Mark command You can also move to the previous mark by pressing V while reading DAISY content 7 3 6 2 Next Mark The Next Mark function allows you to move to a location ahead of your current position where you have placed a mark You can access the Next Mark function by pressing Enter on the Mark menu Navigate to Next Mark by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or just press n to execute the Next Mark command You can also move to the next mark by pressing N while reading DAISY content 7 3 6 3 Set Mark You can set a mark anywhere you want while playing a file to note a position you would like to return to at a later time You can set a mark by pressing Ctrl m from within a DAISY book You c
517. rm sounds for the wake up alarm If you press Tab from Set time the current alarm sound plays Press up arrow or down arrow to change the alarm sound As you move among the sounds the different alarm sounds are played 489 When you have selected your desired alert press Tab to move to the next field 13 4 3 Term In this field you can set which days of the week the alarm sounds There are four options Off Once Week days and Every day Move among these options by pressing up arrow or down arrow If the Term is set to Off the alarm does not go off at the specified time no matter how the other options in the dialog are set If the Term is set to Once the alarm goes off only once If the Term is set to Week day the alarm goes off at the same time every weekday Monday through Friday If the Term is set to Everyday the alarm goes off at the specified time 7 days a week When you have selected your preference press Tab to move to the next field 13 4 4 Ringing Duration This option sets the amount of time that the alarm sounds The options are 1 minute 2 minutes or 3 minutes Move among these options by pressing up arrow or down arrow If you set the ringing duration to 1 minute the alarm sounds for one minute then is silent To stop the alarm before a minute has passed press Ctrl 13 4 5 Repeat Interval This option sets the amount of time bet
518. rmat two digits for the month two digits for the day and four digits for the year as in 09 01 2004 with slashes separating the day month and year You may also select the various components of your date and time using navigation keys 1 Date setting keys Move to the next day Right arrow Move to the previous day Left arrow Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next month Down arrow Move to the previous month Up arrow Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow 2 Time setting keys Move to 1 hour after Down arrow Move to 1 hour before Up arrow Move to 10 minutes after Ctrl Right arrow Move to 10 minutes before Ctrl Left arrow Move to 1 minute after Right arrow Move to 1 minute before Left arrow 298 8 2 4 Adding a Schedule To add a new appointment press Alt to open the menu Select Add Schedule and press Enter or press Ctrl n from the Search Schedule dialog The Add Schedule dialog has a set of input fields a Confirm button and a Cancel button The input fields are Start date Start time End date End time Subject Location Memo Alarm time and Set recurrence schedule You can move among the input fields by pressing Tab or shift tab For the Subject and Memo fields you can type text and for the start date End date start time End time fields you can
519. ront of the cursor position press Backspace 3 To delete the current line press Ctrl Backspace Note many e mail service providers use secure servers with different port numbers If your service provider requires you to use encryption you must set these options in the Advanced dialog explained in section 8 1 2 1 1 6 1 2 1 1 Signature and Advanced While adding your account you can create a signature and set advanced options in the Advanced dialog 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Press down arrow to move to Tools 3 Press Enter on Tools or press T 182 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Accounts manager 5 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 6 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Account name You can also use the hot key Ctrl M to quickly open this dialog 7 Press Tab move to Add 8 Press Enter on the Add button or press A 9 When you have filled in everything in the Main Account settings list press Tab to move to Advanced 10 Press Enter on the Advanced button 11 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Use secure POP3 POP SSL or Use IMAP SSL The default value of this check box is unselected If your POP3 or IMAP server uses SSL select the check box by pressing Space 12 Press down arrow to move to POP3 or IMAP port number The POP3 port number is set to 110 by default and the IMAP port number is set to 143 by default Type a different POP3 or
520. row Press Enter to open the Global options dialog You can also open the Global Options from anywhere on the notetaker by pressing F10 89 You can navigate among the items in Global Options using up arrow and down arrow or using the scroll keys You can also use shortcut keys to quickly move to specific items in the Global Options dialog You can toggle an option on or off or cycle through the available values of a setting with the space or Backspace keys Many of the Global Options also have global hotkeys allowing you to adjust these settings from anywhere on the unit You can view the shortcut and hotkey for an option by placing your cursor on it and pressing Function Z To save the changes you ve made to the Global Options settings press Enter When you press Enter to save the settings the Voice Sense QWERTY says Saved options and you are returned to the place on the notetaker from which you entered the Global Options To cancel without saving changes press the Esc key or Alt F4 The Voice Sense QWERTY announces Canceled saving options From the options list you can also use Tab or shift tab to navigate to the Confirm and Cancel buttons If you want to save your settings press Enter on the Confirm button If you do not want to save changes press Enter on the Cancel button Before we go in to detail about each option let s first go through a brief ov
521. row to move to Reply To All 7 Press Enter on Reply To All You can activate the Reply To All function directly by pressing Alt r 8 Voice Sense QWERTY displays To the original sender and all other original recipients 9 You can use the same steps to send a message as when using the Reply function 6 3 3 Forwarding a Received E Mail Message Forwarding refers to sending an e mail you received to another person You can also add to or edit the message and subject You can also attach a file to this e mail Example Let s suppose there is an e mail message that you received as follows Sender s e mail address hims hims inc com Subject of the e mail Welcome to HIMS You can forward this e mail to others using the following method 1 Press Alt to open the menu from the Subject Date or Message body 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 3 Press down arrow to move to Message 4 Press Enter on Message 5 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Reply 203 6 Press down arrow to move to Forward 7 Press Enter on Forward 8 Voice Sense QWERTY displays To You can activate the Forward command directly by pressing Ctrl f Input the e mail address of the new recipient or multiple recipients 9 Press Tab to move to CC BCC and Subject 10 At Subject Voice Sense QWERTY displays Subject Fw Welcome to HIMS 11 Press Tab to move to Message bod
522. rowser program If you press Enter on a Home e mail or Company e mail the Voice Sense QWERTY opens the 292 E mail program so that you can send an email to the selected email address Before you use this command please make sure that you are connected to the internet 8 1 7 3 Editing Addresses To edit information in a record find the desired address by using the Search Address function then move to the field you want to change by using Ctrl Left arrow or the Ctrl Right arrow Then press Alt to open the menu and select Modify Address Press Enter or you can press Ctrl m to activate this command directly You can now enter new information the field When you have modified the information press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY saves the changes and you are returned to the first field of the record To save the changes and exit modify mode move to Confirm by pressing Tab or shift tab then press Enter To exit from modify mode without saving the changes move to Cancel by pressing Tab or shift tab and press Enter You can also exit from Modify Address by pressing Esc or Alt F4 8 1 7 4 Deleting Addresses To delete the record you are currently reading open the menu by pressing Alt and select Delete Address Then press Enter or press d from the menu Or you can press Del while viewing the record You can also delete more than one record at a time
523. rrences of the appointment are deleted You cannot select and delete multiple schedules at once You can delete only the currently focused appointment If you want to completely initialize the Schedule Manager you can delete all schedules by opening the menu with Alt move to Delete All Schedule and press Enter You can also use the hot key Control Alt q to activate this option from anywhere in the Schedule Manager You are prompted Delete all schedules Yes To delete all the appointments in your Schedule 307 Manager press Enter If you do not want to delete all your appointments press Down arrow to move to no and press Enter 8 2 8 Printing a Schedule After finding an appointment using the Search Schedule dialog you can print an appointment using the Print Schedule command Open the menu by pressing Alt and press p or select Print Schedule and press Enter Or from the search results list press Ctrl p The Voice Sense QWERTY asks you to specify the beginning date of the appointments to be printed By default the current date is displayed If you wish you can specify another date using the entry and navigation procedures described in 7 3 Press Tab to set the end date of the appointments to be printed Again you can enter or select a different date than what is displayed Press Enter or Tab and you are asked to select the type of printer to use
524. rst time the Table Manager dialog appears 2 Add record Add records to the current table 3 Search records Search records in the current table You can also search each field in the table 4 List of records found Use this menu item to navigate a list of records found in the table by the previous search You can delete or modify each record in the list If you have not performed a search before you using this function the message no items is displayed 5 Setting backup options Select the method for backing up the database 6 Backup database Backup all database files used in the Database Manager 7 Restore database Restore the previously backed up database files 8 Exit Used to close the Database Manager 315 These menu items are explained in detail in the sections below 8 3 1 Table Manager Use the Table Manager dialog to create delete or modify a table This dialog contains the following controls 1 Table name list Displays the name of created tables and their order in the list 2 Add table button Use this option to create a new table 3 Modify table button Use this option to change the name of a table or modify the structure of the table by adding or deleting fields 4 Delete table button Use this option to delete the table that you have selected in the table name list 5 Set default table button Use this option to set the table that opens by default when you run the program 6 Clo
525. rst track Ctrl Home Last track Ctrl End Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow Speed up Shift Right arrow Slow down Shift Left arrow Pause continue Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button Change time index Ctrl Up arrow or Ctrl Down arrow Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow 527 Delete play list during stop Del Open the record dialog box Ctrl r Record button Record Record button Pause continue recording Space Record button Play Play button Pause continue play Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button Set bookmark Ctrl m Delete bookmark Ctrl d Jump to bookmark Ctrl j Go to position Ctrl g Set mark Alt m Move to mark Alt j Move to previous mark V Move to next mark N Delete mark Alt d Mark manager Alt k Configuration dialog box Alt c Playback setting dialog box Ctrl p Record setting dialog box Alt r 16 6 1 2 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab Move to the next information Down arrow Move to the previous information Up arrow Pause when it is play state and play when it is pause state Space Start playing Enter Stop playing Backspace Play the next file Alt right arrow Play the previous file Alt Left arrow Play the last file Ctrl Home Play the first file Ctrl End 528 Play the fifth file after the current file Alt Down arrow
526. s Alt move to Message and press enter Navigate to Open Message In Web Browser and press enter The Web Browser is launched and you can view the html message in the Web Browser If the e mail message contains links you can visit these 193 sites by pressing Enter just as you would on any web page provided your Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to the Internet 6 2 3 Writing e mail Use the following steps to create an e mail message 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File menu 3 Press Enter on the File menu 4 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Write New Message 5 Press Enter on Write New Message 6 To is displayed on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille Pressing Ctrl n opens this dialog directly from the Inbox 7 Press shift tab to move to the Account combo box Move to the account from which you want to send this message by using up arrow or down arrow Press Tab to move to the To field 8 Type the e mail address of the recipient or rather the person to whom you are sending the message Ex sense hims inc com 9 Press Tab to move to CC 10 Type the e mail address of the copy recipient using computer Braille If you do not need to carbon copy anyone you can skip to the next step 11 Press Tab to move to BCC 12 Type the e mail address of the blind copy recipient using computer Braille If t
527. s previous button Move to the next fifth phrase Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previous fifth phrase Ctrl Up arrow Move to the next page Page down Fn Up arrow Move to the previous page Page up Fn Down arrow Go to the page Ctrl g Move up Alt Left arrow Move down Alt Right arrow Set to prior level Alt Up arrow Set to next level Alt Down arrow Move to the next heading Ctrl F6 or long press next button Move to the previous heading Ctrl F5 or long press previous button Move to the last heading Ctrl F8 Move to the first heading Ctrl F7 Check the currently reading level and heading Ctrl w Scan the heading list from the present to the end Ctrl n Find heading Ctrl f Find again F3 Scan heading Ctrl n Read heading Ctrl w Set mark at current position Ctrl m Move to the next mark N Move to the previous mark V Delete mark Del 531 16 7 Organizer 16 7 1 Address Manager 16 7 1 1 Move keys for adding an address or in the menu Move to the previous field or menu item Left arrow Move to the next field or menu item Right arrow Move to the first field or menu item Home Move to the last field or menu item End 16 7 1 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow Move to the first field Home Move to the last field End ey Move to the previous record Up arrow Move to the next record Down arrow Move
528. s Enter Or move to the Sign In button using Tab and press Enter 6 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Connecting and tries to sign in to Twitter If sign in is successful Refreshing Home Timeline is displayed In a couple of seconds the list of tweets in your home timeline is displayed If the Voice Sense QWERTY is not connected to the Internet you are prompted Please check your internet connection and you are placed back in the Id computer edit box 10 2 2 2 Sign out and Exit Sign Out allows you to sign out of the current Twitter account without closing the program After you sign out you are returned to the Sign in dialog Press the hot key Ctrl g to sign out of the current Twitter account or press Enter on the Sign out option located under the File menu To exit the Twitter program press Alt F4 or press Enter on the Exit option located under the File menu 386 10 2 3 Main Twitter dialog If sign in is successful you are placed in the main Twitter dialog The main Twitter dialog consists of 10 controls Move among the controls using Tab or Shift tab The main Twitter dialog contains the following items 1 Timeline or list of tweets by those you follow in the order they were posted The Timeline displays User Tweet as follows himsintl Holiday greetings from HIMS International In the case of a Mention the tweet is displayed as Sender ID receiver ld Tweet as foll
529. s 520 16 3 1 Navigation keys for the file list and menu list 0 0000 eee eeeeereeeee 520 16 3 2 Navigation Keys for the File List 0 0 eee ceeeeneeeeeeeeceesaeeeeeeeeeaeeeee 520 16 3 3 Keys for Selecting Files and Folders 0 0 0 0 ccc cecsseeseeseeecneeeaeeeeeeeesaeeees 521 16 3 4 Hot Keys for Menu Commas ce ccccccccsessecesecseeeeeecseeeeeecaeseeecnaeseneeaes 521 165 0 EML VieWwet orsoni nitenin reno ae E A EEA N E 522 16 4 Word PrOCeSSON 2 cesseneezestentectastentend cen tees cascusbuaenesoasutbinvaen cap aadavheskadbaaiinapbantsosdaade 522 16 4 1 Hot Keys for Menu Commands ee eececnceeneeeeceeeeaeeeaeeeeeneeeaeeeeeeeesaeeaee 522 16 4 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys 00 cece ccesecnceeeeeecneeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeaesaeesaeeaeeneeeaeeaes 524 16 5 Bal nonen a E a a a oneal 525 16 5 1 Hot keys that are used in the inboX eeeeeeseesssrssrsrssssrssrsssrsrssrsrsssres 525 16 5 2 Hot keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Mail OUTDO x roere a E T E E E TT TEN 526 16 5 3 Hot Keys for Reading E Mails or Writing an E Mail Message 526 16 6 MCI eb isis csccccensascccccnnzesmnvesens eget egvov iieii EEEE EE E EE NEEE 527 16 6 1 Media Player isione E A E a 527 16 6 2 FM radio ienen aeee e ae d rie areri ani 530 16 6 3 Dais Playeri onia a aaa aaa aair iaaeaie daen rintin 530 16 7 Organizer siszicccissuccsatesnaatenscvesconvessunveidosvncds dusncssghpwsd dsuwksobvdasansdudyasdavunsas
530. s control Shift tab Move to the next control Tab Select the next item in the combo box list box Alt Down arrow Select the previous item in the combo box list box Alt Up arrow Moving to the form Move to the previous form Ctrl F 1 Move to the next form Ctrl F2 Table navigation hot keys Move to the previous table Ctrl F7 Move to the next table Ctrl F8 Move to the previous cell Ctrl Shift Left arrow Move to the next cell Ctrl Shift Right arrow Move to the upper cell Ctrl Shift Up arrow Move to the lower cell Ctrl Shift Down arrow Read current cell Ctrl Shift c Move to the previous cell of the upper level table Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next cell of the upper level table Ctrl Right arrow Move to the upper cell of the upper level table Ctrl Up arrow Move to the lower cell of the upper level table Ctrl Down arrow 351 Check the current position Fn s Move to frame Move to the previous frame Ctrl F9 Move to the next frame Ctrl F10 Read the current line Fn r 9 1 9 What the Web Browser Does Not Support 1 Images are not supported 2 Any executable files on web sites cannot be executed It is because the operating system on the Voice Sense QWERTY is different from the operating system on a personal computer 3 A web page using flash can be opened but the flash content may not be read Some web pages that use JavaScript cannot be opened 9 2 Quick Browser The Quick Browser is designed to
531. s displayed users can select Yes To save the current document or select No in order not to save the changes If you press Space once more and select Cancel the Word Processor cancels the new document and returns to the current document 5 1 2 Open The open command opens a document that has already been savedto a disk Select Open from the File menu or press Ctrl o The Open File dialog is displayed 130 The Open dialog is a tool that helps you find documents that you want to edit and read It consists of the file list the list of files or folders in the current directory File name an edit box for typing the file name directly Type for choosing the format of the file you want to open a Confirm button for confirming the selection and a Cancel button for canceling the selection To move among the controls press tab or shift tab When the Open dialog is executed you are placed in the File name edit box YOU can type in a file name that you want to open and press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY searches for the file in the flashdisk My Documents folder If you have recently accessed other files you can scroll through them by pressing Up arrow or Down arrow or the up and down scroll buttons You can open a selected file by pressing Enter If you select a folder and press Enter the list of files in that folder is displayed To access a file that is
532. s executed the dialog containing the edit box for entering text and the search direction appears As in any other dialog you can press Tab or shift tab to move from one control to another Enter the text to search for and select the search direction Then press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY finds the text and moves the cursor position to the location of the text The default search direction is set to Forward This means that the Voice Sense QWERTY searches for the specified text from the current cursor position to the end of the page To change the search direction select 337 Backward and press Enter The selected search direction remains until the Web Browser is closed unless you change it 9 1 4 10 Find Again The Find Again function searches the text again in the direction that you have selected To open Find Again press Alt and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing down arrow Press Enter Move to Find Again by pressing down arrow Press Enter Or you can press Ctrl f while in a web page Find Again finds the text that you have entered in Find There is no edit box in Find Again It simply repeats the search you specified in Find 9 1 4 17 Links list This function lists all the links on the current page To activate it press Alt and press Enter on Links list in Go To menu Or execute it directly by pressing Alt i The Links list dialog appears In the
533. s from the Current Timeline The Find Again option repeats the search you initiated using the Find Tweets from the Current Timeline To activate the Find Again Tweets from the Current Timeline press Alt Shift F or select the Find Again Tweets from the Current Timeline item located in the Search menu When you activate this option the search is instantly performed using the options chosen previously in the Find Tweets from the Current Timeline dialog 401 10 2 9 Additional Functions 10 2 9 1 Viewing and Editing Personal Information The Personal Information dialog allows you to check and edit your personal account information To open the Personal Information dialog press Ctrl l or move to the Personal Information item in the File menu and press Enter The Personal Information dialog contains the following items Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Name 2 ID 3 Homepage 4 About me 5 Follow count 6 Follower count 7 Tweet Count 8 Edit 9 Close In the Personal Information dialog you can edit name homepage and about me Use the following steps to modify your personal information 1 When the Personal Information dialog is open move to the Edit button by pressing Tab 2 Press Enter You can now modify your personal information using the edit boxes displayed Name EB Homepage CEB About me EB This dialog also contains a Save button and a Close b
534. s name suggests it synchronizes the current GPS location to the start position of the current route To synchronize your GPS location with the start position press Alt to open the menu and use Down arrow to navigate to Position Setting and press Enter then press Enter on Synchronize GPS with Start Position You can also press s to synchronize the GPS location with the Start Position directly from the Google Maps main window 11 3 3 3 3 location Information 448 The Location Information dialog provides you information about your current position and allows you to set the current position as the Start Position destination Waypoint or view near POPs To open the Location Information dialog press Alt to open the menu and use Down arrow to navigate to Position Setting and press Enter then press Enter on Location Information You can also open the Location information dialog directly from the Google Maps main window by pressing Control i The Location information dialog contains 5 controls Move among the controls using Tab and Shift Tab 1 Current Position Information static box contains the address of your current position 2 Near POI list box Contains the list of POI s near your current location Use Up arrow and Down arrow to navigate among the POPs in the list 3 Set as Destinat
535. s option to choose how the Voice Sense QWERTY alerts you that a character is capitalized either when typing or when navigating a document or edit box by character using Left arrow or Right arrow The shortcut key is u The setting values are Off Say cap and Pitch The default value is Pitch If you select the default when you encounter a capital letter the pitch of the voice is raised to indicate it If you select Off the voice remains the same regardless of upper or lower case And if you select the say cap option cap is spoken before the letter to indicate capitalization For example when you encounter the capital letter V Voice Sense QWERTY speaks cap v 3 8 2 11 Numbers 96 This option defines how you want the Voice Sense QWERTY to speak numbers The shortcut key is n The default value is On If numbers is set to On 2007 is read as two thousand seven If numbers is set to Off numbers are spoken as digits and 2007 is read as two zero zero seven You can change the value by pressing Space 3 8 2 12 Abbreviations You can turn the translation of acronyms on off on Voice Sense QWERTY Use a to jump quickly to the Abbreviations option in the Global Options dialog If Abbreviations is set to On when the Voice Sense QWERTY encounters Ala it speaks Alabama But if Abbreviations is set to Off it speaks Ala 3 8 2 13 Voice Volume Use this option to set the
536. s the default table the last table used is displayed when opening the Database Manager 319 To set a table as the default table press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on table manager You can also press Ctrl t the hot key for opening the Table Manager The Table Manager dialog appears and the table name list is focused In this list press down arrow or up arrow repeatedly to move to the name of the table you want to set as the default table Then press s the shortcut key for the Set default table option Or press Tab repeatedly to move to the Set default table button and press Enter Or simply press Enter on the name of the table in the table name list The Voice Sense QWERTY announces that the table is set as the default table and the Table Manager dialog is closed 8 3 2 Add Record Use this option to add information to a table that you have created When the Database Manager is started the Search Records dialog is opened To open the Insert a New Record dialog press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on Insert a New Record Or press Ctrl n from the dialog Think of a record as a collection of information fields for an object record Let s consider the address book table you created in the previous section YOU can add records to this table using the method described below 1 Press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on Insert a New Record O
537. s the number of Braille characters per line to emboss The default value is set to 32 To change the value type the number of characters per line Move to the next setting by pressing down arrow 2 Set lines per page This sets the number of lines per page to be embossed It includes the line on which the page number is printed For example if it is set to 26 the content of the document is embossed with 25 lines and the page number is printed as the 26th line To change the value type the number of lines that you want to emboss Move to the next setting by pressing down arrow 3 Print type This sets whether the document is embossed on one or both sides of the page The default value is set to double sided embossing For single sided embossing press Space Move to the next setting by pressing down arrow 4 Page numbering type This sets the numbering type for embossing a document The default type is set to Double sided It means that the page number is embossed on every page The setting values are Double sided Odd Even and None Press Space and Backspace to change the value Press down arrow To move to the next setting 5 Set page numbering This sets the position of the page number when embossing The selections are Upper right and Lower right The default setting is set to Lower right Press Space To change the setting Press down arrow To move to the next setting 6 Header
538. se The Save option allows you to save a log of your current conversation To activate Save press Alt to open the menu Use the Down arrow to navigate to Save and press Enter Or you can press Control s directly from the Chat Window The Save dialog is similar to that which exists in the Word Processor It contains a File name edit box a Confirm button a Cancel button and a File list control By default the chat log is named chatting txt and is saved in the My Documents folder You can type a new name in the edit box and choose a different location in the file list control To save the file press Enter 426 or tab to the confirm button and press Enter To cancel saving tab to the Cancel button and press Enter or press Alt f4 The Save As option operates exactly as does the Save option described above but can be used to save the currently saved chat log under a different name or in a different location To activate Save As press Alt to open the menu Navigate to File and press Enter Navigate to Save As and press Enter Or you can type Alt s to activate Save As directly from the Chat Window Use the Close option in the File menu to close Sense Chat or type Alt F4 10 4 4 Sense Chat Options The Options menu allows you to set the way you wa
539. se QWERTY displays File menu 2 Press Enter on the File menu 3 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Attach File 4 Press Enter on Attach File The file list is opened You can also access attach file directly by pressing Ctrl f 5 The default folder for the file list is the upload folder on the flashdisk Use normal file and folder navigation keys to locate the file or files you want to attach 6 Move to the desired file and press enter To attach more than one file move to each file and press Space to select it is displayed in front of the selected file names Press enter To attach the selected files 7 When the selected files are attached the Voice Sense QWERTY announces xx attached and returns to the message body xx is the number of the attached files 195 If there are files attached to an e mail the Attach item is displayed in the tab order after the Message body Attachments are displayed as Attach attached file name xx yy file size yy is the total number of attached files and xx means the xxth file out of yy files You can move among the attached files by pressing up arrow or down arrow If there is a file in the attached file list you do not wish to attach you can delete it from the list by pressing Del If you press Del Delete file name file Yes is displayed If you press enter this file is deleted from the attached file list If you press Sp
540. se QWERTY also indicates which e mail messages have been read and which e mail messages are unread when viewing by date 6 2 2 3 Sender Control From shows the sender information From sender s e mail address xx yy The Voice Sense QWERTY also indicates which e mail messages have been read and which e mail messages are unread when viewing by sender You can save the e mail id of the sender to your contacts in the Address Manager using the following steps 1 Press Ctrl i when From sender s e mail address xx yy is displayed 2 The add address dialog is opened and Name sender s user name or e mail address is displayed 3 Type the sender s name or if what is automatically filled in is acceptable press Tab to move to Confirm and press enter When you type the name you can type it directly without pressing a cursor key to designate the input position Or you can modify what is already filled in by pressing a corresponding cursor key and editing the text If the address is saved and the dialog is closed the Voice Sense QWERTY returns you to the message list and shows you the From item again By saving the e mail ID using the above method the name and its e mail id is saved in the Voice Sense QWERTY s Address Manager The saved e mail ID can be used to send a message to that person at a future time 191 To cancel saving the e mail ID press Tab to move to the Cancel button and pr
541. se QWERTY enables you to type this information at the same time To do this press Ctrl g or you can select Go to Location in the Go To menu Then when the Voice Sense QWERTY says Move to page number you can type the page number followed by the line number For example to move to the 3rd line on the 20th page you would type 20 3 or you could type f20 3 5 3 5 Go to Previous Page 154 The Go To Previous Page command allows you to move to the page that is located before the page you are currently on To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow Then press Enter on Go To Move to Go to Previous Page by pressing Down arrow and then press Enter or press Page up while you are in the document Once you have activated the Go to Previous Page function the Voice Sense QWERTY goes directly to the previous page 5 3 6 Go to Next Page The Go To Next Page command allows you to move to the page that is located after the page you are currently on To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Go To Next Page by pressing down arrow and press Enter Or you can press Page down while you are in the document Once you have activated the Go to Next Page function the Voice Sense QWERTY goes directly to the next page 5 3 7 Set Mark The Set mark command
542. se button After closing the Table Manager dialog and returns you to your previous position in the program When there is no table created if you press Enter on the Close button the Database Manager program is closed Move among these controls by pressing Tab or shift tab 8 3 1 1 Add Table Add table is a dialog for creating a new table This dialog contains Table name edit box created fields list Add field button Modify field button Delete field button Previous field button Next field button Confirm button and Cancel button Move among these controls by pressing Tab or shift tab Suppose you want to create a table called address book which contains 4 fields name telephone address and memo Create this table as follows 1 In the Table Manager dialog press Tab to move to the Add table button and press Enter Or just press a from the dialog 316 2 The Add Table dialog appears and the Table name edit box is focused 3 Type address book and then press Tab 4 The created fields list is focused As you have not yet added fields no items is displayed in the list As you add fields to this table they are added to this list box 5 Press Tab to move to the Add field button and press Enter Or press the shortcut key a 6 The Add field dialog is opened and the Field name edit box is focused 7 Type name and press Tab 8
543. send information to your printer when printing a document The shortcut key is p The default is set to USB You can also choose to print via a parallel or Bluetooth printer Use Space to cycle among the 3 options Note if you want to use a parallel printer you must use a USB to parallel adapter and connect the printer to the USB port on the Voice Sense QWERTY 3 8 2 23 Print Paper Size This option allows you to select the size of the paper that an ink printer is using so the document is scaled correctly when printing To jump quickly to this option use s You can adjust the size by pressing Space The available sizes are Letter 8 5 inches by 11 inches and Legal 8 5 inches by 14 inches 3 8 2 24 Audio alerts Use this setting to choose whether the Voice Sense QWERTY alerts you to various events using audio signals The shortcut key is a Audio alerts are useful if the speech on the Voice Sense QWERTY is turned off By default Audio alerts are turned On When Audio alerts are set to beep you 100 hear a beeping sound when you type keystrokes that are not acceptable in your current context on the Voice Sense If you don t want to hear a warning or alert press Space until you reach the Off setting 3 8 2 25 Play Power On Off Sound Use this option to choose whether you hear the power on off sound when you turn on off the Voice Sense QWERTY The shortcut key is s The default for this optio
544. set to Off You can choose to turn the LCD On Off or On with backlight You can cycle between the three options by pressing Space 3 8 2 20 Flip LCD display Note This option is displayed only when Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to the external LCD accessory The Voice Sense QWERTY gives you the option of viewing the text on the LCD screen in normal or reverse orientation By default flip LCD is set to Off meaning the text is shown in normal orientation If the option is set to On the text is in reverse orientation so that someone across the table can view the display in the correct orientation from his her position You can toggle the value on off using Space This is a useful tool for teachers or parents wanting to view a student s work or for communicating with deaf blind users 3 8 2 21 LCD Font Size Note This option is displayed only when Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to the external LCD accessory 99 Use this setting to change the font size of the text on your LCD The shortcut key is f The default is set to 19 The font size can be set using values 12 to 20 Use Space to increase the font 1 size and Backspace to decrease it If you have the font size set to 20 and you increase the font by one size the font wraps around to 12 If your font size is 12 and you decrease the font by one size the font wraps around to 20 3 8 2 22 Printer Port Use this option to define which port is used to
545. sion of the Voice Sense QWERTY as well as the version of Windows CE that the Voice Sense QWERTY is using the version of the Voice Sense QWERTY firmware and other useful items such as Mac address and Key number When the information section is open you can save the information about the Voice Sense QWERTY by pressing Tab to navigate to the Save button and press Enter The unit displays Successfully saved and returns you to the Save button The saved file is named bs information txt and is stored in flashdisk for easy access 513 15 Using ActiveSync 15 1 What is ActiveSync ActiveSync or Windows Mobile Device Center as it is called in later versions of Windows is a program that allows mobile devices to connect to a personal computer This program enables file transfer from a personal computer to a mobile device and vice versa This program also facilitates synchronization of the calendar and contacts on Voice Sense QWERTY with those on Microsoft Outlook ActiveSync Windows Mobile Device Center is not shipped with the Voice Sense QWERTY It is available free of charge from Microsoft for anyone using a Windows PC If you would like to use ActiveSync you must download it from the Internet and install it on your personal computer If you are using Windows 7 Windows Mobile Device Center is automatically downloaded and installed when a Windows Mobile device is connected to the PC 15 2 Connecting the Voice Sense QWERTY
546. sists of the edit box for entering the text of the name to search a combo box to select a drive check box enabling to choose whether or not to search sub folders a search button a cancel button and the results list You can use Tab or shift tab to move through the controls When you activate the file search the unit prompts File for find and you are placed on the edit box for entering the file name to search Type all or part of the file name and press Enter Voice Sense QWERTY searches for all files containing the text you entered When the file search is complete you are placed in the results list You can navigate among the items in the results list with the Up arrow or Down arrow If you press Enter on a file you are placed on the path where the file is stored and the file search dialog box is closed You can open the file by pressing Enter on the file name again If you want to search for a file on another drive after typing the file name press Tab to move to the target disk combo box You can press Up arrow or Down arrow to navigate to a different drive If you press Enter either on a specific drive or on the Search button Voice Sense QWERTY searches that drive for files matching the text you entered in the edit box The drive list displays all storage devices currently connected to the Voice Sense QWERTY If there are many files in a drive it can take some time to perform
547. sked it to notify you For example by default the Voice Sense QWERTY checks the Schedule Manager when you power on and notifies you of any appointments scheduled for that day When you are notified of an appointment you can interact with the Schedule Manager as you normally would To exit the Schedule Manager press Alt F4 or Esc and you are returned to your previous location If you do not want to be alerted of today s schedule when you turn on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can turn off the Check today s schedule option in the Global Options dialog See chapter 3 When you turn on the Voice Sense QWERTY you are returned to the same location at which you turned the unit off The Voice Sense QWERTY announces the name of the running program and your current position or status If you turn off the Voice Sense QWERTY while using the Word 36 Processor when you power on it announces the program name file name input mode and file protection status When you connect the AC adapter to the Voice Sense QWERTY the Voice Sense QWERTY speaks the message AC adapter connected When you disconnect it the Voice Sense QWERTY says AC adaptor disconnected 2 2 Menu Concepts menus on the Voice Sense QWERTY provide you with a list of programs actions or options from which you can select If a menu item has a submenu selecting it brings up another list of choices Moving among the menu items is very simple When using a progra
548. sor Note This option is only available when connected to SyncBraille Use this setting to define how you want the Braille cursor to appear on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille By default the cursor is set to Always up Press Space to change the cursor to Blinking and again to turn the cursor Off Use c to jump quickly to this option Note that the Braille cursor can appear in 3 different forms 1 Dots 7 8 2 Blinking dots 7 8 3 Blinking dots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 The blinking dots 7 8 is displayed when you are using overwrite mode in the word processor The blinking dots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 appears when you are selecting text to denote the end of the selection In all other situations the cursor is displayed as dots 7 8 3 8 2 2 Eight Dot Mode Note this option is only available when connected to SyncBraille You can choose to use 6 dot Braille or 8 dot Braille mode when entering ASCII text The shortcut key is e By default 8 dot Braille is set to off WHEN your cursor is placed on this option you can turn on 8 dot Braille 92 mode by pressing Space You can toggle this option on off by pressing FN F4 from anywhere 3 8 2 3 View Braille Grade This option lets you choose what grade of Braille you want to use when viewing text The shortcut key is g The available settings are Uncontracted Braille Contracted Braille and Computer Braille You can cycle among the settings by pressing
549. ss Enter to load the file If the loading is successful the unit announces successfully loaded user POI 452 11 3 3 5 Route Menu The Route menu in Google Maps allows you to create view and initialize routes as well as to queery information about your current route and the distance and direction to your final destination The Route menu contains the following items Create Route View Traveled Route Initialize Route Route Information and Direction and Distance to Destination 11 3 3 5 1 Create route To access the Create Route dialog press Alt to open the menu and navigate to Route using Up arrow or Down arrow Press Enter on Route and navigate to Creat Route Press Enter to open the Create Route dialog You can also open the Create Route dialog by pressing Control r directly from the Google Maps main window Note before you can create a route you must have set a start position and destination as described previously in this chapter The Create Route dialog contains a single combo box with 2 options Walking and Vehicle Navigate among the 2 options by pressing Up arrow or Down arrow When you are placed on the desired route type press Enter You are placed in the Route dialog on the Route Information tab The Route dialog contains 6 con
550. ss Tab to move to the Modify button and press Enter Or press m 185 8 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Account name and you are placed in the Account name edit box with the current information filled in For example Account name Voice Sense QWERTY 9 The Modify dialog is opened You can now make changes to the information presented 10 Press down arrow to move to Display name and make any changes you wish 11 Use down arrow to continue through the dialog editing any of the fields you wish to modify as you navigate them 12 When you reach the bottom of the main account settings dialog press Tab to move to the Advanced button and press Enter Again use down arrow to move through the list of items in this dialog and make changes as necessary 13 When you have finished making modifications press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter 14 You are returned to the main account settings dialog Press Tab to move to the confirm button and press Enter 15 When the modification is complete you are returned to the account list As described you can move among the items account name logon username password by pressing up arrow or down arrow You can move to the Confirm button or the Cancel button by pressing Tab or shift tab For all of the items the values that were entered previously are displayed If you type new information the n
551. ssesseeaeeeeeeeeseeeessesseeeees 323 8 3 6 Back p Database ninis nne a a a a a a a a aha 324 8 3 7 Resto e Database nohoraa a aa aaa aae Ea EAEEREN AEE at 324 8 3 8 Hot Keys for Database Manager cc csssssscccecsccscceceseescesesessesseaaeeaeeeseeeeseeeeeseseseeeees 325 9 WEB TOOLS issiru ea aa ea aeea ae Erea eea aaan aneii 327 9 1 W Browse sssiisasines cesses sascescnscasunssasuunusnuyouvnu ES EE EEE EAEE ENEE a an 327 9I T File sanin at ai a e a aa Aint dads bl ate dat E R 327 9 1 2 RS Chere tec ea pacts eg eaaa i ese pepo yao anna Bede peu spe R A E a ERER 330 OMICS EGU AE A atkins E E t alse eel A 331 DV AGO TOn anan a e ove are aata yoo sep conan as ea aed Rene r a a a 333 DUS FAV OWICOS is ccessavaentectehadec vaca sealeenetdeahsttahdeutesessvegsbetvehepdetansatidaiveiealaetedeardesseaveqevebehabeatesee 339 J LO OPUONS eea eaaa eai a a sade a Aaa lene cel saat taeg den den ada ha aa a a Woes daaa deat RaRa S 341 SWEET ArT 0 A Pa 24 EOE A EE E Se eee eee 344 9 1 8 Hot keys in the Web Browser cccccesssssssseccecceeeececeeeeseseesesssseaaeeaeeeseeeeeeeeesseeseeeees 349 9 1 9 What the Web Browser Does Not Support sessssssssssssssssseesseerrreneresrsssssssseesrenrreeneese 352 9 2 QUICK BOWS Ei a aa a e a a aea ara aop ariar edno ninao i nases 352 OZ EFISIEN Uer t e e a a E a a T E E a E E Sal 353 9 2 2 Read MENU seniri nna eia aTa a aaa a E e a aa 354 ERAS o EARTE ETAT A EET A E E E E TAEA 355 9 2 A GOTO
552. ssing Fn Right arrow 7 3 5 2 Move by Phrase You can access this command in the menu by pressing Alt and then press Enter on Document Then use Down arrow to move to Previous Phrase or Next Phrase and press Enter You can move to the next previous next fifth or previous fifth phrase without opening the menu by pressing Right arrow Left arrow Ctrl Up arrow or Ctrl Down arrow respectively Also you can move to the previous or next phrase directly with a short press of the Back button or Forward button on the front panel To move by phrase using the Back and Forward buttons you must set the Media mode switch to DAISY mode 7 3 5 3 Move by Page You can access this item in the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on Document Then use down arrow to move to Previous Page Next Page or Go To Page and press Enter You can move to the next or previous page directly by pressing page down or page up during play or pause status You can jump to a specific page by pressing Ctrl g When you activate Go To Page you are prompted Move to page number Type the number of the page that you want to move to in the edit box Press Enter and the Voice Sense QWERTY moves you to that page 7 3 5 4 Move by Level 270 You can access this function in the menu by pressing Alt and then press Enter on Document Then
553. sssssssecceceeeeececeeeeseeesessseeneaaeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeseesseesees 249 Fi2 EM RADIO ss chcad sods atvecs ti dicns nisinseadnadvtse EEE EE T EE 251 7 2 1 Listening to FM Radio via the internal Sp akers cecceesssssesscecaeceeceeeeeeeessessseeeees 252 T 2 2FREQUENCY contro hene e 238 ais cond des esc a a a das a EE Eaa Eaa aatan FERNE NiE 253 7 2 3 Adding and navigating presets ccccccsssssssscccecceeeececeseesceessesssesaeeaeceeeeceeeeeeesessseeees 254 7 2 4 Recording from the FM RadiOv ciiosda each vetecasiadiaas vn slsvuetecetiouva gdh oeAuscberobaaseaszeaautumenes 255 7 2 5 Additional FEACUCES irea aea oaa aeai E aa e aaa aiaa aaka 257 7 2 6 Hot Keysin the FM Radio iiaria a taeiee lense stash besos eae 258 7 3 DAISY Playen wisi Sa acy tes ctw lasetuceotas cut ee a ea aiea rE rE r bones eden cunnaceinea conety hapuLneaaT eae Ree 259 7 3 1 Registering with Digital Book service providers cccccecceessessessecaeeaeceeeeeeeeesenseseseeeees 259 7 3 2 Executing the DAISY Player ccccccssesssssssnececeeceeceececeeeeecsesseesesneaaeeaeeeeeeeeseseeseesseeeees 263 7 3 3 Components of the DAISY Player cccssssssssccceccececceceeeesceeeseessseesaeeaeeeseeeeseesessesseeeeees 264 PIA Filep be vig se eect din e eae alae ag ba ee ee eens SpA 265 7 3 5 DOCUMENT Navigati n iiini e a ices seeencesenseuaaedanedeesseventedeseesscaniebens 269 T30 Mafkar eaa a a aaa e a aa a ed aaaea aa a 272 7 3 7 HOAGING ccccec
554. st page to move to 9 1 4 4 Go to Previous Heading If you activate the Go To Previous Heading function you can go to a heading that is located above your current location To execute the Go To Previous Heading function open the menu by pressing Alt and press down arrow repeatedly to move to the Go To menu Press Enter on Go To Then use up arrow or down arrow to move to Go To Previous Heading and press Enter Or press u from the menu To activate this function directly press Alt b or Ctrl F3 while in a web page 9 1 4 5 Go to Next Heading If you activate the Go To Next Heading function you can move forward to the next heading below your current location To execute the Go To Next Heading function open the menu by pressing Alt and press down arrow repeatedly to move to the Go To menu Press Enter on Go To Then use up arrow or down arrow to move to Go To Next Heading Press Enter Or press d from the menu You can also activate this function directly by pressing Alt F or Ctrl F4 while in a web page 9 1 4 6 Go to Previous Next Text This item can be used to go to the next or previous chunk of text while reading a web page To execute the Go To Next Text function do the following 1 Open the menu by pressing Alt 2 Move to Go To by pressing down arrow 3 Press Enter 4 Press down arrow until Go To Next Text
555. status options On line Away Idle DND Chat or Off line Navigate among the options using up arrow or down arrow 2 Confirm Use this button to save the setting 3 Cancel Use this button to exit the My status Options dialog and return to your Contact list 10 3 7 2 Action Options The Action Options dialog allows you to set auto reply idle time Display Contact List etc To open the Action Options dialog press Alt a from the contact list or press Enter on the Action Options item in the Options menu The Action Options dialog consists of 5 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Action setting A list of various option settings Move among the settings using up arrow or down arrow A Display contact list Choose whether the contact list displays all contacts or only online contacts Use Space or Backspace to change the setting 421 B Contact request Setup how to respond to an incoming contact request The options are notification accept and reject If you choose notification you are notified of the request and prompted to accept or reject the request If you choose accept the request is automatically accepted If you choose reject the contact is rejected automatically Use Space and Backspace to change the value of the setting C Incoming chat request Choose how to respond to an incoming chat request You can choose to move to the ch
556. stered word you can move among them by pressing up arrow or down arrow By adding the word as explained above if there are any e mail messages that include the words you entered in the subject of the message the Voice 216 Sense QWERTY downloads those e mails from the e mail server but deletes them automatically You can also avoid receiving e mail messages from a specific sender or host by registering it The following are the steps to register a sender s e mail address as spam 1 Use the steps described above to open the Spam Settings dialog 2 Press down arrow when Type Subject 1 3 is displayed Type E mail address string 2 3 is displayed 3 Press a or press Tab to move to the Add button and press enter 4 The Add dialog is opened and E mail address string e mail address is displayed The e mail address is the sender s e mail address that was focused when you opened the dialog You can choose to filter by this address or type a different e mail address in the edit box 5 Press Enter on E mail address string e mail address Or press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter 6 Successfully added spam data is announced and E mail address string Registered e mail address 1 1 is displayed When E mail address string registered e mail address 1 1 is displayed you can add another address by pressing a or pressing Tab to move to the Add bu
557. swer is incorrect or you re too slow the buzz of shame sounds and the game is over 12 2 6 Chase a criminal When the game starts you hear the sound of footsteps A thief is hidden in a 10 story building A policeman says on which floor the thief is hiding But any smart thief won t stay in one place too long and your job is to catch him As the criminal runs up and down the stairs the policeman says Up and down repeatedly to let you know how many floors the Criminal is traversing Listen carefully and type the floor on which the thief has chosen to hide again When you are asked to type the answer type the number of the floor on which the thief stowed himself within 10 seconds Be sure to think fast or that droning buzz reminds you that your brain is failing and the patronizing policeman complains that you are interrupting his inspection 12 2 7 Multiplication table When the game starts you are given a set of numbers Level 1 starts you off with two Multiply these numbers When you are prompted to Type the answer type the result and press Enter If the answer is correct your math genius continues to be challenged If the answer is incorrect or you take too long to enter it the pretentious buzz is heard and the Voice Sense QWERTY helpfully suggests you may wish to master the simplicity of addition before attempting the complexity of multiplication 470 12 2 8 View ranking Enter the View Ranking menu to view your
558. t F6 Increase the voice rate F7 Decrease the voice rate Shift F7 Increase the voice pitch F8 Decrease the voice pitch Shift F8 Increase the Main Volume Windows F6 Decrease the Main Volume Shift Windows F6 Increase the Sub Voice rate Windows F7 Decrease the Sub Voice Rate Shift Windows F7 One handed mode on off Fn h Bluetooth on off F9 Wireless LAN on off F11 Ethernet port on off Fn F 11 Scroll voice on off Fn F5 Select language Windows Alt v Select Braille code Windows Alt b Select Braille cursor type Fn F3 Select announcement of control information Fn F 1 Eight dot mode on off Fn F4 Open txt help Win key F1 while running program Edit language attribute Windows Alt 552 17 2 Quick Launch Commands Use the following commands to launch their associated applications from anywhere on the Voice Sense Use the Windows key in combination with each letter to launch the following applications Address Manager A Web Browser B sense Chat C DAISY Player D Email E File Manager F Google Talk G Help H Twitter BookShare Download K Media Player M RSS reader N DropBox O google Maps P Quick Browser Q FM Radio R Schedule Manager S Database Manager T Google search U Sense Navigation V Word Processor W Use Caps Lock in combination with each letter to launch the applications below Wake up alarm A Bluetooth Manager B Calculator C 553
559. t Google account You can execute Sign Out by pressing Ctrl I or by pressing Enter on Sign Out from the File menu To exit the Google Talk program press Alt F4 or press Enter on Exit in the File menu 10 3 2 Managing Contacts When you log in to Google Talk your contact list appears When you use Google Talk for the first time your contact list is empty The sections below describe how to add delete and interact with contacts 10 3 2 1 Add Contact Use the Add Contact function to add a new contact to your contact list To open the Add Contact dialog press Alt q or open the menu by pressing F2 navigate to the Contact menu Contact and press Enter on Add Contact The Add Contact dialog consists of 3 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 E mail A computer edit box into which you can input the e mail address of the user you want to add 410 2 Confirm A button to save the new contact to your contact list You can also press Enter after typing the e mail address to add the contact 3 Cancel Use this button to close the Add contact dialog and return to your contact list After you add a contact the contact displays as off line until he or she accepts your contact invitation After the contact accepts your request the contact s status is reflective of his or her actual status 10 3 2 2 Delete Contact Use the Delete Contact function to delete a co
560. t box The higher the value you enter the stronger the echo effect To save your settings press Enter To exit the dialog without making changes press Esc 7 1 4 Hot Keys in the Media Player 1 Hot Keys for the Commands for the File Menu 249 Open file Ctrl o Open folder Ctrl f Add file Alt o Add folder Alt f Save play list Ctrl s Save as play list Alt s Delete item Del Open URL Ctrl l 2 Hot Keys for Commands While in the Playback menu Play Enter x Play button Previous track Alt Left arrow z Previous button Next track Alt Right arrow b Next button Previous section while playing Audible Ctrl Page up Ctrl Fn Up arrow Next section while playing Audible Ctrl Page down Ctrl Fn Down arrow Back 5 track Alt Up arrow Forward 5 track Alt Down arrow First track Ctrl Home Last track Ctrl End Volume up Shift Up arrow Volume down Shift Down arrow Speed up Shift Right arrow Slow down Shift Left arrow Pause continue Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button Change time index Ctrl Up arrow or Ctrl Down arrow Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow Delete play list during stop Del 3 Hot Keys for the Commands in the Record Dialog Box Open the record dialog box Ctrl r Record button Record Record button Pause continue recording Space Record button Play Play button 250 Pause continue play Space Play
561. t box meaning you can type more than one line of text You can use most of the editing commands that are used in the Word processor Press Enter to create a new line You can leave this field blank if you wish Press Tab to move to the next field 8 2 4 8 Alarm Time The Alarm time function allows you to set the time when you are notified about an appointment The alarm is set relative to the appointment time For example you may want the alarm to sound 30 minutes before your appointment so that you are not late The default value for this field is set to Time of appointment This means that the alarm sounds at the same time as your appointment You can set the time as when you set the appointment time The time can be set anywhere from one minute to forty seven hours before the appointment To set the time with shortcut keys use the following commands 1 Time setting keys Move to 1 hour after Down arrow Move to 1 hour before Up arrow Move to 10 minutes after Ctrl Right arrow Move to 10 minutes before Ctrl Left arrow Move to 1 minute after Right arrow Move to 1 minute before Left arrow If you attempt to set the time to 0 the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the message Time of appointment If you do not want to set an alarm when Alarm time is set to Time of appointment press up arrow Alarm off is displayed and the alarm for this appointment is turned off After setting the Alarm time save this appoi
562. t deletes the bookmark that was previously created To execute this function 239 1 Press Alt and move to Position by pressing down arrow 2 Press Enter on Position 3 Navigate to Delete Marked Position by pressing down arrow and press Enter 4 Or you can press Alt d when playing a file or when a file is paused If you execute this function in a file that does not have a bookmark the Voice Sense QWERTY displays There is no bookmark in selected file 7 1 3 4 3 Jump to Marked Position If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused it jumps to the position of a bookmark that has already been created To execute this function 1 Press Alt and move to Position by pressing down arrow 2 Press Enter on Position 3 Navigate to Jump To Marked Position by pressing down arrow and press Enter 4 Or you can press Alt j when playing a file or when a file is paused If you execute this function in a file that does not have a bookmark the Voice Sense QWERTY displays There is no bookmark in selected file 7 1 3 4 4 Go to Time If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused it moves to a time that you specify and begins playing the file at that position To execute this function 1 Press Alt and move to Position by pressing down arrow 2 Press Enter on Position 3 N
563. t opens is the home page Search for and load the Google web page www google com The Voice Sense QWERTY connects to the Google web page When Go To Previous Page is activated the Voice Sense QWERTY returns you to the last position on the previous page the home page To move to the previous page press Alt to open the menu and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter Navigate to Go To Previous Page by pressing down arrow and then press Enter Or you can press Alt Left arrow This command is not available on the first page you visit in the Web Browser because there is no previous page to go to 9 1 4 3 Go to Next Page When you have opened multiple web pages you can move back and forth among the various pages you have visited For example when you first open the Web Browser you connect to your home page Then you connect to the Google website and next you connect to the Lycos website In this case if you navigate back to Google using the Go to Previous Page command the next page from the Google website is the Lycos website To move to the next page press Alt to open the menu and navigate to the Go To menu by pressing down arrow Press Enter Move to Go To Next Page by pressing down arrow and press Enter or you can press 334 Alt with Right arrow This command is not available on the last page because there is no page after the la
564. t reading before the Voice Sense QWERTY has finished reading to the end press Ctrl Your cursor is then placed at the position at which you stopped reading 9 1 2 3 Auto Scroll This function scrolls the current page from the cursor to the end of the page using the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille To execute the Auto Scroll function press Enter on Auto Scroll in the Read menu Or while in a web page you can turn the auto scroll feature on and off by pressing the up and down scroll buttons simultaneously For faster scrolling press Right arrow For slower scrolling press Left arrow 9 1 3 Edit 331 The Edit menu is used to select any part of the web page and copy or add it to the clipboard for use in other applications such as the Word Processor or E mail To open the Edit menu press Alt and press Enter on Edit or press e from the menu 9 1 3 1 Start selection This command cannot be used on the controls in the web page but can be used on the text or in an edit box This means you cannot set a block when on links but you can select text chunks on a web page or an edit box on a bulletin board To use this command navigate to the point at which you wish to start selecting text Press Alt and move to the Edit menu by pressing down arrow and press Enter Navigate to Start Selection and press Enter You can also set the starting point of the block by pressing
565. t the cursor location This is called Overwrite mode In Overwrite mode the cursor displays as blinking dots 7 8 When you start the Word Processor or open a document Insert mode is the default You can switch to Overwrite mode by pressing Insert To return to Insert mode press Insert again You can also access this function via the menu Press Alt press Enter on Edit Navigate to Toggle Insert Overwrite Mode using up arrow or you can press m from the Edit menu 5 2 14 Check Spelling This option is used to check spelling while editing a document To execute the spell checker do the following 1 Open the menu by pressing Alt 2 Move to the Edit menu by pressing down arrow 3 Press Enter on the Edit menu 4 Press down arrow until Check Spelling is displayed Or press k To move to Check Spelling directly 5 Press Enter on Check Spelling Or you can open the spell checker by pressing Ctrl k while editing a document When Check Spelling is executed a dialog is displayed containing the following items Range combo box 145 Custom dictionary dialog c Options dialog o Begin button b Cancel button You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or shift tab The following explains each item in detail The Range combo box is used to designate the range to be spell checked 1 Whole document check the entire docum
566. t to Off meaning your last position is never saved You can set the value to 5 10 30 or 60 minutes If you set the value to 30 minutes your last position is remembered for all files longer than 30 minutes This option can be useful if you don t want to save the position for music files but you want to save the position of audio books or podcasts To save the changed settings and exit the dialog press Enter Or move to the Confirm button by pressing Tab repeatedly and press Enter To cancel saving changes and exit this dialog press Esc or Alt F4 You can also press Enter on the Cancel button to close the dialog without changing any options 7 1 3 6 2 Playback Settings dialog If you press Enter on Playback Settings or press p on the Settings menu the Playback Settings dialog is displayed In this dialog pressing Tab or Shift Tab moves among setting options Confirm and Cancel The setting options are Display time Repeat Playlist Shuffle Times to repeat the specified track Set speed and Time index Press down arrow or up arrow to move among the various options You can also open this dialog by pressing Ctrl s from the Media Playback dialog 245 The Display time option allows you to set which type of time messages are displayed in the playback information tab You can set it to either Elapsed time or Remaining time You can change its value by pr
567. t to control information of contents Use this function when you play NIMAS DAISY content The default setting value is On To change the setting value press Space or Backspace If you set this to On the Voice Sense QWERTY displays controls and information symbols while playing NIMAS DAISY content NIMAS DAISY controls include image description caption prodnote and table These controls appear on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille as img for image desc for description and prodnote cap is for caption and tdt for table 7 3 4 3 Book Info Using Book Info you can query the information on the currently playing file Press Alt and press Enter on File Press down arrow repeatedly to move to Book Info and press Enter on Book Info You can also activate Book Info by pressing Alt Enter Activating Book Info opens the Book Info dialog The dialog contains a status box with running time and pages another status box containing the mark information and a Close button You can move among the three controls with Tab or shift tab The first status box contains Total time Read time Remaining time Total pages Current page and Remaining pages The second status box contains the Total marks and Mark page You can move among the items with up arrow or down 268 arrow If you want to close the dialog press Enter on Close a
568. te name computer edit box Remote folder list box Add Remove button Cancel button When the Network connection Setting dialog box is opened using Alt e you are placed on the Computer name edit box Type the computer name with or without backslashes and press Enter For example if the computer name you want to search is hims type nims or hims and press Enter If the shared computer is found a login prompt may be displayed according to the shared computer setting If the computer is running Windows vista or Windows 7 you must enter the folder path as shown below Ex nims sharing hims music Note if the shared folder name exceeds 11 characters it cannot be recognized by the Voice Sense QWERTY If the computer you are trying to access does not have a network user name and password specified type guest in the Login edit box and press Enter If the computer requires a specific network user name and password make sure they are entered correctly If login is successful you are placed in the Remote Folder list and the folders shared on that computer appear in the list Move to the desired folder in the list and press Enter on the Add button The network location of the shared folder is added to the network list in the File Manager You may select as many folders as you wish from the Remote Folder list and add them to the network list 126 Use the following keystrokes to navigate the Network Connecti
569. te to the desired user ID using up arrow or down arrow and press Enter Or open the Actions menu and press Enter on the Start Chat option The Chat dialog consists of 2 controls Move among the controls using Tab and Shift tab 1 Input An edit box into which to type your message 2 History A read only edit combo box to view messages sent and received in chronological order Messages are displayed as Writer ID message content Use the following navigation keys in the History list Move to the previous message up arrow Move to the next message down arrow Move to the first message Ctrl Fn Left arrow Move to the last message Ctrl Fn Right arrow To move to the Contact list while in a Chat press Ctrl t Or choose Contact list from the Actions menu If you select another contact from the Contact list and press Enter a new Chat window is opened When multiple chat windows are opened you can move among them using the following hot keys Move to previous Chat window Ctrl Shift Tab key Move to next Chat window Ctrl Tab key You can also move among chat windows by choosing the Move to Next Chat or Move to Previous Chat options from the Actions menu 414 While in your Contact list you can press Ctrl t to return to the most recently used Chat window Or press Enter on the Move to Recent Chat option in the Actions menu To exit Chat
570. th the Up or Down arrow one element is displayed on one line The links and controls are displayed with their respective symbols so the user can distinguish each element 9 2 6 1 Moving Among Controls A control is a link an edit box a radio button or a combo box These same controls are found in Windows on a personal computer Web pages also use various kinds of controls for user input Each control has different purposes Therefore the user has to know exactly what type of control is being used For example in an edit box the user enters a text string In a combo box and list box the user should select one of the items listed in the combo box or list box The Voice Sense QWERTY Web Browser uses symbols to identify what type of control is used To move from one control to another without reading the text between controls the Voice Sense QWERTY provides the following movement commands 1 Move to the previous control Control Left arrow This command moves to the nearest previous control from the current position If there are no more previous controls the warning sound is heard 2 Move to the next control Control Right arrow This command moves to the next control from the current position If there are no more controls the warning sound is heard When you find controls in web pages the Voice Sense QWERTY displays control symbols ahead of the contents of the control The following is a list of control symbols Control na
571. th the last Find If you have not yet used the Find command in the current document Find again is not available 5 3 3 Replace To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing down arrow and press Enter Move to Replace using down arrow and press Enter or press r from the Go To menu While editing a document pressing Ctrl r activates this function Replace opens a dialog that consists of the following fields Text to find Replace with Search direction Match case Replace Confirm and Cancel You can move among the fields by pressing Tab or shift tab Each of the controls is described below 1 Text to find Type the text that you want to replace in this field 2 Replace with Type the replacement text in this edit box 152 3 Search direction The Search direction has the same function as the Search direction explained in section 5 3 1 After you set the search direction press Enter to start the replacement of text or press Tab to set the Match case or Replace options 4 Match case This field displays only when you execute the Replace command in text files This field does not display in Braille files The default value is No To change the value press Space 5 Replace You may want to replace only one instance of the text you searched for Or you may want to replace all the instances of the searched text Choose Once o
572. the Begin button and the Voice Sense QWERTY starts to check spelling If you press Enter on the Cancel button the Spell Check is canceled 147 Once Spell Check is executed the following dialog is displayed 1 Text window shows the sentence with the current word to be checked The cursor is located at the word that is to be checked 2 Change word edit box shows the current word to be checked You can input the correct word directly into the edit box 3 Suggestions list if the word to be checked is not in the dictionary the Voice Sense suggests words You can move among the suggestions by pressing up arrow or down arrow 4 Skip once s if you press Enter on this button when a word is encountered that is not in the dictionary the word is not modified You can also press the down scroll button To skip the word 5 Skip all i if you press Enter on this button all instances of the currently focused word are not modified and are automatically skipped throughout the spell check range 6 Add to custom dictionary a if you press Enter on this button the word that is currently focused is added to your Custom dictionary 7 Modify once c focus on the modified word and select the desired word from the suggestions list and press Enter The currently focused word is replaced with your selection from the suggestions list 8 Modify all m focus on the modified word and select the desired word
573. the following options Equalizer list box Bassboost Surround 3D Effect Reverb and Echo and Confirm and Cancel buttons You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab And you can move among options or list items by pressing the up or Down arrow The Equalizer list box allows you to choose from a number of preprogrammed sets of equalizer settings optimized for certain types of music such as Jazz Classical Pop or Rock Use the Up and Down arrows to navigate the Equalizer list Navigate to your desired setting and press Enter You should immediately hear the sound of your playback changed according to the Equalizer setting you chose The Bass boost option is used to emphasize bass sound Enter a value from 0 to 20 in the edit box The higher the value you enter the more bass sound is heard The Surround can bring out ambient sound more distinctly Enter a value from O to 100 in the edit box The higher the value you enter the stronger the surround effect The 3D Effect can enhance the surround effect Enter a value from O to 100 in the edit box The higher the value you enter the stronger the 3D effect The Reverb option adds reverberation to the audio files you are listening to Enter a value from 0 to 100 in the edit box The higher the value you enter the stronger the reverb effect The Echo option is used to add an echo effect to your audio files Enter a value from O to 100 in the edi
574. the next control Control Right arrow Select the next item in the combo box list box Alt Down arrow Select the previous item in the combo box list box Alt Up arrow Moving to form fields Move to the previous form field Control F 1 Move to the next form field Control F2 17 8 3 Google Search Move to the next control Tab Move to previous control Shift Tab Choose category or search result Up or Down Arrow Open search result in Browser Enter Exit Google Search Alt F4 572 17 8 4 RSS reader Receive new Headlines Control R Import OPML Control O Export OPML Control S Download Podcast Control D Read whole Description Control L Options Alt O From Category List Insert Category Control Delete Category Delete Modify Category Control M From Feed List Search for Feeds Control N Insert Feed Control i Delete Feed Delete Modify Feed Control M Move Feed Alt V 17 9 Social Networking 17 9 1 Twitter Sign Out Ctrl g Personal Information Ctrl Save Current Timeline Alt s Home Timeline Ctrl h User Timeline Ctrl u Current User Timeline Alt u Mention Timeline Ctrl m Retweet Of Me Alt o 573 List Timeline Alt P Favorite Timeline Control L Tweet Ctrl t Remove Tweet Delete Retweet Ctrl e Reply Ctrl y Add To Favorite Ctrl v Favorite List Ctrl l Send Direct Message Ctrl s Sent Direct Message Alt m Received Direct Message Alt r Follow User Alt a Following Alt l
575. the previous day Left arrow Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next month Down arrow Move to the previous month Up arrow Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow 17 12 4 Stopwatch Stopwatch start pause restart enter Check the elapsed time Backspace Stop Braille display Fn Space Restart Braille display Fn Space 581 Switch between stopwatch and Countdown timer Tab or shift tab Count down timer pause or restart enter Count down timer Clear Backspace Exit stopwatch or count down timer Alt F4 17 12 5 Display network status Display network status Fn n 17 12 6 Terminal for Screen reader Enter terminal Clipboard Control Function l Send Terminal Clipboard content Control S Exit terminal for Screen reader Alt X 17 12 7 Display power status Display power status Fn b 17 12 8 Format Disk format Fn f 17 12 9 Sleep Timer Set Sleep Timer Fn j 17 12 10 Upgrading the Voice Sense Firmware Check download information Space Cancel download and exit Alt F4 17 13 Settings 582 17 13 1 Setting time and date Move to the next day Right arrow Move to the previous day Left arrow Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next month Down arrow Move to the previous month Left arrow Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow Move to the previo
576. the work ISBN lists the International Standard Book Number Brief Synopsis gives a short or partial synopsis of the book Complete synopsis provides a more detailed overview of the work 437 Category lists the category the book is logged under in the BookShare library Language lists the language in which the book is printed Publisher lists the publisher of the book publish date lists the copyright date of the work Quality refers to the quality of the scanned material free shows whether the book is part of the free public domain collection or requires a membership to download indicated by not free You can download a book in the search Results list either by pressing Enter on the book title in the list or by navigating to the Download button and pressing Enter If you are logged in in anonymous Mode and pres Enter if the book is not part of the public domain collection the Voice Sense announces and displays This content is not free and returns you to the Search Results list 11 2 5 Searching for periodicals If you select periodicals from the select search Mode combo box the next item in the dialog is an edit box in to which you can enter a periodical ID Each periodical in the BookShare collection contains a numerical ID you can use to quickly access it Enter the ID in the edit box and press E
577. thernet port is turned on in the Global Options dialog From the connection types list under Setup Internet navigate to ADSL and press Enter The ADSL configuration dialog contains the following controls connect list default add modify delete and close You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or shift tab Within each control you can move among the items by pressing down arrow or up arrow The connect list contains the names of previously added connection configurations Select one by pressing Enter on it Use the Default button to set one of the configurations as the default ADSL connection Use the Add button to create a new ADSL connection configuration The Add dialog has three controls a settings list a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the three controls by pressing Tab or shift tab The settings list contains the following Connect name ID and Password You can move among the settings by pressing down arrow or up arrow In the Connect name edit box type the server host name or something that identifies this connection to you In the ID and Password edit boxes type 64 the information After entering the necessary information press Enter to save the connection settings or tab to the Confirm button and press Enter To cancel creation of the connection configuration tab to the Cancel button and press Enter or press
578. tically saved in the Voice Sense QWERTY If you want to delete this information press Del on the Bluetooth device name in the Bluetooth Device List The Voice Sense QWERTY announces Device settings removed Removal of the settings applies only to the current device From the Bluetooth Device List you can access the menu by pressing Alt or by pressing F2 The Bluetooth Device List menu contains Rescan For Devices Device Name Delete Pair Information and Exit You can navigate among the menu items using up arrow or down arrow The first menu item is Rescan For Devices This option initiates a new scan for other Bluetooth devices To activate this item press Alt and press Enter on Rescan For Devices You can also access this option by pressing r from within the Bluetooth Device List menu or you can activate it directly by pressing Ctrl r You can access the next item in the menu by pressing Alt and up arrow or down arrow until you reach Device Name and press Enter You can also press n from within the menu to activate the Device Name option You can access it directly by pressing Ctrl n This item allows you to specify the device name given to the Voice Sense QWERTY The default name for the Bluetooth device name is VoiceSenseQwerty When you activate this option you are placed in a computer edit box that contains your current device name To modify the name type th
579. ting If you print something from the E mail program emailtemp txt is displayed instead of the file name If you are printing from the Address Manager or the Schedule Manager the message prn_ggtimegg txt is shown If you focus on a file in the info list pressing Enter on Cancel cancels the printing of that file If you tab to Close and press Enter the Print Spool dialog box is closed Pressing Alt F4 also closes the Print Spool dialog 2 13 One Handed Mode Voice Sense QWERTY provides a One handed mode for users restricted to the use of one hand for Braille input To turn on off one handed mode Press Fn h You can also turn One handed mode on or off in the Global Options dialog When One handed mode is on use the following methods to input text To select all the contents of a file 1 Press Ctrl The unit acts as though Control is being held down 13 2 And press a Then all text is selected 13 3 When you press a it deactivates the holding of Control 52 Display power status 1 Press FN The unit acts as though Fn is held down 2 And press b Then power status is checked 3 Fn is no longer modifying future key presses In other words in One handed Mode modifier keys when pressed by the user are added to the next key press as though they are being held down When the hot key is entered all modifiers are cancel
580. tion menu contains commands related to bookmark and go to position The Settings menu allows you to set various Media Player options 7 1 3 1 File To use the File menu press Alt to open the Media Player menu then press Enter on File or press f A submenu appears containing Open File Open Folder Add File Add Folder Save Playlist Save As Playlist Delete Item Open URL and Exit You can move between these items by pressing down arrow or up arrow Press Enter on the item you want to execute To return to the Media Player menu press Esc To exit the menu press Alt F4 and you are returned to the Media Playback dialog 7 1 3 1 1 Open File You can use the Open File menu item to add files to the playlist and start playing them If you press Enter on Open File a dialog opens similar to the file list in the File Manager You can navigate folders and files just as you would in the File Manager The files playable in the Media Player are 229 those with the extensions ac3 asf asx m3u mp2 mp3 ogg pls wav wax wma flac midi and wmv If you select all the files you want to play and press Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY adds the files to the playlist and starts playing the first file You can select more than one file in the Open File dialog by pressing Space on each of the items you want to add to the playlist When you have selected all the files you wa
581. to open the menu Then select Add Schedule then press Enter Or you can quickly open the Add Schedule dialog by pressing Ctrl n from the Search Schedule dialog As with other programs on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can use menus and shortcut keys in the Schedule Manager 8 2 3 Setting time and date Due to the nature of appointments and schedules it is very important that dates and times are entered correctly to ensure that your schedule is accurate and you are alerted to your appointments at the proper times through the Check Today s SCHEDULE option as well as the alarms that can be associated with appointments in the Schedule Manager 297 As date and time entry is associated with several programs on the Voice Sense QWERTY such as the Wake up Alarm the time And Date option in the SettingsMenu and of course the Schedule Manager The Voice Sense QWERTY provides you with a consistent interface for entering time and date information in these dialog boxes Before we start talking about using the Schedule Manager we will explain how to enter the date and time When you are asked to enter a date and time you can either type in the date and time or select it using shortcut keys outlined at the end of this section When entering time use hh mm format two digits for the hour and two digits for the minute separated by a colon For example use 10 05 to enter 5 minutes past 10 You can enter a date in mm dd yyyy fo
582. to the first record Ctrl Home Move to the last record Ctrl End Move to previous same field different record Left arrow Move to next same field different record Right arrow 16 7 1 3 Hot keys for the Commands Add address Ctrl n Find address Ctrl f Modify address Ctrl m Delete address Del Select all Ctrl a Save as a file Alt s 532 Print address Ctrl p Backup address list Ctrl u Restore address list Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e Setting add searching address fields Ctrl o 16 7 1 4 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Cancel ESC Exit Alt F4 16 7 2 Schedule Manager 16 7 2 1 Hot keys for the commands Move to the next field Tab Move to the previous field Shift tab Add schedule Ctrl n Modify schedule Ctrl m Delete schedule Del Delete all Schedule Control Alt q Alarm option Ctrl o Backup schedule Ctrl u Restore schedule Ctrl r Set backup option Ctrl e Save schedule as file Alt s Print schedule Ctrl p 16 7 2 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List 1 Move from an appointment to another in the schedule list Move to the previous a in the same day Up arrow Move to the next appointment in the same day Down arrow Move to the first appointment in the same day Home 533 Move to the last appointment in the same day End 2 Move from one appointment to another in all the appointments registered Move to the previous schedule Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next schedule Ctrl Right arrow M
583. to the list and press Enter 4 When the entered word is saved Save completed message is displayed Use the following steps to delete a word from the Search word list 1 Navigate to the word you want to delete from the list using down arrow or up arrow 2 Press Del Or tab to the Remove Search word button and press Enter 400 3 Do you want to delete Yes message appears if you press Enter the word is deleted To cancel deletion toggle the option to No using Space and press Enter Or press Esc After canceling you are returned to the Search word list 10 2 8 4 Find Tweets from the Current Timeline The Find Tweets from the Current Timeline option allows you to search for text among the tweets of the timeline currently displayed To open the Find Tweets from the Current Timeline dialog press Control Alt F or select the Find Tweets from the Current Timeline item located in the Search menu The Find dialog contains 5 controls 1 Find edit box for typing your search term 2 Search radio buttons lets you choose to search the Tweet message ID Date or All 3 Direction radio buttons lets you choose to search backward or forward in the current timeline 4 Confirm Use this button to execute a search 5 Cancel This button closes the Find dialog and returns you to your previous position You can also use Escape to close the dialog 10 2 8 5 Find Again Tweet
584. to your hearing do not listen to audio at high volume levels for long periods 12 This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This equipment can generate use and radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 4 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help IMPORTANT NOTE FCC RF Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies
585. ton Create List button Modify List button Remove List button and Close button If your cursor is placed on a list you follow but is not a list of your own creation the Unfollow option appears and the Modify and Remove options do not appear You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab To move through the items in the List list use Up or Down arrow 10 2 10 1 1 List Information The List Information dialog contains the following items Information list and a Close button The Information list contains the List name List Description List Date List Member Count and List Mode Private or Public You can move among the items using the Up or Down arrow To close the List Information dialog Tab to Close and press Enter or press Escape 404 10 2 10 1 2 Create List To create a new list Tab to Create List in the List Manager dialog and press Enter or press Control A The Create List dialog contains 3 controls Information list Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab The Information list contains 3 items List Name edit box List Description edit box and List Mode radio button Use the Up or Down arrow to move among the items in the list Type your desired name and description in the respective edit boxes Press Space on the List Mode radio button to toggle between Private and Public Choose
586. ton a Delete button a Modify button and a Close button You can move through the controls by pressing Tab and shift tab Pressing Enter on the add button opens the add preset dialog explained above If you wish to change the label of a previously added preset move to the desired preset item in the preset list by pressing up arrow or down arrow Press Tab to move to the Modify button and press Enter The 254 Modify dialog is opened The structure of the Modify dialog is the same as that of the Add dialog The only difference is that the preset label and frequency are both filled in for the Modify dialog If you want to delete a preset from the preset list select the desired preset and move to the Delete button by pressing Tab and press Enter To exit the Preset Manager dialog navigate to the Close button and press Enter or press Esc You can also use the media buttons on the front panel to add and move among presets To use the media buttons the Media Mode switch should be set to FM radio Press the record button for more than 2 seconds to open the add preset dialog To move to the previous preset in the Preset List press the Back button for more than 2 seconds Pressing the Forward button for more than 2 seconds moves to the next preset in the preset list Pressing the stop button for more than 2 seconds deletes the selected preset 7 2 4 Recording from
587. ton or Next field button To change the name of a created field move to the field name you want to change in the created fields list Press m or Tab and enter on the Modify field button Field name selected filed name is displayed Type the new name for the field and press Enter Though you can change the name of a field it is not possible to change the properties of a created field 8 3 1 3 Delete table Use this option to delete a table To delete a table Press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on Table Manager Or press Ctrl t the hot key for opening the Table Manager When the Table Manager dialog is opened the Table name edit box is focused In this list box move to the name of the table you want to delete by pressing down arrow or up arrow repeatedly and press d the shortcut key for the Delete table button Or press Tab repeatedly to move to the Delete table button and press Enter You are prompted Delete table Yes To delete press Enter To cancel press Space to select No and press Enter 8 3 1 4 Set Default Table When you set a table as the default table each time the Database Manager is started this table is displayed and you are placed in the search dialog If you have created more than one table and you use one of them more frequently than the others it may be convenient for you to set this table as the default table If no table is set a
588. tory list Control H Find Control F Find again F3 Favorites Menu Commands Set current as your home page Alt S Add to favorites Alt A Favorites list Control T Page Navigation Commands Move between controls Move to the previous control Control Left arrow 369 Move to the next control Control Right arrow Select the next item in the combo box list box Alt Down arrow Select the previous item in the combo box list box Alt Up arrow Moving to form fields Move to the previous form field Control F 1 Move to the next form field Control F2 9 2 8 What the Quick Browser Does Not Support 1 Images are not supported 2 Any executable files on websites cannot be executed This is because the operating system on the Voice Sense QWERTY is different from the operating system on a personal computer 3 A web page using flash can be opened but the flash content may not be read 4 Java script is not supported Some web pages that use JavaScript cannot be opened Others will allow you to open them but many controls will not be accessible 5 You cannot stream audio using the Quick Browser You must download files and play them in the Media Player or use the original Web Browser to stream the files 9 3 Google Search The Google Search program allows you to easily perform a search using Google s Internet search service To Open Google Search navigate to Web Tools from the Main Menu or press B From
589. trols You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab 1 Route Information list box Contains Start Destination Estimated time of arrival and Estimated distance Use Up arrow and Down arrow to navigate among the items in the information list 2 Step Route Information list box Contains numbered step by step directions for traveling from your start position to your destination each 453 with an estimated travel time Navigate among the steps using Up arrow and Down arrow 3 Start notice button Press Enter on this button when you depart from your Start Position You can also activate this button by pressing Alt m 4 Save Route button Press Enter on this button to save the current route for later use You can also activate this button by pressing Alt s Activating this button opens a dialog with a File Name edit box a confirm button and a Cancel button You can simply type a file name for the route and press Enter 5 Load Route list box A list of all your previously saved routes Navigate the list using Up arrow and Space 4 Press Enter on a route to load it 6 Close button Press enter on this button to close the Route dialog and return to the Google Maps main window You can also activate this button by pressing Escape or Alt F4 11 3 3 5 2 View traveled route You can view previously t
590. tructure and press up arrow or down arrow to move to your desired folder 7 Press Space on the folder in which you wish to store recordings and press Enter 8 Record folder Changed folder is announced 9 Press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter When the recording type is set to MP3 the available Sample rate values range from 16000Hz to 48000Hz and available Bitrate values range from 64K to 320K When the recording type is set to WAV the available Sample rate values range from 8000Hz to 44100Hz and you can set the Bits per channel to 8 bits or 16 bits To change the sample rate and bit rate press up arrow or down arrow to move to the desired item to be changed Press Space to change the value When you have finished setting your preferences press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Raising the values of the sample rate and bit rate produces a higher quality recording However higher quality recordings though they have better sound take up greater amounts of storage space Be sure to set your recording values according to your specific quality and space requirements 7 2 5 Additional features 1 Sensitivity adjustment If the Voice Sense QWERTY cannot tune to the broadcast frequency you desire adjust the scanning sensitivity To adjust the sensitivity open the Settings dialog as described in Section 10 1 Press down
591. tton and press Enter You can check the registered e mail addresses by pressing up arrow or down arrow To register a specific host as a spam sender do the following 1 Use the steps described above to open the Spam Settings dialog 2 Press down arrow when Type Subject 1 3 is displayed to move to Type Host 3 3 3 Press a on Type Host 3 3 or press Tab to move to the Add button and press Enter 4 The Add dialog is opened and Host add host address is displayed By default host address is the host address that was focused on when you executed this command You can add this host or type a different host in the edit box 217 5 Press Enter on Host add host address Or press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press enter 6 The Voice Sense QWERTY says Successfully added spam data and shows Host registered host address 1 1 When Host registered host address 1 1 is displayed you can add another host by pressing a or pressing Tab to move to the Add button and press Enter You can check the registered host addresses by pressing up arrow or down arrow To cancel setting spam filters from the Add dialog press Tab to move to the Cancel button and press Enter Or press Esc or Alt F4 6 5 3 2 Modifying Spam Registration To modify a spam filter you have set do the following 1 Access the Spam Settings dialog as d
592. tton on the front panel While playing DAISY content press play again to pause playback PRESS the Back button to move back 1 navigational element and press the Forward button to move forward by 1 navigational element Use the Record button to set the navigational element by which the Back and Forward buttons move Controlling the DAISY Player via the Media buttons is explained in further detail later in this chapter Open the DAISY Player menu by pressing Alt The menu contains File Document Mark and Heading You can navigate the menu items using up arrow and down arrow To activate a menu item press Enter 7 3 3 Components of the DAISY Player While playing DAISY content four controls components are available 1 heading 2 Information 264 3 Play 4 Pause You can move among the controls using Tab and shift tab While playing a DAISY book heading shows you a prefixed heading or navigation element as well as the text under that element if text exists In information you can find the current page level phrase elapsed time and running time You can move among these items with up arrow or down arrow You can press Enter on Pause or Play to pause or play the audio From anywhere in the four control components you can toggle play pause by pressing Space 7 3 4 File When in the File menu you can open a new DAISY book check file information
593. tured in a table form with the information in the various columns separated using commas The Address Manager can import a CSV contact file created using MS outlook or some cell phones 1 Import from CSV allows you to import the data from a CSV file in to the Address Manager 287 2 Export to CSV allows you to export the data of the Address Manager as a CSV file 8 1 6 1 Import from CSV You can import the data from a CSV file in to the Address Manager using this function You can execute this function from anywhere in the address Manager 8 1 6 1 1 Executing Import CSV To execute Import from CSV follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Press down arrow to move to Import from CSV and press Enter Or press c You can also activate this function by pressing Alt i 8 1 6 1 2 Import from CSV Controls File name edit combo box Confirm Button Cancel Button Path search list You can move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab RWhND 8 1 6 1 3 Importing a CSV file To import a CSV file follow these steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to Import from CSV and press Enter Or press C from the menu You can activate this function directly by pressing Alt i 3 You are prompted for the File name 288 4 Type the name of the file you want to import For example to searc
594. txt You cannot change the file format You can read the saved text file in the Word Processor To cancel Save As Text press Tab from the Confirm button to move to Cancel And press Enter Or press Esc or Alt F4 6 3 5 Printing E Mail Messages You may wish to emboss or print an e mail message To print an e mail message do the following 1 Connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to an ink printer Make sure to use the same printer port set in the Global Options 2 Press Alt to open the menu 3 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 4 Press Enter on File 5 Press down arrow to move to Print E mail 6 Press Enter on Print E mail 7 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Print type Press Alt p to activate the print function directly 8 Press Space or down arrow to change the print type The setting values are Printer and Embosser 9 After selecting the Print type press Enter Or press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter 10 The selected e mail is printed To cancel printing press Tab to move to Cancel and press Enter Or press Esc or Alt F4 6 4 Additional features of E mail 205 6 4 1 Find The Find command is used to search for messages in the current mailbox The Find function looks for text that matches the text you enter in Subject Date and or From This function only works in the Subject Date or From contro
595. u read the manual on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can search for text in the various sections by pressing Ctrl f Type the text you wish to find and press Enter You can find the next occurrence of the particular text you searched for by pressing F3 The section Basic Functions Help gives a basic overview of the programming and operation of the Voice Sense QWERTY The section Settings Help provides an explanation of how to establish Internet and Bluetooth connections how to set the time and date and an explanation of the Global Options and how to use them to configure your Voice Sense QWERTY according to your preferences Most of the remaining sections cover each of the functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY in detail To access these help files press Windows key to go to the program menu and use down arrow repeatedly until you locate Help Or press the letter h to quickly jump to and open Help You can open Help from anywhere on the unit by pressing Windows H Use down arrow to navigate to the section you wish to read Press Enter on your desired section to open it The Commands Summary section is a quick reference of hot keys for all the programs on the Voice Sense QWERTY useful when you simply want to know the keystroke for performing an action without reading the entirety of the instructions on a given program The Information about the Voice Sense QWERTY section provides the copyright and ver
596. uccessful search results appear If no results match your search No search results is displayed and you are returned to the Search word edit box 4 In the search results list navigate to user whom you want to follow by pressing down arrow or up arrow 5 Press Alt a to follow the focused user 10 2 8 2 User search User search lets you specifically search for text among users profiles id s and names registered on Twitter This is useful if you re trying to find a specific person or a specific company or informational site To open the User Search dialog menu press Alt F or select the User Search item located in the Search menu It is similar to the Global search dialog The User Search dialog consists of 8 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 Search word An edit box into which you can enter the term for which you want to search 2 Next List Loads the next 20 results in the list You can load the Next list by pressing Control N or Enter on this button 3 Search results a list of results matching your search Results appear as User Id About me The Search results button appears only when there are search results to display 4 Follow User Use this button to follow the focused user The Follow User button appears only when there are search results You can also press Alt A to follow the focused user 5 User Timeline displays the posts of th
597. uinetes 545 16 11 2 Sense Brain Games cacciscesanedadiincaniananinieincommusaniamueins 545 16 12 Utilities ccesos svete scccaseasgevascontctecevcuncvenecaceoncsssudten cence eatiuapeacecsuamyecnmvectesteusaciecbusseciaucts 545 16 12 17 Calculator c anaa aon da E aE a EE E Naa 545 16 12 2 Checking Date and Time snnsnnnesesesesiseseetseesrrenesessstsisestsrnrirnsnesrerntnesrntnns 547 16 72 23 Galena vniciciecn itt ateccicttictadot tle eva eh WAT ee Ae 547 O12 4 STOP WAtC lh iea errs wien Mt eae rare hehe E EE N 547 16 12 5 Display network Status iiscisecussiicsnircronsiaamieuisnresiaetamnoiese 548 16 12 6 Terminal for Screen reader o oo eee eeeseeeecneeeeeeeceeeeseeaeeeecaeesaesseseeseaeeaee 548 16 12 7 Display power Status ci sscscccacie nasaiianse cama aunana wicca medneomaees 548 16 12 8 F ormat zereo nan a tions und ow ome RE A 548 16 12 9 Sle6p Time esenea tail E A R REN 548 16 12 10 Upgrading the Voice Sense Firmware 0 0 ccc eceeeeseeecneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeee 548 16 13 SettihNgS se niratrat ENA EAE A T E EENE NENEA EA NEER ARENTEIRO CaS 548 16 13 1 Setting time and date ooo ec eccneeeseeeecneeeaeeseeeeesaetsaeeeecsesaeeeesesaenees 549 16 13 2 Bluetooth Manager eeseeessssssssesssesrsrrsrsrrsrsresrsresrssrsresrnsssrssssensssensrstnersese 549 16 13 3 Pronunciation dictionary eee ceeeteceecneeeaceeeceeeeaeeeaeeeesneesaeeaeeeeeeaeeees 550 16 13 4 Backup Restore personalized SettingS cccc
598. ultiple E mail Messages To delete two or more e mail messages use the following steps 1 Press up arrow or down arrow to move to the e mail Subject that you want to delete You can also select messages from the Date control 2 Press Space on the e mail messages you want to delete 3 Voice Sense QWERTY displays in front of the selected e mail subject 4 Move to other e mail messages you want to delete by pressing down arrow or up arrow Press Space on each of the messages you wish to delete 5 Press Del 6 Voice Sense QWERTY displays Delete xx message Yes Xx is the total number of messages to be deleted 7 Press Enter You can also select all messages in the current mailbox by pressing Ctrl a or select a contiguous group of messages by pressing Ctrl b to set the beginning of the selection and move your cursor to the last message you want to select To cancel this function press Space to change Yes to No on the delete prompt and press Enter Or you can cancel by pressing Esc or Alt F4 6 3 2 Reply And Reply All to a Received E Mail 201 When you reply to an e mail you can edit or add a message to the original message or add another recipient Example Suppose you received an e mail with the following information Sender s e mail address hims hims inc com Subject of the e mail Welcome to HIMS You could reply to this e mail using the following steps
599. unzip process simply by pressing Enter on a zip file 4 2 18 Information Use this option to query The Voice Sense QWERTY for information about files and folders the file folder s properties The information feature in the 120 File Manager provides you with information about the file type file size the date and time of the file or folder s creation and whether the file folder is protected Press Alt to open the menu Navigate to Information and press Enter Use the letter P to open the Information feature quickly from within the menu Alt Enter is the hot key for this option You can use this hot key to access this feature directly from the file list The Voice Sense QWERTY displays the information about a file or folder in the following order file type file size creation date and time and attribute You can review this information by pressing Tab 1 File type Displays the file format information such as brl file doc file or txt file When a folder is selected this area indicates that the item is a folder containing x number of files and folders 2 File size displays the size of the selected file or folder When multiple files or folders are selected this area displays the total size of the selected files and folders 3 Date and time Displays the time and date the folder file was created or modified 4 Attribute Displays whether the file is write protected or is writable You can cha
600. urned to the contact list 10 3 2 4 Manage Block List The Block list contains the contacts you have blocked You are able to unblock contact that you have blocked using this list To open the Manage Block list dialog press Alt m or press Enter on the Manage Block list item in the Contact menu The Manage Block list dialog consists of 3 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 E mail A list displaying the e mail addresses of your blocked contacts 2 Unblock this button unblocks the focused contact 3 Cancel A button to close the Block contact dialog and return you to your previous position 10 3 2 5 Contact Information Use the Contact Information function to display the on line ID and E mail of the selected contact and the contact request status To open the Contact Information dialog navigate to the contact in the list you want to view using up arrow or down arrow and press Ctrl I Or you can open the menu and press Enter on Contact Information from the Contact menu The Contact Information dialog consists of 2 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 412 1 Contact Information A Status area containing several pieces of information about the contact Move to each item using up arrow or down arrow A Display name Displays on line ID set on the My Status Options B E mail Displays E mail account C Chat D
601. us control by pressing Shift Tab The Sign In dialog consists of the following 1 ID a computer edit box for typing a Twitter account Id 2 Password a computer edit box for typing your Twitter password 3 Automatically set the time from the Internet a check box to set whether the Voice Sense QWERTY Time is synchronized to an Internet Time Server The default is checked 4 Remember me a check box to choose whether you save your Id The default is Uncheck 5 Save password a check box to choose whether you save your password The default is Unchecked 385 6 Auto Sign In a check box to choose whether you automatically sign in to Twitter when the program is launched The default is Unchecked Note to use the Auto Sign In function Remember me and Save Password check boxes must be checked 7 Sign In button to log in to Twitter 8 Cancel button to cancel log in and exit the Twitter program To sign into Twitter 1 When the Sign In dialog appears you are placed in the ID computer edit box Type your Twitter Id 2 Press Tab to move to the Password computer edit box Type your Twitter password Again you must use computer Braille 3 To save Id and password press Space to check both the Remember me check box and Save password check box 4 To automatically sign in to Twitter when the program opens press Space to check the Auto Sign In check box 5 Pres
602. us year Ctrl Up arrow Move to 1 hour after Down arrow Move to 1 hour before Up arrow Move to 10 minutes after Ctrl Right arrow Move to 10 minutes before Ctrl Left arrow Move to 1 minute after Right arrow Move to 1 minute before Left arrow Switch Between a m and p m Fn x 17 13 2 Bluetooth Manager Scanning Bluetooth device Ctrl r Connecting device Enter on the device name Connecting service Enter on the service name Disconnect service in Bluetooth service list Ctrl d Move to Bluetooth device list in service list Backspace Remove device setting in Bluetooth device list Del 1 FTP service Open local folder move remote folder Ctrl o Copy Ctrl c Paste Ctrl v Send to Ctrl s Retrieve file Ctrl r New folder Ctrl f 583 Delete file folder Del Information Ctrl i 17 13 3 Pronunciation dictionary Move to the previous control Tab Move to the next control Shift tab Move to the previous item in entry Up arrow Move to the next item in entry Down arrow Add word Alt i Modify word Alt m Delete word Del 17 13 4 Backup Restore personalized settings Move to previous item Up arrow or up scroll button Move to next item Down arrow or down scroll button Move to previous control Shift tab Move to next control Tab Select unselect check box Space 584 18 Troubleshooting Guide If you are encountering problems with the Voice Sense QWERTY please take a look at the following suggestions for solvi
603. ut key is v By default the voice is set to on You can change the status of the voice by pressing Space You can toggle the voice on and off from anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY by pressing F5 3 8 2 8 Punctuation Level Use this setting to choose how you want the Voice Sense QWERTY to read punctuation marks The shortcut key is p The available options are All Off Punctuation and Symbol The default setting is Off thus by 95 default the Voice Sense QWERTY speaks no punctuation marks or symbols Use Space to cycle through the four settings If you select All the Voice Sense QWERTY speaks all punctuation marks and symbols When the option is set to Punctuation the Voice Sense QWERTY speaks punctuation marks when the Symbol option is chosen it speaks all symbols and no punctuation marks 3 8 2 9 Keyboard Echo With this option you can define what the Voice Sense QWERTY speaks as you type The shortcut key is k The setting values are On with characters and words On with characters On with words and Off The default is On with characters and words thus each keystroke is announced and each word is spoken when Space is pressed If you select On with characters each keystroke is announced as you type it If you select the On with words option each word is spoken after Space is pressed You can cycle through the options by pressing Space 3 8 2 10 Capitalization alert Use thi
604. utton 3 Type the desired information in the edit boxes 4 Press Enter on the Save button and a Refreshing user information message is displayed 5 If the modification is successful Save complete is displayed and you are returned to your previous position 402 10 2 9 2 Save Current Timeline The Save Current Timeline allows you to save the current timeline as a text file To open the Save Current Timeline dialog press Alt s from the Tweet dialog or press Enter on the Save Current Timeline menu item located in the file menu The Save Current Timeline dialog consists of 4 controls Move among the controls by pressing Tab or Shift tab 1 File name A combo edit box in which to enter your desired file name The default is Timeline name current date For example Home Timeline 20110310 2 Confirm Press this button to save the current timeline 3 Cancel Use this button to exit the Save Current Timeline dialog and return to the Tweet dialog 4 File List A file browser control in which you can change the storage path If you do not change the storage path the file is automatically stored in the My Documents folder in the flashdisk 10 2 9 3 Set Options The Set Options dialog allows you to set the number of tweets to receive each time you refresh your timeline or use the Next List command To open the Set Options dialog press Alt to open the File menu and navigate to Set Opti
605. utton scans backward and pressing the Forward button scans forward 253 7 2 3 Adding and navigating presets Use the following steps to add the currently selected frequency as a preset 1 Press Alt to open the menu Navigate to Presets and press Enter 2 Navigate to Add Preset and press Enter Use the hot key Ctrl s to quickly access this option 3 The add preset dialog is opened and Frequency current frequency is announced 4 Press Tab 5 You are placed in the Label edit box Type the name by which you want to identify the preset 6 Press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter If you wish to add a frequency other than the one you re currently listening to you may type the number of the frequency you wish to add in the Frequency edit box of the add preset dialog You can navigate your presets by using Alt Left arrow to move back a preset and Alt Right arrow to move forward a preset To delete a preset navigate to the preset and press Del Note when this command is executed the preset is deleted instantly without any warning or verification You can also add and delete presets using the Preset Manager dialog Press Alt to open the menu and navigate to presets and press Enter Navigate to the Preset Manager and press Enter You can also press Ctrl m to open the Preset Manager directly The Preset Manager dialog contains the Preset list an Add but
606. ve to the next cell Ctrl Shift Right arrow Move to the upper cell Ctrl Shift Up arrow Move to the lower cell Ctrl Shift Down arrow Read current cell Ctrl Shift c Move to the previous cell of the upper level table Ctrl Left arrow Move to the next cell of the upper level table Ctrl Right arrow Move to the upper cell of the upper level table Ctrl Up arrow Move to the lower cell of the upper level table Ctrl Down arrow Check the current position Fn s Move to frame Move to the previous frame Ctrl F9 Move to the next frame Ctrl F10 Read the current line Fn r 17 8 2 Quick browser File Menu Commands Open URL Control u 1 3 6 Exit Alt F 4 Read Menu Commands Read from beginning to cursor Alt G Read from cursor to end FN Enter Edit Menu Commands Open Select Text Window Control S Start selection Control B Copy Contol C Add to clipboard Control P Go To Menu Commands 571 Go to home page Alt H Go to the previous page Alt Left arrow Go to the next page Alt Right arrow Go to previous heading Control F3 Go to next heading Control F 4 Go to previous text Control F5 Go to next text Control F6 Refresh Control R Open the history list Control H Find Control F Find again F3 Favorites Menu Commands Set current as your home page Alt S Add to favorites Alt A Favorites list Control T Page Navigation Commands Move between controls Move to the previous control Control Left arrow Move to
607. ve to the previous control Shift Tab 2 Move in a list box Move to the next list item Down arrow or down scroll button Move to the previous list item Up arrow or up scroll button 3 Select answer in the prompt box Move to the next answer Space or Down arrow Move to the previous answer Backspace or Up arrow 4 Move in the list of records found Move to the next record Down arrow or down scroll button Move to the previous record Up arrow or up scroll button Move to the last record Ctrl End Move to the first record Ctrl Home Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow Move to the last field End Move to the first field Home Move to previous same field different record Left arrow Move to next same field different record Right arrow 325 326 9 Web Tools The Web Tools menu contains programs used for searching for and downloading content from the World Wide Web The Web tools menu contains 4 items Web Browser Quick Browser Google Search and RSS Reader To open the Web Tools menu press Windows to bring up the main Program menu navigate to Web Tools using the UP or DOWN arrow and press Enter Or you can press B from the main menu to quickly jump to and open the Web Tools menu The following sections will discuss the programs in the Web Tools menu in detail 9 1 Web Browser You can use the
608. volume level of the voice on the Voice Sense QWERTY The shortcut key is P The volume level can be set using values 1 to 21 with 1 being the lowest volume level and 21 being the highest Use Space to increase the volume by 1 increment and Backspace to decrease it From anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can increase the volume with F6 and decrease it with Shift F6 3 8 2 14 Voice Rate This option controls the rate of the speech on Voice Sense QWERTY The shortcut key is r You can set the rate using values 1 to 12 with 1 being the slowest and 12 being the fastest Press Space to increase the rate of speech by one increment and Backspace to decrease it From anywhere on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can increase the speech rate using F7 and you can decrease it with Shift F7 97 3 8 2 15 Voice Pitch Use this option to control the pitch of the voice on the Voice Sense QWERTY The shortcut key is t The available values are 1 to 10 with 1 being the lowest pitch and 10 being the highest Use Space to increase the voice pitch one level and Backspace to decrease it From anywhere on Voice Sense QWERTY you can increase the pitch by pressing F8 and decrease it by pressing Shift F8 3 8 2 16 Sub Voice Rate The Sub Voice rate option controls the rate of the voice used to output speech in languages other than English The values range from levels 1 to 12 with the default set to 8 Use Space to in
609. w word press Enter on the Add Word button or you can press Alt i You are prompted to Add entry Type the word for which you want to change the pronunciation and press Tab to Replacement Type the letters that produce the alternative pronunciation you desire Press Enter or press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter The word is added and the focus is returned to the Add Word button To cancel this modification press Enter on the Cancel button or press Esc or press Alt F4 To modify a stored entry navigate to the item you want to modify Move to the Modify Word button by pressing Tab and press Enter Or when the entry is focused press Alt You are prompted to Modify entry focused word Press Tab and you are placed in the Replacement new pronunciation edit box Type the new replacement pronunciation text and press Enter Or press Tab again to move to the Confirm button and press Enter The word is modified and the focus is returned to the Modify Word button To cancel this modification press Enter on the Cancel button or press Esc or press Alt F4 To delete a stored entry navigate to the entry you want to delete Move to the Delete word button by pressing Tab and press Enter Or press Del on the item you want to delete You are prompted Delete Yes If you are sure you want to delete the item press Enter If not press S
610. ween the times that the alarm sounds For example if you set the repeat interval to three minutes after the alarm has stopped sounding it rings again in 3 minutes The available settings are 1 3 5 10 15 or 20 minutes Move among these options by pressing up arrow or down arrow 13 4 6 Wake up Call Times 490 This option allows you to decide how many times the alarm sounds If the alarm is not turned off by pressing Ctrl it repeats according to the number of times you set for this option The available settings are 1 to 10 Move among these options by pressing up arrow or down arrow 13 4 7 Confirm Cancel If you press Enter on the Confirm button the changes are saved and the dialog is closed If you do not want to save the changes press Enter on the Cancel button The Voice Sense QWERTY keeps the previous alarm settings and closes the dialog 13 5 Calendar You can open the calendar by pressing Enter on Calendar in the Utilities menu or by pressing I You can launch the Calendar from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock L The following options are available Solar calendar and Lunar calendar In the calendar you can check three kinds of information starting from the year 1841 to the year 2043 If you type a date that is not in the range and press Enter you get the message Invalid date and return to the Date edit combo box 13 5 1 Using the C
611. with s then a This is displayed as asin For Hyperbolic sine press Ctrl with s then h This is displayed as sinh In order to calculate the sine of a 30 degree angle you would type the following Ctrl with s then s 30 and then Y Press Enter and your answer is displayed as 0 5 Cosine Functions LEL FEL l For Cosine you would press Ctrl with i and then you would press i This is displayed as cos FEL 13 For Arc cosine press Ctrl with i then a This is displayed as acos For Hyperbolic cosine press Ctrl with i then h This is displayed as cosh For example to calculate the cosine of the 30 degree angles you press Ctrl with i 30 and then Then press Enter Your answer will be given as 0 8660254 Tangent Functions For Tangent press Ctrl with t and then t This is displayed as tan For Arc tangent press Ctrl with t then a This is displayed as atan For Hyperbolic tangent press Ctrl with t then h This is displayed as tanh For example to calculate the tangent of the 30 degree angles you press Ctrl with t T 30 and then Y That is tan 30 which gives you the result of 0 57735027 Logarithm Functions 486 Common logarithm For Common logarithm press Ctrl with I and then n This is displayed as l
612. with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter Congratulations on the purchase of your Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY is capable of doing everything that an ordinary PDA can do and more all without the need for a screen l Your Voice Sense QWERTY packing box should contain the following items Voice Sense QWERTY Battery Carrying Case AC adapter USB Cable Earbuds Documentation CD Braille Commands Summary ON ol O gt OO Oe ee MAN N 8 Il How to use this manual Before using the Voice Sense QWERTY you should read the entire manual to familiarize yourself with the functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY contains many programs with a variety of functions thus reading the entire manual will allow you to operate the unit to its fullest potential In this manual you will see references to hot keys and shortcut keys These keys refer to ways to access menus and functions quickly by using a combination of keystrokes Please note that not all hot keys and shortcut keys will work from every location on the Voice Sense QWERTY Some hot keys and shortcut keys are program specific thus they require that you be within a spec
613. with the built in calculator 12 View the flashdisk of the Voice Sense QWERTY as a USB drive on your computer and transfer files 13 Copy move and delete files on the Voice Sense QWERTY with its intuitive Windows like File Manager 30 14 Adjust the volume speed pitch and language of the speech on the fly 15 Use the Database Manager to create your own Database for storing important information 16 Use MSN messenger Google Talk and Twitter to keep up with what s happening and stay in touch with friends family and colleagues 17 Use the Internal GPS and compass along with the included Google Maps application to plan and save routes and navigate on the go 18 Share files with other people and other devices using Dropbox 19 Download news and podcasts with the included RSS reader 1 2 Hardware To get the most from your Voice Sense QWERTY it is important to become oriented to the buttons and ports on your Voice Sense QWERTY as well as learning their functions This section explains the hardware configuration of the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY is 10 inches long by 6 1 inches wide by 1 9 inches high The bottom of the unit contains rubber feet in order to prevent slipping while you are using it Place the Voice Sense QWERTY on a desk or table top with the Braille display nearest you Its shape resembles a thin flat rectangular box This section of the manual describes each side of the Voice Sense
614. wn Press Enter again to restart the timer Pressing Backspace clears the Countdown timer If the timer reaches zero a 10 second alarm sounds and the Countdown timer clears If you press Ctrl while the alarm is sounding the alarm stops and your timer clears and is ready to accept a new time Press Tab or shift tab to return to the stopwatch To exit the Stopwatch or Countdown timer press Alt F4 and you return to the Stopwatch item in the Utilities menu 13 7 Terminal for Screen reader The Terminal for screen reader function allows the Voice Sense QWERTY to be used as a Braille display when connected to a computer or cell phone that uses a compatible screen reader such as Window Eyes Supernova or Apple s VoiceOver Before using this function make sure that the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to your personal computer or smart phone via a Bluetooth serial connection or to the USB client port To turn on this function from the Utilities menu press down arrow repeatedly to reach Terminal for screen reader Then press Enter Or you can press S from the Utilities menu to quickly jump to and execute the Terminal for Screen Reader You can launch the terminal for Screen reader from anywhere on the unit by pressing Caps Lock S 493 When you activate terminal for screen reader the list of connection options is displayed The options are Bluetooth serial port and
615. wn arrow respectively Namely you can navigate up and down by pressing the Back and Forward buttons in a file list and you can select and unselect items by pressing the Record button Press the Stop button to move back a level in the folder structure And press Play Pause button to play the selected files 7 1 2 Keyboard and Extended Keys You can use the QWERTY keyboard to perform the same functions as the media buttons as well as more advanced features in the Media Player To open the Media Player press Enter on Media Player or press m from the Voice Sense QWERTY program menu As explained previously you can also open the Media Player by pressing Play Pause when the Media Mode switch is set to the right most position The Media Playback dialog contains two information tabs playback information and playlist Press Tab or Shift Tab to move between these tabs 7 1 2 1 Playback Information Tab The playback information tab displays the track number the file name and the current playback status play pause or stop If there are no files in the playlist the Voice Sense QWERTY displays Title There are no items to display If you press down arrow the Voice Sense QWERTY displays playback time information First the elapsed or remaining time is displayed You can set whether the elapsed time or remaining time is displayed using the playback settings dialog If you have selected the R
616. wn arrow to navigate to the Paste function and press Enter If the file is 72 larger than 300 KB progress messages are spoken each time an additional 10 is completed If the file is less than 300 KB only progress beeps are heard 6 When the file is pasted successfully the Voice Sense QWERTY displays the message xxx file pasted where xxx is the name of the file If the file is not pasted successfully xxx file not pasted is displayed After the file is pasted successfully the unit also announces Paste completed and you are returned to the remote folder list Use the following steps to copy a file from the remote folder list to the local folder list 1 Navigate the remote folder just as you would in the File Manager For information on how to navigate the File Manager please refer to chapter 4 in this manual 2 Select the files that you want to copy by pressing Space you can open the FTP menu by pressing Alt and use up arrow or down arrow to navigate to Copy and press Enter You can also activate this function by pressing Ctrl c Note that you can only copy files you cannot copy folders to send to the local folder 3 After you have activated the Copy function the Disk list appears as it does in the File Manager You are placed on flashdisk by default However if you have an SD card or USB memory stick inserted you can navigate to those disks by pressing up arrow or dow
617. wn tweets is focused When another user s tweet is focused this button does not appear 8 Retweet button Use this button to repost another user s tweet You can retweet another tweet by pressing Ctrl e The Retweet button does not appear when one of your own tweets is focused 9 Add to Favorite button Add the focused tweet to your Favorites list You can also add the tweet to your favorites by pressing Ctrl v 10 Tweet Information Use this button to view detailed information for the focused tweet You can also view tweet information by pressing Alt i 10 2 4 Timeline The Twitter program on the Sense notetakers allows you to access a Variety of Timelines In the main Twitter dialog the Timeline displays tweets according to the Timeline you have chosen You can use hot keys to quickly bring up the Timeline you desire whether it is your home timeline all tweets that mention you or the timeline for a specific user 10 2 4 1 Available Timelines 1 Home Timeline Your Home Timeline is displayed when you sign in to Twitter All tweets by those you follow are posted here The hot key to access your Home Timeline is Control H from anywhere in Twitter 388 2 User Time line This displays only the tweets posted by a specified user Use the hot key Control U to access the user timeline After pressing the hot key Control U an edit box appears in which to type the name of the user whose timeline you want to ac
618. wser from connecting by pressing Alt F 4 9 2 1 2 Save As Text To execute Save As Text open the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on File Move to Save As Text by pressing the Down arrow and press Enter The Save As dialog appears You can leave the file name as is or type in a new file name and press Enter In this dialog you ll find File name edit combo box Confirm button Cancel button and file list You can move among these items by pressing Tab or Shift Tab To edit the file name that is displayed on the Braille display press the cursor routing key that corresponds with the text that you want to edit Please remember that the colon cannot be used in file names You have to delete a colon if there is one in your file name To keep the existing file name but change the location press Shift Tab to move to file list The default folder is flashdisk download To move back a level in the folder structure press Backspace To enter a selected folder 353 or select a file press Enter on the folder or file Press the Up or Down arrow to move to the next or previous folder or file Press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter to save Or press tab again to move to Cancel and press Enter to cancel Save As If you do not want to save you can also press escape 9 2 1 3 Save As Web Page To execute Save As Web Page open the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter o
619. x linksys encryption WEP sensitivity good If there is more than one access point in the list you can move among them by pressing up arrow or down arrow Move to the access point to which you want to connect and press Enter If the access point has no encryption the Voice Sense QWERTY announces Connecting to access point name If connection is successful the 60 connected sound is heard If the network is encrypted and requires a network key when you press Enter on the access point the Network key edit box is displayed Type the network key in the edit box and press Enter If your settings are correct the unit says Completed setting profile and the connected sound is heard The Advanced common dialog is used to modify an existing profile manually add a new profile or check the settings of an existing profile If you press Enter on the Advanced button while wireless LAN is turned off no items is displayed Pressing Enter on the advanced button while wireless LAN is turned on displays a list of the wireless profiles saved on the Voice Sense QWERTY The Advanced dialog has 5 controls You can navigate among these controls by pressing Tab or shift tab The Advanced common dialog contains the profile list Connect button Add common dialog button Remove button Properties common dialog button and Close button 1 Profile list The list of profiles you have added Y
620. y 12 The original e mail message is shown following Forwarded Message Ne 13 Type any additional text you wish to add to the message or make any edits to the forwarded text 14 Press Ctrl s to send the e mail When you forward an e mail you have all of the same capabilities as when writing a new e mail Thus you can add recipients and attach files to the e mail you are forwarding just as with a new message And as with a new message you can also save to the Outbox for sending later 6 3 4 Saving a Received E mail as Document There may be times when you wish to save a received message as a document You can do this using the following steps 1 Press Alt to open the menu 2 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File 3 Press Enter on File 4 Press down arrow to move to Save As Text 5 Press Enter on Save As Text 6 The save as dialog is opened 7 Voice Sense QWERTY displays File name subject of e mail being read txt You can open this dialog directly by pressing Fn s 8 Press Enter on the File name subject of e mail being read txt Or press Tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter If you wish 204 you can rename the file using the same method as in the Save As dialog of the Word Processor 9 You are returned to your previous location The text file is saved in flashdisk My Documents with the file name subject of e mail being read
621. y exists Which do you prefer Append If you press Enter the backup address list is appended to the current address list If you press down arrow once and press Enter on Overwrite the new backup file is restored erasing the old backup file For example let us assume that you have three records in your address list and you have ten addresses in your backup file If you select Append you will have 13 records in your address list In this case three addresses could possibly be redundant If you select Overwrite you will have 10 addresses backed up and the three original addresses are deleted If you don t want to either Append or Overwrite press down arrow to navigate to Cancel and press Enter 8 1 5 3 Setting Backup Options You can back up your address list manually using the Backup Address List function You can also backup your address list automatically using the Set Backup Options To activate the Set Backup Options function press Alt to open the menu Then press down arrow or up arrow repeatedly to locate Set Backup Options Then press Enter Or you can press e from the menu to go to Set Backup Options You can also activate the function directly by pressing Ctrl e When you activate this function a dialog opens The dialog has three controls Backup mode radio button a Confirm button and a Cancel 286 button You can move among the controls by pressing
622. y reserved for running programs RAM is a temporary storage area for any program files that are running or any currently open documents The data in the RAM area disappears if your battery depletes and the AC adapter is not connected The RAM data also disappears when Voice Sense QWERTY reboots for any reason This means if you have an open document which you have not saved the unsaved data disappears 35 2 Basic Functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY 2 1 How to Enter Commands The commands used to operate the Voice Sense QWERTY are comprised of various combinations of the input and modifier keys In this user manual the dash is used to indicate that keys should be pressed simultaneously For example Alt F4 indicates that the user should press Alt and F4 at the same time This manual also contains expressions like Ctrl c This means that the Ctrl button with letter c should be pressed and released simultaneously If you are in a menu or dialog and your cursor is placed on the command you want to execute you can execute most commands by pressing Enter If you want to cancel the execution of a command and return to your previous location press Alt F4 Alt F4 is a very important command to remember as it allows you to abort programs and menus if you have pressed keys accidentally 2 1 1 Basic Alerts and Messages There are instances where the Voice Sense QWERTY alerts you to events for which you have a
623. y unpacks BookShare books You can also open this dialog using Control o 7 Exit button Exits the BookShare Download program You can also press Alt F4 Press Tab and Shift Tab to move among the items in the dialog 11 2 4 Searching for Books When you choose Books from the Select Search Mode combo box described above the next item in the dialog is Select Search Method Press Space to choose between Search word Category search and Search full text When you choose to Search word the next item in the dialog is an edit box in to which you should enter a keyword for which you want title author or ISBN results When you have entered the word you want to search press Enter or Tab to the Search button and press Enter If you choose Category Search the next item in the dialog is a list box containing the 36 available categories Press Up arrow and Down arrow to navigate the category list Press Enter to initiate the search or Tab to the Search button and press Enter 436 When you choose Search full text you are presented with an edit box just like when choosing Search Word but instead of entering author title or ISBN information you should enter a term by which you want to search the full text of the books in the collection The Voice Sense QWERTY announces searching and
624. you and your partner have agreed which option each of you will take navigate to your choice using the Up or Down Arrow and press Enter Or 66 press t for Send or r for Receive When the Receive option is chosen the unit announces and displays Waiting And waits for the send device to request a pairing code When the Send option is chosen the unit announces and displays Searching forVoice Sense notetaker Full cells appear on the Braille display When connected to SyncBraille to note progress and when the search is finished a list of available devices is displayed Use the Up or Down arrow to navigate the devices in the list and press Enter on the one with which you wish to connect You are then prompted to Enter pin code Enter a 4 digit number of your choosing and press Enter The Receive device is then prompted to Enter pin code Please enter the same 4 digit number in to the Receive device and press Enter If the pin codes match the Send device announces and displays Authentication code accepted Shortly both devices should announce and display connected Both devices also play a chime indicating connection success Immediately after the connected message and connection sound both devices are placed in the Chat window 425 10 4 2 Using the Chat Window The Chat dialog consists of 3 items the
625. you post a tweet that contains mistakes or about which you change your mind on posting you can remove it To do this navigate to the tweet you wish to remove and press Del or tab to the Remove button and press Enter You are asked if you are sure you want to remove the tweet Press Enter to continue with the removal To cancel removing the tweet press Space to change the button to No and press Enter 10 2 5 3 Retweet Retweet is used to repost a tweet you have received so that those who follow you can see it You may wish to repost a tweet containing an important notification or something fun you wish to share with others To retweet a post locate the post you want to retweet and press Control E You are presented with a list of 3 choices Retweet Quote Tweet and Cancel If you simply want to repost another s tweet press Enter on Retweet If you want to quote another s tweet in your own post press Enter on Quote Tweet If you want to cancel retweeting press Enter on Cancel If the retweet is successful the unit announces Tweet completed and you are returned to your timeline 10 2 5 4 Mention Mention is a tweet in which another user is mentioned either because you are retweeting one of his or her posts replying to him or her or because you ve simply chosen to mention the user in a tweet you are posting To mention a specific user in one of your tweets use an at sign in front of the user ID
626. you should begin seeing VoiceOver output on the Braille display 500 13 7 1 8 Using the Voice Sense with IOS devices Use the following instructions to connect your Voice Sense as a Bluetooth Braille display with your iPhone iPad or iPod Note You must be running IOS 4 2 or higher on your i device in order to use HIMS Braille devices as Bluetooth Braille displays with VoiceOver These instructions refer to the iPhone however they apply to all compatible i devices iPhone 3Gs and higher iPad and iPod Touch 3G and later 1 Make sure your Voice Sense is powered on Bluetooth is activated and it is in Terminal Mode 2 On your iPhone Navigate to Settings General Accessibility VoiceOver Braille 3 If Bluetooth is not activated on the I Phone it will prompt you to do this WHEN Bluetooth is activated the Phone searches for devices 4 The Voice Sense should appear in the list of available Braille devices 5 Double tap the Voice Sense in the Braille devices list 6 You are asked for a pin code Enter a 4 digit code of your choosing and double tap the Pair button 7 the notetaker prompts you for the pin code type the same pin code you entered in to the iPhone and press Enter You should hear a chime on the iPhone and the text displayed on the iPhone should appear on the Braille display of your Voice Sense 13 7 1 9 Using the Voice Sense with BrailleBack for Android In order to gain Braille access to Android via BrailleBack y
627. you want to remove and press Del 127 You can also access this function using the menu Press Alt to open the menu Arrow down to Remove this remote folder on network and press Enter Using the network connection setting dialog Press Alt e to open the network connection setting dialog Navigate to the remote folder you want to remove Press Tab to navigate to the Remove button and press Enter 4 5 Hot Keys in the File Manager The following is a list of hot keys that can be used in the File Manager Open Ctrl o Open with Ctrl h Zip Ctrl z Unzip Ctrl u Send To Ctrl s Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v 9 Delete DEL 10 Rename control r 11 New document Ctrl n 12 New folder Alt f 13 File conversion Ctrl t 14 Select all Ctrl a 15 Sort files by Ctrl g 16 Set file info Ctrl i 17 Display only files of type Ctrl w 18 Search for file Ctrl f 19 Information Alt Enter 20 Setup Network connection Alt e 21 Remove remote folder on network Alt u CONOOABRWDND 128 5 Word Processor You can execute the Word Processor in a couple of ways 1 Press Windows to bring up the main Program menu Navigate to Word Processor using the DOWN arrow and press Enter 2 Type W from the main menu to quickly jump to and open the Word Processor 3 You can launch the Word Processor from anywhere on th
628. you wish to locate When you have located the message you wish to open you can open it in the EML Viewer by pressing Enter The EML Viewer opens the message and places you in the message body The EML Viewer dialog contains 7 controls Subject static box Date static box From static box Message Body multi line edit box Attach file list box only appears if message contains attachment Forward button Reply button and Close button You can move among the controls using Tab or Shift Tab From within the Message body use normal file reading commands to navigate the message see section 5 Word processor for more details You may also forward or reply to a message from the EML Viewer To forward a message tab to the Forward button and press Enter or press Control f from within the message To reply to a message tab to the Reply button and press Enter or press Control r from within the message When either Forward or Reply is launched you are placed on the To field of a new message dialog Create the forwarded or reply message just as you would in the Voice Sense QWERTY s E mail program see section 8 of this manual To close the EML file message and return to the file list tab to the Close button and press Enter or press Alt F 4 4 3 Using the Address Window This edit box lets you
629. ype the new name for the field and press Enter Though you can change the name of a field it is not possible to change the properties of a field once it is created 317 To delete a created field press up arrow or down arrow repeatedly in the created fields list to move to the name of the field you want to delete Press Tab repeatedly to move to Delete field button and press enter or press d to activate the shortcut key for the Delete field button You may also press Tab repeatedly to move to the Delete field button and press Enter To change the placement of a field in your table move to the field that you want to change in the created fields list Press p or n Or press Tab and enter on the Previous field button or Next field button to change the location of the current field The Add Table dialog is closed and the table name list box is shown again The newly created table is added to this list and address book 1 1 is shown in the list To close the Table Manager dialog press Tab to move to the Close button and press Enter Or press Alt F4 to close the dialog Then the Search Records dialog is opened and the name field the first field of the address book table is shown Here type the name you want to search for 8 3 1 2 Modify Table Modify table is used to modify the name or structure of a created table It contains the same controls as in the Add
630. yping the text you wish to send to your computer or PDA press Control S and the text is quickly inputted to the device via the Terminal for Screen reader and your Voice Sense returns to sending receiving information to and from the connected device Terminal Clipboard can also be useful for transferring text from a document or e mail in your notetaker to a document or e mail you are creating on your connected computer or SmartPhone As the Terminal Clipboard is a standard edit box on the notetaker you can paste text in to it from the notetaker s clipboard see the sections of this manual regarding selecting text as it applies to supported programs such as the Word Processor E mail Web Browser etc To send text on the notetaker s clipboard to your connected device via the Terminal for screen reader do the following 1 While in Terminal Mode press Control FN I to activate Terminal Clipboard 2 Press Control v to paste the text from the notetaker s clipboard to the edit box 3 Press Control S to send the text to the computer or i device via the Terminal for Screen Reader 503 13 8 Display Network Status Using this utility you can check whether the Voice Sense QWERTY is currently connected to the Internet This utility provides information about the current connection type the current IP of the unit subnet mask gateway and MAC address To check network status press Ente

Voice Sense QWERTY User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents